diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'contrib/groff/src/preproc')
73 files changed, 0 insertions, 35100 deletions
diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 9028f94c8895..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -PROG=eqn$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=eqn.n neqn.n -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=\ - eqn.$(OBJEXT) \ - main.$(OBJEXT) \ - lex.$(OBJEXT) \ - box.$(OBJEXT) \ - limit.$(OBJEXT) \ - list.$(OBJEXT) \ - over.$(OBJEXT) \ - text.$(OBJEXT) \ - script.$(OBJEXT) \ - mark.$(OBJEXT) \ - other.$(OBJEXT) \ - delim.$(OBJEXT) \ - sqrt.$(OBJEXT) \ - pile.$(OBJEXT) \ - special.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=\ - $(srcdir)/main.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/lex.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/box.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/limit.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/list.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/over.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/text.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/script.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/mark.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/other.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/delim.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/sqrt.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/pile.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/special.cpp -HDRS=\ - $(srcdir)/box.h \ - $(srcdir)/eqn.h \ - $(srcdir)/pbox.h -GRAM=$(srcdir)/eqn.y -YTABC=eqn.cpp -YTABH=eqn_tab.h -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) -CLEANADD=neqn - -all: neqn - -neqn: neqn.sh $(SH_DEPS_SED_SCRIPT) - -rm -f $@ - sed -e 's/@g@/$(g)/g' \ - -f $(SH_DEPS_SED_SCRIPT) \ - -e $(SH_SCRIPT_SED_CMD) $(srcdir)/neqn.sh >$@ - chmod +x $@ - -install_data: neqn - -rm -f $(bindir)/$(NAMEPREFIX)neqn - $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) neqn $(bindir)/$(NAMEPREFIX)neqn - -uninstall_sub: - -rm -f $(bindir)/$(NAMEPREFIX)neqn diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/TODO b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index 210d0ab06e4d..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -Use the same size increases for sum prod int as eqn does. - -Perhaps chartype should be renamed. - -TeX makes {sub,super}script on a single character with an accent -into an accent onto the (character with the script). Should we do this? - -Implement mark and lineups within scripts, matrices and piles, and accents. -(Why would this be useful?) - -Perhaps push hmotions down through lists to avoid upsetting spacing -adjustments. - -Possibly generate .lf commands during compute_metrics phase. - -Consider whether there should be extra space at the side of piles. - -Provide scriptstyle displaystyle etc. - -Provide a nicer matrix syntax, eg -matrix ccc { -a then b then c above -e then f then g above -h then i then k -} - -Perhaps generate syntax error messages using the style of gpic. - -Wide accents. - -More use of \Z. - -Extensible square roots. - -Vphantom - -Smash. - -Provide a variant of vec that extends over the length of the accentee. - -Support vertical arrow delimiters. - -Make the following work: -.EQ -delim @@ -.EN -.EQ @<-@ -some equation -.EN diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 953218a68da0..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,612 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -const char *current_roman_font; - -char *gfont = 0; -char *grfont = 0; -char *gbfont = 0; -int gsize = 0; - -int script_size_reduction = -1; // negative means reduce by a percentage - -int positive_space = -1; -int negative_space = -1; - -int minimum_size = 5; - -int fat_offset = 4; -int body_height = 85; -int body_depth = 35; - -int over_hang = 0; -int accent_width = 31; -int delimiter_factor = 900; -int delimiter_shortfall = 50; - -int null_delimiter_space = 12; -int script_space = 5; -int thin_space = 17; -int medium_space = 22; -int thick_space = 28; - -int num1 = 70; -int num2 = 40; -// we don't use num3, because we don't have \atop -int denom1 = 70; -int denom2 = 36; -int axis_height = 26; // in 100ths of an em -int sup1 = 42; -int sup2 = 37; -int sup3 = 28; -int default_rule_thickness = 4; -int sub1 = 20; -int sub2 = 23; -int sup_drop = 38; -int sub_drop = 5; -int x_height = 45; -int big_op_spacing1 = 11; -int big_op_spacing2 = 17; -int big_op_spacing3 = 20; -int big_op_spacing4 = 60; -int big_op_spacing5 = 10; - -// These are for piles and matrices. - -int baseline_sep = 140; // = num1 + denom1 -int shift_down = 26; // = axis_height -int column_sep = 100; // = em space -int matrix_side_sep = 17; // = thin space - -int nroff = 0; // should we grok ndefine or tdefine? - -struct S { - const char *name; - int *ptr; -} param_table[] = { - { "fat_offset", &fat_offset }, - { "over_hang", &over_hang }, - { "accent_width", &accent_width }, - { "delimiter_factor", &delimiter_factor }, - { "delimiter_shortfall", &delimiter_shortfall }, - { "null_delimiter_space", &null_delimiter_space }, - { "script_space", &script_space }, - { "thin_space", &thin_space }, - { "medium_space", &medium_space }, - { "thick_space", &thick_space }, - { "num1", &num1 }, - { "num2", &num2 }, - { "denom1", &denom1 }, - { "denom2", &denom2 }, - { "axis_height", &axis_height }, - { "sup1", ¹ }, - { "sup2", ² }, - { "sup3", ³ }, - { "default_rule_thickness", &default_rule_thickness }, - { "sub1", &sub1 }, - { "sub2", &sub2 }, - { "sup_drop", &sup_drop }, - { "sub_drop", &sub_drop }, - { "x_height", &x_height }, - { "big_op_spacing1", &big_op_spacing1 }, - { "big_op_spacing2", &big_op_spacing2 }, - { "big_op_spacing3", &big_op_spacing3 }, - { "big_op_spacing4", &big_op_spacing4 }, - { "big_op_spacing5", &big_op_spacing5 }, - { "minimum_size", &minimum_size }, - { "baseline_sep", &baseline_sep }, - { "shift_down", &shift_down }, - { "column_sep", &column_sep }, - { "matrix_side_sep", &matrix_side_sep }, - { "draw_lines", &draw_flag }, - { "body_height", &body_height }, - { "body_depth", &body_depth }, - { "nroff", &nroff }, - { 0, 0 } -}; - -void set_param(const char *name, int value) -{ - for (int i = 0; param_table[i].name != 0; i++) - if (strcmp(param_table[i].name, name) == 0) { - *param_table[i].ptr = value; - return; - } - error("unrecognised parameter `%1'", name); -} - -int script_style(int style) -{ - return style > SCRIPT_STYLE ? style - 2 : style; -} - -int cramped_style(int style) -{ - return (style & 1) ? style - 1 : style; -} - -void set_space(int n) -{ - if (n < 0) - negative_space = -n; - else - positive_space = n; -} - -// Return 0 if the specified size is bad. -// The caller is responsible for giving the error message. - -int set_gsize(const char *s) -{ - const char *p = (*s == '+' || *s == '-') ? s + 1 : s; - char *end; - long n = strtol(p, &end, 10); - if (n <= 0 || *end != '\0' || n > INT_MAX) - return 0; - if (p > s) { - if (!gsize) - gsize = 10; - if (*s == '+') { - if (gsize > INT_MAX - n) - return 0; - gsize += int(n); - } - else { - if (gsize - n <= 0) - return 0; - gsize -= int(n); - } - } - else - gsize = int(n); - return 1; -} - -void set_script_reduction(int n) -{ - script_size_reduction = n; -} - -const char *get_gfont() -{ - return gfont ? gfont : "I"; -} - -const char *get_grfont() -{ - return grfont ? grfont : "R"; -} - -const char *get_gbfont() -{ - return gbfont ? gbfont : "B"; -} - -void set_gfont(const char *s) -{ - a_delete gfont; - gfont = strsave(s); -} - -void set_grfont(const char *s) -{ - a_delete grfont; - grfont = strsave(s); -} - -void set_gbfont(const char *s) -{ - a_delete gbfont; - gbfont = strsave(s); -} - -// this must be precisely 2 characters in length -#define COMPATIBLE_REG "0C" - -void start_string() -{ - printf(".nr " COMPATIBLE_REG " \\n(.C\n"); - printf(".cp 0\n"); - printf(".ds " LINE_STRING "\n"); -} - -void output_string() -{ - printf("\\*(" LINE_STRING "\n"); -} - -void restore_compatibility() -{ - printf(".cp \\n(" COMPATIBLE_REG "\n"); -} - -void do_text(const char *s) -{ - printf(".eo\n"); - printf(".as " LINE_STRING " \"%s\n", s); - printf(".ec\n"); -} - -void set_minimum_size(int n) -{ - minimum_size = n; -} - -void set_script_size() -{ - if (minimum_size < 0) - minimum_size = 0; - if (script_size_reduction >= 0) - printf(".ps \\n[.s]-%d>?%d\n", script_size_reduction, minimum_size); - else - printf(".ps (u;\\n[.ps]*7+5/10>?%d)\n", minimum_size); -} - -int box::next_uid = 0; - -box::box() : spacing_type(ORDINARY_TYPE), uid(next_uid++) -{ -} - -box::~box() -{ -} - -void box::top_level() -{ - // debug_print(); - // putc('\n', stderr); - box *b = this; - printf(".nr " SAVED_FONT_REG " \\n[.f]\n"); - printf(".ft\n"); - printf(".nr " SAVED_PREV_FONT_REG " \\n[.f]\n"); - printf(".ft %s\n", get_gfont()); - printf(".nr " SAVED_SIZE_REG " \\n[.ps]\n"); - if (gsize > 0) { - char buf[INT_DIGITS + 1]; - sprintf(buf, "%d", gsize); - b = new size_box(strsave(buf), b); - } - current_roman_font = get_grfont(); - // This catches tabs used within \Z (which aren't allowed). - b->check_tabs(0); - int r = b->compute_metrics(DISPLAY_STYLE); - printf(".ft \\n[" SAVED_PREV_FONT_REG "]\n"); - printf(".ft \\n[" SAVED_FONT_REG "]\n"); - printf(".nr " MARK_OR_LINEUP_FLAG_REG " %d\n", r); - if (r == FOUND_MARK) { - printf(".nr " SAVED_MARK_REG " \\n[" MARK_REG "]\n"); - printf(".nr " MARK_WIDTH_REG " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", b->uid); - } - else if (r == FOUND_LINEUP) - printf(".if r" SAVED_MARK_REG " .as1 " LINE_STRING " \\h'\\n[" - SAVED_MARK_REG "]u-\\n[" MARK_REG "]u'\n"); - else - assert(r == FOUND_NOTHING); - // The problem here is that the argument to \f is read in copy mode, - // so we cannot use \E there; so we hide it in a string instead. - // Another problem is that if we use \R directly, then the space will - // prevent it working in a macro argument. - printf(".ds " SAVE_FONT_STRING " " - "\\R'" SAVED_INLINE_FONT_REG " \\\\n[.f]'" - "\\fP" - "\\R'" SAVED_INLINE_PREV_FONT_REG " \\\\n[.f]'" - "\\R'" SAVED_INLINE_SIZE_REG " \\\\n[.ps]'" - "\\s0" - "\\R'" SAVED_INLINE_PREV_SIZE_REG " \\\\n[.ps]'" - "\n" - ".ds " RESTORE_FONT_STRING " " - "\\f[\\\\n[" SAVED_INLINE_PREV_FONT_REG "]]" - "\\f[\\\\n[" SAVED_INLINE_FONT_REG "]]" - "\\s'\\\\n[" SAVED_INLINE_PREV_SIZE_REG "]u'" - "\\s'\\\\n[" SAVED_INLINE_SIZE_REG "]u'" - "\n"); - printf(".as1 " LINE_STRING " \\&\\E*[" SAVE_FONT_STRING "]"); - printf("\\f[%s]", get_gfont()); - printf("\\s'\\En[" SAVED_SIZE_REG "]u'"); - current_roman_font = get_grfont(); - b->output(); - printf("\\E*[" RESTORE_FONT_STRING "]\n"); - if (r == FOUND_LINEUP) - printf(".if r" SAVED_MARK_REG " .as1 " LINE_STRING " \\h'\\n[" - MARK_WIDTH_REG "]u-\\n[" SAVED_MARK_REG "]u-(\\n[" - WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" MARK_REG "]u)'\n", - b->uid); - b->extra_space(); - if (!inline_flag) - printf(".ne \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]u-%dM>?0+(\\n[" - DEPTH_FORMAT "]u-%dM>?0)\n", - b->uid, body_height, b->uid, body_depth); - delete b; - next_uid = 0; -} - -// gpic defines this register so as to make geqn not produce `\x's -#define EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "0x" - -void box::extra_space() -{ - printf(".if !r" EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG " " - ".nr " EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG " 0\n"); - if (positive_space >= 0 || negative_space >= 0) { - if (positive_space > 0) - printf(".if !\\n[" EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "] " - ".as1 " LINE_STRING " \\x'-%dM'\n", positive_space); - if (negative_space > 0) - printf(".if !\\n[" EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "] " - ".as1 " LINE_STRING " \\x'%dM'\n", negative_space); - positive_space = negative_space = -1; - } - else { - printf(".if !\\n[" EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "] " - ".if \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]>%dM .as1 " LINE_STRING - " \\x'-(\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT - "]u-%dM)'\n", - uid, body_height, uid, body_height); - printf(".if !\\n[" EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "] " - ".if \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]>%dM .as1 " LINE_STRING - " \\x'\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT - "]u-%dM'\n", - uid, body_depth, uid, body_depth); - } -} - -int box::compute_metrics(int) -{ - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); - return FOUND_NOTHING; -} - -void box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); -} - -void box::compute_skew() -{ - printf(".nr " SKEW_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); -} - -void box::output() -{ -} - -void box::check_tabs(int) -{ -} - -int box::is_char() -{ - return 0; -} - -int box::left_is_italic() -{ - return 0; -} - -int box::right_is_italic() -{ - return 0; -} - -void box::hint(unsigned) -{ -} - -void box::handle_char_type(int, int) -{ -} - - -box_list::box_list(box *pp) -{ - p = new box*[10]; - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - p[i] = 0; - maxlen = 10; - len = 1; - p[0] = pp; -} - -void box_list::append(box *pp) -{ - if (len + 1 > maxlen) { - box **oldp = p; - maxlen *= 2; - p = new box*[maxlen]; - memcpy(p, oldp, sizeof(box*)*len); - a_delete oldp; - } - p[len++] = pp; -} - -box_list::~box_list() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - delete p[i]; - a_delete p; -} - -void box_list::list_check_tabs(int level) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - p[i]->check_tabs(level); -} - - -pointer_box::pointer_box(box *pp) : p(pp) -{ - spacing_type = p->spacing_type; -} - -pointer_box::~pointer_box() -{ - delete p; -} - -int pointer_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void pointer_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - p->compute_subscript_kern(); - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); -} - -void pointer_box::compute_skew() -{ - p->compute_skew(); - printf(".nr " SKEW_FORMAT " 0\\n[" SKEW_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid); -} - -void pointer_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - p->check_tabs(level); -} - -int simple_box::compute_metrics(int) -{ - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, uid); - output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " 0>?\\n[rst]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " 0-\\n[rsb]>?0\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " 0-\\n[ssc]>?0\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SKEW_FORMAT " 0\\n[skw]\n", uid); - return FOUND_NOTHING; -} - -void simple_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - // do nothing, we already computed it in do_metrics -} - -void simple_box::compute_skew() -{ - // do nothing, we already computed it in do_metrics -} - -int box::is_simple() -{ - return 0; -} - -int simple_box::is_simple() -{ - return 1; -} - -quoted_text_box::quoted_text_box(char *s) : text(s) -{ -} - -quoted_text_box::~quoted_text_box() -{ - a_delete text; -} - -void quoted_text_box::output() -{ - if (text) - fputs(text, stdout); -} - -tab_box::tab_box() : disabled(0) -{ -} - -// We treat a tab_box as having width 0 for width computations. - -void tab_box::output() -{ - if (!disabled) - printf("\\t"); -} - -void tab_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - if (level > 0) { - error("tabs allowed only at outermost level"); - disabled = 1; - } -} - -space_box::space_box() -{ - spacing_type = SUPPRESS_TYPE; -} - -void space_box::output() -{ - printf("\\h'%dM'", thick_space); -} - -half_space_box::half_space_box() -{ - spacing_type = SUPPRESS_TYPE; -} - -void half_space_box::output() -{ - printf("\\h'%dM'", thin_space); -} - -void box_list::list_debug_print(const char *sep) -{ - p[0]->debug_print(); - for (int i = 1; i < len; i++) { - fprintf(stderr, "%s", sep); - p[i]->debug_print(); - } -} - -void quoted_text_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "\"%s\"", (text ? text : "")); -} - -void half_space_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "^"); -} - -void space_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "~"); -} - -void tab_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "<tab>"); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.h deleted file mode 100644 index 94842077039a..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/box.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,280 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -class list_box; - -class box { -private: - static int next_uid; -public: - int spacing_type; - const int uid; - box(); - virtual void debug_print() = 0; - virtual ~box(); - void top_level(); - virtual int compute_metrics(int); - virtual void compute_subscript_kern(); - virtual void compute_skew(); - virtual void output(); - void extra_space(); - virtual list_box *to_list_box(); - virtual int is_simple(); - virtual int is_char(); - virtual int left_is_italic(); - virtual int right_is_italic(); - virtual void handle_char_type(int, int); - enum { FOUND_NOTHING = 0, FOUND_MARK = 1, FOUND_LINEUP = 2 }; - void set_spacing_type(char *type); - virtual void hint(unsigned); - virtual void check_tabs(int); -}; - -class box_list { -private: - int maxlen; -public: - box **p; - int len; - - box_list(box *); - ~box_list(); - void append(box *); - void list_check_tabs(int); - void list_debug_print(const char *sep); - friend class list_box; -}; - -// declarations to avoid friend name injection problems -box *make_script_box(box *, box *, box *); -box *make_mark_box(box *); -box *make_lineup_box(box *); - -class list_box : public box { - int is_script; - box_list list; - int sty; -public: - list_box(box *); - void debug_print(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void output(); - void check_tabs(int); - void append(box *); - list_box *to_list_box(); - void handle_char_type(int, int); - void compute_sublist_width(int n); - friend box *make_script_box(box *, box *, box *); - friend box *make_mark_box(box *); - friend box *make_lineup_box(box *); -}; - -enum alignment { LEFT_ALIGN, RIGHT_ALIGN, CENTER_ALIGN }; - -class column : public box_list { - alignment align; - int space; -public: - column(box *); - void set_alignment(alignment); - void set_space(int); - void debug_print(const char *); - - friend class matrix_box; - friend class pile_box; -}; - -class pile_box : public box { - column col; -public: - pile_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - void check_tabs(int); - void set_alignment(alignment a) { col.set_alignment(a); } - void set_space(int n) { col.set_space(n); } - void append(box *p) { col.append(p); } -}; - -class matrix_box : public box { -private: - int len; - int maxlen; - column **p; -public: - matrix_box(column *); - ~matrix_box(); - void append(column *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void check_tabs(int); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class pointer_box : public box { -protected: - box *p; -public: - pointer_box(box *); - ~pointer_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void compute_skew(); - void debug_print() = 0; - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -class vcenter_box : public pointer_box { -public: - vcenter_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class simple_box : public box { -public: - int compute_metrics(int); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void compute_skew(); - void output() = 0; - void debug_print() = 0; - int is_simple(); -}; - -class quoted_text_box : public simple_box { - char *text; -public: - quoted_text_box(char *); - ~quoted_text_box(); - void debug_print(); - void output(); -}; - -class half_space_box : public simple_box { -public: - half_space_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class space_box : public simple_box { -public: - space_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class tab_box : public box { - int disabled; -public: - tab_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -class size_box : public pointer_box { -private: - char *size; -public: - size_box(char *, box *); - ~size_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class font_box : public pointer_box { -private: - char *f; -public: - font_box(char *, box *); - ~font_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class fat_box : public pointer_box { -public: - fat_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class vmotion_box : public pointer_box { -private: - int n; // up is >= 0 -public: - vmotion_box(int, box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -class hmotion_box : public pointer_box { - int n; -public: - hmotion_box(int, box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *split_text(char *); -box *make_delim_box(char *, box *, char *); -box *make_sqrt_box(box *); -box *make_prime_box(box *); -box *make_over_box(box *, box *); -box *make_small_over_box(box *, box *); -box *make_limit_box(box *, box *, box *); -box *make_accent_box(box *, box *); -box *make_uaccent_box(box *, box *); -box *make_overline_box(box *); -box *make_underline_box(box *); -box *make_special_box(char *, box *); - -void set_space(int); -int set_gsize(const char *); -void set_gfont(const char *); -void set_grfont(const char *); -void set_gbfont(const char *); -const char *get_gfont(); -const char *get_grfont(); -const char *get_gbfont(); -void start_string(); -void output_string(); -void do_text(const char *); -void restore_compatibility(); -void set_script_reduction(int n); -void set_minimum_size(int n); -void set_param(const char *name, int value); - -void set_char_type(const char *type, char *ch); - -void init_char_table(); -void init_extensible(); -void define_extensible(const char *name, const char *ext, const char *top = 0, - const char *mid = 0, const char *bot = 0); diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/delim.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/delim.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9bb7c9b982c4..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/delim.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,401 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -enum left_or_right_t { LEFT_DELIM = 01, RIGHT_DELIM = 02 }; - -// Small must be none-zero and must exist in each device. -// Small will be put in the roman font, others are assumed to be -// on the special font (so no font change will be necessary.) - -struct delimiter { - const char *name; - int flags; - const char *small; - const char *chain_format; - const char *ext; - const char *top; - const char *mid; - const char *bot; -} delim_table[] = { - { - "(", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "(", "\\[parenleft%s]", - "\\[parenleftex]", - "\\[parenlefttp]", - 0, - "\\[parenleftbt]", - }, - { - ")", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, ")", "\\[parenright%s]", - "\\[parenrightex]", - "\\[parenrighttp]", - 0, - "\\[parenrightbt]", - }, - { - "[", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "[", "\\[bracketleft%s]", - "\\[bracketleftex]", - "\\[bracketlefttp]", - 0, - "\\[bracketleftbt]", - }, - { - "]", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "]", "\\[bracketright%s]", - "\\[bracketrightex]", - "\\[bracketrighttp]", - 0, - "\\[bracketrightbt]", - }, - { - "{", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "{", "\\[braceleft%s]", - "\\[braceleftex]", - "\\[bracelefttp]", - "\\[braceleftmid]", - "\\[braceleftbt]", - }, - { - "}", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "}", "\\[braceright%s]", - "\\[bracerightex]", - "\\[bracerighttp]", - "\\[bracerightmid]", - "\\[bracerightbt]", - }, - { - "|", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "|", "\\[bar%s]", - "\\[barex]", - 0, - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "floor", LEFT_DELIM, "\\(lf", "\\[floorleft%s]", - "\\[bracketleftex]", - 0, - 0, - "\\[bracketleftbt]", - }, - { - "floor", RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(rf", "\\[floorright%s]", - "\\[bracketrightex]", - 0, - 0, - "\\[bracketrightbt]", - }, - { - "ceiling", LEFT_DELIM, "\\(lc", "\\[ceilingleft%s]", - "\\[bracketleftex]", - "\\[bracketlefttp]", - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "ceiling", RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(rc", "\\[ceilingright%s]", - "\\[bracketrightex]", - "\\[bracketrighttp]", - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "||", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "|", "\\[bar%s]", - "\\[bardblex]", - 0, - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "<", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(la", "\\[angleleft%s]", - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - }, - { - ">", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(ra", "\\[angleright%s]", - 0, - 0, - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "uparrow", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(ua", "\\[arrowup%s]", - "\\[arrowvertex]", - "\\[arrowverttp]", - 0, - 0, - }, - { - "downarrow", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(da", "\\[arrowdown%s]", - "\\[arrowvertex]", - 0, - 0, - "\\[arrowvertbt]", - }, - { - "updownarrow", LEFT_DELIM|RIGHT_DELIM, "\\(va", "\\[arrowupdown%s]", - "\\[arrowvertex]", - "\\[arrowverttp]", - 0, - "\\[arrowvertbt]", - }, -}; - -const int DELIM_TABLE_SIZE = int(sizeof(delim_table)/sizeof(delim_table[0])); - -class delim_box : public box { -private: - char *left; - char *right; - box *p; -public: - delim_box(char *, box *, char *); - ~delim_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void check_tabs(int); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *make_delim_box(char *l, box *pp, char *r) -{ - if (l != 0 && *l == '\0') { - a_delete l; - l = 0; - } - if (r != 0 && *r == '\0') { - a_delete r; - r = 0; - } - return new delim_box(l, pp, r); -} - -delim_box::delim_box(char *l, box *pp, char *r) -: left(l), right(r), p(pp) -{ -} - -delim_box::~delim_box() -{ - a_delete left; - a_delete right; - delete p; -} - -static void build_extensible(const char *ext, const char *top, const char *mid, - const char *bot) -{ - assert(ext != 0); - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - ext); - printf(".nr " EXT_HEIGHT_REG " 0\\n[rst]\n"); - printf(".nr " EXT_DEPTH_REG " 0-\\n[rsb]\n"); - if (top) { - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]" - ">?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - top); - printf(".nr " TOP_HEIGHT_REG " 0\\n[rst]\n"); - printf(".nr " TOP_DEPTH_REG " 0-\\n[rsb]\n"); - } - if (mid) { - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]" - ">?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - mid); - printf(".nr " MID_HEIGHT_REG " 0\\n[rst]\n"); - printf(".nr " MID_DEPTH_REG " 0-\\n[rsb]\n"); - } - if (bot) { - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]" - ">?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - bot); - printf(".nr " BOT_HEIGHT_REG " 0\\n[rst]\n"); - printf(".nr " BOT_DEPTH_REG " 0-\\n[rsb]\n"); - } - printf(".nr " TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG " 0"); - if (top) - printf("+\\n[" TOP_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" TOP_DEPTH_REG "]"); - if (bot) - printf("+\\n[" BOT_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" BOT_DEPTH_REG "]"); - if (mid) - printf("+\\n[" MID_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" MID_DEPTH_REG "]"); - printf("\n"); - // determine how many extensible characters we need - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " \\n[" DELTA_REG "]-\\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]"); - if (mid) - printf("/2"); - printf(">?0+\\n[" EXT_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" EXT_DEPTH_REG "]-1/(\\n[" - EXT_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" EXT_DEPTH_REG "])\n"); - - printf(".nr " TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG " +(\\n[" EXT_HEIGHT_REG "]+\\n[" - EXT_DEPTH_REG "]*\\n[" TEMP_REG "]"); - if (mid) - printf("*2"); - printf(")\n"); - printf(".ds " DELIM_STRING " \\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'-%dM-(\\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]u/2u)'\n", - axis_height); - if (top) - printf(".as " DELIM_STRING " \\v'\\n[" TOP_HEIGHT_REG "]u'" - "\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[" TOP_DEPTH_REG "]u'\n", - top); - - // this macro appends $2 copies of $3 to string $1 - printf(".de " REPEAT_APPEND_STRING_MACRO "\n" - ".if \\\\$2 \\{.as \\\\$1 \"\\\\$3\n" - "." REPEAT_APPEND_STRING_MACRO " \\\\$1 \\\\$2-1 \"\\\\$3\"\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n"); - - printf("." REPEAT_APPEND_STRING_MACRO " " DELIM_STRING " \\n[" TEMP_REG "] " - "\\v'\\n[" EXT_HEIGHT_REG "]u'" - "\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[" EXT_DEPTH_REG "]u'\n", - ext); - - if (mid) { - printf(".as " DELIM_STRING " \\v'\\n[" MID_HEIGHT_REG "]u'" - "\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[" MID_DEPTH_REG "]u'\n", - mid); - printf("." REPEAT_APPEND_STRING_MACRO " " DELIM_STRING - " \\n[" TEMP_REG "] " - "\\v'\\n[" EXT_HEIGHT_REG "]u'" - "\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[" EXT_DEPTH_REG "]u'\n", - ext); - } - if (bot) - printf(".as " DELIM_STRING " \\v'\\n[" BOT_HEIGHT_REG "]u'" - "\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[" BOT_DEPTH_REG "]u'\n", - bot); - printf(".as " DELIM_STRING " " DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); -} - -static void define_extensible_string(char *delim, int uid, - left_or_right_t left_or_right) -{ - printf(".ds " DELIM_STRING "\n"); - delimiter *d = delim_table; - int delim_len = strlen(delim); - int i; - for (i = 0; i < DELIM_TABLE_SIZE; i++, d++) - if (strncmp(delim, d->name, delim_len) == 0 - && (left_or_right & d->flags) != 0) - break; - if (i >= DELIM_TABLE_SIZE) { - error("there is no `%1' delimiter", delim); - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\n"); - return; - } - - printf(".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "\\f[%s]%s\\fP" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".ds " DELIM_STRING " \\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\n[rsb]u+\\n[rst]u/2u-%dM'\\f[%s]%s\\fP" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".nr " TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG " \\n[rst]-\\n[rsb]\n" - ".if \\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]<\\n[" DELTA_REG "] " - "\\{", - current_roman_font, d->small, axis_height, - current_roman_font, d->small); - - char buf[256]; - sprintf(buf, d->chain_format, "\\\\n[" INDEX_REG "]"); - printf(".nr " INDEX_REG " 0\n" - ".de " TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".ie c%s \\{\\\n" - ".nr " DELIM_WIDTH_REG " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".ds " DELIM_STRING " \\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR - "\\v'\\\\n[rsb]u+\\\\n[rst]u/2u-%dM'%s" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".nr " TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG " \\\\n[rst]-\\\\n[rsb]\n" - ".if \\\\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]<\\n[" DELTA_REG "] " - "\\{.nr " INDEX_REG " +1\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".\\}\\}\n" - ".el .nr " INDEX_REG " 0-1\n" - "..\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n", - buf, buf, axis_height, buf); - if (d->ext) { - printf(".if \\n[" INDEX_REG "]<0 \\{.if c%s \\{\\\n", d->ext); - build_extensible(d->ext, d->top, d->mid, d->bot); - printf(".\\}\\}\n"); - } - printf(".\\}\n"); - printf(".as " DELIM_STRING " \\h'\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]u'\n"); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " +\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]" - ">?(\\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]/2+%dM)\n", - uid, uid, axis_height); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]" - ">?(\\n[" TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG "]/2-%dM)\n", - uid, uid, axis_height); -} - -int delim_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DELTA_REG " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-%dM" - ">?(\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+%dM)\n", - p->uid, axis_height, p->uid, axis_height); - printf(".nr " DELTA_REG " 0\\n[" DELTA_REG "]*%d/500" - ">?(\\n[" DELTA_REG "]*2-%dM)\n", - delimiter_factor, delimiter_shortfall); - if (left) { - define_extensible_string(left, uid, LEFT_DELIM); - printf(".rn " DELIM_STRING " " LEFT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT "\n", - uid); - if (r) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +\\n[" DELIM_WIDTH_REG "]\n"); - } - if (right) { - define_extensible_string(right, uid, RIGHT_DELIM); - printf(".rn " DELIM_STRING " " RIGHT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT "\n", - uid); - } - return r; -} - -void delim_box::output() -{ - if (left) - printf("\\*[" LEFT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT "]", uid); - p->output(); - if (right) - printf("\\*[" RIGHT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT "]", uid); -} - -void delim_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - p->check_tabs(level); -} - -void delim_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "left \"%s\" { ", left ? left : ""); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - if (right) - fprintf(stderr, " right \"%s\"", right); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.h deleted file mode 100644 index fca3e9793a38..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include "cset.h" -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" - -#include "box.h" - -extern char start_delim; -extern char end_delim; -extern int non_empty_flag; -extern int inline_flag; -extern int draw_flag; -extern int one_size_reduction_flag; -extern int compatible_flag; -extern int nroff; - -void init_lex(const char *str, const char *filename, int lineno); -void lex_error(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg2 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg3 = empty_errarg); - -void init_table(const char *device); - -// prefix for all registers, strings, macros -#define PREFIX "0" diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man deleted file mode 100644 index 0f47771c2392..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1160 +0,0 @@ -.ig -Copyright (C) 1989-2000, 2001, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -. -. -.ie \n(.V<\n(.v \ -. ds tx T\h'-.1667m'\v'.224m'E\v'-.224m'\h'-.125m'X -.el \ -. ds tx TeX -. -. -.\" Like TP, but if specified indent is more than half -.\" the current line-length - indent, use the default indent. -.de Tp -. ie \\n(.$=0:((0\\$1)*2u>(\\n(.lu-\\n(.iu)) .TP -. el .TP "\\$1" -.. -. -. -.de TQ -. br -. ns -. TP \\$1 -.. -. -. -.\" The BSD man macros can't handle " in arguments to font change macros, -.\" so use \(ts instead of ". -.tr \(ts" -. -. -.TH @G@EQN @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -. -. -.SH NAME -@g@eqn \- format equations for troff -. -. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nr a \n(.j -.ad l -.nr i \n(.i -.in +\w'\fB@g@eqn 'u -.ti \niu -.B @g@eqn -.de OP -. ie \\n(.$-1 .RI "[\ \fB\\$1\fP" "\\$2" "\ ]" -. el .RB "[\ " "\\$1" "\ ]" -.. -.OP \-rvCNR -.OP \-d xy -.OP \-T name -.OP \-M dir -.OP \-f F -.OP \-s n -.OP \-p n -.OP \-m n -.RI "[\ " files\|.\|.\|. "\ ]" -.br -.ad \na -. -.LP -It is possible to have whitespace between a command line option and its -parameter. -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -This manual page describes the GNU version of -.BR eqn , -which is part of the groff document formatting system. -.B eqn -compiles descriptions of equations embedded within -.B troff -input files into commands that are understood by -.BR troff . -Normally, it should be invoked using the -.B \-e -option of -.BR groff . -The syntax is quite compatible with Unix eqn. -The output of GNU -.B eqn -cannot be processed with Unix troff; -it must be processed with GNU troff. -If no files are given on the command line, the standard input -will be read. -A filename of -.B \- -will cause the standard input to be read. -. -.LP -.B eqn -searches for the file -.B eqnrc -in the directories given with the -.B \-M -option first, then in -.BR @SYSTEMMACRODIR@ , -.BR @LOCALMACRODIR@ , -and finally in the standard macro directory -.BR @MACRODIR@ . -If it exists, -.B eqn -will process it before the other input files. -The -.B \-R -option prevents this. -. -.LP -GNU -.B eqn -does not provide the functionality of neqn: -it does not support low-resolution, typewriter-like devices -(although it may work adequately for very simple input). -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI \-d xy -Specify delimiters -.I x -and\~\c -.I y -for the left and right end, respectively, of in-line equations. -Any -.B delim -statements in the source file overrides this. -. -.TP -.B \-C -Recognize -.B .EQ -and -.B .EN -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -.TP -.B \-N -Don't allow newlines within delimiters. -This option allows -.B eqn -to recover better from missing closing delimiters. -. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -. -.TP -.B \-r -Only one size reduction. -. -.TP -.BI \-m n -The minimum point-size is\~\c -.IR n . -.B eqn -will not reduce the size of subscripts or superscripts to -a smaller size than\~\c -.IR n . -. -.TP -.BI \-T name -The output is for device -.IR name . -The only effect of this is to define a macro -.I name -with a value of\~\c -.BR 1 . -Typically -.B eqnrc -will use this to provide definitions appropriate for the output device. -The default output device is -.BR @DEVICE@ . -. -.TP -.BI \-M dir -Search -.I dir -for -.B eqnrc -before the default directories. -. -.TP -.B \-R -Don't load -.BR eqnrc . -. -.TP -.BI \-f F -This is equivalent to a -.BI gfont\ F -command. -. -.TP -.BI \-s n -This is equivalent to a -.BI gsize\ n -command. -This option is deprecated. -.B eqn -will normally set equations at whatever the current point size -is when the equation is encountered. -. -.TP -.BI \-p n -This says that subscripts and superscripts should be -.I n\~\c -points smaller than the surrounding text. -This option is deprecated. -Normally -.B eqn -makes sets subscripts and superscripts at 70% -of the size of the surrounding text. -. -. -.SH USAGE -Only the differences between GNU -.B eqn -and Unix eqn are described here. -. -.LP -Most of the new features of GNU -.B eqn -are based on \*(tx. -There are some references to the differences between \*(tx and GNU -.B eqn -below; -these may safely be ignored if you do not know \*(tx. -. -.SS Automatic spacing -.B eqn -gives each component of an equation a type, and adjusts the spacing -between components using that type. -Possible types are: -. -.RS -.TP \w'punctuation'u+2n -ordinary -an ordinary character such as `1' or `\c -.IR x '; -. -.TP -operator -a large operator such as -.ds Su `\s+5\(*S\s0' -.if \n(.g .if !c\(*S .ds Su the summation operator -\*(Su; -. -.TP -binary -a binary operator such as `\(pl'; -. -.TP -relation -a relation such as `='; -. -.TP -opening -a opening bracket such as `('; -. -.TP -closing -a closing bracket such as `)'; -. -.TP -punctuation -a punctuation character such as `,'; -. -.TP -inner -a subformula contained within brackets; -.TP -suppress -spacing that suppresses automatic spacing adjustment. -.RE -. -.LP -Components of an equation get a type in one of two ways. -. -.TP -.BI type\ t\ e -This yields an equation component that contains\~\c -.I e -but that has type\~\c -.IR t , -where -.I t -is one of the types mentioned above. -For example, -.B times -is defined as -. -.RS -.IP -.B -type "binary" \e(mu -.RE -. -.IP -The name of the type doesn't have to be quoted, but quoting protects -from macro expansion. -. -.TP -.BI chartype\ t\ text -Unquoted groups of characters are split up into individual characters, -and the type of each character is looked up; -this changes the type that is stored for each character; -it says that the characters in -.I text -from now on have type\~\c -.IR t . -For example, -. -.RS -.IP -.B -chartype "punctuation" .,;: -.RE -. -.IP -would make the characters `.,;:' have type punctuation -whenever they subsequently appeared in an equation. -The type\~\c -.I t -can also be -.B letter -or -.BR digit ; -in these cases -.B chartype -changes the font type of the characters. -See the -.B Fonts -subsection. -. -.SS New primitives -.TP -.IB e1\ smallover\ e2 -This is similar to -.BR over ; -.B smallover -reduces the size of -.I e1 -and -.IR e2 ; -it also puts less vertical space between -.I e1 -or -.I e2 -and the fraction bar. -The -.B over -primitive corresponds to the \*(tx -.B \eover -primitive in display styles; -.B smallover -corresponds to -.B \eover -in non-display styles. -. -.TP -.BI vcenter\ e -This vertically centers -.I e -about the math axis. -The math axis is the vertical position about which characters -such as `\(pl' and `\(mi' are centered; also it is the vertical position -used for the bar of fractions. -For example, -.B sum -is defined as -. -.RS -.IP -.B -{ type "operator" vcenter size +5 \e(*S } -.RE -. -.TP -.IB e1\ accent\ e2 -This sets -.I e2 -as an accent over -.IR e1 . -.I e2 -is assumed to be at the correct height for a lowercase letter; -.I e2 -will be moved down according if -.I e1 -is taller or shorter than a lowercase letter. -For example, -.B hat -is defined as -. -.RS -.IP -.B -accent { "^" } -.RE -. -.IP -.BR dotdot , -.BR dot , -.BR tilde , -.BR vec , -and -.B dyad -are also defined using the -.B accent -primitive. -. -.TP -.IB e1\ uaccent\ e2 -This sets -.I e2 -as an accent under -.IR e1 . -.I e2 -is assumed to be at the correct height for a character without a descender; -.I e2 -will be moved down if -.I e1 -has a descender. -.B utilde -is pre-defined using -.B uaccent -as a tilde accent below the baseline. -. -.TP -.BI split\ \(ts text \(ts -This has the same effect as simply -. -.RS -.IP -.I text -.RE -. -.IP -but -.I text -is not subject to macro expansion because it is quoted; -.I text -will be split up and the spacing between individual characters -will be adjusted. -. -.TP -.BI nosplit\ text -This has the same effect as -. -.RS -.IP -.BI \(ts text \(ts -.RE -. -.IP -but because -.I text -is not quoted it will be subject to macro expansion; -.I text -will not be split up -and the spacing between individual characters will not be adjusted. -. -.TP -.IB e\ opprime -This is a variant of -.B prime -that acts as an operator on\~\c -.IR e . -It produces a different result from -.B prime -in a case such as -.BR A\ opprime\ sub\ 1 : -with -.B opprime -the\~\c -.B 1 -will be tucked under the prime as a subscript to the\~\c -.B A -(as is conventional in mathematical typesetting), -whereas with -.B prime -the\~\c -.B 1 -will be a subscript to the prime character. -The precedence of -.B opprime -is the same as that of -.B bar -and -.BR under , -which is higher than that of everything except -.B accent -and -.BR uaccent . -In unquoted text a\~\c -.B ' -that is not the first character will be treated like -.BR opprime . -. -.TP -.BI special\ text\ e -This constructs a new object from\~\c -.I e -using a -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@) -macro named -.IR text . -When the macro is called, -the string -.B 0s -will contain the output for\~\c -.IR e , -and the number registers -.BR 0w , -.BR 0h , -.BR 0d , -.BR 0skern , -and -.BR 0skew -will contain the width, height, depth, subscript kern, and skew of\~\c -.IR e . -(The -.I "subscript kern" -of an object says how much a subscript on that object should be tucked in; -the -.I skew -of an object says how far to the right of the center of the object an -accent over the object should be placed.) -The macro must modify -.B 0s -so that it will output the desired result with its origin at the current -point, and increase the current horizontal position by the width -of the object. -The number registers must also be modified so that they correspond to the -result. -. -.IP -For example, suppose you wanted a construct that `cancels' an expression -by drawing a diagonal line through it. -. -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.if t .ne 6+\n(.Vu -.br -\&.EQ -.br -define cancel 'special Ca' -.br -\&.EN -.br -\&.de Ca -.br -\&.\ \ ds 0s \e -.br -\eZ'\e\e*(0s'\e -.br -\ev'\e\en(0du'\e -.br -\eD'l \e\en(0wu -\e\en(0hu-\e\en(0du'\e -.br -\ev'\e\en(0hu' -.br -\&.. -.ft -.RE -. -.IP -Then you could cancel an expression\~\c -.I e -with -.BI \%cancel\ {\ e\ } -. -.IP -Here's a more complicated construct that draws a box round an expression: -. -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.if t .ne 11+\n(.Vu -\&.EQ -.br -define box 'special Bx' -.br -\&.EN -.br -\&.de Bx -.br -\&.\ \ ds 0s \e -.br -\eZ'\eh'1n'\e\e*(0s'\e -.br -\eZ'\e -.br -\ev'\e\en(0du+1n'\e -.br -\eD'l \e\en(0wu+2n 0'\e -.br -\eD'l 0 -\e\en(0hu-\e\en(0du-2n'\e -.br -\eD'l -\e\en(0wu-2n 0'\e -.br -\eD'l 0 \e\en(0hu+\e\en(0du+2n'\e -.br -\&'\e -.br -\eh'\e\en(0wu+2n' -.br -\&.\ \ nr 0w +2n -.br -\&.\ \ nr 0d +1n -.br -\&.\ \ nr 0h +1n -.br -\&.. -.ft -.RE -. -.TP -.BI space\ n -A positive value of the integer\~\c -.I n -(in hundredths of an em) sets the vertical spacing before the equation, -a negative value sets the spacing after the equation, replacing the -default values. -This primitive provides an interface to -.BR groff 's -.B \ex -escape (but with opposite sign). -. -.IP -This keyword has no effect if the equation is part of a -.B pic -picture. -. -.SS Extended primitives -.TP -.BI col\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI ccol\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI lcol\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI rcol\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI pile\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI cpile\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI lpile\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -.TQ -.BI rpile\ n\ {\ .\|.\|.\ } -The integer value\~\c -.I n -(in hundredths of an em) increases the vertical spacing between rows, -using -.BR groff 's -.B \ex -escape. -Negative values are possible but have no effect. -If there is more than a single value given in a matrix, the biggest one -is used. -. -.SS Customization -The appearance of equations is controlled by a large number of parameters. -These can be set using -the -.B set -command. -. -.TP -.BI set\ p\ n -This sets parameter\~\c -.I p -to value\~\c -.IR n ; -.I n\~\c -is an integer. -For example, -. -.RS -.IP -.B -set x_height 45 -.RE -. -.IP -says that -.B eqn -should assume an x\~height of 0.45\~ems. -. -.RS -.LP -Possible parameters are as follows. -Values are in units of hundredths of an em unless otherwise stated. -These descriptions are intended to be expository rather than -definitive. -. -.ie t \ -. TP \w'\fBdefault_rule_thickness'u+2n -.el \ -. TP -.B minimum_size -.B eqn -will not set anything at a smaller point-size than this. -The value is in points. -. -.TP -.B fat_offset -The -.B fat -primitive emboldens an equation -by overprinting two copies of the equation -horizontally offset by this amount. -. -.TP -.B over_hang -A fraction bar will be longer by twice this amount than -the maximum of the widths of the numerator and denominator; -in other words, it will overhang the numerator and -denominator by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B accent_width -When -.B bar -or -.B under -is applied to a single character, -the line will be this long. -Normally, -.B bar -or -.B under -produces a line whose length is the width of the object to which it applies; -in the case of a single character, -this tends to produce a line that looks too long. -. -.TP -.B delimiter_factor -Extensible delimiters produced with the -.B left -and -.B right -primitives will have a combined height and depth of at least this many -thousandths of twice the maximum amount by which the sub-equation that -the delimiters enclose extends away from the axis. -. -.TP -.B delimiter_shortfall -Extensible delimiters produced with the -.B left -and -.B right -primitives will have a combined height and depth -not less than the difference of -twice the maximum amount by which the sub-equation that -the delimiters enclose extends away from the axis -and this amount. -. -.TP -.B null_delimiter_space -This much horizontal space is inserted -on each side of a fraction. -. -.TP -.B script_space -The width of subscripts and superscripts is increased by this amount. -. -.TP -.B thin_space -This amount of space is automatically inserted after punctuation -characters. -. -.TP -.B medium_space -This amount of space is automatically inserted on either side -of binary operators. -. -.TP -.B thick_space -This amount of space is automatically inserted on either side of -relations. -. -.TP -.B x_height -The height of lowercase letters without ascenders such as `x'. -. -.TP -.B axis_height -The height above the baseline of the center of characters -such as `\(pl' and `\(mi'. -It is important that this value is correct for the font -you are using. -. -.TP -.B default_rule_thickness -This should set to the thickness of the -.B \e(ru -character, or the thickness of horizontal lines produced with the -.B \eD -escape sequence. -. -.TP -.B num1 -The -.B over -command will shift up the numerator by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B num2 -The -.B smallover -command will shift up the numerator by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B denom1 -The -.B over -command will shift down the denominator by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B denom2 -The -.B smallover -command will shift down the denominator by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B sup1 -Normally superscripts will be shifted up by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B sup2 -Superscripts within superscripts or upper limits -or numerators of -.B smallover -fractions -will be shifted up by at least this amount. -This is usually less than sup1. -. -.TP -.B sup3 -Superscripts within denominators or square roots -or subscripts or lower limits will be shifted up by at least -this amount. -This is usually less than sup2. -. -.TP -.B sub1 -Subscripts will normally be shifted down by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B sub2 -When there is both a subscript and a superscript, the subscript -will be shifted down by at least this amount. -. -.TP -.B sup_drop -The baseline of a superscript will be no more -than this much amount below the top of the object on -which the superscript is set. -. -.TP -.B sub_drop -The baseline of a subscript will be at least this much below -the bottom of the object on which the subscript is set. -. -.TP -.B big_op_spacing1 -The baseline of an upper limit will be at least this -much above the top of the object on which the limit is set. -. -.TP -.B big_op_spacing2 -The baseline of a lower limit will be at least this -much below the bottom of the object on which the limit is set. -. -.TP -.B big_op_spacing3 -The bottom of an upper limit will be at least this much above the -top of the object on which the limit is set. -. -.TP -.B big_op_spacing4 -The top of a lower limit will be at least this much below -the bottom of the object on which the limit is set. -. -.TP -.B big_op_spacing5 -This much vertical space will be added above and below limits. -. -.TP -.B baseline_sep -The baselines of the rows in a pile or matrix will normally be -this far apart. -In most cases this should be equal to the sum of -.B num1 -and -.BR denom1 . -. -.TP -.B shift_down -The midpoint between the top baseline and the bottom baseline -in a matrix or pile will be shifted down by this much from the axis. -In most cases this should be equal to -.BR axis_height . -. -.TP -.B column_sep -This much space will be added between columns in a matrix. -. -.TP -.B matrix_side_sep -This much space will be added at each side of a matrix. -. -.TP -.B draw_lines -If this is non-zero, lines will be drawn using the -.B \eD -escape sequence, rather than with the -.B \el -escape sequence and the -.B \e(ru -character. -. -.TP -.B body_height -The amount by which the height of the equation exceeds this -will be added as extra space before the line containing the equation -(using -.BR \ex ). -The default value is 85. -. -.TP -.B body_depth -The amount by which the depth of the equation exceeds this -will be added as extra space after the line containing the equation -(using -.BR \ex ). -The default value is 35. -. -.TP -.B nroff -If this is non-zero, -then -.B ndefine -will behave like -.B define -and -.B tdefine -will be ignored, -otherwise -.B tdefine -will behave like -.B define -and -.B ndefine -will be ignored. -The default value is\~0 -(This is typically changed to\~1 by the -.B eqnrc -file for the -.BR ascii , -.BR latin1 , -.BR utf8 , -and -.B cp1047 -devices.) -. -.LP -A more precise description of the role of many of these -parameters can be found in Appendix\~H of -.IR "The \*(txbook" . -.RE -. -.SS Macros -Macros can take arguments. -In a macro body, -.BI $ n -where -.I n -is between 1 and\~9, -will be replaced by the -.IR n-th -argument if the macro is called with arguments; -if there are fewer than -.I n\~\c -arguments, it will be replaced by nothing. -A word containing a left parenthesis where the part of the word -before the left parenthesis has been defined using the -.B define -command -will be recognized as a macro call with arguments; -characters following the left parenthesis -up to a matching right parenthesis will be treated as comma-separated -arguments; -commas inside nested parentheses do not terminate an argument. -. -.TP -.BI sdefine\ name\ X\ anything\ X -This is like the -.B define -command, but -.I name -will not be recognized if called with arguments. -. -.TP -.BI include\ \(ts file \(ts -.TQ -.BI copy\ \(ts file \(ts -Include the contents of -.I file -.RB ( include -and -.B copy -are synonyms). -Lines of -.I file -beginning with -.B .EQ -or -.B .EN -will be ignored. -. -.TP -.BI ifdef\ name\ X\ anything\ X -If -.I name -has been defined by -.B define -(or has been automatically defined because -.I name -is the output device) -process -.IR anything ; -otherwise ignore -.IR anything . -.I X -can be any character not appearing in -.IR anything . -. -.TP -.BI undef\ name -Remove definition of -.IR name , -making it undefined. -. -.LP -Besides the macros mentioned above, the following definitions are available: -.BR Alpha , -.BR Beta , -\&.\|.\|., -.B Omega -(this is the same as -.BR ALPHA , -.BR BETA , -\&.\|.\|., -.BR OMEGA ), -.B ldots -(three dots on the base line), -and -.BR dollar . -. -.SS Fonts -.B eqn -normally uses at least two fonts to set an equation: -an italic font for letters, -and a roman font for everything else. -The existing -.B gfont -command -changes the font that is used as the italic font. -By default this is\~\c -.BR I . -The font that is used as the roman font can be changed -using the new -.B grfont -command. -. -.TP -.BI grfont\ f -Set the roman font to\~\c -.IR f . -. -.LP -The -.B italic -primitive uses the current italic font set by -.BR gfont ; -the -.B roman -primitive uses the current roman font set by -.BR grfont . -There is also a new -.B gbfont -command, which changes the font used by the -.B bold -primitive. -If you only use the -.BR roman , -.B italic -and -.B bold -primitives to changes fonts within an equation, -you can change all the fonts used by your equations -just by using -.BR gfont , -.B grfont -and -.B gbfont -commands. -. -.LP -You can control which characters are treated as letters -(and therefore set in italics) by using the -.B chartype -command described above. -A type of -.B letter -will cause a character to be set in italic type. -A type of -.B digit -will cause a character to be set in roman type. -. -. -.SH FILES -.Tp \w'\fB@MACRODIR@/eqnrc'u+2n -.B @MACRODIR@/eqnrc -Initialization file. -. -. -.SH BUGS -Inline equations will be set at the point size that is current at the -beginning of the input line. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR @g@pic (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR groff_font (@MAN5EXT@), -.I The\ \*(txbook -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.y b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.y deleted file mode 100644 index 85157d6fce4b..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/eqn.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ -%{ -#include <stdio.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <stdlib.h> - -#include "lib.h" -#include "box.h" -extern int non_empty_flag; -int yylex(); -void yyerror(const char *); -%} - -%union { - char *str; - box *b; - pile_box *pb; - matrix_box *mb; - int n; - column *col; -} - -%token OVER -%token SMALLOVER -%token SQRT -%token SUB -%token SUP -%token LPILE -%token RPILE -%token CPILE -%token PILE -%token LEFT -%token RIGHT -%token TO -%token FROM -%token SIZE -%token FONT -%token ROMAN -%token BOLD -%token ITALIC -%token FAT -%token ACCENT -%token BAR -%token UNDER -%token ABOVE -%token <str> TEXT -%token <str> QUOTED_TEXT -%token FWD -%token BACK -%token DOWN -%token UP -%token MATRIX -%token COL -%token LCOL -%token RCOL -%token CCOL -%token MARK -%token LINEUP -%token TYPE -%token VCENTER -%token PRIME -%token SPLIT -%token NOSPLIT -%token UACCENT -%token SPECIAL - -/* these are handled in the lexer */ -%token SPACE -%token GFONT -%token GSIZE -%token DEFINE -%token NDEFINE -%token TDEFINE -%token SDEFINE -%token UNDEF -%token IFDEF -%token INCLUDE -%token DELIM -%token CHARTYPE -%token SET -%token GRFONT -%token GBFONT - -/* The original eqn manual says that `left' is right associative. It's lying. -Consider `left ( ~ left ( ~ right ) right )'. */ - -%right LEFT -%left RIGHT -%right LPILE RPILE CPILE PILE TEXT QUOTED_TEXT MATRIX MARK LINEUP '^' '~' '\t' '{' SPLIT NOSPLIT -%right FROM TO -%left SQRT OVER SMALLOVER -%right SUB SUP -%right ROMAN BOLD ITALIC FAT FONT SIZE FWD BACK DOWN UP TYPE VCENTER SPECIAL -%right BAR UNDER PRIME -%left ACCENT UACCENT - -%type <b> mark from_to sqrt_over script simple equation nonsup -%type <n> number -%type <str> text delim -%type <pb> pile_element_list pile_arg -%type <mb> column_list -%type <col> column column_arg column_element_list - -%% -top: - /* empty */ - | equation - { $1->top_level(); non_empty_flag = 1; } - ; - -equation: - mark - { $$ = $1; } - | equation mark - { - list_box *lb = $1->to_list_box(); - if (!lb) - lb = new list_box($1); - lb->append($2); - $$ = lb; - } - ; - -mark: - from_to - { $$ = $1; } - | MARK mark - { $$ = make_mark_box($2); } - | LINEUP mark - { $$ = make_lineup_box($2); } - ; - -from_to: - sqrt_over %prec FROM - { $$ = $1; } - | sqrt_over TO from_to - { $$ = make_limit_box($1, 0, $3); } - | sqrt_over FROM sqrt_over - { $$ = make_limit_box($1, $3, 0); } - | sqrt_over FROM sqrt_over TO from_to - { $$ = make_limit_box($1, $3, $5); } - | sqrt_over FROM sqrt_over FROM from_to - { $$ = make_limit_box($1, make_limit_box($3, $5, 0), 0); } - ; - -sqrt_over: - script - { $$ = $1; } - | SQRT sqrt_over - { $$ = make_sqrt_box($2); } - | sqrt_over OVER sqrt_over - { $$ = make_over_box($1, $3); } - | sqrt_over SMALLOVER sqrt_over - { $$ = make_small_over_box($1, $3); } - ; - -script: - nonsup - { $$ = $1; } - | simple SUP script - { $$ = make_script_box($1, 0, $3); } - ; - -nonsup: - simple %prec SUP - { $$ = $1; } - | simple SUB nonsup - { $$ = make_script_box($1, $3, 0); } - | simple SUB simple SUP script - { $$ = make_script_box($1, $3, $5); } - ; - -simple: - TEXT - { $$ = split_text($1); } - | QUOTED_TEXT - { $$ = new quoted_text_box($1); } - | SPLIT QUOTED_TEXT - { $$ = split_text($2); } - | NOSPLIT TEXT - { $$ = new quoted_text_box($2); } - | '^' - { $$ = new half_space_box; } - | '~' - { $$ = new space_box; } - | '\t' - { $$ = new tab_box; } - | '{' equation '}' - { $$ = $2; } - | PILE pile_arg - { $2->set_alignment(CENTER_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | LPILE pile_arg - { $2->set_alignment(LEFT_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | RPILE pile_arg - { $2->set_alignment(RIGHT_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | CPILE pile_arg - { $2->set_alignment(CENTER_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | MATRIX '{' column_list '}' - { $$ = $3; } - | LEFT delim equation RIGHT delim - { $$ = make_delim_box($2, $3, $5); } - | LEFT delim equation - { $$ = make_delim_box($2, $3, 0); } - | simple BAR - { $$ = make_overline_box($1); } - | simple UNDER - { $$ = make_underline_box($1); } - | simple PRIME - { $$ = make_prime_box($1); } - | simple ACCENT simple - { $$ = make_accent_box($1, $3); } - | simple UACCENT simple - { $$ = make_uaccent_box($1, $3); } - | ROMAN simple - { $$ = new font_box(strsave(get_grfont()), $2); } - | BOLD simple - { $$ = new font_box(strsave(get_gbfont()), $2); } - | ITALIC simple - { $$ = new font_box(strsave(get_gfont()), $2); } - | FAT simple - { $$ = new fat_box($2); } - | FONT text simple - { $$ = new font_box($2, $3); } - | SIZE text simple - { $$ = new size_box($2, $3); } - | FWD number simple - { $$ = new hmotion_box($2, $3); } - | BACK number simple - { $$ = new hmotion_box(-$2, $3); } - | UP number simple - { $$ = new vmotion_box($2, $3); } - | DOWN number simple - { $$ = new vmotion_box(-$2, $3); } - | TYPE text simple - { $3->set_spacing_type($2); $$ = $3; } - | VCENTER simple - { $$ = new vcenter_box($2); } - | SPECIAL text simple - { $$ = make_special_box($2, $3); } - ; - -number: - text - { - int n; - if (sscanf($1, "%d", &n) == 1) - $$ = n; - a_delete $1; - } - ; - -pile_element_list: - equation - { $$ = new pile_box($1); } - | pile_element_list ABOVE equation - { $1->append($3); $$ = $1; } - ; - -pile_arg: - '{' pile_element_list '}' - { $$ = $2; } - | number '{' pile_element_list '}' - { $3->set_space($1); $$ = $3; } - ; - -column_list: - column - { $$ = new matrix_box($1); } - | column_list column - { $1->append($2); $$ = $1; } - ; - -column_element_list: - equation - { $$ = new column($1); } - | column_element_list ABOVE equation - { $1->append($3); $$ = $1; } - ; - -column_arg: - '{' column_element_list '}' - { $$ = $2; } - | number '{' column_element_list '}' - { $3->set_space($1); $$ = $3; } - ; - -column: - COL column_arg - { $2->set_alignment(CENTER_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | LCOL column_arg - { $2->set_alignment(LEFT_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | RCOL column_arg - { $2->set_alignment(RIGHT_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - | CCOL column_arg - { $2->set_alignment(CENTER_ALIGN); $$ = $2; } - ; - -text: TEXT - { $$ = $1; } - | QUOTED_TEXT - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -delim: - text - { $$ = $1; } - | '{' - { $$ = strsave("{"); } - | '}' - { $$ = strsave("}"); } - ; - -%% diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/lex.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/lex.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 6aa494dbf0d8..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/lex.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1172 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "eqn_tab.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "ptable.h" - - -// declarations to avoid friend name injection problems -int get_char(); -int peek_char(); -int get_location(char **, int *); - -struct definition { - char is_macro; - char is_simple; - union { - int tok; - char *contents; - }; - definition(); - ~definition(); -}; - -definition::definition() : is_macro(1), is_simple(0) -{ - contents = 0; -} - -definition::~definition() -{ - if (is_macro) - a_delete contents; -} - -declare_ptable(definition) -implement_ptable(definition) - -PTABLE(definition) macro_table; - -static struct { - const char *name; - int token; -} token_table[] = { - { "over", OVER }, - { "smallover", SMALLOVER }, - { "sqrt", SQRT }, - { "sub", SUB }, - { "sup", SUP }, - { "lpile", LPILE }, - { "rpile", RPILE }, - { "cpile", CPILE }, - { "pile", PILE }, - { "left", LEFT }, - { "right", RIGHT }, - { "to", TO }, - { "from", FROM }, - { "size", SIZE }, - { "font", FONT }, - { "roman", ROMAN }, - { "bold", BOLD }, - { "italic", ITALIC }, - { "fat", FAT }, - { "bar", BAR }, - { "under", UNDER }, - { "accent", ACCENT }, - { "uaccent", UACCENT }, - { "above", ABOVE }, - { "fwd", FWD }, - { "back", BACK }, - { "down", DOWN }, - { "up", UP }, - { "matrix", MATRIX }, - { "col", COL }, - { "lcol", LCOL }, - { "rcol", RCOL }, - { "ccol", CCOL }, - { "mark", MARK }, - { "lineup", LINEUP }, - { "space", SPACE }, - { "gfont", GFONT }, - { "gsize", GSIZE }, - { "define", DEFINE }, - { "sdefine", SDEFINE }, - { "ndefine", NDEFINE }, - { "tdefine", TDEFINE }, - { "undef", UNDEF }, - { "ifdef", IFDEF }, - { "include", INCLUDE }, - { "copy", INCLUDE }, - { "delim", DELIM }, - { "chartype", CHARTYPE }, - { "type", TYPE }, - { "vcenter", VCENTER }, - { "set", SET }, - { "opprime", PRIME }, - { "grfont", GRFONT }, - { "gbfont", GBFONT }, - { "split", SPLIT }, - { "nosplit", NOSPLIT }, - { "special", SPECIAL }, -}; - -static struct { - const char *name; - const char *def; -} def_table[] = { - { "ALPHA", "\\(*A" }, - { "BETA", "\\(*B" }, - { "CHI", "\\(*X" }, - { "DELTA", "\\(*D" }, - { "EPSILON", "\\(*E" }, - { "ETA", "\\(*Y" }, - { "GAMMA", "\\(*G" }, - { "IOTA", "\\(*I" }, - { "KAPPA", "\\(*K" }, - { "LAMBDA", "\\(*L" }, - { "MU", "\\(*M" }, - { "NU", "\\(*N" }, - { "OMEGA", "\\(*W" }, - { "OMICRON", "\\(*O" }, - { "PHI", "\\(*F" }, - { "PI", "\\(*P" }, - { "PSI", "\\(*Q" }, - { "RHO", "\\(*R" }, - { "SIGMA", "\\(*S" }, - { "TAU", "\\(*T" }, - { "THETA", "\\(*H" }, - { "UPSILON", "\\(*U" }, - { "XI", "\\(*C" }, - { "ZETA", "\\(*Z" }, - { "Alpha", "\\(*A" }, - { "Beta", "\\(*B" }, - { "Chi", "\\(*X" }, - { "Delta", "\\(*D" }, - { "Epsilon", "\\(*E" }, - { "Eta", "\\(*Y" }, - { "Gamma", "\\(*G" }, - { "Iota", "\\(*I" }, - { "Kappa", "\\(*K" }, - { "Lambda", "\\(*L" }, - { "Mu", "\\(*M" }, - { "Nu", "\\(*N" }, - { "Omega", "\\(*W" }, - { "Omicron", "\\(*O" }, - { "Phi", "\\(*F" }, - { "Pi", "\\(*P" }, - { "Psi", "\\(*Q" }, - { "Rho", "\\(*R" }, - { "Sigma", "\\(*S" }, - { "Tau", "\\(*T" }, - { "Theta", "\\(*H" }, - { "Upsilon", "\\(*U" }, - { "Xi", "\\(*C" }, - { "Zeta", "\\(*Z" }, - { "alpha", "\\(*a" }, - { "beta", "\\(*b" }, - { "chi", "\\(*x" }, - { "delta", "\\(*d" }, - { "epsilon", "\\(*e" }, - { "eta", "\\(*y" }, - { "gamma", "\\(*g" }, - { "iota", "\\(*i" }, - { "kappa", "\\(*k" }, - { "lambda", "\\(*l" }, - { "mu", "\\(*m" }, - { "nu", "\\(*n" }, - { "omega", "\\(*w" }, - { "omicron", "\\(*o" }, - { "phi", "\\(*f" }, - { "pi", "\\(*p" }, - { "psi", "\\(*q" }, - { "rho", "\\(*r" }, - { "sigma", "\\(*s" }, - { "tau", "\\(*t" }, - { "theta", "\\(*h" }, - { "upsilon", "\\(*u" }, - { "xi", "\\(*c" }, - { "zeta", "\\(*z" }, - { "max", "{type \"operator\" roman \"max\"}" }, - { "min", "{type \"operator\" roman \"min\"}" }, - { "lim", "{type \"operator\" roman \"lim\"}" }, - { "sin", "{type \"operator\" roman \"sin\"}" }, - { "cos", "{type \"operator\" roman \"cos\"}" }, - { "tan", "{type \"operator\" roman \"tan\"}" }, - { "sinh", "{type \"operator\" roman \"sinh\"}" }, - { "cosh", "{type \"operator\" roman \"cosh\"}" }, - { "tanh", "{type \"operator\" roman \"tanh\"}" }, - { "arc", "{type \"operator\" roman \"arc\"}" }, - { "log", "{type \"operator\" roman \"log\"}" }, - { "ln", "{type \"operator\" roman \"ln\"}" }, - { "exp", "{type \"operator\" roman \"exp\"}" }, - { "Re", "{type \"operator\" roman \"Re\"}" }, - { "Im", "{type \"operator\" roman \"Im\"}" }, - { "det", "{type \"operator\" roman \"det\"}" }, - { "and", "{roman \"and\"}" }, - { "if", "{roman \"if\"}" }, - { "for", "{roman \"for\"}" }, - { "sum", "{type \"operator\" vcenter size +5 \\(*S}" }, - { "prod", "{type \"operator\" vcenter size +5 \\(*P}" }, - { "int", "{type \"operator\" vcenter size +8 \\(is}" }, - { "union", "{type \"operator\" vcenter size +5 \\(cu}" }, - { "inter", "{type \"operator\" vcenter size +5 \\(ca}" }, - { "times", "type \"binary\" \\(mu" }, - { "ldots", "type \"inner\" { . . . }" }, - { "inf", "\\(if" }, - { "partial", "\\(pd" }, - { "nothing", "\"\"" }, - { "half", "{1 smallover 2}" }, - { "hat_def", "roman \"^\"" }, - { "hat", "accent { hat_def }" }, - { "dot_def", "back 15 \"\\v'-52M'.\\v'52M'\"" }, - { "dot", "accent { dot_def }" }, - { "dotdot_def", "back 25 \"\\v'-52M'..\\v'52M'\"" }, - { "dotdot", "accent { dotdot_def }" }, - { "tilde_def", "\"~\"" }, - { "tilde", "accent { tilde_def }" }, - { "utilde_def", "\"\\v'75M'~\\v'-75M'\"" }, - { "utilde", "uaccent { utilde_def }" }, - { "vec_def", "up 52 size -5 \\(->" }, - { "vec", "accent { vec_def }" }, - { "dyad_def", "up 52 size -5 {\\(<- back 60 \\(->}" }, - { "dyad", "accent { dyad_def }" }, - { "==", "type \"relation\" \\(==" }, - { "!=", "type \"relation\" \\(!=" }, - { "+-", "type \"binary\" \\(+-" }, - { "->", "type \"relation\" \\(->" }, - { "<-", "type \"relation\" \\(<-" }, - { "<<", "{ < back 20 < }" }, - { ">>", "{ > back 20 > }" }, - { "...", "type \"inner\" vcenter { . . . }" }, - { "prime", "'" }, - { "approx", "type \"relation\" \"\\(~=\"" }, - { "grad", "\\(gr" }, - { "del", "\\(gr" }, - { "cdot", "type \"binary\" vcenter ." }, - { "dollar", "$" }, -}; - -void init_table(const char *device) -{ - unsigned int i; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(token_table)/sizeof(token_table[0]); i++) { - definition *def = new definition[1]; - def->is_macro = 0; - def->tok = token_table[i].token; - macro_table.define(token_table[i].name, def); - } - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(def_table)/sizeof(def_table[0]); i++) { - definition *def = new definition[1]; - def->is_macro = 1; - def->contents = strsave(def_table[i].def); - def->is_simple = 1; - macro_table.define(def_table[i].name, def); - } - definition *def = new definition[1]; - def->is_macro = 1; - def->contents = strsave("1"); - macro_table.define(device, def); -} - -class input { - input *next; -public: - input(input *p); - virtual ~input(); - virtual int get() = 0; - virtual int peek() = 0; - virtual int get_location(char **, int *); - - friend int get_char(); - friend int peek_char(); - friend int get_location(char **, int *); - friend void init_lex(const char *str, const char *filename, int lineno); -}; - -class file_input : public input { - FILE *fp; - char *filename; - int lineno; - string line; - const char *ptr; - int read_line(); -public: - file_input(FILE *, const char *, input *); - ~file_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); - int get_location(char **, int *); -}; - - -class macro_input : public input { - char *s; - char *p; -public: - macro_input(const char *, input *); - ~macro_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -class top_input : public macro_input { - char *filename; - int lineno; - public: - top_input(const char *, const char *, int, input *); - ~top_input(); - int get(); - int get_location(char **, int *); -}; - -class argument_macro_input: public input { - char *s; - char *p; - char *ap; - int argc; - char *argv[9]; -public: - argument_macro_input(const char *, int, char **, input *); - ~argument_macro_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -input::input(input *x) : next(x) -{ -} - -input::~input() -{ -} - -int input::get_location(char **, int *) -{ - return 0; -} - -file_input::file_input(FILE *f, const char *fn, input *p) -: input(p), lineno(0), ptr("") -{ - fp = f; - filename = strsave(fn); -} - -file_input::~file_input() -{ - a_delete filename; - fclose(fp); -} - -int file_input::read_line() -{ - for (;;) { - line.clear(); - lineno++; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - else if (invalid_input_char(c)) - lex_error("invalid input character code %1", c); - else { - line += char(c); - if (c == '\n') - break; - } - } - if (line.length() == 0) - return 0; - if (!(line.length() >= 3 && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'E' - && (line[2] == 'Q' || line[2] == 'N') - && (line.length() == 3 || line[3] == ' ' || line[3] == '\n' - || compatible_flag))) { - line += '\0'; - ptr = line.contents(); - return 1; - } - } -} - -int file_input::get() -{ - if (*ptr != '\0' || read_line()) - return *ptr++ & 0377; - else - return EOF; -} - -int file_input::peek() -{ - if (*ptr != '\0' || read_line()) - return *ptr; - else - return EOF; -} - -int file_input::get_location(char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - *fnp = filename; - *lnp = lineno; - return 1; -} - -macro_input::macro_input(const char *str, input *x) : input(x) -{ - p = s = strsave(str); -} - -macro_input::~macro_input() -{ - a_delete s; -} - -int macro_input::get() -{ - if (p == 0 || *p == '\0') - return EOF; - else - return *p++ & 0377; -} - -int macro_input::peek() -{ - if (p == 0 || *p == '\0') - return EOF; - else - return *p & 0377; -} - -top_input::top_input(const char *str, const char *fn, int ln, input *x) -: macro_input(str, x), lineno(ln) -{ - filename = strsave(fn); -} - -top_input::~top_input() -{ - a_delete filename; -} - -int top_input::get() -{ - int c = macro_input::get(); - if (c == '\n') - lineno++; - return c; -} - -int top_input::get_location(char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - *fnp = filename; - *lnp = lineno; - return 1; -} - -// Character representing $1. Must be invalid input character. -#define ARG1 14 - -argument_macro_input::argument_macro_input(const char *body, int ac, - char **av, input *x) -: input(x), ap(0), argc(ac) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) - argv[i] = av[i]; - p = s = strsave(body); - int j = 0; - for (i = 0; s[i] != '\0'; i++) - if (s[i] == '$' && s[i+1] >= '0' && s[i+1] <= '9') { - if (s[i+1] != '0') - s[j++] = ARG1 + s[++i] - '1'; - } - else - s[j++] = s[i]; - s[j] = '\0'; -} - - -argument_macro_input::~argument_macro_input() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - a_delete argv[i]; - a_delete s; -} - -int argument_macro_input::get() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return *ap++ & 0377; - ap = 0; - } - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && argv[i] != 0 && argv[i][0] != '\0') { - ap = argv[i]; - return *ap++ & 0377; - } - } - if (*p == '\0') - return EOF; - return *p++ & 0377; -} - -int argument_macro_input::peek() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return *ap & 0377; - ap = 0; - } - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && argv[i] != 0 && argv[i][0] != '\0') { - ap = argv[i]; - return *ap & 0377; - } - } - if (*p == '\0') - return EOF; - return *p & 0377; -} - -static input *current_input = 0; - -/* we insert a newline between input from different levels */ - -int get_char() -{ - if (current_input == 0) - return EOF; - else { - int c = current_input->get(); - if (c != EOF) - return c; - else { - input *tem = current_input; - current_input = current_input->next; - delete tem; - return '\n'; - } - } -} - -int peek_char() -{ - if (current_input == 0) - return EOF; - else { - int c = current_input->peek(); - if (c != EOF) - return c; - else - return '\n'; - } -} - -int get_location(char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - for (input *p = current_input; p; p = p->next) - if (p->get_location(fnp, lnp)) - return 1; - return 0; -} - -string token_buffer; -const int NCONTEXT = 4; -string context_ring[NCONTEXT]; -int context_index = 0; - -void flush_context() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < NCONTEXT; i++) - context_ring[i] = ""; - context_index = 0; -} - -void show_context() -{ - int i = context_index; - fputs(" context is\n\t", stderr); - for (;;) { - int j = (i + 1) % NCONTEXT; - if (j == context_index) { - fputs(">>> ", stderr); - put_string(context_ring[i], stderr); - fputs(" <<<", stderr); - break; - } - else if (context_ring[i].length() > 0) { - put_string(context_ring[i], stderr); - putc(' ', stderr); - } - i = j; - } - putc('\n', stderr); -} - -void add_context(const string &s) -{ - context_ring[context_index] = s; - context_index = (context_index + 1) % NCONTEXT; -} - -void add_context(char c) -{ - context_ring[context_index] = c; - context_index = (context_index + 1) % NCONTEXT; -} - -void add_quoted_context(const string &s) -{ - string &r = context_ring[context_index]; - r = '"'; - for (int i = 0; i < s.length(); i++) - if (s[i] == '"') - r += "\\\""; - else - r += s[i]; - r += '"'; - context_index = (context_index + 1) % NCONTEXT; -} - -void init_lex(const char *str, const char *filename, int lineno) -{ - while (current_input != 0) { - input *tem = current_input; - current_input = current_input->next; - delete tem; - } - current_input = new top_input(str, filename, lineno, 0); - flush_context(); -} - - -void get_delimited_text() -{ - char *filename; - int lineno; - int got_location = get_location(&filename, &lineno); - int start = get_char(); - while (start == ' ' || start == '\t' || start == '\n') - start = get_char(); - token_buffer.clear(); - if (start == EOF) { - if (got_location) - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, - "end of input while defining macro"); - else - error("end of input while defining macro"); - return; - } - for (;;) { - int c = get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - if (got_location) - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, - "end of input while defining macro"); - else - error("end of input while defining macro"); - add_context(start + token_buffer); - return; - } - if (c == start) - break; - token_buffer += char(c); - } - add_context(start + token_buffer + start); -} - -void interpolate_macro_with_args(const char *body) -{ - char *argv[9]; - int argc = 0; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) - argv[i] = 0; - int level = 0; - int c; - do { - token_buffer.clear(); - for (;;) { - c = get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - lex_error("end of input while scanning macro arguments"); - break; - } - if (level == 0 && (c == ',' || c == ')')) { - if (token_buffer.length() > 0) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - argv[argc] = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - } - // for `foo()', argc = 0 - if (argc > 0 || c != ')' || i > 0) - argc++; - break; - } - token_buffer += char(c); - if (c == '(') - level++; - else if (c == ')') - level--; - } - } while (c != ')' && c != EOF); - current_input = new argument_macro_input(body, argc, argv, current_input); -} - -/* If lookup flag is non-zero the token will be looked up to see -if it is macro. If it's 1, it will looked up to see if it's a token. -*/ - -int get_token(int lookup_flag = 0) -{ - for (;;) { - int c = get_char(); - while (c == ' ' || c == '\n') - c = get_char(); - switch (c) { - case EOF: - { - add_context("end of input"); - } - return 0; - case '"': - { - int quoted = 0; - token_buffer.clear(); - for (;;) { - c = get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - lex_error("missing \""); - break; - } - else if (c == '\n') { - lex_error("newline before end of quoted text"); - break; - } - else if (c == '"') { - if (!quoted) - break; - token_buffer[token_buffer.length() - 1] = '"'; - quoted = 0; - } - else { - token_buffer += c; - quoted = quoted ? 0 : c == '\\'; - } - } - } - add_quoted_context(token_buffer); - return QUOTED_TEXT; - case '{': - case '}': - case '^': - case '~': - case '\t': - add_context(c); - return c; - default: - { - int break_flag = 0; - int quoted = 0; - token_buffer.clear(); - if (c == '\\') - quoted = 1; - else - token_buffer += c; - int done = 0; - while (!done) { - c = peek_char(); - if (!quoted && lookup_flag != 0 && c == '(') { - token_buffer += '\0'; - definition *def = macro_table.lookup(token_buffer.contents()); - if (def && def->is_macro && !def->is_simple) { - (void)get_char(); // skip initial '(' - interpolate_macro_with_args(def->contents); - break_flag = 1; - break; - } - token_buffer.set_length(token_buffer.length() - 1); - } - if (quoted) { - quoted = 0; - switch (c) { - case EOF: - lex_error("`\\' ignored at end of equation"); - done = 1; - break; - case '\n': - lex_error("`\\' ignored because followed by newline"); - done = 1; - break; - case '\t': - lex_error("`\\' ignored because followed by tab"); - done = 1; - break; - case '"': - (void)get_char(); - token_buffer += '"'; - break; - default: - (void)get_char(); - token_buffer += '\\'; - token_buffer += c; - break; - } - } - else { - switch (c) { - case EOF: - case '{': - case '}': - case '^': - case '~': - case '"': - case ' ': - case '\t': - case '\n': - done = 1; - break; - case '\\': - (void)get_char(); - quoted = 1; - break; - default: - (void)get_char(); - token_buffer += char(c); - break; - } - } - } - if (break_flag || token_buffer.length() == 0) - break; - if (lookup_flag != 0) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - definition *def = macro_table.lookup(token_buffer.contents()); - token_buffer.set_length(token_buffer.length() - 1); - if (def) { - if (def->is_macro) { - current_input = new macro_input(def->contents, current_input); - break; - } - else if (lookup_flag == 1) { - add_context(token_buffer); - return def->tok; - } - } - } - add_context(token_buffer); - return TEXT; - } - } - } -} - -void do_include() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad filename for include"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - const char *filename = token_buffer.contents(); - errno = 0; - FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - lex_error("can't open included file `%1'", filename); - return; - } - current_input = new file_input(fp, filename, current_input); -} - -void ignore_definition() -{ - int t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT) { - lex_error("bad definition"); - return; - } - get_delimited_text(); -} - -void do_definition(int is_simple) -{ - int t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT) { - lex_error("bad definition"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - const char *name = token_buffer.contents(); - definition *def = macro_table.lookup(name); - if (def == 0) { - def = new definition[1]; - macro_table.define(name, def); - } - else if (def->is_macro) { - a_delete def->contents; - } - get_delimited_text(); - token_buffer += '\0'; - def->is_macro = 1; - def->contents = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - def->is_simple = is_simple; -} - -void do_undef() -{ - int t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT) { - lex_error("bad undef command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - macro_table.define(token_buffer.contents(), 0); -} - -void do_gsize() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad argument to gsize command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - if (!set_gsize(token_buffer.contents())) - lex_error("invalid size `%1'", token_buffer.contents()); -} - -void do_gfont() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad argument to gfont command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - set_gfont(token_buffer.contents()); -} - -void do_grfont() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad argument to grfont command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - set_grfont(token_buffer.contents()); -} - -void do_gbfont() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad argument to gbfont command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - set_gbfont(token_buffer.contents()); -} - -void do_space() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad argument to space command"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - char *ptr; - long n = strtol(token_buffer.contents(), &ptr, 10); - if (n == 0 && ptr == token_buffer.contents()) - lex_error("bad argument `%1' to space command", token_buffer.contents()); - else - set_space(int(n)); -} - -void do_ifdef() -{ - int t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT) { - lex_error("bad ifdef"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - definition *def = macro_table.lookup(token_buffer.contents()); - int result = def && def->is_macro && !def->is_simple; - get_delimited_text(); - if (result) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - current_input = new macro_input(token_buffer.contents(), current_input); - } -} - -void do_delim() -{ - int c = get_char(); - while (c == ' ' || c == '\n') - c = get_char(); - int d; - if (c == EOF || (d = get_char()) == EOF) - lex_error("end of file while reading argument to `delim'"); - else { - if (c == 'o' && d == 'f' && peek_char() == 'f') { - (void)get_char(); - start_delim = end_delim = '\0'; - } - else { - start_delim = c; - end_delim = d; - } - } -} - -void do_chartype() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad chartype"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - string type = token_buffer; - t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad chartype"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - set_char_type(type.contents(), strsave(token_buffer.contents())); -} - -void do_set() -{ - int t = get_token(2); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad set"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - string param = token_buffer; - t = get_token(); - if (t != TEXT && t != QUOTED_TEXT) { - lex_error("bad set"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - int n; - if (sscanf(&token_buffer[0], "%d", &n) != 1) { - lex_error("bad number `%1'", token_buffer.contents()); - return; - } - set_param(param.contents(), n); -} - -int yylex() -{ - for (;;) { - int tk = get_token(1); - switch(tk) { - case UNDEF: - do_undef(); - break; - case SDEFINE: - do_definition(1); - break; - case DEFINE: - do_definition(0); - break; - case TDEFINE: - if (!nroff) - do_definition(0); - else - ignore_definition(); - break; - case NDEFINE: - if (nroff) - do_definition(0); - else - ignore_definition(); - break; - case GSIZE: - do_gsize(); - break; - case GFONT: - do_gfont(); - break; - case GRFONT: - do_grfont(); - break; - case GBFONT: - do_gbfont(); - break; - case SPACE: - do_space(); - break; - case INCLUDE: - do_include(); - break; - case IFDEF: - do_ifdef(); - break; - case DELIM: - do_delim(); - break; - case CHARTYPE: - do_chartype(); - break; - case SET: - do_set(); - break; - case QUOTED_TEXT: - case TEXT: - token_buffer += '\0'; - yylval.str = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - // fall through - default: - return tk; - } - } -} - -void lex_error(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1, - const errarg &arg2, - const errarg &arg3) -{ - char *filename; - int lineno; - if (!get_location(&filename, &lineno)) - error(message, arg1, arg2, arg3); - else - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, message, arg1, arg2, arg3); -} - -void yyerror(const char *s) -{ - char *filename; - int lineno; - if (!get_location(&filename, &lineno)) - error(s); - else - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, s); - show_context(); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/limit.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/limit.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b9f35f97efc5..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/limit.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,195 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -class limit_box : public box { -private: - box *p; - box *from; - box *to; -public: - limit_box(box *, box *, box *); - ~limit_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -box *make_limit_box(box *pp, box *qq, box *rr) -{ - return new limit_box(pp, qq, rr); -} - -limit_box::limit_box(box *pp, box *qq, box *rr) -: p(pp), from(qq), to(rr) -{ - spacing_type = p->spacing_type; -} - -limit_box::~limit_box() -{ - delete p; - delete from; - delete to; -} - -int limit_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - printf(".nr " SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - if (!(style <= SCRIPT_STYLE && one_size_reduction_flag)) - set_script_size(); - printf(".nr " SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - int res = 0; - int mark_uid = -1; - if (from != 0) { - res = from->compute_metrics(cramped_style(script_style(style))); - if (res) - mark_uid = from->uid; - } - if (to != 0) { - int r = to->compute_metrics(script_style(style)); - if (res && r) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - else { - mark_uid = to->uid; - res = r; - } - } - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - p->compute_subscript_kern(); - if (res && r) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - else { - mark_uid = p->uid; - res = r; - } - printf(".nr " LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT " " - "0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", - uid, p->uid); - if (from != 0) - printf(">?(\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "])", - p->uid, from->uid); - if (to != 0) - printf(">?(-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "])", - p->uid, to->uid); - printf("/2\n"); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " " - "0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", - uid, p->uid); - if (from != 0) - printf(">?(-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "])", - p->uid, from->uid); - if (to != 0) - printf(">?(\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "])", - p->uid, to->uid); - printf("/2+\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", uid, p->uid); - if (to != 0) - printf(">?\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", to->uid); - if (from != 0) - printf(">?\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", from->uid); - printf("\n"); - if (res) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +(\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - "-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2))\n", - uid, mark_uid); - if (to != 0) { - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " %dM+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT - "]>?%dM+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, big_op_spacing1, to->uid, big_op_spacing3, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, uid, to->uid, big_op_spacing5); - } - else - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - if (from != 0) { - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " %dM+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT - "]>?%dM+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, big_op_spacing2, from->uid, big_op_spacing4, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - DEPTH_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, uid, from->uid, big_op_spacing5); - } - else - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return res; -} - -void limit_box::output() -{ - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - if (to != 0) { - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u" - "+(-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u+\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, to->uid, p->uid); - to->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - } - if (from != 0) { - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u" - "+(-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, p->uid, from->uid); - from->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - } - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u" - "-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, p->uid); - p->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -void limit_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - if (from) { - fprintf(stderr, " from { "); - from->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - } - if (to) { - fprintf(stderr, " to { "); - to->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - } -} - -void limit_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - if (to) - to->check_tabs(level + 1); - if (from) - from->check_tabs(level + 1); - p->check_tabs(level + 1); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/list.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/list.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 003562afa501..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/list.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -list_box *box::to_list_box() -{ - return 0; -} - -list_box *list_box::to_list_box() -{ - return this; -} - -void list_box::append(box *pp) -{ - list_box *q = pp->to_list_box(); - if (q == 0) - list.append(pp); - else { - for (int i = 0; i < q->list.len; i++) { - list.append(q->list.p[i]); - q->list.p[i] = 0; - } - q->list.len = 0; - delete q; - } -} - -list_box::list_box(box *pp) : list(pp), sty(-1) -{ - list_box *q = pp->to_list_box(); - if (q != 0) { - // flatten it - list.p[0] = q->list.p[0]; - for (int i = 1; i < q->list.len; i++) { - list.append(q->list.p[i]); - q->list.p[i] = 0; - } - q->list.len = 0; - delete q; - } -} - -static int compute_spacing(int is_script, int left, int right) -{ - if (left == SUPPRESS_TYPE || right == SUPPRESS_TYPE) - return 0; - if (left == PUNCTUATION_TYPE) - return is_script ? 0 : thin_space; - if (left == OPENING_TYPE || right == CLOSING_TYPE) - return 0; - if (right == BINARY_TYPE || left == BINARY_TYPE) - return is_script ? 0 : medium_space; - if (right == RELATION_TYPE) { - if (left == RELATION_TYPE) - return 0; - else - return is_script ? 0 : thick_space; - } - if (left == RELATION_TYPE) - return is_script ? 0 : thick_space; - if (right == OPERATOR_TYPE) - return thin_space; - if (left == INNER_TYPE || right == INNER_TYPE) - return is_script ? 0 : thin_space; - if (left == OPERATOR_TYPE && right == ORDINARY_TYPE) - return thin_space; - return 0; -} - -int list_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - sty = style; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) { - int t = list.p[i]->spacing_type; - // 5 - if (t == BINARY_TYPE) { - int prevt; - if (i == 0 - || (prevt = list.p[i-1]->spacing_type) == BINARY_TYPE - || prevt == OPERATOR_TYPE - || prevt == RELATION_TYPE - || prevt == OPENING_TYPE - || prevt == PUNCTUATION_TYPE) - list.p[i]->spacing_type = ORDINARY_TYPE; - } - // 7 - else if ((t == RELATION_TYPE || t == CLOSING_TYPE - || t == PUNCTUATION_TYPE) - && i > 0 && list.p[i-1]->spacing_type == BINARY_TYPE) - list.p[i-1]->spacing_type = ORDINARY_TYPE; - } - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) { - unsigned flags = 0; - if (i - 1 >= 0 && list.p[i - 1]->right_is_italic()) - flags |= HINT_PREV_IS_ITALIC; - if (i + 1 < list.len && list.p[i + 1]->left_is_italic()) - flags |= HINT_NEXT_IS_ITALIC; - if (flags) - list.p[i]->hint(flags); - } - is_script = (style <= SCRIPT_STYLE); - int total_spacing = 0; - for (i = 1; i < list.len; i++) - total_spacing += compute_spacing(is_script, list.p[i-1]->spacing_type, - list.p[i]->spacing_type); - int res = 0; - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - if (!list.p[i]->is_simple()) { - int r = list.p[i]->compute_metrics(style); - if (r) { - if (res) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - else { - compute_sublist_width(i); - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +\\n[" TEMP_REG"]\n"); - res = r; - } - } - } - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " %dM", uid, total_spacing); - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - if (!list.p[i]->is_simple()) - printf("+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", list.p[i]->uid); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " 0", uid); - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - if (!list.p[i]->is_simple()) - printf(">?\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]", list.p[i]->uid); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " 0", uid); - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - if (!list.p[i]->is_simple()) - printf(">?\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]", list.p[i]->uid); - printf("\n"); - int have_simple = 0; - for (i = 0; i < list.len && !have_simple; i++) - have_simple = list.p[i]->is_simple(); - if (have_simple) { - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " +\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, uid); - for (i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - if (list.p[i]->is_simple()) - list.p[i]->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[rst]>?\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " 0-\\n[rsb]>?\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid); - } - return res; -} - -void list_box::compute_sublist_width(int n) -{ - int total_spacing = 0; - int i; - for (i = 1; i < n + 1 && i < list.len; i++) - total_spacing += compute_spacing(is_script, list.p[i-1]->spacing_type, - list.p[i]->spacing_type); - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " %dM", total_spacing); - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (!list.p[i]->is_simple()) - printf("+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", list.p[i]->uid); - int have_simple = 0; - for (i = 0; i < n && !have_simple; i++) - have_simple = list.p[i]->is_simple(); - if (have_simple) { - printf("+\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR); - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (list.p[i]->is_simple()) - list.p[i]->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - } - printf("\n"); -} - -void list_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - // We can only call compute_subscript_kern if we have called - // compute_metrics first. - if (list.p[list.len-1]->is_simple()) - list.p[list.len-1]->compute_metrics(sty); - list.p[list.len-1]->compute_subscript_kern(); - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, list.p[list.len-1]->uid); -} - -void list_box::output() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < list.len; i++) { - if (i > 0) { - int n = compute_spacing(is_script, - list.p[i-1]->spacing_type, - list.p[i]->spacing_type); - if (n > 0) - printf("\\h'%dM'", n); - } - list.p[i]->output(); - } -} - -void list_box::handle_char_type(int st, int ft) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < list.len; i++) - list.p[i]->handle_char_type(st, ft); -} - -void list_box::debug_print() -{ - list.list_debug_print(" "); -} - -void list_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - list.list_check_tabs(level); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/main.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/main.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 7971e2c2dc3c..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/main.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,395 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2002 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "device.h" -#include "searchpath.h" -#include "macropath.h" -#include "htmlhint.h" -#include "pbox.h" -#include "ctype.h" - -#define STARTUP_FILE "eqnrc" - -extern int yyparse(); -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -static char *delim_search (char *, int); -static int inline_equation (FILE *, string &, string &); - -char start_delim = '\0'; -char end_delim = '\0'; -int non_empty_flag; -int inline_flag; -int draw_flag = 0; -int one_size_reduction_flag = 0; -int compatible_flag = 0; -int no_newline_in_delim_flag = 0; -int html = 0; - - -int read_line(FILE *fp, string *p) -{ - p->clear(); - int c = -1; - while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF) { - if (!invalid_input_char(c)) - *p += char(c); - else - error("invalid input character code `%1'", c); - if (c == '\n') - break; - } - current_lineno++; - return p->length() > 0; -} - -void do_file(FILE *fp, const char *filename) -{ - string linebuf; - string str; - printf(".lf 1 %s\n", filename); - current_filename = filename; - current_lineno = 0; - while (read_line(fp, &linebuf)) { - if (linebuf.length() >= 4 - && linebuf[0] == '.' && linebuf[1] == 'l' && linebuf[2] == 'f' - && (linebuf[3] == ' ' || linebuf[3] == '\n' || compatible_flag)) { - put_string(linebuf, stdout); - linebuf += '\0'; - if (interpret_lf_args(linebuf.contents() + 3)) - current_lineno--; - } - else if (linebuf.length() >= 4 - && linebuf[0] == '.' - && linebuf[1] == 'E' - && linebuf[2] == 'Q' - && (linebuf[3] == ' ' || linebuf[3] == '\n' - || compatible_flag)) { - put_string(linebuf, stdout); - int start_lineno = current_lineno + 1; - str.clear(); - for (;;) { - if (!read_line(fp, &linebuf)) - fatal("end of file before .EN"); - if (linebuf.length() >= 3 && linebuf[0] == '.' && linebuf[1] == 'E') { - if (linebuf[2] == 'N' - && (linebuf.length() == 3 || linebuf[3] == ' ' - || linebuf[3] == '\n' || compatible_flag)) - break; - else if (linebuf[2] == 'Q' && linebuf.length() > 3 - && (linebuf[3] == ' ' || linebuf[3] == '\n' - || compatible_flag)) - fatal("nested .EQ"); - } - str += linebuf; - } - str += '\0'; - start_string(); - init_lex(str.contents(), current_filename, start_lineno); - non_empty_flag = 0; - inline_flag = 0; - yyparse(); - restore_compatibility(); - if (non_empty_flag) { - printf(".lf %d\n", current_lineno - 1); - output_string(); - } - printf(".lf %d\n", current_lineno); - put_string(linebuf, stdout); - } - else if (start_delim != '\0' && linebuf.search(start_delim) >= 0 - && inline_equation(fp, linebuf, str)) - ; - else - put_string(linebuf, stdout); - } - current_filename = 0; - current_lineno = 0; -} - -// Handle an inline equation. Return 1 if it was an inline equation, -// otherwise. -static int inline_equation(FILE *fp, string &linebuf, string &str) -{ - linebuf += '\0'; - char *ptr = &linebuf[0]; - char *start = delim_search(ptr, start_delim); - if (!start) { - // It wasn't a delimiter after all. - linebuf.set_length(linebuf.length() - 1); // strip the '\0' - return 0; - } - start_string(); - inline_flag = 1; - for (;;) { - if (no_newline_in_delim_flag && strchr(start + 1, end_delim) == 0) { - error("missing `%1'", end_delim); - char *nl = strchr(start + 1, '\n'); - if (nl != 0) - *nl = '\0'; - do_text(ptr); - break; - } - int start_lineno = current_lineno; - *start = '\0'; - do_text(ptr); - ptr = start + 1; - str.clear(); - for (;;) { - char *end = strchr(ptr, end_delim); - if (end != 0) { - *end = '\0'; - str += ptr; - ptr = end + 1; - break; - } - str += ptr; - if (!read_line(fp, &linebuf)) - fatal("unterminated `%1' at line %2, looking for `%3'", - start_delim, start_lineno, end_delim); - linebuf += '\0'; - ptr = &linebuf[0]; - } - str += '\0'; - if (html) { - printf(".as1 %s ", LINE_STRING); - html_begin_suppress(); - printf("\n"); - } - init_lex(str.contents(), current_filename, start_lineno); - yyparse(); - if (html) { - printf(".as1 %s ", LINE_STRING); - html_end_suppress(); - printf("\n"); - } - start = delim_search(ptr, start_delim); - if (start == 0) { - char *nl = strchr(ptr, '\n'); - if (nl != 0) - *nl = '\0'; - do_text(ptr); - break; - } - } - restore_compatibility(); - printf(".lf %d\n", current_lineno); - output_string(); - printf(".lf %d\n", current_lineno + 1); - return 1; -} - -/* Search for delim. Skip over number register and string names etc. */ - -static char *delim_search(char *ptr, int delim) -{ - while (*ptr) { - if (*ptr == delim) - return ptr; - if (*ptr++ == '\\') { - switch (*ptr) { - case 'n': - case '*': - case 'f': - case 'g': - case 'k': - switch (*++ptr) { - case '\0': - case '\\': - break; - case '(': - if (*++ptr != '\\' && *ptr != '\0' - && *++ptr != '\\' && *ptr != '\0') - ptr++; - break; - case '[': - while (*++ptr != '\0') - if (*ptr == ']') { - ptr++; - break; - } - break; - default: - ptr++; - break; - } - break; - case '\\': - case '\0': - break; - default: - ptr++; - break; - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, - "usage: %s [ -rvDCNR ] -dxx -fn -sn -pn -mn -Mdir -Ts [ files ... ]\n", - program_name); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - static char stderr_buf[BUFSIZ]; - setbuf(stderr, stderr_buf); - int opt; - int load_startup_file = 1; - static const struct option long_options[] = { - { "help", no_argument, 0, CHAR_MAX + 1 }, - { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } - }; - while ((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "DCRvd:f:p:s:m:T:M:rN", long_options, - NULL)) - != EOF) - switch (opt) { - case 'C': - compatible_flag = 1; - break; - case 'R': // don't load eqnrc - load_startup_file = 0; - break; - case 'M': - config_macro_path.command_line_dir(optarg); - break; - case 'v': - { - printf("GNU eqn (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - case 'd': - if (optarg[0] == '\0' || optarg[1] == '\0') - error("-d requires two character argument"); - else if (invalid_input_char(optarg[0])) - error("bad delimiter `%1'", optarg[0]); - else if (invalid_input_char(optarg[1])) - error("bad delimiter `%1'", optarg[1]); - else { - start_delim = optarg[0]; - end_delim = optarg[1]; - } - break; - case 'f': - set_gfont(optarg); - break; - case 'T': - device = optarg; - if (strcmp(device, "ps:html") == 0) { - device = "ps"; - html = 1; - } - break; - case 's': - if (!set_gsize(optarg)) - error("invalid size `%1'", optarg); - break; - case 'p': - { - int n; - if (sscanf(optarg, "%d", &n) == 1) - set_script_reduction(n); - else - error("bad size `%1'", optarg); - } - break; - case 'm': - { - int n; - if (sscanf(optarg, "%d", &n) == 1) - set_minimum_size(n); - else - error("bad size `%1'", optarg); - } - break; - case 'r': - one_size_reduction_flag = 1; - break; - case 'D': - warning("-D option is obsolete: use `set draw_lines 1' instead"); - draw_flag = 1; - break; - case 'N': - no_newline_in_delim_flag = 1; - break; - case CHAR_MAX + 1: // --help - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - case '?': - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - init_table(device); - init_char_table(); - printf(".if !'\\*(.T'%s' " - ".if !'\\*(.T'html' " // the html device uses `-Tps' to render - // equations as images - ".tm warning: %s should have been given a `-T\\*(.T' option\n", - device, program_name); - printf(".if '\\*(.T'html' " - ".if !'%s'ps' " - ".tm warning: %s should have been given a `-Tps' option\n", - device, program_name); - printf(".if '\\*(.T'html' " - ".if !'%s'ps' " - ".tm warning: (it is advisable to invoke groff via: groff -Thtml -e)\n", - device); - if (load_startup_file) { - char *path; - FILE *fp = config_macro_path.open_file(STARTUP_FILE, &path); - if (fp) { - do_file(fp, path); - fclose(fp); - a_delete path; - } - } - if (optind >= argc) - do_file(stdin, "-"); - else - for (int i = optind; i < argc; i++) - if (strcmp(argv[i], "-") == 0) - do_file(stdin, "-"); - else { - errno = 0; - FILE *fp = fopen(argv[i], "r"); - if (!fp) - fatal("can't open `%1': %2", argv[i], strerror(errno)); - else { - do_file(fp, argv[i]); - fclose(fp); - } - } - if (ferror(stdout) || fflush(stdout) < 0) - fatal("output error"); - return 0; -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/mark.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/mark.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9fa65790c6f1..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/mark.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -class mark_box : public pointer_box { -public: - mark_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -// we push down marks so that they don't interfere with spacing - -box *make_mark_box(box *p) -{ - list_box *b = p->to_list_box(); - if (b != 0) { - b->list.p[0] = make_mark_box(b->list.p[0]); - return b; - } - else - return new mark_box(p); -} - -mark_box::mark_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -void mark_box::output() -{ - p->output(); -} - -int mark_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int res = p->compute_metrics(style); - if (res) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " 0\n"); - return FOUND_MARK; -} - -void mark_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "mark { "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - - -class lineup_box : public pointer_box { -public: - lineup_box(box *); - void output(); - int compute_metrics(int style); - void debug_print(); -}; - -// we push down lineups so that they don't interfere with spacing - -box *make_lineup_box(box *p) -{ - list_box *b = p->to_list_box(); - if (b != 0) { - b->list.p[0] = make_lineup_box(b->list.p[0]); - return b; - } - else - return new lineup_box(p); -} - -lineup_box::lineup_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -void lineup_box::output() -{ - p->output(); -} - -int lineup_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int res = p->compute_metrics(style); - if (res) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " 0\n"); - return FOUND_LINEUP; -} - -void lineup_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "lineup { "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man deleted file mode 100644 index 27261c419ccd..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -.ig -Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -.TH @G@NEQN @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -.SH NAME -@g@neqn \- format equations for ascii output -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B @g@neqn -[@g@eqn options] -.SH DESCRIPTION -The -.B @g@neqn -program is actually just a shell script which invokes the -.BR @g@eqn (@MAN1EXT@) -command with the -.B ascii -output device. -.LP -Note that -.B @g@eqn -does not support low-resolution, typewriter-like devices (although it may -work adequately for very simple input). -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR @g@eqn (@MAN1EXT@) -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.sh b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.sh deleted file mode 100644 index 5390bba6c9ad..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/neqn.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Provision of this shell script should not be taken to imply that use of -# GNU eqn with groff -Tascii|-Tlatin1|-Tkoi8-r|-Tutf8|-Tcp1047 is supported. -# $FreeBSD$ - -# Default device. -case "${LC_ALL-${LC_CTYPE-${LANG}}}" in - *.UTF-8) - T=utf8 ;; - iso_8859_1 | *.ISO*8859-1 | *.ISO*8859-15) - T=latin1 ;; - *.IBM-1047) - T=cp1047 ;; - *.KOI8-R) - T=koi8-r ;; - *) - T=ascii ;; -esac - -@GROFF_BIN_PATH_SETUP@ -PATH="$GROFF_RUNTIME$PATH" -export PATH -exec @g@eqn -T${T} ${1+"$@"} - -# eof diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/other.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/other.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9f360df67912..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/other.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,601 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -class accent_box : public pointer_box { -private: - box *ab; -public: - accent_box(box *, box *); - ~accent_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -box *make_accent_box(box *p, box *q) -{ - return new accent_box(p, q); -} - -accent_box::accent_box(box *pp, box *qq) : pointer_box(pp), ab(qq) -{ -} - -accent_box::~accent_box() -{ - delete ab; -} - -#if 0 -int accent_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - p->compute_skew(); - ab->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-%dM>?0\n", - uid, p->uid, x_height); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, ab->uid, uid); - return r; -} - -void accent_box::output() -{ - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u+\\n[" - SKEW_FORMAT "]u'", - p->uid, ab->uid, p->uid); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - ab->output(); - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", ab->uid); - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\h'-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u+\\n[" - SKEW_FORMAT "]u)'", - p->uid, ab->uid, p->uid); - p->output(); -} -#endif - -/* This version copes with the possibility of an accent's being wider -than its accentee. LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT gives the distance from the -left edge of the resulting box to the middle of the accentee's box.*/ - -int accent_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - p->compute_skew(); - ab->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2" - ">?(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2-\\n[" SKEW_FORMAT "])\n", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2" - ">?(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2+\\n[" SKEW_FORMAT "])" - "+\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid, p->uid, uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-%dM>?0\n", - uid, p->uid, x_height); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, ab->uid, uid); - if (r) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - "-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2)'\n", - uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void accent_box::output() -{ - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u+\\n[" SKEW_FORMAT "]u" - "-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - ab->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, p->uid); - p->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -void accent_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - ab->check_tabs(level + 1); - p->check_tabs(level + 1); -} - -void accent_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " } accent { "); - ab->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -class overline_char_box : public simple_box { -public: - overline_char_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -overline_char_box::overline_char_box() -{ -} - -void overline_char_box::output() -{ - printf("\\v'-%dM/2u-%dM'", 7*default_rule_thickness, x_height); - printf((draw_flag ? "\\D'l%dM 0'" : "\\l'%dM\\&\\(ru'"), - accent_width); - printf("\\v'%dM/2u+%dM'", 7*default_rule_thickness, x_height); -} - -void overline_char_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "<overline char>"); -} - -class overline_box : public pointer_box { -public: - overline_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *make_overline_box(box *p) -{ - if (p->is_char()) - return new accent_box(p, new overline_char_box); - else - return new overline_box(p); -} - -overline_box::overline_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -int overline_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(cramped_style(style)); - // 9 - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, default_rule_thickness*5); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void overline_box::output() -{ - // 9 - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]u-(%dM/2u)'", - p->uid, 7*default_rule_thickness); - if (draw_flag) - printf("\\D'l\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u 0'", p->uid); - else - printf("\\l'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u\\&\\(ru'", p->uid); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - p->output(); -} - -void overline_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " } bar"); -} - -class uaccent_box : public pointer_box { - box *ab; -public: - uaccent_box(box *, box *); - ~uaccent_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void check_tabs(int); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *make_uaccent_box(box *p, box *q) -{ - return new uaccent_box(p, q); -} - -uaccent_box::uaccent_box(box *pp, box *qq) -: pointer_box(pp), ab(qq) -{ -} - -uaccent_box::~uaccent_box() -{ - delete ab; -} - -int uaccent_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - ab->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2" - ">?(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2)\n", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2" - ">?(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2)" - "+\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid, uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]" - "+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, ab->uid); - if (r) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - "-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2)'\n", - uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void uaccent_box::output() -{ - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, ab->uid); - printf("\\v'\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]u'", p->uid); - ab->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, p->uid); - p->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -void uaccent_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - ab->check_tabs(level + 1); - p->check_tabs(level + 1); -} - -void uaccent_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - box::compute_subscript_kern(); // want 0 subscript kern -} - -void uaccent_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " } uaccent { "); - ab->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -class underline_char_box : public simple_box { -public: - underline_char_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -underline_char_box::underline_char_box() -{ -} - -void underline_char_box::output() -{ - printf("\\v'%dM/2u'", 7*default_rule_thickness); - printf((draw_flag ? "\\D'l%dM 0'" : "\\l'%dM\\&\\(ru'"), - accent_width); - printf("\\v'-%dM/2u'", 7*default_rule_thickness); -} - -void underline_char_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "<underline char>"); -} - - -class underline_box : public pointer_box { -public: - underline_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *make_underline_box(box *p) -{ - if (p->is_char()) - return new uaccent_box(p, new underline_char_box); - else - return new underline_box(p); -} - -underline_box::underline_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -int underline_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - // 10 - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, default_rule_thickness*5); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void underline_box::output() -{ - // 10 - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]u+(%dM/2u)'", - p->uid, 7*default_rule_thickness); - if (draw_flag) - printf("\\D'l\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u 0'", p->uid); - else - printf("\\l'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u\\&\\(ru'", p->uid); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - p->output(); -} - -// we want an underline box to have 0 subscript kern - -void underline_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - box::compute_subscript_kern(); -} - -void underline_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " } under"); -} - -size_box::size_box(char *s, box *pp) : pointer_box(pp), size(s) -{ -} - -int size_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - printf(".nr " SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - printf(".ps %s\n", size); - printf(".nr " SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void size_box::output() -{ - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - p->output(); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); -} - -size_box::~size_box() -{ - a_delete size; -} - -void size_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "size %s { ", size); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - - -font_box::font_box(char *s, box *pp) : pointer_box(pp), f(s) -{ -} - -font_box::~font_box() -{ - a_delete f; -} - -int font_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - const char *old_roman_font = current_roman_font; - current_roman_font = f; - printf(".nr " FONT_FORMAT " \\n[.f]\n", uid); - printf(".ft %s\n", f); - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - current_roman_font = old_roman_font; - printf(".ft \\n[" FONT_FORMAT "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void font_box::output() -{ - printf("\\f[%s]", f); - const char *old_roman_font = current_roman_font; - current_roman_font = f; - p->output(); - current_roman_font = old_roman_font; - printf("\\f[\\n[" FONT_FORMAT "]]", uid); -} - -void font_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "font %s { ", f); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -fat_box::fat_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -int fat_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, fat_offset); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - return r; -} - -void fat_box::output() -{ - p->output(); - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", p->uid); - printf("\\h'%dM'", fat_offset); - p->output(); -} - - -void fat_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "fat { "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - - -vmotion_box::vmotion_box(int i, box *pp) : pointer_box(pp), n(i) -{ -} - -int vmotion_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - if (n > 0) { - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " %dM+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, n, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - } - else { - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " %dM+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]>?0\n", - uid, -n, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid); - } - return r; -} - -void vmotion_box::output() -{ - printf("\\v'%dM'", -n); - p->output(); - printf("\\v'%dM'", n); -} - -void vmotion_box::debug_print() -{ - if (n >= 0) - fprintf(stderr, "up %d { ", n); - else - fprintf(stderr, "down %d { ", -n); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -hmotion_box::hmotion_box(int i, box *pp) : pointer_box(pp), n(i) -{ -} - -int hmotion_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, n); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - if (r) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +%dM\n", n); - return r; -} - -void hmotion_box::output() -{ - printf("\\h'%dM'", n); - p->output(); -} - -void hmotion_box::debug_print() -{ - if (n >= 0) - fprintf(stderr, "fwd %d { ", n); - else - fprintf(stderr, "back %d { ", -n); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -vcenter_box::vcenter_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -int vcenter_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" - HEIGHT_FORMAT "]/2+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, p->uid, axis_height); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]>?0\n", uid, p->uid, uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]>?0\n", uid, p->uid, uid); - - return r; -} - -void vcenter_box::output() -{ - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - p->output(); - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -void vcenter_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "vcenter { "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/over.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/over.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 302c5b5d50c0..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/over.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2002 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -class over_box : public box { -private: - int reduce_size; - box *num; - box *den; -public: - over_box(int small, box *, box *); - ~over_box(); - void debug_print(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -box *make_over_box(box *pp, box *qq) -{ - return new over_box(0, pp, qq); -} - -box *make_small_over_box(box *pp, box *qq) -{ - return new over_box(1, pp, qq); -} - -over_box::over_box(int is_small, box *pp, box *qq) -: reduce_size(is_small), num(pp), den(qq) -{ - spacing_type = INNER_TYPE; -} - -over_box::~over_box() -{ - delete num; - delete den; -} - -int over_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - if (reduce_size) { - style = script_style(style); - printf(".nr " SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - set_script_size(); - printf(".nr " SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - } - int mark_uid = 0; - int res = num->compute_metrics(style); - if (res) - mark_uid = num->uid; - int r = den->compute_metrics(cramped_style(style)); - if (r && res) - error("multiple marks and lineups"); - else { - mark_uid = den->uid; - res = r; - } - if (reduce_size) - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " (\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]>?\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", - uid, num->uid, den->uid); - // allow for \(ru being wider than both the numerator and denominator - if (!draw_flag) - fputs(">?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "\\(ru" DELIMITER_CHAR, stdout); - printf(")+%dM\n", null_delimiter_space*2 + over_hang*2); - // 15b - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " %dM\n", - uid, (reduce_size ? num2 : num1)); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " %dM\n", - uid, (reduce_size ? denom2 : denom1)); - - // 15d - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " +(\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT - "]-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+%dM+(%dM/2)+%dM)>?0\n", - uid, num->uid, uid, axis_height, default_rule_thickness, - default_rule_thickness*(reduce_size ? 1 : 3)); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " +(\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT - "]-\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]-%dM+(%dM/2)+%dM)>?0\n", - uid, den->uid, uid, axis_height, default_rule_thickness, - default_rule_thickness*(reduce_size ? 1 : 3)); - - - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid, num->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid, den->uid); - if (res) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" - WIDTH_FORMAT "]/2)\n", uid, mark_uid); - return res; -} - -#define USE_Z - -void over_box::output() -{ - if (reduce_size) - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); -#ifdef USE_Z - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); -#endif - // move up to the numerator baseline - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - // move across so that it's centered - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - uid, num->uid); - - // print the numerator - num->output(); - -#ifdef USE_Z - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); -#else - // back again - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", num->uid); - printf("\\h'-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, num->uid); - // down again - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -#endif -#ifdef USE_Z - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); -#endif - // move down to the denominator baseline - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - - // move across so that it's centered - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - uid, den->uid); - - // print the the denominator - den->output(); - -#ifdef USE_Z - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); -#else - // back again - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", den->uid); - printf("\\h'-(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u)'", - uid, den->uid); - // up again - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -#endif - if (reduce_size) - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - // draw the line - printf("\\h'%dM'", null_delimiter_space); - printf("\\v'-%dM'", axis_height); - fputs(draw_flag ? "\\D'l" : "\\l'", stdout); - printf("\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-%dM", - uid, 2*null_delimiter_space); - fputs(draw_flag ? " 0'" : "\\&\\(ru'", stdout); - printf("\\v'%dM'", axis_height); - printf("\\h'%dM'", null_delimiter_space); -} - -void over_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - num->debug_print(); - if (reduce_size) - fprintf(stderr, " } smallover { "); - else - fprintf(stderr, " } over { "); - den->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -void over_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - num->check_tabs(level + 1); - den->check_tabs(level + 1); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pbox.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pbox.h deleted file mode 100644 index f100f2165662..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pbox.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -extern int fat_offset; - -extern int over_hang; -extern int accent_width; - -extern int delimiter_factor; -extern int delimiter_shortfall; - -extern int null_delimiter_space; -extern int script_space; -extern int thin_space; -extern int medium_space; -extern int thick_space; - -extern int num1; -extern int num2; -// we don't use num3, because we don't have \atop -extern int denom1; -extern int denom2; -extern int axis_height; -extern int sup1; -extern int sup2; -extern int sup3; -extern int default_rule_thickness; -extern int sub1; -extern int sub2; -extern int sup_drop; -extern int sub_drop; -extern int x_height; -extern int big_op_spacing1; -extern int big_op_spacing2; -extern int big_op_spacing3; -extern int big_op_spacing4; -extern int big_op_spacing5; - -extern int baseline_sep; -extern int shift_down; -extern int column_sep; -extern int matrix_side_sep; - -// ms.eqn relies on this! - -#define LINE_STRING "10" -#define MARK_OR_LINEUP_FLAG_REG "MK" - -#define WIDTH_FORMAT PREFIX "w%d" -#define HEIGHT_FORMAT PREFIX "h%d" -#define DEPTH_FORMAT PREFIX "d%d" -#define TOTAL_FORMAT PREFIX "t%d" -#define SIZE_FORMAT PREFIX "z%d" -#define SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT PREFIX "Z%d" -#define SUP_RAISE_FORMAT PREFIX "p%d" -#define SUB_LOWER_FORMAT PREFIX "b%d" -#define SUB_KERN_FORMAT PREFIX "k%d" -#define FONT_FORMAT PREFIX "f%d" -#define SKEW_FORMAT PREFIX "s%d" -#define LEFT_WIDTH_FORMAT PREFIX "lw%d" -#define LEFT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT PREFIX "l%d" -#define RIGHT_DELIM_STRING_FORMAT PREFIX "r%d" -#define SQRT_STRING_FORMAT PREFIX "sqr%d" -#define SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT PREFIX "sq%d" -#define BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT PREFIX "bs%d" -// this needs two parameters, the uid and the column index -#define COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT PREFIX "cw%d,%d" - -#define BAR_STRING PREFIX "sqb" -#define TEMP_REG PREFIX "temp" -#define MARK_REG PREFIX "mark" -#define MARK_WIDTH_REG PREFIX "mwidth" -#define SAVED_MARK_REG PREFIX "smark" -#define MAX_SIZE_REG PREFIX "mxsz" -#define REPEAT_APPEND_STRING_MACRO PREFIX "ras" -#define TOP_HEIGHT_REG PREFIX "th" -#define TOP_DEPTH_REG PREFIX "td" -#define MID_HEIGHT_REG PREFIX "mh" -#define MID_DEPTH_REG PREFIX "md" -#define BOT_HEIGHT_REG PREFIX "bh" -#define BOT_DEPTH_REG PREFIX "bd" -#define EXT_HEIGHT_REG PREFIX "eh" -#define EXT_DEPTH_REG PREFIX "ed" -#define TOTAL_HEIGHT_REG PREFIX "tot" -#define DELTA_REG PREFIX "delta" -#define DELIM_STRING PREFIX "delim" -#define DELIM_WIDTH_REG PREFIX "dwidth" -#define SAVED_FONT_REG PREFIX "sfont" -#define SAVED_PREV_FONT_REG PREFIX "spfont" -#define SAVED_INLINE_FONT_REG PREFIX "sifont" -#define SAVED_INLINE_PREV_FONT_REG PREFIX "sipfont" -#define SAVED_SIZE_REG PREFIX "ssize" -#define SAVED_INLINE_SIZE_REG PREFIX "sisize" -#define SAVED_INLINE_PREV_SIZE_REG PREFIX "sipsize" -#define SAVE_FONT_STRING PREFIX "sfont" -#define RESTORE_FONT_STRING PREFIX "rfont" -#define INDEX_REG PREFIX "i" -#define TEMP_MACRO PREFIX "tempmac" - -#define DELIMITER_CHAR "\\(EQ" - -const int CRAMPED_SCRIPT_STYLE = 0; -const int SCRIPT_STYLE = 1; -const int CRAMPED_DISPLAY_STYLE = 2; -const int DISPLAY_STYLE = 3; - -extern int script_style(int); -extern int cramped_style(int); - -const int ORDINARY_TYPE = 0; -const int OPERATOR_TYPE = 1; -const int BINARY_TYPE = 2; -const int RELATION_TYPE = 3; -const int OPENING_TYPE = 4; -const int CLOSING_TYPE = 5; -const int PUNCTUATION_TYPE = 6; -const int INNER_TYPE = 7; -const int SUPPRESS_TYPE = 8; - -void set_script_size(); - -enum { HINT_PREV_IS_ITALIC = 01, HINT_NEXT_IS_ITALIC = 02 }; - -extern const char *current_roman_font; diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pile.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pile.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 10d1708809af..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/pile.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,293 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ -// piles and matrices - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -// SUP_RAISE_FORMAT gives the first baseline -// BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT gives the separation between baselines - -int pile_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < col.len; i++) - col.p[i]->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0", uid); - for (i = 0; i < col.len; i++) - printf(">?\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", col.p[i]->uid); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT " %dM", - uid, baseline_sep+col.space); - for (i = 1; i < col.len; i++) - printf(">?(\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+%dM)", - col.p[i-1]->uid, col.p[i]->uid, default_rule_thickness*5); - // round it so that it's a multiple of the vertical resolution - printf("/\\n(.V+(\\n(.V/2)*\\n(.V\n"); - - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]*%d/2" - "+%dM\n", - uid, uid, col.len-1, axis_height - shift_down); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" - HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid, col.p[0]->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]*%d+\\n[" - DEPTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid, col.len-1, col.p[col.len-1]->uid, uid); - return FOUND_NOTHING; -} - -void pile_box::output() -{ - int i; - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - for (i = 0; i < col.len; i++) { - switch (col.align) { - case LEFT_ALIGN: - break; - case CENTER_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - uid, col.p[i]->uid); - break; - case RIGHT_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", - uid, col.p[i]->uid); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - col.p[i]->output(); - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", col.p[i]->uid); - switch (col.align) { - case LEFT_ALIGN: - break; - case CENTER_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - col.p[i]->uid, uid); - break; - case RIGHT_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", - col.p[i]->uid, uid); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (i != col.len - 1) - printf("\\v'\\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - } - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\v'-(%du*\\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]u)'", col.len - 1, uid); - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -pile_box::pile_box(box *pp) : col(pp) -{ -} - -void pile_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - col.list_check_tabs(level); -} - -void pile_box::debug_print() -{ - col.debug_print("pile"); -} - -int matrix_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int i, j; - int max_len = 0; - int space = 0; - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { - for (j = 0; j < p[i]->len; j++) - p[i]->p[j]->compute_metrics(style); - if (p[i]->len > max_len) - max_len = p[i]->len; - if (p[i]->space > space) - space = p[i]->space; - } - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) { - printf(".nr " COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT " 0", uid, i); - for (j = 0; j < p[i]->len; j++) - printf(">?\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", p[i]->p[j]->uid); - printf("\n"); - } - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " %dM", - uid, column_sep*(len-1)+2*matrix_side_sep); - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - printf("+\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]", uid, i); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT " %dM", - uid, baseline_sep+space); - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - for (j = 1; j < p[i]->len; j++) - printf(">?(\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+%dM)", - p[i]->p[j-1]->uid, p[i]->p[j]->uid, default_rule_thickness*5); - // round it so that it's a multiple of the vertical resolution - printf("/\\n(.V+(\\n(.V/2)*\\n(.V\n"); - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]*%d/2" - "+%dM\n", - uid, uid, max_len-1, axis_height - shift_down); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " 0\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+(0", - uid, uid); - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - printf(">?\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]", p[i]->p[0]->uid); - printf(")>?0\n"); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]*%d-\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+(0", - uid, uid, max_len-1, uid); - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - if (p[i]->len == max_len) - printf(">?\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]", p[i]->p[max_len-1]->uid); - printf(")>?0\n"); - return FOUND_NOTHING; -} - -void matrix_box::output() -{ - printf("\\h'%dM'", matrix_side_sep); - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) { - int j; - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - for (j = 0; j < p[i]->len; j++) { - switch (p[i]->align) { - case LEFT_ALIGN: - break; - case CENTER_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - uid, i, p[i]->p[j]->uid); - break; - case RIGHT_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", - uid, i, p[i]->p[j]->uid); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - p[i]->p[j]->output(); - printf("\\h'-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", p[i]->p[j]->uid); - switch (p[i]->align) { - case LEFT_ALIGN: - break; - case CENTER_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - p[i]->p[j]->uid, uid, i); - break; - case RIGHT_ALIGN: - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", - p[i]->p[j]->uid, uid, i); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (j != p[i]->len - 1) - printf("\\v'\\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - } - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\v'-(%du*\\n[" BASELINE_SEP_FORMAT "]u)'", p[i]->len - 1, uid); - printf("\\h'\\n[" COLUMN_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid, i); - if (i != len - 1) - printf("\\h'%dM'", column_sep); - } - printf("\\h'%dM'", matrix_side_sep); -} - -matrix_box::matrix_box(column *pp) -{ - p = new column*[10]; - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - p[i] = 0; - maxlen = 10; - len = 1; - p[0] = pp; -} - -matrix_box::~matrix_box() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - delete p[i]; - a_delete p; -} - -void matrix_box::append(column *pp) -{ - if (len + 1 > maxlen) { - column **oldp = p; - maxlen *= 2; - p = new column*[maxlen]; - memcpy(p, oldp, sizeof(column*)*len); - a_delete oldp; - } - p[len++] = pp; -} - -void matrix_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - p[i]->list_check_tabs(level); -} - -void matrix_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "matrix { "); - p[0]->debug_print("col"); - for (int i = 1; i < len; i++) { - fprintf(stderr, " "); - p[i]->debug_print("col"); - } - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -column::column(box *pp) : box_list(pp), align(CENTER_ALIGN), space(0) -{ -} - -void column::set_alignment(alignment a) -{ - align = a; -} - -void column::set_space(int n) -{ - space = n; -} - -void column::debug_print(const char *s) -{ - char c = '\0'; // shut up -Wall - switch (align) { - case LEFT_ALIGN: - c = 'l'; - break; - case RIGHT_ALIGN: - c = 'r'; - break; - case CENTER_ALIGN: - c = 'c'; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - fprintf(stderr, "%c%s %d { ", c, s, space); - list_debug_print(" above "); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/script.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/script.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a9de7428718b..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/script.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -class script_box : public pointer_box { -private: - box *sub; - box *sup; -public: - script_box(box *, box *, box *); - ~script_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - int left_is_italic(); - void hint(unsigned); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -/* The idea is that the script should attach to the rightmost box -of a list. For example, given `2x sup 3', the superscript should -attach to `x' rather than `2x'. */ - -box *make_script_box(box *nuc, box *sub, box *sup) -{ - list_box *b = nuc->to_list_box(); - if (b != 0) { - b->list.p[b->list.len-1] = make_script_box(b->list.p[b->list.len - 1], - sub, - sup); - return b; - } - else - return new script_box(nuc, sub, sup); -} - -script_box::script_box(box *pp, box *qq, box *rr) -: pointer_box(pp), sub(qq), sup(rr) -{ -} - -script_box::~script_box() -{ - delete sub; - delete sup; -} - -int script_box::left_is_italic() -{ - return p->left_is_italic(); -} - -int script_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int res = p->compute_metrics(style); - p->compute_subscript_kern(); - printf(".nr " SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - if (!(style <= SCRIPT_STYLE && one_size_reduction_flag)) - set_script_size(); - printf(".nr " SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - if (sub != 0) - sub->compute_metrics(cramped_style(script_style(style))); - if (sup != 0) - sup->compute_metrics(script_style(style)); - // 18a - if (p->is_char()) { - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " 0\n", uid); - } - else { - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-%dM>?0\n", - uid, p->uid, sup_drop); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+%dM\n", - uid, p->uid, sub_drop); - } - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - if (sup == 0) { - assert(sub != 0); - // 18b - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]>?%dM>?(\\n[" - HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-(%dM*4/5))\n", - uid, uid, sub1, sub->uid, x_height); - } - else { - // sup != 0 - // 18c - int pos; - if (style == DISPLAY_STYLE) - pos = sup1; - else if (style & 1) // not cramped - pos = sup2; - else - pos = sup3; - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " \\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT - "]>?%dM>?(\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]+(%dM/4))\n", - uid, uid, pos, sup->uid, x_height); - // 18d - if (sub != 0) { - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " \\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]>?%dM\n", - uid, uid, sub2); - // 18e - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" - SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]-\\n[" - SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]+(4*%dM)\n", - sup->uid, uid, sub->uid, uid, default_rule_thickness); - printf(".if \\n[" TEMP_REG "] \\{"); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " +\\n[" TEMP_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " (%dM*4/5)-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT - "]+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]>?0\n", - x_height, uid, sup->uid); - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " +\\n[" TEMP_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SUB_LOWER_FORMAT " -\\n[" TEMP_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".\\}\n"); - } - } - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]", uid, p->uid); - if (sub != 0 && sup != 0) - printf("+((\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]>?\\n[" - WIDTH_FORMAT "])+%dM)>?0\n", - sub->uid, p->uid, sup->uid, script_space); - else if (sub != 0) - printf("+(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]+%dM)>?0\n", - sub->uid, p->uid, script_space); - else if (sup != 0) - printf("+(\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]+%dM)>?0\n", sup->uid, script_space); - else - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]", - uid, p->uid); - if (sup != 0) - printf(">?(\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "])", - uid, sup->uid); - if (sub != 0) - printf(">?(-\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]+\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "])", - uid, sub->uid); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]", - uid, p->uid); - if (sub != 0) - printf(">?(\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "])", - uid, sub->uid); - if (sup != 0) - printf(">?(-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "])", - uid, sup->uid); - printf("\n"); - return res; -} - -void script_box::output() -{ - p->output(); - if (sup != 0) { - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - sup->output(); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - } - if (sub != 0) { - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\v'\\n[" SUB_LOWER_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf("\\h'-\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]u'", p->uid); - sub->output(); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - } - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", - uid, p->uid); -} - -void script_box::hint(unsigned flags) -{ - p->hint(flags & ~HINT_NEXT_IS_ITALIC); -} - -void script_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "{ "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - if (sub) { - fprintf(stderr, " sub { "); - sub->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - } - if (sup) { - fprintf(stderr, " sup { "); - sup->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); - } -} - -void script_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - if (sup) - sup->check_tabs(level + 1); - if (sub) - sub->check_tabs(level + 1); - p->check_tabs(level); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/special.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/special.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 172686a505b5..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/special.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - -#define STRING_FORMAT PREFIX "str%d" - -#define SPECIAL_STRING "0s" -#define SPECIAL_WIDTH_REG "0w" -#define SPECIAL_HEIGHT_REG "0h" -#define SPECIAL_DEPTH_REG "0d" -#define SPECIAL_SUB_KERN_REG "0skern" -#define SPECIAL_SKEW_REG "0skew" - -/* -For example: - -.de Cl -.ds 0s \Z'\\*[0s]'\v'\\n(0du'\D'l \\n(0wu -\\n(0hu-\\n(0du'\v'\\n(0hu' -.. -.EQ -define cancel 'special Cl' -.EN -*/ - - -class special_box : public pointer_box { - char *macro_name; -public: - special_box(char *, box *); - ~special_box(); - int compute_metrics(int); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void compute_skew(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -box *make_special_box(char *s, box *p) -{ - return new special_box(s, p); -} - -special_box::special_box(char *s, box *pp) : pointer_box(pp), macro_name(s) -{ -} - -special_box::~special_box() -{ - a_delete macro_name; -} - -int special_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int r = p->compute_metrics(style); - p->compute_subscript_kern(); - p->compute_skew(); - printf(".ds " SPECIAL_STRING " \""); - p->output(); - printf("\n"); - printf(".nr " SPECIAL_WIDTH_REG " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", p->uid); - printf(".nr " SPECIAL_HEIGHT_REG " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", p->uid); - printf(".nr " SPECIAL_DEPTH_REG " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", p->uid); - printf(".nr " SPECIAL_SUB_KERN_REG " \\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]\n", p->uid); - printf(".nr " SPECIAL_SKEW_REG " 0\\n[" SKEW_FORMAT "]\n", p->uid); - printf(".%s\n", macro_name); - printf(".rn " SPECIAL_STRING " " STRING_FORMAT "\n", uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" SPECIAL_WIDTH_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " 0>?\\n[" SPECIAL_HEIGHT_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " 0>?\\n[" SPECIAL_DEPTH_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " 0>?\\n[" SPECIAL_SUB_KERN_REG "]\n", uid); - printf(".nr " SKEW_FORMAT " 0\\n[" SPECIAL_SKEW_REG "]\n", uid); - // User will have to change MARK_REG if appropriate. - return r; -} - -void special_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - // Already computed in compute_metrics(), so do nothing. -} - -void special_box::compute_skew() -{ - // Already computed in compute_metrics(), so do nothing. -} - -void special_box::output() -{ - printf("\\*[" STRING_FORMAT "]", uid); -} - -void special_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "special %s { ", macro_name); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/sqrt.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/sqrt.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 8f3373ff9cad..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/sqrt.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002, 2003 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" - - -class sqrt_box : public pointer_box { -public: - sqrt_box(box *); - int compute_metrics(int style); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - void check_tabs(int); -}; - -box *make_sqrt_box(box *pp) -{ - return new sqrt_box(pp); -} - -sqrt_box::sqrt_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ -} - -#define SQRT_CHAR "\\[sqrt]" -#define RADICAL_EXTENSION_CHAR "\\[sqrtex]" - -#define SQRT_CHAIN "\\[sqrt\\\\n[" INDEX_REG "]]" -#define BAR_CHAIN "\\[sqrtex\\\\n[" INDEX_REG "]]" - -int sqrt_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - // 11 - int r = p->compute_metrics(cramped_style(style)); - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]+\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT - "]+%dM+(%dM/4)\n", - p->uid, p->uid, default_rule_thickness, - (style > SCRIPT_STYLE ? x_height : default_rule_thickness)); - printf(".nr " SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - printf(".ds " SQRT_STRING_FORMAT " " SQRT_CHAR "\n", uid); - printf(".ds " BAR_STRING " " RADICAL_EXTENSION_CHAR "\n"); - printf(".nr " SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT - " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR SQRT_CHAR DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - uid); - printf(".if \\n[rst]-\\n[rsb]-%dM<\\n[" TEMP_REG "] \\{", - default_rule_thickness); - - printf(".nr " INDEX_REG " 0\n" - ".de " TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".ie c" SQRT_CHAIN " \\{" - ".ds " SQRT_STRING_FORMAT " " SQRT_CHAIN "\n" - ".ie c" BAR_CHAIN " .ds " BAR_STRING " " BAR_CHAIN "\n" - ".el .ds " BAR_STRING " " RADICAL_EXTENSION_CHAR "\n" - ".nr " SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT - " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR SQRT_CHAIN DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".if \\\\n[rst]-\\\\n[rsb]-%dM<\\n[" TEMP_REG "] \\{" - ".nr " INDEX_REG " +1\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".\\}\\}\n" - ".el .nr " INDEX_REG " 0-1\n" - "..\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n", - uid, uid, default_rule_thickness); - - printf(".if \\n[" INDEX_REG "]<0 \\{"); - - // Determine the maximum point size - printf(".ps 1000\n"); - printf(".nr " MAX_SIZE_REG " \\n[.ps]\n"); - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - // We define a macro that will increase the current point size - // until we get a radical sign that's tall enough or we reach - // the maximum point size. - printf(".de " TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".nr " SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT - " 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "\\*[" SQRT_STRING_FORMAT "]" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n" - ".if \\\\n[rst]-\\\\n[rsb]-%dM<\\n[" TEMP_REG "]" - "&(\\\\n[.ps]<\\n[" MAX_SIZE_REG "]) \\{" - ".ps +1\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n" - "." TEMP_MACRO "\n", - uid, uid, default_rule_thickness); - - printf(".\\}\\}\n"); - - printf(".nr " SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT " \\n[.ps]\n", uid); - // set TEMP_REG to the amount by which the radical sign is too big - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " \\n[rst]-\\n[rsb]-%dM-\\n[" TEMP_REG "]\n", - default_rule_thickness); - // If TEMP_REG is negative, the bottom of the radical sign should - // be -TEMP_REG above the bottom of p. If it's positive, the bottom - // of the radical sign should be TEMP_REG/2 below the bottom of p. - // This calculates the amount by which the baseline of the radical - // should be raised. - printf(".nr " SUP_RAISE_FORMAT " (-\\n[" TEMP_REG "]>?(-\\n[" TEMP_REG "]/2))" - "-\\n[rsb]-\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid, p->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]" - ">?(\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[rst])\n", - uid, p->uid, uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]" - ">?(-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]-\\n[rsb])\n", - uid, p->uid, uid); - // Do this last, so we don't lose height and depth information on - // the radical sign. - // Remember that the width of the bar might be greater than the width of p. - - printf(".nr " TEMP_REG " " - "\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - ">?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR "\\*[" BAR_STRING "]" DELIMITER_CHAR "\n", - p->uid); - printf(".as " SQRT_STRING_FORMAT " " - "\\l'\\n[" TEMP_REG "]u\\&\\*[" BAR_STRING "]'\n", - uid); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " \\n[" TEMP_REG "]" - "+\\n[" SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, uid); - - if (r) - printf(".nr " MARK_REG " +\\n[" SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", uid); - // the top of the bar might be higher than the top of the radical sign - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]" - ">?(\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]+\\n[rst])\n", - uid, p->uid, uid); - // put a bit of extra space above the bar - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " +%dM\n", uid, default_rule_thickness); - printf(".ps \\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u\n", uid); - return r; -} - -void sqrt_box::output() -{ - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SMALL_SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf("\\v'-\\n[" SUP_RAISE_FORMAT "]u'", uid); - printf("\\*[" SQRT_STRING_FORMAT "]", uid); - printf("\\s[\\n[" SIZE_FORMAT "]u]", uid); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - - printf("\\Z" DELIMITER_CHAR); - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u-\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u" - "+\\n[" SQRT_WIDTH_FORMAT "]u/2u'", - uid, p->uid, uid); - p->output(); - printf(DELIMITER_CHAR); - - printf("\\h'\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]u'", uid); -} - -void sqrt_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "sqrt { "); - p->debug_print(); - fprintf(stderr, " }"); -} - -void sqrt_box::check_tabs(int level) -{ - p->check_tabs(level + 1); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/text.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/text.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e39221276b58..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/eqn/text.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,528 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "eqn.h" -#include "pbox.h" -#include "ptable.h" - -class char_box : public simple_box { - unsigned char c; - char next_is_italic; - char prev_is_italic; -public: - char_box(unsigned char); - void debug_print(); - void output(); - int is_char(); - int left_is_italic(); - int right_is_italic(); - void hint(unsigned); - void handle_char_type(int, int); -}; - -class special_char_box : public simple_box { - char *s; -public: - special_char_box(const char *); - ~special_char_box(); - void output(); - void debug_print(); - int is_char(); - void handle_char_type(int, int); -}; - -const char *spacing_type_table[] = { - "ordinary", - "operator", - "binary", - "relation", - "opening", - "closing", - "punctuation", - "inner", - "suppress", - 0, -}; - -const int DIGIT_TYPE = 0; -const int LETTER_TYPE = 1; - -const char *font_type_table[] = { - "digit", - "letter", - 0, -}; - -struct char_info { - int spacing_type; - int font_type; - char_info(); -}; - -char_info::char_info() -: spacing_type(ORDINARY_TYPE), font_type(DIGIT_TYPE) -{ -} - -static char_info char_table[256]; - -declare_ptable(char_info) -implement_ptable(char_info) - -PTABLE(char_info) special_char_table; - -static int get_special_char_spacing_type(const char *ch) -{ - char_info *p = special_char_table.lookup(ch); - return p ? p->spacing_type : ORDINARY_TYPE; -} - -static int get_special_char_font_type(const char *ch) -{ - char_info *p = special_char_table.lookup(ch); - return p ? p->font_type : DIGIT_TYPE; -} - -static void set_special_char_type(const char *ch, int st, int ft) -{ - char_info *p = special_char_table.lookup(ch); - if (!p) { - p = new char_info[1]; - special_char_table.define(ch, p); - } - if (st >= 0) - p->spacing_type = st; - if (ft >= 0) - p->font_type = ft; -} - -void init_char_table() -{ - set_special_char_type("pl", 2, -1); // binary - set_special_char_type("mi", 2, -1); - set_special_char_type("eq", 3, -1); // relation - set_special_char_type("<=", 3, -1); - set_special_char_type(">=", 3, -1); - char_table['}'].spacing_type = 5; // closing - char_table[')'].spacing_type = 5; - char_table[']'].spacing_type = 5; - char_table['{'].spacing_type = 4; // opening - char_table['('].spacing_type = 4; - char_table['['].spacing_type = 4; - char_table[','].spacing_type = 6; // punctuation - char_table[';'].spacing_type = 6; - char_table[':'].spacing_type = 6; - char_table['.'].spacing_type = 6; - char_table['>'].spacing_type = 3; - char_table['<'].spacing_type = 3; - char_table['*'].spacing_type = 2; // binary - for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (csalpha(i)) - char_table[i].font_type = LETTER_TYPE; -} - -static int lookup_spacing_type(const char *type) -{ - for (int i = 0; spacing_type_table[i] != 0; i++) - if (strcmp(spacing_type_table[i], type) == 0) - return i; - return -1; -} - -static int lookup_font_type(const char *type) -{ - for (int i = 0; font_type_table[i] != 0; i++) - if (strcmp(font_type_table[i], type) == 0) - return i; - return -1; -} - -void box::set_spacing_type(char *type) -{ - int t = lookup_spacing_type(type); - if (t < 0) - error("unrecognised type `%1'", type); - else - spacing_type = t; - a_delete type; -} - -char_box::char_box(unsigned char cc) -: c(cc), next_is_italic(0), prev_is_italic(0) -{ - spacing_type = char_table[c].spacing_type; -} - -void char_box::hint(unsigned flags) -{ - if (flags & HINT_PREV_IS_ITALIC) - prev_is_italic = 1; - if (flags & HINT_NEXT_IS_ITALIC) - next_is_italic = 1; -} - -void char_box::output() -{ - int font_type = char_table[c].font_type; - if (font_type != LETTER_TYPE) - printf("\\f[%s]", current_roman_font); - if (!prev_is_italic) - fputs("\\,", stdout); - if (c == '\\') - fputs("\\e", stdout); - else - putchar(c); - if (!next_is_italic) - fputs("\\/", stdout); - else - fputs("\\&", stdout); // suppress ligaturing and kerning - if (font_type != LETTER_TYPE) - fputs("\\fP", stdout); -} - -int char_box::left_is_italic() -{ - int font_type = char_table[c].font_type; - return font_type == LETTER_TYPE; -} - -int char_box::right_is_italic() -{ - int font_type = char_table[c].font_type; - return font_type == LETTER_TYPE; -} - -int char_box::is_char() -{ - return 1; -} - -void char_box::debug_print() -{ - if (c == '\\') { - putc('\\', stderr); - putc('\\', stderr); - } - else - putc(c, stderr); -} - -special_char_box::special_char_box(const char *t) -{ - s = strsave(t); - spacing_type = get_special_char_spacing_type(s); -} - -special_char_box::~special_char_box() -{ - a_delete s; -} - -void special_char_box::output() -{ - int font_type = get_special_char_font_type(s); - if (font_type != LETTER_TYPE) - printf("\\f[%s]", current_roman_font); - printf("\\,\\[%s]\\/", s); - if (font_type != LETTER_TYPE) - printf("\\fP"); -} - -int special_char_box::is_char() -{ - return 1; -} - -void special_char_box::debug_print() -{ - fprintf(stderr, "\\[%s]", s); -} - - -void char_box::handle_char_type(int st, int ft) -{ - if (st >= 0) - char_table[c].spacing_type = st; - if (ft >= 0) - char_table[c].font_type = ft; -} - -void special_char_box::handle_char_type(int st, int ft) -{ - set_special_char_type(s, st, ft); -} - -void set_char_type(const char *type, char *ch) -{ - assert(ch != 0); - int st = lookup_spacing_type(type); - int ft = lookup_font_type(type); - if (st < 0 && ft < 0) { - error("bad character type `%1'", type); - a_delete ch; - return; - } - box *b = split_text(ch); - b->handle_char_type(st, ft); - delete b; -} - -/* We give primes special treatment so that in ``x' sub 2'', the ``2'' -will be tucked under the prime */ - -class prime_box : public pointer_box { - box *pb; -public: - prime_box(box *); - ~prime_box(); - int compute_metrics(int style); - void output(); - void compute_subscript_kern(); - void debug_print(); - void handle_char_type(int, int); -}; - -box *make_prime_box(box *pp) -{ - return new prime_box(pp); -} - -prime_box::prime_box(box *pp) : pointer_box(pp) -{ - pb = new special_char_box("fm"); -} - -prime_box::~prime_box() -{ - delete pb; -} - -int prime_box::compute_metrics(int style) -{ - int res = p->compute_metrics(style); - pb->compute_metrics(style); - printf(".nr " WIDTH_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - "+\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, pb->uid); - printf(".nr " HEIGHT_FORMAT " \\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]" - ">?\\n[" HEIGHT_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, pb->uid); - printf(".nr " DEPTH_FORMAT " \\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]" - ">?\\n[" DEPTH_FORMAT "]\n", - uid, p->uid, pb->uid); - return res; -} - -void prime_box::compute_subscript_kern() -{ - p->compute_subscript_kern(); - printf(".nr " SUB_KERN_FORMAT " 0\\n[" WIDTH_FORMAT "]" - "+\\n[" SUB_KERN_FORMAT "]>?0\n", - uid, pb->uid, p->uid); -} - -void prime_box::output() -{ - p->output(); - pb->output(); -} - -void prime_box::handle_char_type(int st, int ft) -{ - p->handle_char_type(st, ft); - pb->handle_char_type(st, ft); -} - -void prime_box::debug_print() -{ - p->debug_print(); - putc('\'', stderr); -} - -box *split_text(char *text) -{ - list_box *lb = 0; - box *fb = 0; - char *s = text; - while (*s != '\0') { - char c = *s++; - box *b = 0; - switch (c) { - case '+': - b = new special_char_box("pl"); - break; - case '-': - b = new special_char_box("mi"); - break; - case '=': - b = new special_char_box("eq"); - break; - case '\'': - b = new special_char_box("fm"); - break; - case '<': - if (*s == '=') { - b = new special_char_box("<="); - s++; - break; - } - goto normal_char; - case '>': - if (*s == '=') { - b = new special_char_box(">="); - s++; - break; - } - goto normal_char; - case '\\': - if (*s == '\0') { - lex_error("bad escape"); - break; - } - c = *s++; - switch (c) { - case '(': - { - char buf[3]; - if (*s != '\0') { - buf[0] = *s++; - if (*s != '\0') { - buf[1] = *s++; - buf[2] = '\0'; - b = new special_char_box(buf); - } - else { - lex_error("bad escape"); - } - } - else { - lex_error("bad escape"); - } - } - break; - case '[': - { - char *ch = s; - while (*s != ']' && *s != '\0') - s++; - if (*s == '\0') - lex_error("bad escape"); - else { - *s++ = '\0'; - b = new special_char_box(ch); - } - } - break; - case 'f': - case 'g': - case 'k': - case 'n': - case '*': - { - char *escape_start = s - 2; - switch (*s) { - case '(': - if (*++s != '\0') - ++s; - break; - case '[': - for (++s; *s != '\0' && *s != ']'; s++) - ; - break; - } - if (*s == '\0') - lex_error("bad escape"); - else { - ++s; - char *buf = new char[s - escape_start + 1]; - memcpy(buf, escape_start, s - escape_start); - buf[s - escape_start] = '\0'; - b = new quoted_text_box(buf); - } - } - break; - case '-': - case '_': - { - char buf[2]; - buf[0] = c; - buf[1] = '\0'; - b = new special_char_box(buf); - } - break; - case '`': - b = new special_char_box("ga"); - break; - case '\'': - b = new special_char_box("aa"); - break; - case 'e': - case '\\': - b = new char_box('\\'); - break; - case '^': - case '|': - case '0': - { - char buf[3]; - buf[0] = '\\'; - buf[1] = c; - buf[2] = '\0'; - b = new quoted_text_box(strsave(buf)); - break; - } - default: - lex_error("unquoted escape"); - b = new quoted_text_box(strsave(s - 2)); - s = strchr(s, '\0'); - break; - } - break; - default: - normal_char: - b = new char_box(c); - break; - } - while (*s == '\'') { - if (b == 0) - b = new quoted_text_box(0); - b = new prime_box(b); - s++; - } - if (b != 0) { - if (lb != 0) - lb->append(b); - else if (fb != 0) { - lb = new list_box(fb); - lb->append(b); - } - else - fb = b; - } - } - a_delete text; - if (lb != 0) - return lb; - else if (fb != 0) - return fb; - else - return new quoted_text_box(0); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index c28db477ffa6..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -PROG=grn$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=grn.n -MLIB=$(LIBM) -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -OBJS=\ - hdb.$(OBJEXT) \ - hpoint.$(OBJEXT) \ - hgraph.$(OBJEXT) \ - main.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=\ - $(srcdir)/hdb.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/hpoint.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/hgraph.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/main.cpp -HDRS=\ - $(srcdir)/gprint.h -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/README b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/README deleted file mode 100644 index 124103bacab8..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -This is grn from the Berkeley ditroff distribution. It has no -AT&T code and is therefore freely distributable. - -Tim Theisen <tim@cs.wisc.edu> - -===================================================================== - -This is the modified code for the groff. It uses the different -devxxx format that is ascii rather than binary as in the -Berkeley distribution. Since groff does not have the \Ds option -for line drawing (dotted, dashed, etc.), this version includes -the routines for drawing curves and arcs, so it does not use the -\D~, \Da nor \Dc. Although also included in here is a routine -for drawing the optional gremlin style curves, it is not used -because the gremlin editor uses the conventional spline -algorithm. The Berkeley grn has the choice of different -stipples. Here, only different shades of gray will be painted -depending on the gremlin file. It is possible to upgrade this at -a later time. (Daniel Senderowicz <daniel@synchrods.com> 12/28/99) - -===================================================================== - -Gremlin produces three types of curves: B-Splines, interpolated -curves and Bezier. As the original Berkeley grn, now groff grn -will honor B-Splines and interpolated curves. Bezier curves will -be printed as B-Splines. (Daniel Senderowicz <daniel@synchrods.com> -10/04/02) - -===================================================================== - -It has been further modified by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org> to fit -better into the groff package. - - . Replaced Makefile with Makefile.sub. - - . Removed dev.h since it is unused. - - . Renamed grn.1 to grn.man; this man page has been extensively - revised. - - . Used error() and fatal() from libgroff for all source files. - - . Renamed *.c to *.cpp; updates as needed for C++ (prototypes, proper - casts, standard header files etc). Heavy formatting. - - . main.cpp: - - Using groff's default values instead of DEVDIR, DEFAULTDEV, PRINTER, - TYPESETTER, and GREMLIB. - - `res' is now an integer. - - Added `-C' command flag (for compatibility mode) as with other - preprocessors. - - Added `-F' and `-v' option (similar to troff). - - Renamed `-L' option to `-M' for consistence. - - Removed `-P' option. - - Using font::load_desc() for scanning DESC files. - - Removed SYSV-specific code. - - Using macro_path.open_file() for getting gremlin graphic files. - - Added usage(). diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/gprint.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/gprint.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad3be443015d..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/gprint.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -/* Last non-groff version: gprint.h 1.1 84/10/08 - * - * This file contains standard definitions used by the gprint program. - */ - -#include <stdio.h> -#include <math.h> - - -#define xorn(x,y) (x) - /* was 512 */ -#define yorn(x,y) (511 - (y)) /* switch direction for */ - /* y-coordinates */ - -#define STYLES 6 -#define SIZES 4 -#define FONTS 4 -#define SOLID -1 -#define DOTTED 004 /* 014 */ -#define DASHED 020 /* 034 */ -#define DOTDASHED 024 /* 054 */ -#define LONGDASHED 074 - -#define DEFTHICK -1 /* default thicknes */ -#define DEFSTYLE SOLID /* default line style */ - -#define TRUE 1 -#define FALSE 0 - -#define nullelt -1 -#define nullpt -1 -#define nullun NULL - -#define BOTLEFT 0 -#define BOTRIGHT 1 -#define CENTCENT 2 -#define VECTOR 3 -#define ARC 4 -#define CURVE 5 -#define POLYGON 6 -#define BSPLINE 7 -#define BEZIER 8 -#define TOPLEFT 10 -#define TOPCENT 11 -#define TOPRIGHT 12 -#define CENTLEFT 13 -#define CENTRIGHT 14 -#define BOTCENT 15 -#define TEXT(t) ( (t <= CENTCENT) || (t >= TOPLEFT) ) - -/* WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING * WARNING - * The above (TEXT) test is dependent on the relative values of the - * constants and will have to change if these values change or if new - * commands are added with value greater than BOTCENT - */ - -#define NUSER 4 -#define NFONTS 4 -#define NBRUSHES 6 -#define NSIZES 4 -#define NJUSTS 9 -#define NSTIPPLES 16 - -#define ADD 1 -#define DELETE 2 -#define MOD 3 - -typedef struct point { - double x, y; - struct point *nextpt; -} POINT; - -typedef struct elmt { - int type, brushf, size, textlength; - char *textpt; - POINT *ptlist; - struct elmt *nextelt, *setnext; -} ELT; - -#define DBNextElt(elt) (elt->nextelt) -#define DBNextofSet(elt) (elt->setnext) -#define DBNullelt(elt) (elt == NULL) -#define Nullpoint(pt) ((pt) == (POINT *) NULL) -#define PTNextPoint(pt) (pt->nextpt) - -/* EOF */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/grn.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/grn.man deleted file mode 100644 index 575b4ee70c77..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/grn.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,652 +0,0 @@ -'\" t -.ig -Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -. -.do nr grn_C \n[.C] -.cp 0 -. -.de TQ -. br -. ns -. TP \\$1 -.. -. -.\" Like TP, but if specified indent is more than half -.\" the current line-length - indent, use the default indent. -.de Tp -. ie \\n(.$=0:((0\\$1)*2u>(\\n(.lu-\\n(.iu)) .TP -. el .TP "\\$1" -.. -. -. -.TH @G@GRN @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -.SH NAME -@g@grn \- groff preprocessor for gremlin files -.SH SYNOPSIS -.BR @g@grn -[ -.B \-Cv -] -[ -.BI \-T dev -] -[ -.BI \-M dir -] -[ -.BI \-F dir -] -[ -.IR file\.\.\.\& -] -.PP -It is possible to have whitespace between a command line option and its -parameter. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I @g@grn -is a preprocessor for including -.I gremlin -pictures in -.I groff -input. -.I @g@grn -writes to standard output, processing only input lines between two that -start with -.B .GS -and -.BR .GE. -Those lines must contain -.I @g@grn -commands (see below). -These commands request a -.I gremlin -file, and the picture in that file is -converted and placed in the -.I @g@troff -input stream. -The -.B .GS -request may be followed by a C, L, or R to center, left, or right -justify the whole -.I gremlin -picture (default justification is center). -If no -.I file -is mentioned, the standard input is read. -At the end of the picture, the position on the page is the bottom of the -.I gremlin -picture. -If the -.I @g@grn -entry is ended with -.B .GF -instead of -.BR .GE , -the position is left at the top of the picture. -.PP -Please note that currently only the \-me macro package has support for -.BR .GS , -.BR .GE , -and -.BR .GF . -.PP -The following command-line options are understood: -.TP -.BI \-T dev -Prepare output for printer -.IR dev . -The default device is -.BR @DEVICE@ . -See -.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@) -for acceptable devices. -.TP -.BI \-M dir -Prepend -.I dir -to the default search path for -.I gremlin -files. -The default path is (in that order) the current directory, the home -directory, -.BR @SYSTEMMACRODIR@ , -.BR @LOCALMACRODIR@ , -and -.BR @MACRODIR@ . -.TP -.BI \-F dir -Search -.I dir -for subdirectories -.BI dev name -.RI ( name -is the name of the device) for the -.B DESC -file before the default font directories -.BR @LOCALFONTDIR@ , -.BR @FONTDIR@ , -and -.BR @LEGACYFONTDIR@ . -.TP -.B \-C -Recognize -.B .GS -and -.B .GE -(and -.BR .GF ) -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -.\".TP -.\".B \-s -.\"This switch causes the picture to be traversed twice: -.\"The first time, only the interiors of filled polygons (as borderless -.\"polygons) are printed. -.\"The second time, the outline is printed as a series of line segments. -.\"This way, postprocessors that overwrite rather than merge picture elements -.\"(such as Postscript) can still have text and graphics on a shaded -.\"background. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -.SH GRN COMMANDS -Each input line between -.B .GS -and -.B .GE -may have one -.I @g@grn -command. -Commands consist of one or two strings separated by white space, the first -string being the command and the second its operand. -Commands may be upper or lower case and abbreviated down to one character. -.PP -Commands that affect a picture's environment (those listed before -.BR default , -see below) are only in effect for the current picture: -The environment is reinitialized to the defaults at the start of the next -picture. -The commands are as follows: -.TP -.BI 1\ N -.TQ -.BI 2\ N -.TQ -.BI 3\ N -.TQ -.BI 4\ N -Set -.IR gremlin 's -text size number 1 (2, 3, or 4) to -.I N -points. -The default is 12 (16, 24, and 36, respectively). -.TP -.BI roman\ f -.TQ -.BI italics\ f -.TQ -.BI bold\ f -.TQ -.BI special\ f -Set the roman (italics, bold, or special) font to -.IR @g@troff 's -font -.I f -(either a name or number). -The default is R (I, B, and S, respectively). -.TP -.BI l\ f -.TQ -.BI stipple\ f -Set the stipple font to -.IR @g@troff 's -stipple font -.I f -(name or number). -The command -.B stipple -may be abbreviated down as far as `st' (to avoid -confusion with -.BR special ). -There is -.I no -default for stipples (unless one is set by the default command), and it is -invalid to include a -.I gremlin -picture with polygons without specifying a -stipple font. -.TP -.BI x\ N -.TQ -.BI scale\ N -Magnify the picture (in addition to any default magnification) by -.IR N , -a floating point number larger than zero. -The command -.B scale -may be abbreviated down to `sc'. -.TP -.BI narrow\ N -.TQ -.BI medium\ N -.TQ -.BI thick\ N -Set the thickness of -.IR gremlin 's -narrow (medium and thick, respectively) lines to -.I N -times 0.15pt (this value can be changed at compile time). -The default is 1.0 (3.0 and 5.0, respectively), which corresponds to 0.15pt -(0.45pt and 0.75pt, respectively). -A thickness value of zero selects the smallest available line thickness. -Negative values cause the line thickness to be proportional to the current -point size. -.TP -.BI pointscale\ <off/on> -Scale text to match the picture. -Gremlin text is usually printed in the point size specified with the -commands -.BR 1 , -.BR 2 , -.BR 3 , -.RB or\~ 4 , -regardless of any scaling factors in the picture. -Setting -.B pointscale -will cause the point sizes to scale with the picture (within -.IR @g@troff 's -limitations, of course). -An operand of anything but -.I off -will turn text scaling on. -.TP -.B default -Reset the picture environment defaults to the settings in the current -picture. -This is meant to be used as a global parameter setting mechanism at the -beginning of the -.I @g@troff -input file, but can be used at any time to reset the -default settings. -.TP -.BI width\ N -Forces the picture to be -.I N -inches wide. -This overrides any scaling factors present in the same picture. -.RB ` width -.IR 0 ' -is ignored. -.TP -.BI height\ N -Forces picture to be -.I N -inches high, overriding other scaling factors. -If both `width' and `height' are specified the tighter constraint will -determine the scale of the picture. -.B Height -and -.B width -commands are not saved with a -.B default -command. -They will, however, affect point size scaling if that option is set. -.TP -.BI file\ name -Get picture from -.I gremlin -file -.I name -located the current directory (or in the library directory; see the -.B \-M -option above). -If two -.B file -commands are given, the second one overrides the first. -If -.I name -doesn't exist, an error message is reported and processing continues from -the -.B .GE -line. -.SH NOTES ABOUT GROFF -Since -.I @g@grn -is a preprocessor, it doesn't know about current indents, point sizes, -margins, number registers, etc. -Consequently, no -.I @g@troff -input can be placed between the -.B .GS -and -.B .GE -requests. -However, -.I gremlin -text is now processed by -.IR @g@troff , -so anything legal in a single line of -.I @g@troff -input is legal in a line of -.I gremlin -text (barring `.' directives at the beginning of a line). -Thus, it is possible to have equations within a -.I gremlin -figure by including in the -.I gremlin -file -.I eqn -expressions enclosed by previously defined delimiters (e.g. -.IR $$ ). -.PP -When using -.I @g@grn -along with other preprocessors, it is best to run -.I tbl -before -.IR @g@grn , -.IR pic , -and/or -.I ideal -to avoid overworking -.IR tbl . -.I Eqn -should always be run last. -.PP -A picture is considered an entity, but that doesn't stop -.I @g@troff -from trying to break it up if it falls off the end of a page. -Placing the picture between `keeps' in \-me macros will ensure proper -placement. -.PP -.I @g@grn -uses -.IR @g@troff 's -number registers -.B g1 -through -.B g9 -and sets registers -.B g1 -and -.B g2 -to the width and height of the -.I gremlin -figure (in device units) before entering the -.B .GS -request (this is for those who want to rewrite these macros). -.SH GREMLIN FILE FORMAT -There exist two distinct -.I gremlin -file formats, the original format from the -.I AED -graphic terminal version, and the -.I SUN -or -.I X11 -version. -An extension to the -.IR SUN / X11 -version allowing reference points with negative coordinates is -.B not -compatible with the -.I AED -version. -As long as a -.I gremlin -file does not contain negative coordinates, either format will be read -correctly by either version of -.I gremlin -or -.IR @g@grn . -The other difference to the -.IR SUN / X11 -format is the use of names for picture objects (e.g., POLYGON, CURVE) -instead of numbers. -Files representing the same picture are shown in Table 1 in each format. -.sp -.TS -center, tab(@); -l lw(0.1i) l. -sungremlinfile@@gremlinfile -0 240.00 128.00@@0 240.00 128.00 -CENTCENT@@2 -240.00 128.00@@240.00 128.00 -185.00 120.00@@185.00 120.00 -240.00 120.00@@240.00 120.00 -296.00 120.00@@296.00 120.00 -*@@-1.00 -1.00 -2 3@@2 3 -10 A Triangle@@10 A Triangle -POLYGON@@6 -224.00 416.00@@224.00 416.00 -96.00 160.00@@96.00 160.00 -384.00 160.00@@384.00 160.00 -*@@-1.00 -1.00 -5 1@@5 1 -0@@0 --1@@-1 -.T& -css. -.sp -Table 1. File examples -.TE -.sp -.IP \(bu -The first line of each -.I gremlin -file contains either the string -.B gremlinfile -.RI ( AED -version) or -.B sungremlinfile -.RI ( SUN / X11 ) -.IP \(bu -The second line of the file contains an orientation, and -.B x -and -.B y -values for a positioning point, separated by spaces. -The orientation, either -.B 0 -or -.BR 1 , -is ignored by the -.IR SUN / X11 -version. -.B 0 -means that -.I gremlin -will display things in horizontal format (drawing area wider than it is -tall, with menu across top). -.B 1 -means that -.I gremlin -will display things in vertical format (drawing area taller than it is wide, -with menu on left side). -.B x -and -.B y -are floating point values giving a positioning point to be used when this -file is read into another file. -The stuff on this line really isn't all that important; a value of ``1 0.00 -0.00'' is suggested. -.IP \(bu -The rest of the file consists of zero or more element specifications. -After the last element specification is a line containing the string ``-1''. -.IP \(bu -Lines longer than 127 characters are chopped to this limit. -.SH ELEMENT SPECIFICATIONS -.IP \(bu -The first line of each element contains a single decimal number giving the -type of the element -.RI ( AED -version) or its ASCII name -.RI ( SUN / X11 -version). -See Table 2. -.sp -.TS -center, tab(@); -css -ccc -nll. -\fIgremlin\fP File Format \(mi Object Type Specification -.sp -\fIAED\fP Number@\fISUN\fP/\fIX11\fP Name@Description -0@BOTLEFT@bottom-left-justified text -1@BOTRIGHT@bottom-right-justified text -2@CENTCENT@center-justified text -3@VECTOR@vector -4@ARC@arc -5@CURVE@curve -6@POLYGON@polygon -7@BSPLINE@b-spline -8@BEZIER@B\['e]zier -10@TOPLEFT@top-left-justified text -11@TOPCENT@top-center-justified text -12@TOPRIGHT@top-right-justified text -13@CENTLEFT@left-center-justified text -14@CENTRIGHT@right-center-justified text -15@BOTCENT@bottom-center-justified text -.T& -css. -.sp -Table 2. -Type Specifications in \fIgremlin\fP Files -.TE -.sp -.IP \(bu -After the object type comes a variable number of lines, each specifying a -point used to display the element. -Each line contains an x-coordinate and a y-coordinate in floating point -format, separated by spaces. -The list of points is terminated by a line containing the string ``-1.0 --1.0'' -.RI ( AED -version) or a single asterisk, ``*'' -.RI ( SUN / X11 -version). -.IP \(bu -After the points comes a line containing two decimal values, giving the -brush and size for the element. -The brush determines the style in which things are drawn. -For vectors, arcs, and curves there are six legal brush values: -.sp -.TS -center, tab(@); -ncw(0.1i)l. -1 \(mi@@thin dotted lines -2 \(mi@@thin dot-dashed lines -3 \(mi@@thick solid lines -4 \(mi@@thin dashed lines -5 \(mi@@thin solid lines -6 \(mi@@medium solid lines -.TE -.sp -For polygons, one more value, 0, is legal. -It specifies a polygon with an invisible border. -For text, the brush selects a font as follows: -.sp -.TS -center, tab(@); -ncw(0.1i)l. -1 \(mi@@roman (R font in groff) -2 \(mi@@italics (I font in groff) -3 \(mi@@bold (B font in groff) -4 \(mi@@special (S font in groff) -.TE -.sp -If you're using -.I @g@grn -to run your pictures through -.IR groff , -the font is really just a starting font: -The text string can contain formatting sequences like -``\efI'' -or -``\ed'' -which may change the font (as well as do many other things). -For text, the size field is a decimal value between 1 and 4. -It selects the size of the font in which the text will be drawn. -For polygons, this size field is interpreted as a stipple number to fill the -polygon with. -The number is used to index into a stipple font at print time. -.IP \(bu -The last line of each element contains a decimal number and a string of -characters, separated by a single space. -The number is a count of the number of characters in the string. -This information is only used for text elements, and contains the text -string. -There can be spaces inside the text. -For arcs, curves, and vectors, this line of the element contains the string -``0''. -.SH NOTES ON COORDINATES -.I gremlin -was designed for -.IR AED s, -and its coordinates reflect the -.I AED -coordinate space. -For vertical pictures, x-values range 116 to 511, and y-values from 0 to -483. -For horizontal pictures, x-values range from 0 to 511 and y-values range -from 0 to 367. -Although you needn't absolutely stick to this range, you'll get best results -if you at least stay in this vicinity. -Also, point lists are terminated by a point of (-1, -1), so you shouldn't -ever use negative coordinates. -.I gremlin -writes out coordinates using format ``%f1.2''; it's probably a good idea to -use the same format if you want to modify the -.I @g@grn -code. -.SH NOTES ON SUN/X11 COORDINATES -There is no longer a restriction on the range of coordinates used to create -objects in the -.IR SUN / X11 -version of -.IR gremlin . -However, files with negative coordinates -.B will -cause problems if displayed on the -.IR AED . -.SH FILES -.Tp \w'@FONTDIR@/devname/DESC'u+3n -.BI @FONTDIR@/dev name /DESC -Device description file for device -.IR name . -.SH SEE ALSO -.BR gremlin (1), -.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR @g@pic (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR ideal (1) -.SH HISTORY -.PP -David Slattengren and Barry Roitblat wrote the original Berkeley -.IR @g@grn . -.PP -Daniel Senderowicz and Werner Lemberg modified it for -.IR groff . -. -.cp \n[grn_C] -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hdb.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hdb.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5f54040dd5c5..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hdb.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,346 +0,0 @@ - /* Last non-groff version: hdb.c 1.8 (Berkeley) 84/10/20 - * - * Copyright -C- 1982 Barry S. Roitblat - * - * This file contains database routines for the hard copy programs of the - * gremlin picture editor. - */ - -#include "gprint.h" -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <ctype.h> - -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" - -#define MAXSTRING 128 -#define MAXSTRING_S "127" - -/* imports from main.cpp */ - -extern int linenum; /* current line number in input file */ -extern char gremlinfile[]; /* name of file currently reading */ -extern int SUNFILE; /* TRUE if SUN gremlin file */ -extern int compatibility_flag; /* TRUE if in compatibility mode */ -extern void savebounds(double x, double y); - -/* imports from hpoint.cpp */ - -extern POINT *PTInit(); -extern POINT *PTMakePoint(double x, double y, POINT ** pplist); - - -int DBGetType(register char *s); - - -/* - * This routine returns a pointer to an initialized database element which - * would be the only element in an empty list. - */ -ELT * -DBInit() -{ - return ((ELT *) NULL); -} /* end DBInit */ - - -/* - * This routine creates a new element with the specified attributes and - * links it into database. - */ -ELT * -DBCreateElt(int type, - POINT * pointlist, - int brush, - int size, - char *text, - ELT **db) -{ - register ELT *temp; - - temp = (ELT *) malloc(sizeof(ELT)); - temp->nextelt = *db; - temp->type = type; - temp->ptlist = pointlist; - temp->brushf = brush; - temp->size = size; - temp->textpt = text; - *db = temp; - return (temp); -} /* end CreateElt */ - - -/* - * This routine reads the specified file into a database and returns a - * pointer to that database. - */ -ELT * -DBRead(register FILE *file) -{ - register int i; - register int done; /* flag for input exhausted */ - register double nx; /* x holder so x is not set before orienting */ - int type; /* element type */ - ELT *elist; /* pointer to the file's elements */ - POINT *plist; /* pointer for reading in points */ - char string[MAXSTRING], *txt; - double x, y; /* x and y are read in point coords */ - int len, brush, size; - int lastpoint; - - SUNFILE = FALSE; - elist = DBInit(); - (void) fscanf(file, "%" MAXSTRING_S "s%*[^\n]\n", string); - if (strcmp(string, "gremlinfile")) { - if (strcmp(string, "sungremlinfile")) { - error("`%1' is not a gremlin file", gremlinfile); - return (elist); - } - SUNFILE = TRUE; - } - - (void) fscanf(file, "%d%lf%lf\n", &size, &x, &y); - /* ignore orientation and file positioning point */ - - done = FALSE; - while (!done) { - /* if (fscanf(file,"%" MAXSTRING_S "s\n", string) == EOF) */ - /* I changed the scanf format because the element */ - /* can have two words (e.g. CURVE SPLINE) */ - if (fscanf(file, "\n%" MAXSTRING_S "[^\n]%*[^\n]\n", string) == EOF) { - error("`%1', error in file format", gremlinfile); - return (elist); - } - - type = DBGetType(string); /* interpret element type */ - if (type < 0) { /* no more data */ - done = TRUE; - } else { -#ifdef UW_FASTSCAN - (void) xscanf(file, &x, &y); /* always one point */ -#else - (void) fscanf(file, "%lf%lf\n", &x, &y); /* always one point */ -#endif /* UW_FASTSCAN */ - plist = PTInit(); /* NULL point list */ - - /* - * Files created on the SUN have point lists terminated by a line - * containing only an asterik ('*'). Files created on the AED have - * point lists terminated by the coordinate pair (-1.00 -1.00). - */ - if (TEXT(type)) { /* read only first point for TEXT elements */ - nx = xorn(x, y); - y = yorn(x, y); - (void) PTMakePoint(nx, y, &plist); - savebounds(nx, y); - -#ifdef UW_FASTSCAN - while (xscanf(file, &x, &y)); -#else - lastpoint = FALSE; - do { - fgets(string, MAXSTRING, file); - if (string[0] == '*') { /* SUN gremlin file */ - lastpoint = TRUE; - } else { - (void) sscanf(string, "%lf%lf", &x, &y); - if ((x == -1.00 && y == -1.00) && (!SUNFILE)) - lastpoint = TRUE; - else { - if (compatibility_flag) - savebounds(xorn(x, y), yorn(x, y)); - } - } - } while (!lastpoint); -#endif /* UW_FASTSCAN */ - } else { /* not TEXT element */ -#ifdef UW_FASTSCAN - do { - nx = xorn(x, y); - y = yorn(x, y); - (void) PTMakePoint(nx, y, &plist); - savebounds(nx, y); - } while (xscanf(file, &x, &y)); -#else - lastpoint = FALSE; - while (!lastpoint) { - nx = xorn(x, y); - y = yorn(x, y); - (void) PTMakePoint(nx, y, &plist); - savebounds(nx, y); - - fgets(string, MAXSTRING, file); - if (string[0] == '*') { /* SUN gremlin file */ - lastpoint = TRUE; - } else { - (void) sscanf(string, "%lf%lf", &x, &y); - if ((x == -1.00 && y == -1.00) && (!SUNFILE)) - lastpoint = TRUE; - } - } -#endif /* UW_FASTSCAN */ - } - (void) fscanf(file, "%d%d\n", &brush, &size); - (void) fscanf(file, "%d", &len); /* text length */ - (void) getc(file); /* eat blank */ - txt = (char *) malloc((unsigned) len + 1); - for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) { /* read text */ - int c = getc(file); - if (c == EOF) - break; - txt[i] = c; - } - txt[len] = '\0'; - (void) DBCreateElt(type, plist, brush, size, txt, &elist); - } /* end else */ - } /* end while not done */ ; - return (elist); -} /* end DBRead */ - - -/* - * Interpret element type in string s. - * Old file format consisted of integer element types. - * New file format has literal names for element types. - */ -int -DBGetType(register char *s) -{ - if (isdigit(s[0]) || (s[0] == '-')) /* old element format or EOF */ - return (atoi(s)); - - switch (s[0]) { - case 'P': - return (POLYGON); - case 'V': - return (VECTOR); - case 'A': - return (ARC); - case 'C': - if (s[1] == 'U') { - if (s[5] == '\n') - return (CURVE); - switch (s[7]) { - case 'S': - return(BSPLINE); - case 'E': - fprintf(stderr, - "Warning: Bezier Curves will be printed as B-Splines\n"); - return(BSPLINE); - default: - return(CURVE); - } - } - switch (s[4]) { - case 'L': - return (CENTLEFT); - case 'C': - return (CENTCENT); - case 'R': - return (CENTRIGHT); - default: - fatal("unknown element type"); - } - case 'B': - switch (s[3]) { - case 'L': - return (BOTLEFT); - case 'C': - return (BOTCENT); - case 'R': - return (BOTRIGHT); - default: - fatal("unknown element type"); - } - case 'T': - switch (s[3]) { - case 'L': - return (TOPLEFT); - case 'C': - return (TOPCENT); - case 'R': - return (TOPRIGHT); - default: - fatal("unknown element type"); - } - default: - fatal("unknown element type"); - } - - return 0; /* never reached */ -} - -#ifdef UW_FASTSCAN -/* - * Optimization hack added by solomon@crys.wisc.edu, 12/2/86. - * A huge fraction of the time was spent reading floating point numbers from - * the input file, but the numbers always have the format 'ddd.dd'. Thus - * the following special-purpose version of fscanf. - * - * xscanf(f,xp,yp) does roughly what fscanf(f,"%f%f",xp,yp) does except: - * -the next piece of input must be of the form - * <space>* <digit>*'.'<digit>* <space>* <digit>*'.'<digit>* - * -xscanf eats the character following the second number - * -xscanf returns 0 for "end-of-data" indication, 1 otherwise, where - * end-of-data is signalled by a '*' [in which case the rest of the - * line is gobbled], or by '-1.00 -1.00' [but only if !SUNFILE]. - */ -int -xscanf(FILE *f, - double *xp, - double *yp) -{ - register int c, i, j, m, frac; - int iscale = 1, jscale = 1; /* x = i/scale, y=j/jscale */ - - while ((c = getc(f)) == ' '); - if (c == '*') { - while ((c = getc(f)) != '\n'); - return 0; - } - i = m = frac = 0; - while (isdigit(c) || c == '.' || c == '-') { - if (c == '-') { - m++; - c = getc(f); - continue; - } - if (c == '.') - frac = 1; - else { - if (frac) - iscale *= 10; - i = 10 * i + c - '0'; - } - c = getc(f); - } - if (m) - i = -i; - *xp = (double) i / (double) iscale; - - while ((c = getc(f)) == ' '); - j = m = frac = 0; - while (isdigit(c) || c == '.' || c == '-') { - if (c == '-') { - m++; - c = getc(f); - continue; - } - if (c == '.') - frac = 1; - else { - if (frac) - jscale *= 10; - j = 10 * j + c - '0'; - } - c = getc(f); - } - if (m) - j = -j; - *yp = (double) j / (double) jscale; - return (SUNFILE || i != -iscale || j != -jscale); -} -#endif /* UW_FASTSCAN */ - -/* EOF */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hgraph.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hgraph.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 01208951f28f..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hgraph.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1048 +0,0 @@ -/* Last non-groff version: hgraph.c 1.14 (Berkeley) 84/11/27 - * - * This file contains the graphics routines for converting gremlin pictures - * to troff input. - */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include "gprint.h" - -#define MAXVECT 40 -#define MAXPOINTS 200 -#define LINELENGTH 1 -#define PointsPerInterval 64 -#define pi 3.14159265358979324 -#define twopi (2.0 * pi) -#define len(a, b) groff_hypot((double)(b.x-a.x), (double)(b.y-a.y)) - - -extern int dotshifter; /* for the length of dotted curves */ - -extern int style[]; /* line and character styles */ -extern double thick[]; -extern char *tfont[]; -extern int tsize[]; -extern int stipple_index[]; /* stipple font index for stipples 0 - 16 */ -extern char *stipple; /* stipple type (cf or ug) */ - - -extern double troffscale; /* imports from main.c */ -extern double linethickness; -extern int linmod; -extern int lastx; -extern int lasty; -extern int lastyline; -extern int ytop; -extern int ybottom; -extern int xleft; -extern int xright; -extern enum E { - OUTLINE, FILL, BOTH -} polyfill; - -extern double adj1; -extern double adj2; -extern double adj3; -extern double adj4; -extern int res; - -void HGSetFont(int font, int size); -void HGPutText(int justify, POINT pnt, register char *string); -void HGSetBrush(int mode); -void tmove2(int px, int py); -void doarc(POINT cp, POINT sp, int angle); -void tmove(POINT * ptr); -void cr(); -void drawwig(POINT * ptr, int type); -void HGtline(int x1, int y1); -void deltax(double x); -void deltay(double y); -void HGArc(register int cx, register int cy, int px, int py, int angle); -void picurve(register int *x, register int *y, int npts); -void HGCurve(int *x, int *y, int numpoints); -void Paramaterize(int x[], int y[], double h[], int n); -void PeriodicSpline(double h[], int z[], - double dz[], double d2z[], double d3z[], - int npoints); -void NaturalEndSpline(double h[], int z[], - double dz[], double d2z[], double d3z[], - int npoints); - - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: HGPrintElt (element_pointer, baseline) - | - | Results: Examines a picture element and calls the appropriate - | routine(s) to print them according to their type. After the - | picture is drawn, current position is (lastx, lasty). - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGPrintElt(ELT *element, - int /* baseline */) -{ - register POINT *p1; - register POINT *p2; - register int length; - register int graylevel; - - if (!DBNullelt(element) && !Nullpoint((p1 = element->ptlist))) { - /* p1 always has first point */ - if (TEXT(element->type)) { - HGSetFont(element->brushf, element->size); - switch (element->size) { - case 1: - p1->y += adj1; - break; - case 2: - p1->y += adj2; - break; - case 3: - p1->y += adj3; - break; - case 4: - p1->y += adj4; - break; - default: - break; - } - HGPutText(element->type, *p1, element->textpt); - } else { - if (element->brushf) /* if there is a brush, the */ - HGSetBrush(element->brushf); /* graphics need it set */ - - switch (element->type) { - - case ARC: - p2 = PTNextPoint(p1); - tmove(p2); - doarc(*p1, *p2, element->size); - cr(); - break; - - case CURVE: - length = 0; /* keep track of line length */ - drawwig(p1, CURVE); - cr(); - break; - - case BSPLINE: - length = 0; /* keep track of line length */ - drawwig(p1, BSPLINE); - cr(); - break; - - case VECTOR: - length = 0; /* keep track of line length so */ - tmove(p1); /* single lines don't get long */ - while (!Nullpoint((p1 = PTNextPoint(p1)))) { - HGtline((int) (p1->x * troffscale), - (int) (p1->y * troffscale)); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } /* end while */ - cr(); - break; - - case POLYGON: - { - /* brushf = style of outline; size = color of fill: - * on first pass (polyfill=FILL), do the interior using 'P' - * unless size=0 - * on second pass (polyfill=OUTLINE), do the outline using a series - * of vectors. It might make more sense to use \D'p ...', - * but there is no uniform way to specify a 'fill character' - * that prints as 'no fill' on all output devices (and - * stipple fonts). - * If polyfill=BOTH, just use the \D'p ...' command. - */ - double firstx = p1->x; - double firsty = p1->y; - - length = 0; /* keep track of line length so */ - /* single lines don't get long */ - - if (polyfill == FILL || polyfill == BOTH) { - /* do the interior */ - char command = (polyfill == BOTH && element->brushf) ? 'p' : 'P'; - - /* include outline, if there is one and */ - /* the -p flag was set */ - - /* switch based on what gremlin gives */ - switch (element->size) { - case 1: - graylevel = 1; - break; - case 3: - graylevel = 2; - break; - case 12: - graylevel = 3; - break; - case 14: - graylevel = 4; - break; - case 16: - graylevel = 5; - break; - case 19: - graylevel = 6; - break; - case 21: - graylevel = 7; - break; - case 23: - graylevel = 8; - break; - default: /* who's giving something else? */ - graylevel = NSTIPPLES; - break; - } - /* int graylevel = element->size; */ - - if (graylevel < 0) - break; - if (graylevel > NSTIPPLES) - graylevel = NSTIPPLES; - printf("\\D'Fg %.3f'", - double(1000 - stipple_index[graylevel]) / 1000.0); - cr(); - tmove(p1); - printf("\\D'%c", command); - - while (!Nullpoint((PTNextPoint(p1)))) { - p1 = PTNextPoint(p1); - deltax((double) p1->x); - deltay((double) p1->y); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } /* end while */ - - /* close polygon if not done so by user */ - if ((firstx != p1->x) || (firsty != p1->y)) { - deltax((double) firstx); - deltay((double) firsty); - } - putchar('\''); - cr(); - break; - } - /* else polyfill == OUTLINE; only draw the outline */ - if (!(element->brushf)) - break; - length = 0; /* keep track of line length */ - tmove(p1); - - while (!Nullpoint((PTNextPoint(p1)))) { - p1 = PTNextPoint(p1); - HGtline((int) (p1->x * troffscale), - (int) (p1->y * troffscale)); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } /* end while */ - - /* close polygon if not done so by user */ - if ((firstx != p1->x) || (firsty != p1->y)) { - HGtline((int) (firstx * troffscale), - (int) (firsty * troffscale)); - } - cr(); - break; - } /* end case POLYGON */ - } /* end switch */ - } /* end else Text */ - } /* end if */ -} /* end PrintElt */ - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: HGPutText (justification, position_point, string) - | - | Results: Given the justification, a point to position with, and a - | string to put, HGPutText first sends the string into a - | diversion, moves to the positioning point, then outputs - | local vertical and horizontal motions as needed to justify - | the text. After all motions are done, the diversion is - | printed out. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGPutText(int justify, - POINT pnt, - register char *string) -{ - int savelasty = lasty; /* vertical motion for text is to be */ - /* ignored. Save current y here */ - - printf(".nr g8 \\n(.d\n"); /* save current vertical position. */ - printf(".ds g9 \""); /* define string containing the text. */ - while (*string) { /* put out the string */ - if (*string == '\\' && - *(string + 1) == '\\') { /* one character at a */ - printf("\\\\\\"); /* time replacing // */ - string++; /* by //// to prevent */ - } /* interpretation at */ - printf("%c", *(string++)); /* printout time */ - } - printf("\n"); - - tmove(&pnt); /* move to positioning point */ - - switch (justify) { - /* local vertical motions */ - /* (the numbers here are used to be somewhat compatible with gprint) */ - case CENTLEFT: - case CENTCENT: - case CENTRIGHT: - printf("\\v'0.85n'"); /* down half */ - break; - - case TOPLEFT: - case TOPCENT: - case TOPRIGHT: - printf("\\v'1.7n'"); /* down whole */ - } - - switch (justify) { - /* local horizontal motions */ - case BOTCENT: - case CENTCENT: - case TOPCENT: - printf("\\h'-\\w'\\*(g9'u/2u'"); /* back half */ - break; - - case BOTRIGHT: - case CENTRIGHT: - case TOPRIGHT: - printf("\\h'-\\w'\\*(g9'u'"); /* back whole */ - } - - printf("\\&\\*(g9\n"); /* now print the text. */ - printf(".sp |\\n(g8u\n"); /* restore vertical position */ - lasty = savelasty; /* vertical position restored to where it */ - lastx = xleft; /* was before text, also horizontal is at */ - /* left */ -} /* end HGPutText */ - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: doarc (center_point, start_point, angle) - | - | Results: Produces either drawarc command or a drawcircle command - | depending on the angle needed to draw through. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -doarc(POINT cp, - POINT sp, - int angle) -{ - if (angle) /* arc with angle */ - HGArc((int) (cp.x * troffscale), (int) (cp.y * troffscale), - (int) (sp.x * troffscale), (int) (sp.y * troffscale), angle); - else /* a full circle (angle == 0) */ - HGArc((int) (cp.x * troffscale), (int) (cp.y * troffscale), - (int) (sp.x * troffscale), (int) (sp.y * troffscale), 0); -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: HGSetFont (font_number, Point_size) - | - | Results: ALWAYS outputs a .ft and .ps directive to troff. This is - | done because someone may change stuff inside a text string. - | Changes thickness back to default thickness. Default - | thickness depends on font and pointsize. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGSetFont(int font, - int size) -{ - printf(".ft %s\n" - ".ps %d\n", tfont[font - 1], tsize[size - 1]); - linethickness = DEFTHICK; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: HGSetBrush (line_mode) - | - | Results: Generates the troff commands to set up the line width and - | style of subsequent lines. Does nothing if no change is - | needed. - | - | Side Efct: Sets `linmode' and `linethicknes'. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGSetBrush(int mode) -{ - register int printed = 0; - - if (linmod != style[--mode]) { - /* Groff doesn't understand \Ds, so we take it out */ - /* printf ("\\D's %du'", linmod = style[mode]); */ - linmod = style[mode]; - printed = 1; - } - if (linethickness != thick[mode]) { - linethickness = thick[mode]; - printf("\\h'-%.2fp'\\D't %.2fp'", linethickness, linethickness); - printed = 1; - } - if (printed) - cr(); -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: deltax (x_destination) - | - | Results: Scales and outputs a number for delta x (with a leading - | space) given `lastx' and x_destination. - | - | Side Efct: Resets `lastx' to x_destination. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -deltax(double x) -{ - register int ix = (int) (x * troffscale); - - printf(" %du", ix - lastx); - lastx = ix; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: deltay (y_destination) - | - | Results: Scales and outputs a number for delta y (with a leading - | space) given `lastyline' and y_destination. - | - | Side Efct: Resets `lastyline' to y_destination. Since `line' vertical - | motions don't affect `page' ones, `lasty' isn't updated. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -deltay(double y) -{ - register int iy = (int) (y * troffscale); - - printf(" %du", iy - lastyline); - lastyline = iy; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: tmove2 (px, py) - | - | Results: Produces horizontal and vertical moves for troff given the - | pair of points to move to and knowing the current position. - | Also puts out a horizontal move to start the line. This is - | a variation without the .sp command. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -tmove2(int px, - int py) -{ - register int dx; - register int dy; - - if ((dy = py - lasty)) { - printf("\\v'%du'", dy); - } - lastyline = lasty = py; /* lasty is always set to current */ - if ((dx = px - lastx)) { - printf("\\h'%du'", dx); - lastx = px; - } -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: tmove (point_pointer) - | - | Results: Produces horizontal and vertical moves for troff given the - | pointer of a point to move to and knowing the current - | position. Also puts out a horizontal move to start the - | line. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -tmove(POINT * ptr) -{ - register int ix = (int) (ptr->x * troffscale); - register int iy = (int) (ptr->y * troffscale); - register int dx; - register int dy; - - if ((dy = iy - lasty)) { - printf(".sp %du\n", dy); - } - lastyline = lasty = iy; /* lasty is always set to current */ - if ((dx = ix - lastx)) { - printf("\\h'%du'", dx); - lastx = ix; - } -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: cr ( ) - | - | Results: Ends off an input line. `.sp -1' is also added to counteract - | the vertical move done at the end of text lines. - | - | Side Efct: Sets `lastx' to `xleft' for troff's return to left margin. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -cr() -{ - printf("\n.sp -1\n"); - lastx = xleft; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: line ( ) - | - | Results: Draws a single solid line to (x,y). - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -line(int px, - int py) -{ - printf("\\D'l"); - printf(" %du", px - lastx); - printf(" %du'", py - lastyline); - lastx = px; - lastyline = lasty = py; -} - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: drawwig (ptr, type) - | - | Results: The point sequence found in the structure pointed by ptr is - | placed in integer arrays for further manipulation by the - | existing routing. With the corresponding type parameter, - | either picurve or HGCurve are called. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -drawwig(POINT * ptr, - int type) -{ - register int npts; /* point list index */ - int x[MAXPOINTS], y[MAXPOINTS]; /* point list */ - - for (npts = 1; !Nullpoint(ptr); ptr = PTNextPoint(ptr), npts++) { - x[npts] = (int) (ptr->x * troffscale); - y[npts] = (int) (ptr->y * troffscale); - } - if (--npts) { - if (type == CURVE) /* Use the 2 different types of curves */ - HGCurve(&x[0], &y[0], npts); - else - picurve(&x[0], &y[0], npts); - } -} - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: HGArc (xcenter, ycenter, xstart, ystart, angle) - | - | Results: This routine plots an arc centered about (cx, cy) counter - | clockwise starting from the point (px, py) through `angle' - | degrees. If angle is 0, a full circle is drawn. It does so - | by creating a draw-path around the arc whose density of - | points depends on the size of the arc. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGArc(register int cx, - register int cy, - int px, - int py, - int angle) -{ - double xs, ys, resolution, fullcircle; - int m; - register int mask; - register int extent; - register int nx; - register int ny; - register int length; - register double epsilon; - - xs = px - cx; - ys = py - cy; - - length = 0; - - resolution = (1.0 + groff_hypot(xs, ys) / res) * PointsPerInterval; - /* mask = (1 << (int) log10(resolution + 1.0)) - 1; */ - (void) frexp(resolution, &m); /* A bit more elegant than log10 */ - for (mask = 1; mask < m; mask = mask << 1); - mask -= 1; - - epsilon = 1.0 / resolution; - fullcircle = (2.0 * pi) * resolution; - if (angle == 0) - extent = (int) fullcircle; - else - extent = (int) (angle * fullcircle / 360.0); - - HGtline(px, py); - while (--extent >= 0) { - xs += epsilon * ys; - nx = cx + (int) (xs + 0.5); - ys -= epsilon * xs; - ny = cy + (int) (ys + 0.5); - if (!(extent & mask)) { - HGtline(nx, ny); /* put out a point on circle */ - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } - } /* end for */ -} /* end HGArc */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: picurve (xpoints, ypoints, num_of_points) - | - | Results: Draws a curve delimited by (not through) the line segments - | traced by (xpoints, ypoints) point list. This is the `Pic' - | style curve. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -picurve(register int *x, - register int *y, - int npts) -{ - register int nseg; /* effective resolution for each curve */ - register int xp; /* current point (and temporary) */ - register int yp; - int pxp, pyp; /* previous point (to make lines from) */ - int i; /* inner curve segment traverser */ - int length = 0; - double w; /* position factor */ - double t1, t2, t3; /* calculation temps */ - - if (x[1] == x[npts] && y[1] == y[npts]) { - x[0] = x[npts - 1]; /* if the lines' ends meet, make */ - y[0] = y[npts - 1]; /* sure the curve meets */ - x[npts + 1] = x[2]; - y[npts + 1] = y[2]; - } else { /* otherwise, make the ends of the */ - x[0] = x[1]; /* curve touch the ending points of */ - y[0] = y[1]; /* the line segments */ - x[npts + 1] = x[npts]; - y[npts + 1] = y[npts]; - } - - pxp = (x[0] + x[1]) / 2; /* make the last point pointers */ - pyp = (y[0] + y[1]) / 2; /* point to the start of the 1st line */ - tmove2(pxp, pyp); - - for (; npts--; x++, y++) { /* traverse the line segments */ - xp = x[0] - x[1]; - yp = y[0] - y[1]; - nseg = (int) groff_hypot((double) xp, (double) yp); - xp = x[1] - x[2]; - yp = y[1] - y[2]; - /* `nseg' is the number of line */ - /* segments that will be drawn for */ - /* each curve segment. */ - nseg = (int) ((double) (nseg + (int) groff_hypot((double) xp, (double) yp)) / - res * PointsPerInterval); - - for (i = 1; i < nseg; i++) { - w = (double) i / (double) nseg; - t1 = w * w; - t3 = t1 + 1.0 - (w + w); - t2 = 2.0 - (t3 + t1); - xp = (((int) (t1 * x[2] + t2 * x[1] + t3 * x[0])) + 1) / 2; - yp = (((int) (t1 * y[2] + t2 * y[1] + t3 * y[0])) + 1) / 2; - - HGtline(xp, yp); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } - } -} - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: HGCurve(xpoints, ypoints, num_points) - | - | Results: This routine generates a smooth curve through a set of - | points. The method used is the parametric spline curve on - | unit knot mesh described in `Spline Curve Techniques' by - | Patrick Baudelaire, Robert Flegal, and Robert Sproull -- - | Xerox Parc. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGCurve(int *x, - int *y, - int numpoints) -{ - double h[MAXPOINTS], dx[MAXPOINTS], dy[MAXPOINTS]; - double d2x[MAXPOINTS], d2y[MAXPOINTS], d3x[MAXPOINTS], d3y[MAXPOINTS]; - double t, t2, t3; - register int j; - register int k; - register int nx; - register int ny; - int lx, ly; - int length = 0; - - lx = x[1]; - ly = y[1]; - tmove2(lx, ly); - - /* - * Solve for derivatives of the curve at each point separately for x and y - * (parametric). - */ - Paramaterize(x, y, h, numpoints); - - /* closed curve */ - if ((x[1] == x[numpoints]) && (y[1] == y[numpoints])) { - PeriodicSpline(h, x, dx, d2x, d3x, numpoints); - PeriodicSpline(h, y, dy, d2y, d3y, numpoints); - } else { - NaturalEndSpline(h, x, dx, d2x, d3x, numpoints); - NaturalEndSpline(h, y, dy, d2y, d3y, numpoints); - } - - /* - * generate the curve using the above information and PointsPerInterval - * vectors between each specified knot. - */ - - for (j = 1; j < numpoints; ++j) { - if ((x[j] == x[j + 1]) && (y[j] == y[j + 1])) - continue; - for (k = 0; k <= PointsPerInterval; ++k) { - t = (double) k *h[j] / (double) PointsPerInterval; - t2 = t * t; - t3 = t * t * t; - nx = x[j] + (int) (t * dx[j] + t2 * d2x[j] / 2 + t3 * d3x[j] / 6); - ny = y[j] + (int) (t * dy[j] + t2 * d2y[j] / 2 + t3 * d3y[j] / 6); - HGtline(nx, ny); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } /* end for k */ - } /* end for j */ -} /* end HGCurve */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: Paramaterize (xpoints, ypoints, hparams, num_points) - | - | Results: This routine calculates parameteric values for use in - | calculating curves. The parametric values are returned - | in the array h. The values are an approximation of - | cumulative arc lengths of the curve (uses cord length). - | For additional information, see paper cited below. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -Paramaterize(int x[], - int y[], - double h[], - int n) -{ - register int dx; - register int dy; - register int i; - register int j; - double u[MAXPOINTS]; - - for (i = 1; i <= n; ++i) { - u[i] = 0; - for (j = 1; j < i; j++) { - dx = x[j + 1] - x[j]; - dy = y[j + 1] - y[j]; - /* Here was overflowing, so I changed it. */ - /* u[i] += sqrt ((double) (dx * dx + dy * dy)); */ - u[i] += groff_hypot((double) dx, (double) dy); - } - } - for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) - h[i] = u[i + 1] - u[i]; -} /* end Paramaterize */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: PeriodicSpline (h, z, dz, d2z, d3z, npoints) - | - | Results: This routine solves for the cubic polynomial to fit a spline - | curve to the the points specified by the list of values. - | The Curve generated is periodic. The algorithms for this - | curve are from the `Spline Curve Techniques' paper cited - | above. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -PeriodicSpline(double h[], /* paramaterization */ - int z[], /* point list */ - double dz[], /* to return the 1st derivative */ - double d2z[], /* 2nd derivative */ - double d3z[], /* 3rd derivative */ - int npoints) /* number of valid points */ -{ - double d[MAXPOINTS]; - double deltaz[MAXPOINTS], a[MAXPOINTS], b[MAXPOINTS]; - double c[MAXPOINTS], r[MAXPOINTS], s[MAXPOINTS]; - int i; - - /* step 1 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints; ++i) { - deltaz[i] = h[i] ? ((double) (z[i + 1] - z[i])) / h[i] : 0; - } - h[0] = h[npoints - 1]; - deltaz[0] = deltaz[npoints - 1]; - - /* step 2 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints - 1; ++i) { - d[i] = deltaz[i + 1] - deltaz[i]; - } - d[0] = deltaz[1] - deltaz[0]; - - /* step 3a */ - a[1] = 2 * (h[0] + h[1]); - b[1] = d[0]; - c[1] = h[0]; - for (i = 2; i < npoints - 1; ++i) { - a[i] = 2 * (h[i - 1] + h[i]) - - pow((double) h[i - 1], (double) 2.0) / a[i - 1]; - b[i] = d[i - 1] - h[i - 1] * b[i - 1] / a[i - 1]; - c[i] = -h[i - 1] * c[i - 1] / a[i - 1]; - } - - /* step 3b */ - r[npoints - 1] = 1; - s[npoints - 1] = 0; - for (i = npoints - 2; i > 0; --i) { - r[i] = -(h[i] * r[i + 1] + c[i]) / a[i]; - s[i] = (6 * b[i] - h[i] * s[i + 1]) / a[i]; - } - - /* step 4 */ - d2z[npoints - 1] = (6 * d[npoints - 2] - h[0] * s[1] - - h[npoints - 1] * s[npoints - 2]) - / (h[0] * r[1] + h[npoints - 1] * r[npoints - 2] - + 2 * (h[npoints - 2] + h[0])); - for (i = 1; i < npoints - 1; ++i) { - d2z[i] = r[i] * d2z[npoints - 1] + s[i]; - } - d2z[npoints] = d2z[1]; - - /* step 5 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints; ++i) { - dz[i] = deltaz[i] - h[i] * (2 * d2z[i] + d2z[i + 1]) / 6; - d3z[i] = h[i] ? (d2z[i + 1] - d2z[i]) / h[i] : 0; - } -} /* end PeriodicSpline */ - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: NaturalEndSpline (h, z, dz, d2z, d3z, npoints) - | - | Results: This routine solves for the cubic polynomial to fit a spline - | curve the the points specified by the list of values. The - | alogrithms for this curve are from the `Spline Curve - | Techniques' paper cited above. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -NaturalEndSpline(double h[], /* parameterization */ - int z[], /* Point list */ - double dz[], /* to return the 1st derivative */ - double d2z[], /* 2nd derivative */ - double d3z[], /* 3rd derivative */ - int npoints) /* number of valid points */ -{ - double d[MAXPOINTS]; - double deltaz[MAXPOINTS], a[MAXPOINTS], b[MAXPOINTS]; - int i; - - /* step 1 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints; ++i) { - deltaz[i] = h[i] ? ((double) (z[i + 1] - z[i])) / h[i] : 0; - } - deltaz[0] = deltaz[npoints - 1]; - - /* step 2 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints - 1; ++i) { - d[i] = deltaz[i + 1] - deltaz[i]; - } - d[0] = deltaz[1] - deltaz[0]; - - /* step 3 */ - a[0] = 2 * (h[2] + h[1]); - b[0] = d[1]; - for (i = 1; i < npoints - 2; ++i) { - a[i] = 2 * (h[i + 1] + h[i + 2]) - - pow((double) h[i + 1], (double) 2.0) / a[i - 1]; - b[i] = d[i + 1] - h[i + 1] * b[i - 1] / a[i - 1]; - } - - /* step 4 */ - d2z[npoints] = d2z[1] = 0; - for (i = npoints - 1; i > 1; --i) { - d2z[i] = (6 * b[i - 2] - h[i] * d2z[i + 1]) / a[i - 2]; - } - - /* step 5 */ - for (i = 1; i < npoints; ++i) { - dz[i] = deltaz[i] - h[i] * (2 * d2z[i] + d2z[i + 1]) / 6; - d3z[i] = h[i] ? (d2z[i + 1] - d2z[i]) / h[i] : 0; - } -} /* end NaturalEndSpline */ - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: change (x_position, y_position, visible_flag) - | - | Results: As HGtline passes from the invisible to visible (or vice - | versa) portion of a line, change is called to either draw - | the line, or initialize the beginning of the next one. - | Change calls line to draw segments if visible_flag is set - | (which means we're leaving a visible area). - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -change(register int x, - register int y, - register int vis) -{ - static int length = 0; - - if (vis) { /* leaving a visible area, draw it. */ - line(x, y); - if (length++ > LINELENGTH) { - length = 0; - printf("\\\n"); - } - } else { /* otherwise, we're entering one, remember */ - /* beginning */ - tmove2(x, y); - } -} - - -/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - | Routine: HGtline (xstart, ystart, xend, yend) - | - | Results: Draws a line from current position to (x1,y1) using line(x1, - | y1) to place individual segments of dotted or dashed lines. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -HGtline(int x_1, - int y_1) -{ - register int x_0 = lastx; - register int y_0 = lasty; - register int dx; - register int dy; - register int oldcoord; - register int res1; - register int visible; - register int res2; - register int xinc; - register int yinc; - register int dotcounter; - - if (linmod == SOLID) { - line(x_1, y_1); - return; - } - - /* for handling different resolutions */ - dotcounter = linmod << dotshifter; - - xinc = 1; - yinc = 1; - if ((dx = x_1 - x_0) < 0) { - xinc = -xinc; - dx = -dx; - } - if ((dy = y_1 - y_0) < 0) { - yinc = -yinc; - dy = -dy; - } - res1 = 0; - res2 = 0; - visible = 0; - if (dx >= dy) { - oldcoord = y_0; - while (x_0 != x_1) { - if ((x_0 & dotcounter) && !visible) { - change(x_0, y_0, 0); - visible = 1; - } else if (visible && !(x_0 & dotcounter)) { - change(x_0 - xinc, oldcoord, 1); - visible = 0; - } - if (res1 > res2) { - oldcoord = y_0; - res2 += dx - res1; - res1 = 0; - y_0 += yinc; - } - res1 += dy; - x_0 += xinc; - } - } else { - oldcoord = x_0; - while (y_0 != y_1) { - if ((y_0 & dotcounter) && !visible) { - change(x_0, y_0, 0); - visible = 1; - } else if (visible && !(y_0 & dotcounter)) { - change(oldcoord, y_0 - yinc, 1); - visible = 0; - } - if (res1 > res2) { - oldcoord = x_0; - res2 += dy - res1; - res1 = 0; - x_0 += xinc; - } - res1 += dx; - y_0 += yinc; - } - } - if (visible) - change(x_1, y_1, 1); - else - change(x_1, y_1, 0); -} - -/* EOF */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hpoint.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hpoint.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index fa24dca7fd47..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/hpoint.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -/* Last non-groff version: hpoint.c 1.1 84/10/08 */ - -/* - * This file contains routines for manipulating the point data structures - * for the gremlin picture editor. - */ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "gprint.h" - - -/* - * Return pointer to empty point list. - */ -POINT * -PTInit() -{ - return ((POINT *) NULL); -} - - -/* - * This routine creates a new point with coordinates x and y and links it - * into the pointlist. - */ -POINT * -PTMakePoint(double x, - double y, - POINT **pplist) -{ - register POINT *pt; - - if (Nullpoint(pt = *pplist)) { /* empty list */ - *pplist = (POINT *) malloc(sizeof(POINT)); - pt = *pplist; - } else { - while (!Nullpoint(pt->nextpt)) - pt = pt->nextpt; - pt->nextpt = (POINT *) malloc(sizeof(POINT)); - pt = pt->nextpt; - } - - pt->x = x; - pt->y = y; - pt->nextpt = PTInit(); - return (pt); -} /* end PTMakePoint */ - -/* EOF */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/main.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/main.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index c939647f2c9b..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/grn/main.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,907 +0,0 @@ -/* Last non-groff version: main.c 1.23 (Berkeley) 85/08/05 - * - * Adapted to GNU troff by Daniel Senderowicz 99/12/29. - * - * Further refinements by Werner Lemberg 00/02/20. - * - * - * This file contains the main and file system dependent routines for - * processing gremlin files into troff input. The program watches input go - * by to standard output, only interpreting things between .GS and .GE - * lines. Default values (font, size, scale, thickness) may be overridden - * with a `default' command and are further overridden by commands in the - * input. - * - * Inside the GS and GE, commands are accepted to reconfigure the picture. - * At most one command may reside on each line, and each command is followed - * by a parameter separated by white space. The commands are as follows, - * and may be abbreviated down to one character (with exception of `scale' - * and `stipple' down to "sc" and "st") and may be upper or lower case. - * - * default - Make all settings in the current - * .GS/.GE the global defaults. Height, - * width and file are NOT saved. - * 1, 2, 3, 4 - Set size 1, 2, 3, or 4 (followed by an - * integer point size). - * roman, italics, bold, special - Set gremlin's fonts to any other troff - * font (one or two characters). - * stipple, l - Use a stipple font for polygons. Arg - * is troff font name. No Default. Can - * use only one stipple font per picture. - * (See below for stipple font index.) - * scale, x - Scale is IN ADDITION to the global - * scale factor from the default. - * pointscale - Turn on scaling point sizes to match - * `scale' commands. (Optional operand - * `off' to turn it off.) - * narrow, medium, thick - Set widths of lines. - * file - Set the file name to read the gremlin - * picture from. If the file isn't in - * the current directory, the gremlin - * library is tried. - * width, height - These two commands override any - * scaling factor that is in effect, and - * forces the picture to fit into either - * the height or width specified, - * whichever makes the picture smaller. - * The operand for these two commands is - * a floating-point number in units of - * inches. - * l<nn> (integer <nn>) - Set association between stipple <nn> - * and a stipple `character'. <nn> must - * be in the range 0 to NSTIPPLES (16) - * inclusive. The integer operand is an - * index in the stipple font selected. - * Valid cf (cifplot) indices are 1-32 - * (although 24 is not defined), valid ug - * (unigrafix) indices are 1-14, and - * valid gs (gray scale) indices are - * 0-16. Nonetheless, any number between - * 0 and 255 is accepted since new - * stipple fonts may be added. An - * integer operand is required. - * - * Troff number registers used: g1 through g9. g1 is the width of the - * picture, and g2 is the height. g3, and g4, save information, g8 and g9 - * are used for text processing and g5-g7 are reserved. - */ - - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include "gprint.h" - -#include "device.h" -#include "font.h" -#include "searchpath.h" -#include "macropath.h" - -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "defs.h" - -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -/* database imports */ - -extern void HGPrintElt(ELT *element, int baseline); -extern ELT *DBInit(); -extern ELT *DBRead(register FILE *file); -extern POINT *PTInit(); -extern POINT *PTMakePoint(double x, double y, POINT **pplist); - - -#define SUN_SCALEFACTOR 0.70 - -/* #define DEFSTIPPLE "gs" */ -#define DEFSTIPPLE "cf" - -#define MAXINLINE 100 /* input line length */ - -#define SCREENtoINCH 0.02 /* scaling factor, screen to inches */ - -#define BIG 999999999999.0 /* unweildly large floating number */ - - -static char sccsid[] = "@(#) (Berkeley) 8/5/85, 12/28/99"; - -int res; /* the printer's resolution goes here */ - -int dotshifter; /* for the length of dotted curves */ - -double linethickness; /* brush styles */ -int linmod; -int lastx; /* point registers for printing elements */ -int lasty; -int lastyline; /* A line's vertical position is NOT the */ - /* same after that line is over, so for a */ - /* line of drawing commands, vertical */ - /* spacing is kept in lastyline */ - -/* These are the default fonts, sizes, line styles, */ -/* and thicknesses. They can be modified from a */ -/* `default' command and are reset each time the */ -/* start of a picture (.GS) is found. */ - -const char *deffont[] = -{"R", "I", "B", "S"}; -int defsize[] = -{10, 16, 24, 36}; -/* #define BASE_THICKNESS 1.0 */ -#define BASE_THICKNESS 0.15 -double defthick[STYLES] = -{1 * BASE_THICKNESS, - 1 * BASE_THICKNESS, - 5 * BASE_THICKNESS, - 1 * BASE_THICKNESS, - 1 * BASE_THICKNESS, - 3 * BASE_THICKNESS}; - -/* int cf_stipple_index[NSTIPPLES + 1] = */ -/* {0, 1, 3, 12, 14, 16, 19, 21, 23}; */ -/* a logarithmic scale looks better than a linear one for the gray shades */ -/* */ -/* int other_stipple_index[NSTIPPLES + 1] = */ -/* {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; */ - -int cf_stipple_index[NSTIPPLES + 1] = -{0, 18, 32, 56, 100, 178, 316, 562, 1000}; /* only 1-8 used */ -int other_stipple_index[NSTIPPLES + 1] = -{0, 62, 125, 187, 250, 312, 375, 437, 500, - 562, 625, 687, 750, 812, 875, 937, 1000}; - -/* int *defstipple_index = other_stipple_index; */ -int *defstipple_index = cf_stipple_index; - -int style[STYLES] = -{DOTTED, DOTDASHED, SOLID, DASHED, SOLID, SOLID}; -double scale = 1.0; /* no scaling, default */ -int defpoint = 0; /* flag for pointsize scaling */ -char *defstipple = (char *) 0; -enum E { - OUTLINE, FILL, BOTH -} polyfill; - -/* flag to controll filling of polygons */ - -double adj1 = 0.0; -double adj2 = 0.0; -double adj3 = 0.0; -double adj4 = 0.0; - -double thick[STYLES]; /* thicknesses set by defaults, then by */ - /* commands */ -char *tfont[FONTS]; /* fonts originally set to deffont values, */ - /* then */ -int tsize[SIZES]; /* optionally changed by commands inside */ - /* grn */ -int stipple_index[NSTIPPLES + 1]; /* stipple font file indices */ -char *stipple; - -double xscale; /* scaling factor from individual pictures */ -double troffscale; /* scaling factor at output time */ - -double width; /* user-request maximum width for picture */ - /* (in inches) */ -double height; /* user-request height */ -int pointscale; /* flag for pointsize scaling */ -int setdefault; /* flag for a .GS/.GE to remember all */ - /* settings */ -int sflag; /* -s flag: sort order (do polyfill first) */ - -double toppoint; /* remember the picture */ -double bottompoint; /* bounds in these variables */ -double leftpoint; -double rightpoint; - -int ytop; /* these are integer versions of the above */ -int ybottom; /* so not to convert each time they're used */ -int xleft; -int xright; - -int linenum = 0; /* line number of input file */ -char inputline[MAXINLINE]; /* spot to filter through the file */ -char *c1 = inputline; /* c1, c2, and c3 will be used to */ -char *c2 = inputline + 1; /* hunt for lines that begin with */ -char *c3 = inputline + 2; /* ".GS" by looking individually */ -char *c4 = inputline + 3; /* needed for compatibility mode */ -char GScommand[MAXINLINE]; /* put user's ".GS" command line here */ -char gremlinfile[MAXINLINE]; /* filename to use for a picture */ -int SUNFILE = FALSE; /* TRUE if SUN gremlin file */ -int compatibility_flag = FALSE; /* TRUE if in compatibility mode */ - - -void getres(); -int doinput(FILE *fp); -void conv(register FILE *fp, int baseline); -void savestate(); -int has_polygon(register ELT *elist); -void interpret(char *line); - - -void -usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, - "usage: %s [ -vCs ] [ -M dir ] [ -F dir ] [ -T dev ] [ file ]\n", - program_name); -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: main (argument_count, argument_pointer) - | - | Results: Parses the command line, accumulating input file names, then - | reads the inputs, passing it directly to output until a `.GS' - | line is read. Main then passes control to `conv' to do the - | gremlin file conversions. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -int -main(int argc, - char **argv) -{ - setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C"); - program_name = argv[0]; - register FILE *fp; - register int k; - register char c; - register int gfil = 0; - char *file[50]; - char *operand(int *argcp, char ***argvp); - - while (--argc) { - if (**++argv != '-') - file[gfil++] = *argv; - else - switch (c = (*argv)[1]) { - - case 0: - file[gfil++] = NULL; - break; - - case 'C': /* compatibility mode */ - compatibility_flag = TRUE; - break; - - case 'F': /* font path to find DESC */ - font::command_line_font_dir(operand(&argc, &argv)); - break; - - case 'T': /* final output typesetter name */ - device = operand(&argc, &argv); - break; - - case 'M': /* set library directory */ - macro_path.command_line_dir(operand(&argc, &argv)); - break; - - case 's': /* preserve order of elements */ - sflag = 1; - break; - - case '-': - if (strcmp(*argv,"--version")==0) { - case 'v': - printf("GNU grn (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - if (strcmp(*argv,"--help")==0) { - case '?': - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - } - // fallthrough - default: - error("unknown switch: %1", c); - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - } - } - - getres(); /* set the resolution for an output device */ - - if (gfil == 0) { /* no filename, use standard input */ - file[0] = NULL; - gfil++; - } - - for (k = 0; k < gfil; k++) { - if (file[k] != NULL) { - if ((fp = fopen(file[k], "r")) == NULL) - fatal("can't open %1", file[k]); - } else - fp = stdin; - - while (doinput(fp)) { - if (*c1 == '.' && *c2 == 'G' && *c3 == 'S') { - if (compatibility_flag || - *c4 == '\n' || *c4 == ' ' || *c4 == '\0') - conv(fp, linenum); - else - fputs(inputline, stdout); - } else - fputs(inputline, stdout); - } - } - - return 0; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: char * operand (& argc, & argv) - | - | Results: Returns address of the operand given with a command-line - | option. It uses either `-Xoperand' or `-X operand', whichever - | is present. The program is terminated if no option is - | present. - | - | Side Efct: argc and argv are updated as necessary. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -char * -operand(int *argcp, - char ***argvp) -{ - if ((**argvp)[2]) - return (**argvp + 2); /* operand immediately follows */ - if ((--*argcp) <= 0) { /* no operand */ - error("command-line option operand missing."); - exit(8); - } - return (*(++(*argvp))); /* operand is next word */ -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: getres () - | - | Results: Sets `res' to the resolution of the output device. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -getres() -{ - int linepiece; - - if (!font::load_desc()) - fatal("sorry, I can't continue"); - - res = font::res; - - /* Correct the brush thicknesses based on res */ - /* if (res >= 256) { - defthick[0] = res >> 8; - defthick[1] = res >> 8; - defthick[2] = res >> 4; - defthick[3] = res >> 8; - defthick[4] = res >> 8; - defthick[5] = res >> 6; - } */ - - linepiece = res >> 9; - for (dotshifter = 0; linepiece; dotshifter++) - linepiece = linepiece >> 1; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: int doinput (file_pointer) - | - | Results: A line of input is read into `inputline'. - | - | Side Efct: "linenum" is incremented. - | - | Bugs: Lines longer than MAXINLINE are NOT checked, except for - | updating `linenum'. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -int -doinput(FILE *fp) -{ - if (fgets(inputline, MAXINLINE, fp) == NULL) - return 0; - if (strchr(inputline, '\n')) /* ++ only if it's a complete line */ - linenum++; - return 1; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: initpic ( ) - | - | Results: Sets all parameters to the normal defaults, possibly - | overridden by a setdefault command. Initialize the picture - | variables, and output the startup commands to troff to begin - | the picture. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -initpic() -{ - register int i; - - for (i = 0; i < STYLES; i++) { /* line thickness defaults */ - thick[i] = defthick[i]; - } - for (i = 0; i < FONTS; i++) { /* font name defaults */ - tfont[i] = (char *)deffont[i]; - } - for (i = 0; i < SIZES; i++) { /* font size defaults */ - tsize[i] = defsize[i]; - } - for (i = 0; i <= NSTIPPLES; i++) { /* stipple font file default indices */ - stipple_index[i] = defstipple_index[i]; - } - stipple = defstipple; - - gremlinfile[0] = 0; /* filename is `null' */ - setdefault = 0; /* this is not the default settings (yet) */ - - toppoint = BIG; /* set the picture bounds out */ - bottompoint = -BIG; /* of range so they'll be set */ - leftpoint = BIG; /* by `savebounds' on input */ - rightpoint = -BIG; - - pointscale = defpoint; /* flag for scaling point sizes default */ - xscale = scale; /* default scale of individual pictures */ - width = 0.0; /* size specifications input by user */ - height = 0.0; - - linethickness = DEFTHICK; /* brush styles */ - linmod = DEFSTYLE; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: conv (file_pointer, starting_line) - | - | Results: At this point, we just passed a `.GS' line in the input - | file. conv reads the input and calls `interpret' to process - | commands, gathering up information until a `.GE' line is - | found. It then calls `HGPrint' to do the translation of the - | gremlin file to troff commands. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -conv(register FILE *fp, - int baseline) -{ - register FILE *gfp = NULL; /* input file pointer */ - register int done = 0; /* flag to remember if finished */ - register ELT *e; /* current element pointer */ - ELT *PICTURE; /* whole picture data base pointer */ - double temp; /* temporary calculating area */ - /* POINT ptr; */ /* coordinates of a point to pass to `mov' */ - /* routine */ - int flyback; /* flag `want to end up at the top of the */ - /* picture?' */ - int compat; /* test character after .GE or .GF */ - - - initpic(); /* set defaults, ranges, etc. */ - strcpy(GScommand, inputline); /* save `.GS' line for later */ - - do { - done = !doinput(fp); /* test for EOF */ - flyback = (*c3 == 'F'); /* and .GE or .GF */ - compat = (compatibility_flag || - *c4 == '\n' || *c4 == ' ' || *c4 == '\0'); - done |= (*c1 == '.' && *c2 == 'G' && (*c3 == 'E' || flyback) && - compat); - - if (done) { - if (setdefault) - savestate(); - - if (!gremlinfile[0]) { - if (!setdefault) - error("at line %1: no picture filename.\n", baseline); - return; - } - char *path; - gfp = macro_path.open_file(gremlinfile, &path); - if (!gfp) - return; - PICTURE = DBRead(gfp); /* read picture file */ - fclose(gfp); - a_delete path; - if (DBNullelt(PICTURE)) - return; /* If a request is made to make the */ - /* picture fit into a specific area, */ - /* set the scale to do that. */ - - if (stipple == (char *) NULL) /* if user forgot stipple */ - if (has_polygon(PICTURE)) /* and picture has a polygon */ - stipple = (char *)DEFSTIPPLE; /* then set the default */ - - if ((temp = bottompoint - toppoint) < 0.1) - temp = 0.1; - temp = (height != 0.0) ? height / (temp * SCREENtoINCH) : BIG; - if ((troffscale = rightpoint - leftpoint) < 0.1) - troffscale = 0.1; - troffscale = (width != 0.0) ? - width / (troffscale * SCREENtoINCH) : BIG; - if (temp == BIG && troffscale == BIG) - troffscale = xscale; - else { - if (temp < troffscale) - troffscale = temp; - } /* here, troffscale is the */ - /* picture's scaling factor */ - if (pointscale) { - register int i; /* do pointscaling here, when */ - /* scale is known, before output */ - for (i = 0; i < SIZES; i++) - tsize[i] = (int) (troffscale * (double) tsize[i] + 0.5); - } - - /* change to device units */ - troffscale *= SCREENtoINCH * res; /* from screen units */ - - ytop = (int) (toppoint * troffscale); /* calculate integer */ - ybottom = (int) (bottompoint * troffscale); /* versions of the */ - xleft = (int) (leftpoint * troffscale); /* picture limits */ - xright = (int) (rightpoint * troffscale); - - /* save stuff in number registers, */ - /* register g1 = picture width and */ - /* register g2 = picture height, */ - /* set vertical spacing, no fill, */ - /* and break (to make sure picture */ - /* starts on left), and put out the */ - /* user's `.GS' line. */ - printf(".br\n" - ".nr g1 %du\n" - ".nr g2 %du\n" - "%s" - ".nr g3 \\n(.f\n" - ".nr g4 \\n(.s\n" - "\\0\n" - ".sp -1\n", - xright - xleft, ybottom - ytop, GScommand); - - if (stipple) /* stipple requested for this picture */ - printf(".st %s\n", stipple); - lastx = xleft; /* note where we are (upper left */ - lastyline = lasty = ytop; /* corner of the picture) */ - - /* Just dump everything in the order it appears. - * - * If -s command-line option, traverse picture twice: First time, - * print only the interiors of filled polygons (as borderless - * polygons). Second time, print the outline as series of line - * segments. This way, postprocessors that overwrite rather than - * merge picture elements (such as Postscript) can still have text and - * graphics on a shaded background. - */ - /* if (sflag) */ - if (!sflag) { /* changing the default for filled polygons */ - e = PICTURE; - polyfill = FILL; - while (!DBNullelt(e)) { - printf(".mk\n"); - if (e->type == POLYGON) - HGPrintElt(e, baseline); - printf(".rt\n"); - lastx = xleft; - lastyline = lasty = ytop; - e = DBNextElt(e); - } - } - e = PICTURE; - - /* polyfill = !sflag ? BOTH : OUTLINE; */ - polyfill = sflag ? BOTH : OUTLINE; /* changing the default */ - while (!DBNullelt(e)) { - printf(".mk\n"); - HGPrintElt(e, baseline); - printf(".rt\n"); - lastx = xleft; - lastyline = lasty = ytop; - e = DBNextElt(e); - } - - /* decide where to end picture */ - - /* I changed everything here. I always use the combination .mk and */ - /* .rt so once finished I just space down the heigth of the picture */ - /* that is \n(g2u */ - if (flyback) { /* end picture at upper left */ - /* ptr.x = leftpoint; - ptr.y = toppoint; */ - } else { /* end picture at lower left */ - /* ptr.x = leftpoint; - ptr.y = bottompoint; */ - printf(".sp \\n(g2u\n"); - } - - /* tmove(&ptr); */ /* restore default line parameters */ - - /* restore everything to the way it was before the .GS, then put */ - /* out the `.GE' line from user */ - - /* printf("\\D't %du'\\D's %du'\n", DEFTHICK, DEFSTYLE); */ - /* groff doesn't understand the \Ds command */ - - printf("\\D't %du'\n", DEFTHICK); - if (flyback) /* make sure we end up at top of */ - printf(".sp -1\n"); /* picture if `flying back' */ - if (stipple) /* restore stipple to previous */ - printf(".st\n"); - printf(".br\n" - ".ft \\n(g3\n" - ".ps \\n(g4\n" - "%s", inputline); - } else - interpret(inputline); /* take commands from the input file */ - } while (!done); -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: savestate ( ) - | - | Results: all the current scaling / font size / font name / thickness - | / pointscale settings are saved to be the defaults. Scaled - | point sizes are NOT saved. The scaling is done each time a - | new picture is started. - | - | Side Efct: scale, and def* are modified. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -savestate() -{ - register int i; - - for (i = 0; i < STYLES; i++) /* line thickness defaults */ - defthick[i] = thick[i]; - for (i = 0; i < FONTS; i++) /* font name defaults */ - deffont[i] = tfont[i]; - for (i = 0; i < SIZES; i++) /* font size defaults */ - defsize[i] = tsize[i]; - for (i = 0; i <= NSTIPPLES; i++) /* stipple font file default indices */ - defstipple_index[i] = stipple_index[i]; - - defstipple = stipple; /* if stipple has been set, it's remembered */ - scale *= xscale; /* default scale of individual pictures */ - defpoint = pointscale; /* flag for scaling pointsizes from x factors */ -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: savebounds (x_coordinate, y_coordinate) - | - | Results: Keeps track of the maximum and minimum extent of a picture - | in the global variables: left-, right-, top- and - | bottompoint. `savebounds' assumes that the points have been - | oriented to the correct direction. No scaling has taken - | place, though. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -savebounds(double x, - double y) -{ - if (x < leftpoint) - leftpoint = x; - if (x > rightpoint) - rightpoint = x; - if (y < toppoint) - toppoint = y; - if (y > bottompoint) - bottompoint = y; -} - - -/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------* - | Routine: interpret (character_string) - | - | Results: Commands are taken from the input string and performed. - | Commands are separated by the endofline, and are of the - | format: - | string1 string2 - | - | where string1 is the command and string2 is the argument. - | - | Side Efct: Font and size strings, plus the gremlin file name and the - | width and height variables are set by this routine. - *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - -void -interpret(char *line) -{ - char str1[MAXINLINE]; - char str2[MAXINLINE]; - register char *chr; - register int i; - double par; - - str2[0] = '\0'; - sscanf(line, "%80s%80s", &str1[0], &str2[0]); - for (chr = &str1[0]; *chr; chr++) /* convert command to */ - if (isupper(*chr)) - *chr = tolower(*chr); /* lower case */ - - switch (str1[0]) { - - case '1': - case '2': /* font sizes */ - case '3': - case '4': - i = atoi(str2); - if (i > 0 && i < 1000) - tsize[str1[0] - '1'] = i; - else - error("bad font size value at line %1", linenum); - break; - - case 'r': /* roman */ - if (str2[0] < '0') - goto nofont; - tfont[0] = (char *) malloc(strlen(str2) + 1); - strcpy(tfont[0], str2); - break; - - case 'i': /* italics */ - if (str2[0] < '0') - goto nofont; - tfont[1] = (char *) malloc(strlen(str2) + 1); - strcpy(tfont[1], str2); - break; - - case 'b': /* bold */ - if (str2[0] < '0') - goto nofont; - tfont[2] = (char *) malloc(strlen(str2) + 1); - strcpy(tfont[2], str2); - break; - - case 's': /* special */ - if (str1[1] == 'c') - goto scalecommand; /* or scale */ - - if (str2[0] < '0') { - nofont: - error("no fontname specified in line %1", linenum); - break; - } - if (str1[1] == 't') - goto stipplecommand; /* or stipple */ - - tfont[3] = (char *) malloc(strlen(str2) + 1); - strcpy(tfont[3], str2); - break; - - case 'l': /* l */ - if (isdigit(str1[1])) { /* set stipple index */ - int idx = atoi(str1 + 1), val; - - if (idx < 0 || idx > NSTIPPLES) { - error("bad stipple number %1 at line %2", idx, linenum); - break; - } - if (!defstipple_index) - defstipple_index = other_stipple_index; - val = atoi(str2); - if (val >= 0 && val < 256) - stipple_index[idx] = val; - else - error("bad stipple index value at line %1", linenum); - break; - } - - stipplecommand: /* set stipple name */ - stipple = (char *) malloc(strlen(str2) + 1); - strcpy(stipple, str2); - /* if its a `known' font (currently only `cf'), set indicies */ - if (strcmp(stipple, "cf") == 0) - defstipple_index = cf_stipple_index; - else - defstipple_index = other_stipple_index; - for (i = 0; i <= NSTIPPLES; i++) - stipple_index[i] = defstipple_index[i]; - break; - - case 'a': /* text adjust */ - par = atof(str2); - switch (str1[1]) { - case '1': - adj1 = par; - break; - case '2': - adj2 = par; - break; - case '3': - adj3 = par; - break; - case '4': - adj4 = par; - break; - default: - error("bad adjust command at line %1", linenum); - break; - } - break; - - case 't': /* thick */ - thick[2] = defthick[0] * atof(str2); - break; - - case 'm': /* medium */ - thick[5] = defthick[0] * atof(str2); - break; - - case 'n': /* narrow */ - thick[0] = thick[1] = thick[3] = thick[4] = - defthick[0] * atof(str2); - break; - - case 'x': /* x */ - scalecommand: /* scale */ - par = atof(str2); - if (par > 0.0) - xscale *= par; - else - error("invalid scale value on line %1", linenum); - break; - - case 'f': /* file */ - strcpy(gremlinfile, str2); - break; - - case 'w': /* width */ - width = atof(str2); - if (width < 0.0) - width = -width; - break; - - case 'h': /* height */ - height = atof(str2); - if (height < 0.0) - height = -height; - break; - - case 'd': /* defaults */ - setdefault = 1; - break; - - case 'p': /* pointscale */ - if (strcmp("off", str2)) - pointscale = 1; - else - pointscale = 0; - break; - - default: - error("unknown command `%1' on line %2", str1, linenum); - exit(8); - break; - }; -} - - -/* - * return TRUE if picture contains a polygon - * otherwise FALSE - */ - -int -has_polygon(register ELT *elist) -{ - while (!DBNullelt(elist)) { - if (elist->type == POLYGON) - return (1); - elist = DBNextElt(elist); - } - - return (0); -} - -/* EOF */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 0763537a94e6..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PROG=pre-grohtml$(EXEEXT) -# MAN1=pre-grohtml.n -MAN1= -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=pre-html.$(OBJEXT) pushback.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=$(srcdir)/pre-html.cpp $(srcdir)/pushback.cpp diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 6f8a46aee0fc..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1779 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Gaius Mulley (gaius@glam.ac.uk). - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#define PREHTMLC - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <signal.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "posix.h" -#include "defs.h" -#include "searchpath.h" -#include "paper.h" -#include "device.h" -#include "font.h" - -#include <errno.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -# include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#ifdef _POSIX_VERSION -# include <sys/wait.h> -# define PID_T pid_t -#else /* not _POSIX_VERSION */ -# define PID_T int -#endif /* not _POSIX_VERSION */ - -#include <stdarg.h> - -#include "nonposix.h" - -/* Establish some definitions to facilitate discrimination between - differing runtime environments. */ - -#undef MAY_FORK_CHILD_PROCESS -#undef MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD - -#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(_WIN32) - -// Most MS-DOS and Win32 environments will be missing the `fork' capability -// (some like Cygwin have it, but it is best avoided). - -# define MAY_FORK_CHILD_PROCESS 0 - -// On these systems, we use `spawn...', instead of `fork' ... `exec...'. -# include <process.h> // for `spawn...' -# include <fcntl.h> // for attributes of pipes - -# if defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(_UWIN) || defined(_WIN32) - -// These Win32 implementations allow parent and `spawn...'ed child to -// multitask asynchronously. - -# define MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD 1 - -# else - -// Others may adopt MS-DOS behaviour where parent must sleep, -// from `spawn...' until child terminates. - -# define MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD 0 - -# endif /* not defined __CYGWIN__, _UWIN, or _WIN32 */ - -# if defined(DEBUGGING) && !defined(DEBUG_FILE_DIR) -/* When we are building a DEBUGGING version we need to tell pre-grohtml - where to put intermediate files (the DEBUGGING version will preserve - these on exit). - - On a UNIX host, we might simply use `/tmp', but MS-DOS and Win32 will - probably not have this on all disk drives, so default to using - `c:/temp' instead. (Note that user may choose to override this by - supplying a definition such as - - -DDEBUG_FILE_DIR=d:/path/to/debug/files - - in the CPPFLAGS to `make'.) */ - -# define DEBUG_FILE_DIR c:/temp -# endif - -#else /* not __MSDOS__ or _WIN32 */ - -// For non-Microsoft environments assume UNIX conventions, -// so `fork' is required and child processes are asynchronous. -# define MAY_FORK_CHILD_PROCESS 1 -# define MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD 1 - -# if defined(DEBUGGING) && !defined(DEBUG_FILE_DIR) -/* For a DEBUGGING version, on the UNIX host, we can also usually rely - on being able to use `/tmp' for temporary file storage. (Note that, - as in the __MSDOS__ or _WIN32 case above, the user may override this - by defining - - -DDEBUG_FILE_DIR=/path/to/debug/files - - in the CPPFLAGS.) */ - -# define DEBUG_FILE_DIR /tmp -# endif - -#endif /* not __MSDOS__ or _WIN32 */ - -#ifdef DEBUGGING -// For a DEBUGGING version, we need some additional macros, -// to direct the captured debug mode output to appropriately named files -// in the specified DEBUG_FILE_DIR. - -# define DEBUG_TEXT(text) #text -# define DEBUG_NAME(text) DEBUG_TEXT(text) -# define DEBUG_FILE(name) DEBUG_NAME(DEBUG_FILE_DIR) "/" name -#endif - -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -#include "pre-html.h" -#include "pushback.h" -#include "html-strings.h" - -#define DEFAULT_LINE_LENGTH 7 // inches wide -#define DEFAULT_IMAGE_RES 100 // number of pixels per inch resolution -#define IMAGE_BOARDER_PIXELS 0 -#define INLINE_LEADER_CHAR '\\' - -// Don't use colour names here! Otherwise there is a dependency on -// a file called `rgb.txt' which maps names to colours. -#define TRANSPARENT "-background rgb:f/f/f -transparent rgb:f/f/f" -#define MIN_ALPHA_BITS 0 -#define MAX_ALPHA_BITS 4 - -#define PAGE_TEMPLATE_SHORT "pg" -#define PAGE_TEMPLATE_LONG "-page-" -#define PS_TEMPLATE_SHORT "ps" -#define PS_TEMPLATE_LONG "-ps-" -#define REGION_TEMPLATE_SHORT "rg" -#define REGION_TEMPLATE_LONG "-regions-" - -#if 0 -# define DEBUGGING -#endif - -#if !defined(TRUE) -# define TRUE (1==1) -#endif -#if !defined(FALSE) -# define FALSE (1==0) -#endif - -typedef enum { - CENTERED, LEFT, RIGHT, INLINE -} IMAGE_ALIGNMENT; - -static int postscriptRes = -1; // postscript resolution, - // dots per inch -static int stdoutfd = 1; // output file descriptor - - // normally 1 but might move - // -1 means closed -static char *psFileName = NULL; // name of postscript file -static char *psPageName = NULL; // name of file containing - // postscript current page -static char *regionFileName = NULL; // name of file containing all - // image regions -static char *imagePageName = NULL; // name of bitmap image containing - // current page -static const char *image_device = "pnmraw"; -static int image_res = DEFAULT_IMAGE_RES; -static int vertical_offset = 0; -static char *image_template = NULL; // image template filename -static char *macroset_template= NULL; // image template passed to troff - // by -D -static int troff_arg = 0; // troff arg index -static char *image_dir = NULL; // user specified image directory -static int textAlphaBits = MAX_ALPHA_BITS; -static int graphicAlphaBits = MAX_ALPHA_BITS; -static char *antiAlias = NULL; // antialias arguments we pass to gs -static int show_progress = FALSE; // should we display page numbers as - // they are processed? -static int currentPageNo = -1; // current image page number -#if defined(DEBUGGING) -static int debug = FALSE; -static char *troffFileName = NULL; // output of pre-html output which - // is sent to troff -Tps -static char *htmlFileName = NULL; // output of pre-html output which - // is sent to troff -Thtml -#endif - -static char *linebuf = NULL; // for scanning devps/DESC -static int linebufsize = 0; -static const char *image_gen = NULL; // the `gs' program - -const char *const FONT_ENV_VAR = "GROFF_FONT_PATH"; -static search_path font_path(FONT_ENV_VAR, FONTPATH, 0, 0); - - -/* - * Images are generated via postscript, gs, and the pnm utilities. - */ -#define IMAGE_DEVICE "-Tps" - - -static int do_file(const char *filename); - - -/* - * sys_fatal - Write a fatal error message. - * Taken from src/roff/groff/pipeline.c. - */ - -void sys_fatal(const char *s) -{ - fatal("%1: %2", s, strerror(errno)); -} - -/* - * get_line - Copy a line (w/o newline) from a file to the - * global line buffer. - */ - -int get_line(FILE *f) -{ - if (f == 0) - return 0; - if (linebuf == 0) { - linebuf = new char[128]; - linebufsize = 128; - } - int i = 0; - // skip leading whitespace - for (;;) { - int c = getc(f); - if (c == EOF) - return 0; - if (c != ' ' && c != '\t') { - ungetc(c, f); - break; - } - } - for (;;) { - int c = getc(f); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (i + 1 >= linebufsize) { - char *old_linebuf = linebuf; - linebuf = new char[linebufsize * 2]; - memcpy(linebuf, old_linebuf, linebufsize); - a_delete old_linebuf; - linebufsize *= 2; - } - linebuf[i++] = c; - if (c == '\n') { - i--; - break; - } - } - linebuf[i] = '\0'; - return 1; -} - -/* - * get_resolution - Return the postscript resolution from devps/DESC. - */ - -static unsigned int get_resolution(void) -{ - char *pathp; - FILE *f; - unsigned int res; - f = font_path.open_file("devps/DESC", &pathp); - a_delete pathp; - if (f == 0) - fatal("can't open devps/DESC"); - while (get_line(f)) { - int n = sscanf(linebuf, "res %u", &res); - if (n >= 1) { - fclose(f); - return res; - } - } - fatal("can't find `res' keyword in devps/DESC"); - return 0; -} - -/* - * html_system - A wrapper for system(). - */ - -void html_system(const char *s, int redirect_stdout) -{ - // Redirect standard error to the null device. This is more - // portable than using "2> /dev/null", since it doesn't require a - // Unixy shell. - int save_stderr = dup(2); - int save_stdout = dup(1); - int fdnull = open(NULL_DEV, O_WRONLY|O_BINARY, 0666); - if (save_stderr > 2 && fdnull > 2) - dup2(fdnull, 2); - if (redirect_stdout && save_stdout > 1 && fdnull > 1) - dup2(fdnull, 1); - if (fdnull >= 0) - close(fdnull); - int status = system(s); - dup2(save_stderr, 2); - if (redirect_stdout) - dup2(save_stdout, 1); - if (status == -1) - fprintf(stderr, "Calling `%s' failed\n", s); - else if (status) - fprintf(stderr, "Calling `%s' returned status %d\n", s, status); - close(save_stderr); - close(save_stdout); -} - -/* - * make_message - Create a string via malloc and place the result of the - * va args into string. Finally the new string is returned. - * Taken from man page of printf(3). - */ - -char *make_message(const char *fmt, ...) -{ - /* Guess we need no more than 100 bytes. */ - int n, size = 100; - char *p; - char *np; - va_list ap; - if ((p = (char *)malloc(size)) == NULL) - return NULL; - while (1) { - /* Try to print in the allocated space. */ - va_start(ap, fmt); - n = vsnprintf(p, size, fmt, ap); - va_end(ap); - /* If that worked, return the string. */ - if (n > -1 && n < size - 1) { /* glibc 2.1 and pre-ANSI C 99 */ - if (size > n + 1) { - np = strsave(p); - free(p); - return np; - } - return p; - } - /* Else try again with more space. */ - else /* glibc 2.0 */ - size *= 2; /* twice the old size */ - if ((np = (char *)realloc(p, size)) == NULL) { - free(p); /* realloc failed, free old, p. */ - return NULL; - } - p = np; /* use realloc'ed, p */ - } -} - -/* - * the class and methods for retaining ascii text - */ - -struct char_block { - enum { SIZE = 256 }; - char buffer[SIZE]; - int used; - char_block *next; - - char_block(); -}; - -/* - * char_block - Constructor. Set the, used, and, next, fields to zero. - */ - -char_block::char_block() -: used(0), next(0) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < SIZE; i++) - buffer[i] = 0; -} - -class char_buffer { -public: - char_buffer(); - ~char_buffer(); - int read_file(FILE *fp); - int do_html(int argc, char *argv[]); - int do_image(int argc, char *argv[]); - void emit_troff_output(int device_format_selector); - void write_upto_newline(char_block **t, int *i, int is_html); - int can_see(char_block **t, int *i, const char *string); - int skip_spaces(char_block **t, int *i); - void skip_until_newline(char_block **t, int *i); -private: - char_block *head; - char_block *tail; - int run_output_filter(int device_format_selector, int argc, char *argv[]); -}; - -/* - * char_buffer - Constructor. - */ - -char_buffer::char_buffer() -: head(0), tail(0) -{ -} - -/* - * char_buffer - Destructor. Throw away the whole buffer list. - */ - -char_buffer::~char_buffer() -{ - while (head != NULL) { - char_block *temp = head; - head = head->next; - delete temp; - } -} - -/* - * read_file - Read in a complete file, fp, placing the contents inside - * char_blocks. - */ - -int char_buffer::read_file(FILE *fp) -{ - int n; - while (!feof(fp)) { - if (tail == NULL) { - tail = new char_block; - head = tail; - } - else { - if (tail->used == char_block::SIZE) { - tail->next = new char_block; - tail = tail->next; - } - } - // at this point we have a tail which is ready for the next SIZE - // bytes of the file - n = fread(tail->buffer, sizeof(char), char_block::SIZE-tail->used, fp); - if (n <= 0) - // error - return 0; - else - tail->used += n * sizeof(char); - } - return 1; -} - -/* - * writeNbytes - Write n bytes to stdout. - */ - -static void writeNbytes(const char *s, int l) -{ - int n = 0; - int r; - - while (n < l) { - r = write(stdoutfd, s, l - n); - if (r < 0) - sys_fatal("write"); - n += r; - s += r; - } -} - -/* - * writeString - Write a string to stdout. - */ - -static void writeString(const char *s) -{ - writeNbytes(s, strlen(s)); -} - -/* - * makeFileName - Create the image filename template - * and the macroset image template. - */ - -static void makeFileName(void) -{ - if ((image_dir != NULL) && (strchr(image_dir, '%') != NULL)) { - error("cannot use a `%%' within the image directory name"); - exit(1); - } - - if ((image_template != NULL) && (strchr(image_template, '%') != NULL)) { - error("cannot use a `%%' within the image template"); - exit(1); - } - - if (image_dir == NULL) - image_dir = (char *)""; - else if (strlen(image_dir) > 0 - && image_dir[strlen(image_dir) - 1] != '/') { - image_dir = make_message("%s/", image_dir); - if (image_dir == NULL) - sys_fatal("make_message"); - } - - if (image_template == NULL) - macroset_template = make_message("%sgrohtml-%d", image_dir, - (int)getpid()); - else - macroset_template = make_message("%s%s", image_dir, image_template); - - if (macroset_template == NULL) - sys_fatal("make_message"); - - image_template = - (char *)malloc(strlen("-%d") + strlen(macroset_template) + 1); - if (image_template == NULL) - sys_fatal("malloc"); - strcpy(image_template, macroset_template); - strcat(image_template, "-%d"); -} - -/* - * setupAntiAlias - Set up the antialias string, used when we call gs. - */ - -static void setupAntiAlias(void) -{ - if (textAlphaBits == 0 && graphicAlphaBits == 0) - antiAlias = make_message(" "); - else if (textAlphaBits == 0) - antiAlias = make_message("-dGraphicsAlphaBits=%d ", graphicAlphaBits); - else if (graphicAlphaBits == 0) - antiAlias = make_message("-dTextAlphaBits=%d ", textAlphaBits); - else - antiAlias = make_message("-dTextAlphaBits=%d -dGraphicsAlphaBits=%d ", - textAlphaBits, graphicAlphaBits); -} - -/* - * checkImageDir - Check whether the image directory is available. - */ - -static void checkImageDir(void) -{ - if (image_dir != NULL && strcmp(image_dir, "") != 0) - if (!(mkdir(image_dir, 0777) == 0 || errno == EEXIST)) { - error("cannot create directory `%1'", image_dir); - exit(1); - } -} - -/* - * write_end_image - End the image. Write out the image extents if we - * are using -Tps. - */ - -static void write_end_image(int is_html) -{ - /* - * if we are producing html then these - * emit image name and enable output - * else - * we are producing images - * in which case these generate image - * boundaries - */ - writeString("\\O[4]\\O[2]"); - if (is_html) - writeString("\\O[1]"); - else - writeString("\\O[0]"); -} - -/* - * write_start_image - Write troff code which will: - * - * (i) disable html output for the following image - * (ii) reset the max/min x/y registers during postscript - * rendering. - */ - -static void write_start_image(IMAGE_ALIGNMENT pos, int is_html) -{ - writeString("\\O[5"); - switch (pos) { - case INLINE: - writeString("i"); - break; - case LEFT: - writeString("l"); - break; - case RIGHT: - writeString("r"); - break; - case CENTERED: - default: - writeString("c"); - break; - } - writeString(image_template); - writeString(".png]"); - if (is_html) - writeString("\\O[0]\\O[3]"); - else - // reset min/max registers - writeString("\\O[1]\\O[3]"); -} - -/* - * write_upto_newline - Write the contents of the buffer until a newline - * is seen. Check for HTML_IMAGE_INLINE_BEGIN and - * HTML_IMAGE_INLINE_END; process them if they are - * present. - */ - -void char_buffer::write_upto_newline(char_block **t, int *i, int is_html) -{ - int j = *i; - - if (*t) { - while (j < (*t)->used - && (*t)->buffer[j] != '\n' - && (*t)->buffer[j] != INLINE_LEADER_CHAR) - j++; - if (j < (*t)->used - && (*t)->buffer[j] == '\n') - j++; - writeNbytes((*t)->buffer + (*i), j - (*i)); - if ((*t)->buffer[j] == INLINE_LEADER_CHAR) { - if (can_see(t, &j, HTML_IMAGE_INLINE_BEGIN)) - write_start_image(INLINE, is_html); - else if (can_see(t, &j, HTML_IMAGE_INLINE_END)) - write_end_image(is_html); - else { - if (j < (*t)->used) { - *i = j; - j++; - writeNbytes((*t)->buffer + (*i), j - (*i)); - } - } - } - if (j == (*t)->used) { - *i = 0; - *t = (*t)->next; - if (*t && (*t)->buffer[j - 1] != '\n') - write_upto_newline(t, i, is_html); - } - else - // newline was seen - *i = j; - } -} - -/* - * can_see - Return TRUE if we can see string in t->buffer[i] onwards. - */ - -int char_buffer::can_see(char_block **t, int *i, const char *str) -{ - int j = 0; - int l = strlen(str); - int k = *i; - char_block *s = *t; - - while (s) { - while (k < s->used && j < l && s->buffer[k] == str[j]) { - j++; - k++; - } - if (j == l) { - *i = k; - *t = s; - return TRUE; - } - else if (k < s->used && s->buffer[k] != str[j]) - return( FALSE ); - s = s->next; - k = 0; - } - return FALSE; -} - -/* - * skip_spaces - Return TRUE if we have not run out of data. - * Consume spaces also. - */ - -int char_buffer::skip_spaces(char_block **t, int *i) -{ - char_block *s = *t; - int k = *i; - - while (s) { - while (k < s->used && isspace(s->buffer[k])) - k++; - if (k == s->used) { - k = 0; - s = s->next; - } - else { - *i = k; - return TRUE; - } - } - return FALSE; -} - -/* - * skip_until_newline - Skip all characters until a newline is seen. - * The newline is not consumed. - */ - -void char_buffer::skip_until_newline(char_block **t, int *i) -{ - int j = *i; - - if (*t) { - while (j < (*t)->used && (*t)->buffer[j] != '\n') - j++; - if (j == (*t)->used) { - *i = 0; - *t = (*t)->next; - skip_until_newline(t, i); - } - else - // newline was seen - *i = j; - } -} - -#define DEVICE_FORMAT(filter) (filter == HTML_OUTPUT_FILTER) -#define HTML_OUTPUT_FILTER 0 -#define IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER 1 -#define OUTPUT_STREAM(name) creat((name), S_IWUSR | S_IRUSR) -#define PS_OUTPUT_STREAM OUTPUT_STREAM(psFileName) -#define REGION_OUTPUT_STREAM OUTPUT_STREAM(regionFileName) - -/* - * emit_troff_output - Write formatted buffer content to the troff - * post-processor data pipeline. - */ - -void char_buffer::emit_troff_output(int device_format_selector) -{ - // Handle output for BOTH html and image device formats - // if `device_format_selector' is passed as - // - // HTML_FORMAT(HTML_OUTPUT_FILTER) - // Buffer data is written to the output stream - // with template image names translated to actual image names. - // - // HTML_FORMAT(IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER) - // Buffer data is written to the output stream - // with no translation, for image file creation in the post-processor. - - int idx = 0; - char_block *element = head; - - while (element != NULL) - write_upto_newline(&element, &idx, device_format_selector); - -#if 0 - if (close(stdoutfd) < 0) - sys_fatal ("close"); - - // now we grab fd=1 so that the next pipe cannot use fd=1 - if (stdoutfd == 1) { - if (dup(2) != stdoutfd) - sys_fatal ("dup failed to use fd=1"); - } -#endif /* 0 */ -} - -/* - * The image class remembers the position of all images in the - * postscript file and assigns names for each image. - */ - -struct imageItem { - imageItem *next; - int X1; - int Y1; - int X2; - int Y2; - char *imageName; - int resolution; - int maxx; - int pageNo; - - imageItem(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, - int page, int res, int max_width, char *name); - ~imageItem(); -}; - -/* - * imageItem - Constructor. - */ - -imageItem::imageItem(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, - int page, int res, int max_width, char *name) -{ - X1 = x1; - Y1 = y1; - X2 = x2; - Y2 = y2; - pageNo = page; - resolution = res; - maxx = max_width; - imageName = name; - next = NULL; -} - -/* - * imageItem - Destructor. - */ - -imageItem::~imageItem() -{ - if (imageName) - free(imageName); -} - -/* - * imageList - A class containing a list of imageItems. - */ - -class imageList { -private: - imageItem *head; - imageItem *tail; - int count; -public: - imageList(); - ~imageList(); - void add(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, - int page, int res, int maxx, char *name); - void createImages(void); - int createPage(int pageno); - void createImage(imageItem *i); - int getMaxX(int pageno); -}; - -/* - * imageList - Constructor. - */ - -imageList::imageList() -: head(0), tail(0), count(0) -{ -} - -/* - * imageList - Destructor. - */ - -imageList::~imageList() -{ - while (head != NULL) { - imageItem *i = head; - head = head->next; - delete i; - } -} - -/* - * createPage - Create one image of, page pageno, from the postscript file. - */ - -int imageList::createPage(int pageno) -{ - char *s; - - if (currentPageNo == pageno) - return 0; - - if (currentPageNo >= 1) { - /* - * We need to unlink the files which change each time a new page is - * processed. The final unlink is done by xtmpfile when pre-grohtml - * exits. - */ - unlink(imagePageName); - unlink(psPageName); - } - - if (show_progress) { - fprintf(stderr, "[%d] ", pageno); - fflush(stderr); - } - -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) - fprintf(stderr, "creating page %d\n", pageno); -#endif - - s = make_message("psselect -q -p%d %s %s\n", - pageno, psFileName, psPageName); - - if (s == NULL) - sys_fatal("make_message"); -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) { - fwrite(s, sizeof(char), strlen(s), stderr); - fflush(stderr); - } -#endif - html_system(s, 1); - - s = make_message("echo showpage | " - "%s%s -q -dBATCH -dSAFER " - "-dDEVICEHEIGHTPOINTS=792 " - "-dDEVICEWIDTHPOINTS=%d -dFIXEDMEDIA=true " - "-sDEVICE=%s -r%d %s " - "-sOutputFile=%s %s -\n", - image_gen, - EXE_EXT, - (getMaxX(pageno) * image_res) / postscriptRes, - image_device, - image_res, - antiAlias, - imagePageName, - psPageName); - if (s == NULL) - sys_fatal("make_message"); -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) { - fwrite(s, sizeof(char), strlen(s), stderr); - fflush(stderr); - } -#endif - html_system(s, 1); - free(s); - currentPageNo = pageno; - return 0; -} - -/* - * min - Return the minimum of two numbers. - */ - -int min(int x, int y) -{ - if (x < y) - return x; - else - return y; -} - -/* - * max - Return the maximum of two numbers. - */ - -int max(int x, int y) -{ - if (x > y) - return x; - else - return y; -} - -/* - * getMaxX - Return the largest right-hand position for any image - * on, pageno. - */ - -int imageList::getMaxX(int pageno) -{ - imageItem *h = head; - int x = postscriptRes * DEFAULT_LINE_LENGTH; - - while (h != NULL) { - if (h->pageNo == pageno) - x = max(h->X2, x); - h = h->next; - } - return x; -} - -/* - * createImage - Generate a minimal png file from the set of page images. - */ - -void imageList::createImage(imageItem *i) -{ - if (i->X1 != -1) { - char *s; - int x1 = max(min(i->X1, i->X2) * image_res / postscriptRes - - IMAGE_BOARDER_PIXELS, - 0); - int y1 = max(image_res * vertical_offset / 72 - + min(i->Y1, i->Y2) * image_res / postscriptRes - - IMAGE_BOARDER_PIXELS, - 0); - int x2 = max(i->X1, i->X2) * image_res / postscriptRes - + IMAGE_BOARDER_PIXELS; - int y2 = image_res * vertical_offset / 72 - + max(i->Y1, i->Y2) * image_res / postscriptRes - + 1 + IMAGE_BOARDER_PIXELS; - if (createPage(i->pageNo) == 0) { - s = make_message("pnmcut%s %d %d %d %d < %s " - "| pnmcrop -quiet | pnmtopng%s %s > %s\n", - EXE_EXT, - x1, y1, x2 - x1 + 1, y2 - y1 + 1, - imagePageName, - EXE_EXT, - TRANSPARENT, - i->imageName); - if (s == NULL) - sys_fatal("make_message"); - -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) { - fprintf(stderr, s); - fflush(stderr); - } -#endif - html_system(s, 0); - free(s); - } - else { - fprintf(stderr, "failed to generate image of page %d\n", i->pageNo); - fflush(stderr); - } -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - } - else { - if (debug) { - fprintf(stderr, "ignoring image as x1 coord is -1\n"); - fflush(stderr); - } -#endif - } -} - -/* - * add - Add an image description to the imageList. - */ - -void imageList::add(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, - int page, int res, int maxx, char *name) -{ - imageItem *i = new imageItem(x1, y1, x2, y2, page, res, maxx, name); - - if (head == NULL) { - head = i; - tail = i; - } - else { - tail->next = i; - tail = i; - } -} - -/* - * createImages - For each image descriptor on the imageList, - * create the actual image. - */ - -void imageList::createImages(void) -{ - imageItem *h = head; - - while (h != NULL) { - createImage(h); - h = h->next; - } -} - -static imageList listOfImages; // List of images defined by the region file. - -/* - * generateImages - Parse the region file and generate images - * from the postscript file. The region file - * contains the x1,y1--x2,y2 extents of each - * image. - */ - -static void generateImages(char *region_file_name) -{ - pushBackBuffer *f=new pushBackBuffer(region_file_name); - - while (f->putPB(f->getPB()) != eof) { - if (f->isString("grohtml-info:page")) { - int page = f->readInt(); - int x1 = f->readInt(); - int y1 = f->readInt(); - int x2 = f->readInt(); - int y2 = f->readInt(); - int maxx = f->readInt(); - char *name = f->readString(); - int res = postscriptRes; - listOfImages.add(x1, y1, x2, y2, page, res, maxx, name); - while (f->putPB(f->getPB()) != '\n' - && f->putPB(f->getPB()) != eof) - (void)f->getPB(); - if (f->putPB(f->getPB()) == '\n') - (void)f->getPB(); - } - else { - /* Write any error messages out to the user. */ - fputc(f->getPB(), stderr); - } - } - - listOfImages.createImages(); - if (show_progress) { - fprintf(stderr, "done\n"); - fflush(stderr); - } - delete f; -} - -/* - * set_redirection - Set up I/O Redirection for handle, was, to refer to - * stream on handle, willbe. - */ - -static void set_redirection(int was, int willbe) -{ - // Nothing to do if `was' and `willbe' already have same handle. - if (was != willbe) { - // Otherwise attempt the specified redirection. - if (dup2 (willbe, was) < 0) { - // Redirection failed, so issue diagnostic and bail out. - fprintf(stderr, "failed to replace fd=%d with %d\n", was, willbe); - if (willbe == STDOUT_FILENO) - fprintf(stderr, - "likely that stdout should be opened before %d\n", was); - sys_fatal("dup2"); - } - - // When redirection has been successfully completed assume redundant - // handle `willbe' is no longer required, so close it. - if (close(willbe) < 0) - // Issue diagnostic if `close' fails. - sys_fatal("close"); - } -} - -/* - * save_and_redirect - Get duplicate handle for stream, was, then - * redirect, was, to refer to, willbe. - */ - -static int save_and_redirect(int was, int willbe) -{ - if (was == willbe) - // No redirection specified so don't do anything but silently bailing out. - return (was); - - // Proceeding with redirection so first save and verify our duplicate - // handle for `was'. - int saved = dup(was); - if (saved < 0) { - fprintf(stderr, "unable to get duplicate handle for %d\n", was); - sys_fatal("dup"); - } - - // Duplicate handle safely established so complete redirection. - set_redirection(was, willbe); - - // Finally return the saved duplicate descriptor for the - // original `was' stream. - return saved; -} - -/* - * alterDeviceTo - If, toImage, is set - * the argument list is altered to include - * IMAGE_DEVICE and we invoke groff rather than troff. - * Else - * set -Thtml and groff. - */ - -static void alterDeviceTo(int argc, char *argv[], int toImage) -{ - int i = 0; - - if (toImage) { - while (i < argc) { - if (strcmp(argv[i], "-Thtml") == 0) - argv[i] = (char *)IMAGE_DEVICE; - i++; - } - argv[troff_arg] = (char *)"groff"; /* rather than troff */ - } - else { - while (i < argc) { - if (strcmp(argv[i], IMAGE_DEVICE) == 0) - argv[i] = (char *)"-Thtml"; - i++; - } - argv[troff_arg] = (char *)"groff"; /* use groff -Z */ - } -} - -/* - * addZ - Append -Z onto the command list for groff. - */ - -char **addZ(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - char **new_argv = (char **)malloc((argc + 2) * sizeof(char *)); - int i = 0; - - if (new_argv == NULL) - sys_fatal("malloc"); - - if (argc > 0) { - new_argv[i] = argv[i]; - i++; - } - new_argv[i] = (char *)"-Z"; - while (i < argc) { - new_argv[i + 1] = argv[i]; - i++; - } - argc++; - new_argv[argc] = NULL; - return new_argv; -} - -/* - * addRegDef - Append a defined register or string onto the command - * list for troff. - */ - -char **addRegDef(int argc, char *argv[], const char *numReg) -{ - char **new_argv = (char **)malloc((argc + 2) * sizeof(char *)); - int i = 0; - - if (new_argv == NULL) - sys_fatal("malloc"); - - while (i < argc) { - new_argv[i] = argv[i]; - i++; - } - new_argv[argc] = strsave(numReg); - argc++; - new_argv[argc] = NULL; - return new_argv; -} - -/* - * dump_args - Display the argument list. - */ - -void dump_args(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - fprintf(stderr, " %d arguments:", argc); - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - fprintf(stderr, " %s", argv[i]); - fprintf(stderr, "\n"); -} - -int char_buffer::run_output_filter(int filter, int /* argc */, char **argv) -{ - int pipedes[2]; - PID_T child_pid; - int status; - - if (pipe(pipedes) < 0) - sys_fatal("pipe"); - -#if MAY_FORK_CHILD_PROCESS - // This is the UNIX process model. To invoke our post-processor, - // we must `fork' the current process. - - if ((child_pid = fork()) < 0) - sys_fatal("fork"); - - else if (child_pid == 0) { - // This is the child process fork. We redirect its `stdin' stream - // to read data emerging from our pipe. There is no point in saving, - // since we won't be able to restore later! - - set_redirection(STDIN_FILENO, pipedes[0]); - - // The parent process will be writing this data, so we should release - // the child's writeable handle on the pipe, since we have no use for it. - - if (close(pipedes[1]) < 0) - sys_fatal("close"); - - // The IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER needs special output redirection... - - if (filter == IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER) { - // with BOTH `stdout' AND `stderr' diverted to files. - - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, PS_OUTPUT_STREAM); - set_redirection(STDERR_FILENO, REGION_OUTPUT_STREAM); - } - - // Now we are ready to launch the output filter. - - execvp(argv[0], argv); - - // If we get to here then the `exec...' request for the output filter - // failed. Diagnose it and bail out. - - error("couldn't exec %1: %2", argv[0], strerror(errno), ((char *)0)); - fflush(stderr); // just in case error() didn't - exit(1); - } - - else { - // This is the parent process fork. We will be writing data to the - // filter pipeline, and the child will be reading it. We have no further - // use for our read handle on the pipe, and should close it. - - if (close(pipedes[0]) < 0) - sys_fatal("close"); - - // Now we redirect the `stdout' stream to the inlet end of the pipe, - // and push out the appropiately formatted data to the filter. - - pipedes[1] = save_and_redirect(STDOUT_FILENO, pipedes[1]); - emit_troff_output(DEVICE_FORMAT(filter)); - - // After emitting all the data we close our connection to the inlet - // end of the pipe so the child process will detect end of data. - - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, pipedes[1]); - - // Finally, we must wait for the child process to complete. - - if (WAIT(&status, child_pid, _WAIT_CHILD) != child_pid) - sys_fatal("wait"); - } - -#elif MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD - - // We do not have `fork', (or we prefer not to use it), - // but asynchronous processes are allowed, passing data through pipes. - // This should be ok for most Win32 systems and is preferred to `fork' - // for starting child processes under Cygwin. - - // Before we start the post-processor we bind its inherited `stdin' - // stream to the readable end of our pipe, saving our own `stdin' stream - // in `pipedes[0]'. - - pipedes[0] = save_and_redirect(STDIN_FILENO, pipedes[0]); - - // for the Win32 model, - // we need special provision for saving BOTH `stdout' and `stderr'. - - int saved_stdout = dup(STDOUT_FILENO); - int saved_stderr = STDERR_FILENO; - - // The IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER needs special output redirection... - - if (filter == IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER) { - // with BOTH `stdout' AND `stderr' diverted to files while saving a - // duplicate handle for `stderr'. - - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, PS_OUTPUT_STREAM); - saved_stderr = save_and_redirect(STDERR_FILENO, REGION_OUTPUT_STREAM); - } - - // We then use an asynchronous spawn request to start the post-processor. - - if ((child_pid = spawnvp(_P_NOWAIT, argv[0], argv)) < 0) { - // Should the spawn request fail we issue a diagnostic and bail out. - - error("cannot spawn %1: %2", argv[0], strerror(errno), ((char *)0)); - exit(1); - } - - // Once the post-processor has been started we revert our `stdin' - // to its original saved source, which also closes the readable handle - // for the pipe. - - set_redirection(STDIN_FILENO, pipedes[0]); - - // if we redirected `stderr', for use by the image post-processor, - // then we also need to reinstate its original assignment. - - if (filter == IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER) - set_redirection(STDERR_FILENO, saved_stderr); - - // Now we redirect the `stdout' stream to the inlet end of the pipe, - // and push out the appropiately formatted data to the filter. - - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, pipedes[1]); - emit_troff_output(DEVICE_FORMAT(filter)); - - // After emitting all the data we close our connection to the inlet - // end of the pipe so the child process will detect end of data. - - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, saved_stdout); - - // And finally, we must wait for the child process to complete. - - if (WAIT(&status, child_pid, _WAIT_CHILD) != child_pid) - sys_fatal("wait"); - -#else /* can't do asynchronous pipes! */ - - // TODO: code to support an MS-DOS style process model - // should go here - -#endif /* MAY_FORK_CHILD_PROCESS or MAY_SPAWN_ASYNCHRONOUS_CHILD */ - - return 0; -} - -/* - * do_html - Set the troff number htmlflip and - * write out the buffer to troff -Thtml. - */ - -int char_buffer::do_html(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - string s; - - alterDeviceTo(argc, argv, 0); - argv += troff_arg; // skip all arguments up to groff - argc -= troff_arg; - argv = addZ(argc, argv); - argc++; - - s = "-dwww-image-template="; - s += macroset_template; // do not combine these statements, - // otherwise they will not work - s += '\0'; // the trailing `\0' is ignored - argv = addRegDef(argc, argv, s.contents()); - argc++; - -#if defined(DEBUGGING) -# define HTML_DEBUG_STREAM OUTPUT_STREAM(htmlFileName) - // slight security risk so only enabled if compiled with defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) { - int saved_stdout = save_and_redirect(STDOUT_FILENO, HTML_DEBUG_STREAM); - emit_troff_output(DEVICE_FORMAT(HTML_OUTPUT_FILTER)); - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, saved_stdout); - } -#endif - - return run_output_filter(HTML_OUTPUT_FILTER, argc, argv); -} - -/* - * do_image - Write out the buffer to troff -Tps. - */ - -int char_buffer::do_image(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - string s; - - alterDeviceTo(argc, argv, 1); - argv += troff_arg; // skip all arguments up to troff/groff - argc -= troff_arg; - argv = addRegDef(argc, argv, "-rps4html=1"); - argc++; - - s = "-dwww-image-template="; - s += macroset_template; - s += '\0'; - argv = addRegDef(argc, argv, s.contents()); - argc++; - - // override local settings and produce a page size letter postscript file - argv = addRegDef(argc, argv, "-P-pletter"); - argc++; - -#if defined(DEBUGGING) -# define IMAGE_DEBUG_STREAM OUTPUT_STREAM(troffFileName) - // slight security risk so only enabled if compiled with defined(DEBUGGING) - if (debug) { - int saved_stdout = save_and_redirect(STDOUT_FILENO, IMAGE_DEBUG_STREAM); - emit_troff_output(DEVICE_FORMAT(IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER)); - set_redirection(STDOUT_FILENO, saved_stdout); - } -#endif - - return run_output_filter(IMAGE_OUTPUT_FILTER, argc, argv); -} - -static char_buffer inputFile; - -/* - * usage - Emit usage arguments. - */ - -static void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, - "usage: %s troffname [-Iimage_name] [-Dimage_directory]\n" - " [-P-o vertical_image_offset] [-P-i image_resolution]\n" - " [troff flags]\n", - program_name); - fprintf(stream, - " vertical_image_offset (default %d/72 of an inch)\n", - vertical_offset); - fprintf(stream, - " image_resolution (default %d) pixels per inch\n", - image_res); - fprintf(stream, - " image_name is the name of the stem for all images\n" - " (default is grohtml-<pid>)\n"); - fprintf(stream, - " place all png files into image_directory\n"); -} - -/* - * scanArguments - Scan for all arguments including -P-i, -P-o, -P-D, - * and -P-I. Return the argument index of the first - * non-option. - */ - -static int scanArguments(int argc, char **argv) -{ - const char *command_prefix = getenv("GROFF_COMMAND_PREFIX"); - if (!command_prefix) - command_prefix = PROG_PREFIX; - char *troff_name = new char[strlen(command_prefix) + strlen("troff") + 1]; - strcpy(troff_name, command_prefix); - strcat(troff_name, "troff"); - int c, i; - static const struct option long_options[] = { - { "help", no_argument, 0, CHAR_MAX + 1 }, - { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } - }; - while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, "+a:bdD:F:g:hi:I:j:lno:prs:S:v", - long_options, NULL)) - != EOF) - switch(c) { - case 'a': - textAlphaBits = min(max(MIN_ALPHA_BITS, atoi(optarg)), - MAX_ALPHA_BITS); - if (textAlphaBits == 3) { - error("cannot use 3 bits of antialiasing information"); - exit(1); - } - break; - case 'b': - // handled by post-grohtml (set background color to white) - break; - case 'd': -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - debug = TRUE; -#endif - break; - case 'D': - image_dir = optarg; - break; - case 'F': - font_path.command_line_dir(optarg); - break; - case 'g': - graphicAlphaBits = min(max(MIN_ALPHA_BITS, atoi(optarg)), - MAX_ALPHA_BITS); - if (graphicAlphaBits == 3) { - error("cannot use 3 bits of antialiasing information"); - exit(1); - } - break; - case 'h': - // handled by post-grohtml - break; - case 'i': - image_res = atoi(optarg); - break; - case 'I': - image_template = optarg; - break; - case 'j': - // handled by post-grohtml (set job name for multiple file output) - break; - case 'l': - // handled by post-grohtml (no automatic section links) - break; - case 'n': - // handled by post-grohtml (generate simple heading anchors) - break; - case 'o': - vertical_offset = atoi(optarg); - break; - case 'p': - show_progress = TRUE; - break; - case 'r': - // handled by post-grohtml (no header and footer lines) - break; - case 's': - // handled by post-grohtml (use font size n as the html base font size) - break; - case 'S': - // handled by post-grohtml (set file split level) - break; - case 'v': - printf("GNU pre-grohtml (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - case CHAR_MAX + 1: // --help - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - case '?': - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - default: - break; - } - - i = optind; - while (i < argc) { - if (strcmp(argv[i], troff_name) == 0) - troff_arg = i; - else if (argv[i][0] != '-') - return i; - i++; - } - a_delete troff_name; - - return argc; -} - -/* - * makeTempFiles - Name the temporary files. - */ - -static int makeTempFiles(void) -{ -#if defined(DEBUGGING) - psFileName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-ps"); - regionFileName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-region"); - imagePageName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-page"); - psPageName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-psn"); - troffFileName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-troff"); - htmlFileName = DEBUG_FILE("prehtml-html"); -#else /* not DEBUGGING */ - FILE *f; - - /* psPageName contains a single page of postscript */ - f = xtmpfile(&psPageName, - PS_TEMPLATE_LONG, PS_TEMPLATE_SHORT, - TRUE); - if (f == NULL) { - sys_fatal("xtmpfile"); - return -1; - } - fclose(f); - - /* imagePageName contains a bitmap image of the single postscript page */ - f = xtmpfile(&imagePageName, - PAGE_TEMPLATE_LONG, PAGE_TEMPLATE_SHORT, - TRUE); - if (f == NULL) { - sys_fatal("xtmpfile"); - return -1; - } - fclose(f); - - /* psFileName contains a postscript file of the complete document */ - f = xtmpfile(&psFileName, - PS_TEMPLATE_LONG, PS_TEMPLATE_SHORT, - TRUE); - if (f == NULL) { - sys_fatal("xtmpfile"); - return -1; - } - fclose(f); - - /* regionFileName contains a list of the images and their boxed coordinates */ - f = xtmpfile(®ionFileName, - REGION_TEMPLATE_LONG, REGION_TEMPLATE_SHORT, - TRUE); - if (f == NULL) { - sys_fatal("xtmpfile"); - return -1; - } - fclose(f); - -#endif /* not DEBUGGING */ - return 0; -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - int i; - int found = 0; - int ok = 1; - -#ifdef CAPTURE_MODE - FILE *dump; - fprintf(stderr, "%s: invoked with %d arguments ...\n", argv[0], argc); - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) - fprintf(stderr, "%2d: %s\n", i, argv[i]); - if ((dump = fopen(DEBUG_FILE("pre-html-data"), "wb")) != NULL) { - while((i = fgetc(stdin)) >= 0) - fputc(i, dump); - fclose(dump); - } - exit(1); -#endif /* CAPTURE_MODE */ - device = "html"; - if (!font::load_desc()) - fatal("cannot find devhtml/DESC exiting"); - image_gen = font::image_generator; - if (image_gen == NULL || (strcmp(image_gen, "") == 0)) - fatal("devhtml/DESC must set the image_generator field, exiting"); - postscriptRes = get_resolution(); - i = scanArguments(argc, argv); - setupAntiAlias(); - checkImageDir(); - makeFileName(); - while (i < argc) { - if (argv[i][0] != '-') { - /* found source file */ - ok = do_file(argv[i]); - if (!ok) - return 0; - found = 1; - } - i++; - } - - if (!found) - do_file("-"); - if (makeTempFiles()) - return 1; - ok = inputFile.do_image(argc, argv); - if (ok == 0) { - generateImages(regionFileName); - ok = inputFile.do_html(argc, argv); - } - return ok; -} - -static int do_file(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *fp; - - current_filename = filename; - if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) - fp = stdin; - else { - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - error("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - return 0; - } - } - - if (inputFile.read_file(fp)) { - // XXX - } - - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); - current_filename = NULL; - return 1; -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3eedb21c72bb..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pre-html.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Gaius Mulley (gaius@glam.ac.uk). - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -/* - * defines functions implemented within pre-html.c - */ - -#if !defined(PREHTMLH) -# define PREHTMLH -# if defined(PREHTMLC) -# define EXTERN -# else -# define EXTERN extern -# endif - - -extern void sys_fatal (const char *s); - -#undef EXTERN -#endif diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b71558783508..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,329 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Gaius Mulley (gaius@glam.ac.uk). - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <signal.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "posix.h" -#include "nonposix.h" - -#include <errno.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H -#include <unistd.h> -#endif - -#include "pushback.h" -#include "pre-html.h" - -#if !defined(TRUE) -# define TRUE (1==1) -#endif - -#if !defined(FALSE) -# define FALSE (1==0) -#endif - -# define ERROR(X) (void)(fprintf(stderr, "%s:%d error %s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, X) && \ - (fflush(stderr)) && localexit(1)) - - -#define MAXPUSHBACKSTACK 4096 /* maximum number of character that can be pushed back */ - - -/* - * constructor for pushBackBuffer - */ - -pushBackBuffer::pushBackBuffer (char *filename) -{ - charStack = (char *)malloc(MAXPUSHBACKSTACK); - if (charStack == 0) { - sys_fatal("malloc"); - } - stackPtr = 0; /* index to push back stack */ - debug = 0; - verbose = 0; - eofFound = FALSE; - lineNo = 1; - if (strcmp(filename, "") != 0) { - stdIn = dup(0); - close(0); - if (open(filename, O_RDONLY) != 0) { - sys_fatal("when trying to open file"); - } else { - fileName = filename; - } - } -} - -pushBackBuffer::~pushBackBuffer () -{ - if (charStack != 0) { - free(charStack); - } - close(0); - /* restore stdin in file descriptor 0 */ - dup(stdIn); - close(stdIn); -} - -/* - * localexit - wraps exit with a return code to aid the ERROR macro. - */ - -int localexit (int i) -{ - exit(i); - return( 1 ); -} - -/* - * getPB - returns a character, possibly a pushed back character. - */ - -char pushBackBuffer::getPB (void) -{ - if (stackPtr>0) { - stackPtr--; - return( charStack[stackPtr] ); - } else { - char ch; - - if (read(0, &ch, 1) == 1) { - if (verbose) { - printf("%c", ch); - } - if (ch == '\n') { - lineNo++; - } - return( ch ); - } else { - eofFound = TRUE; - return( eof ); - } - } -} - -/* - * putPB - pushes a character onto the push back stack. - * The same character is returned. - */ - -char pushBackBuffer::putPB (char ch) -{ - if (stackPtr<MAXPUSHBACKSTACK) { - charStack[stackPtr] = ch ; - stackPtr++; - } else { - ERROR("max push back stack exceeded, increase MAXPUSHBACKSTACK constant"); - } - return( ch ); -} - -/* - * isWhite - returns TRUE if a white character is found. This character is NOT consumed. - */ - -static int isWhite (char ch) -{ - return( (ch==' ') || (ch == '\t') || (ch == '\n') ); -} - -/* - * skipToNewline - skips characters until a newline is seen. - */ - -void pushBackBuffer::skipToNewline (void) -{ - while ((putPB(getPB()) != '\n') && (! eofFound)) { - getPB(); - } -} - -/* - * skipUntilToken - skips until a token is seen - */ - -void pushBackBuffer::skipUntilToken (void) -{ - char ch; - - while ((isWhite(putPB(getPB())) || (putPB(getPB()) == '#')) && (! eofFound)) { - ch = getPB(); - if (ch == '#') { - skipToNewline(); - } - } -} - -/* - * isString - returns TRUE if the string, s, matches the pushed back string. - * if TRUE is returned then this string is consumed, otherwise it is - * left alone. - */ - -int pushBackBuffer::isString (const char *s) -{ - int length=strlen(s); - int i=0; - - while ((i<length) && (putPB(getPB())==s[i])) { - if (getPB() != s[i]) { - ERROR("assert failed"); - } - i++; - } - if (i==length) { - return( TRUE ); - } else { - i--; - while (i>=0) { - if (putPB(s[i]) != s[i]) { - ERROR("assert failed"); - } - i--; - } - } - return( FALSE ); -} - -/* - * isDigit - returns TRUE if the character, ch, is a digit. - */ - -static int isDigit (char ch) -{ - return( ((ch>='0') && (ch<='9')) ); -} - -/* - * isHexDigit - returns TRUE if the character, ch, is a hex digit. - */ - -#if 0 -static int isHexDigit (char ch) -{ - return( (isDigit(ch)) || ((ch>='a') && (ch<='f')) ); -} -#endif - -/* - * readInt - returns an integer from the input stream. - */ - -int pushBackBuffer::readInt (void) -{ - int c =0; - int i =0; - int s =1; - char ch=getPB(); - - while (isWhite(ch)) { - ch=getPB(); - } - // now read integer - - if (ch == '-') { - s = -1; - ch = getPB(); - } - while (isDigit(ch)) { - i *= 10; - if ((ch>='0') && (ch<='9')) { - i += (int)(ch-'0'); - } - ch = getPB(); - c++; - } - if (ch != putPB(ch)) { - ERROR("assert failed"); - } - return( i*s ); -} - -/* - * convertToFloat - converts integers, a and b into a.b - */ - -static double convertToFloat (int a, int b) -{ - int c=10; - double f; - - while (b>c) { - c *= 10; - } - f = ((double)a) + (((double)b)/((double)c)); - return( f ); -} - -/* - * readNumber - returns a float representing the word just read. - */ - -double pushBackBuffer::readNumber (void) -{ - int i; - char ch; - - i = readInt(); - if ((ch = getPB()) == '.') { - return convertToFloat(i, readInt()); - } - putPB(ch); - return (double)i; -} - -/* - * readString - reads a string terminated by white space - * and returns a malloced area of memory containing - * a copy of the characters. - */ - -char *pushBackBuffer::readString (void) -{ - char buffer[MAXPUSHBACKSTACK]; - char *str = 0; - int i=0; - char ch=getPB(); - - while (isWhite(ch)) { - ch=getPB(); - } - while ((i < MAXPUSHBACKSTACK) && (! isWhite(ch)) && (! eofFound)) { - buffer[i] = ch; - i++; - ch = getPB(); - } - if (i < MAXPUSHBACKSTACK) { - buffer[i] = (char)0; - str = (char *)malloc(strlen(buffer)+1); - strcpy(str, buffer); - } - return( str ); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3fddad66f11d..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/html/pushback.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C -*- -/* Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by Gaius Mulley (gaius@glam.ac.uk). - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - - -#define eof (char)-1 - - -/* - * defines the class and methods implemented within pushback.cpp - */ - -class pushBackBuffer -{ - private: - char *charStack; - int stackPtr; /* index to push back stack */ - int debug; - int verbose; - int eofFound; - char *fileName; - int lineNo; - int stdIn; - - public: - pushBackBuffer (char *); - ~ pushBackBuffer (); - char getPB (void); - char putPB (char ch); - void skipUntilToken (void); - void skipToNewline (void); - double readNumber (void); - int readInt (void); - char *readString (void); - int isString (const char *string); -}; - - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 94b41fee92b7..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -PROG=pic$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=pic.n -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=\ - pic.$(OBJEXT) \ - lex.$(OBJEXT) \ - main.$(OBJEXT) \ - object.$(OBJEXT) \ - common.$(OBJEXT) \ - troff.$(OBJEXT) \ - tex.$(OBJEXT) - # fig.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=\ - $(srcdir)/lex.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/main.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/object.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/common.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/troff.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/tex.cpp -HDRS=\ - $(srcdir)/common.h \ - $(srcdir)/object.h \ - $(srcdir)/output.h \ - $(srcdir)/pic.h \ - $(srcdir)/position.h \ - $(srcdir)/text.h -GRAM=$(srcdir)/pic.y -YTABC=pic.cpp -YTABH=pic_tab.h -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/TODO b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index a1d7554d4529..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ -In troff mode, dotted and dashed splines. - -Make DELIMITED have type lstr; this would allow us to give better -error messages for problems within the body of for and if constructs. - -In troff mode without -x, fake \D't' with .ps commands. - -Perhaps an option to set command char. - -Add an output class for dumb line printers. It wouldn't be pretty but -it would be better than nothing. Integrate it with texinfo. Useful -for groff -Tascii as well. - -Option to allow better positioning of arrowheads on arcs. - -Perhaps add PostScript output mode. - -Change the interface to the output class so that output devices have -the opportunity to handle arrowheads themselves. - -Consider whether the line thickness should scale. - -Consider whether the test in a for loop should be fuzzy (as it -apparently is in grap). - -Possibly change fillval so that zero is black. - -Provide a way of getting text blocks (positioned with `.in' rather -than \h), into pic. Should be possible to use block of diverted text -in pic. Possibly something similar to T{ and T} in tbl. - -Option to provide macro backtraces. - -Have a path that is searched by `copy' statement. Set by environment -variable or command line option. diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 47a23cd920ef..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,647 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" -#include "common.h" - -// output a dashed circle as a series of arcs - -void common_output::dashed_circle(const position ¢, double rad, - const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dashed); - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - double dash_angle = lt.dash_width/rad; - int ndashes; - double gap_angle; - if (dash_angle >= M_PI/4.0) { - if (dash_angle < M_PI/2.0) { - gap_angle = M_PI/2.0 - dash_angle; - ndashes = 4; - } - else if (dash_angle < M_PI) { - gap_angle = M_PI - dash_angle; - ndashes = 2; - } - else { - circle(cent, rad, slt, -1.0); - return; - } - } - else { - ndashes = 4*int(ceil(M_PI/(4.0*dash_angle))); - gap_angle = (M_PI*2.0)/ndashes - dash_angle; - } - for (int i = 0; i < ndashes; i++) { - double start_angle = i*(dash_angle+gap_angle) - dash_angle/2.0; - solid_arc(cent, rad, start_angle, start_angle + dash_angle, lt); - } -} - -// output a dotted circle as a series of dots - -void common_output::dotted_circle(const position ¢, double rad, - const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dotted); - double gap_angle = lt.dash_width/rad; - int ndots; - if (gap_angle >= M_PI/2.0) { - // always have at least 2 dots - gap_angle = M_PI; - ndots = 2; - } - else { - ndots = 4*int(M_PI/(2.0*gap_angle)); - gap_angle = (M_PI*2.0)/ndots; - } - double ang = 0.0; - for (int i = 0; i < ndots; i++, ang += gap_angle) - dot(cent + position(cos(ang), sin(ang))*rad, lt); -} - -// recursive function for dash drawing, used by dashed_ellipse - -void common_output::ellipse_arc(const position ¢, - const position &z0, const position &z1, - const distance &dim, const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::solid); - assert(dim.x != 0 && dim.y != 0); - double eps = 0.0001; - position zml = (z0 + z1) / 2; - // apply affine transformation (from ellipse to circle) to compute angle - // of new position, then invert transformation to get exact position - double psi = atan2(zml.y / dim.y, zml.x / dim.x); - position zm = position(dim.x * cos(psi), dim.y * sin(psi)); - // to approximate the ellipse arc with one or more circle arcs, we - // first compute the radius of curvature in zm - double a_2 = dim.x * dim.x; - double a_4 = a_2 * a_2; - double b_2 = dim.y * dim.y; - double b_4 = b_2 * b_2; - double e_2 = a_2 - b_2; - double temp = a_4 * zm.y * zm.y + b_4 * zm.x * zm.x; - double rho = sqrt(temp / a_4 / b_4 * temp / a_4 / b_4 * temp); - // compute center of curvature circle - position M = position(e_2 * zm.x / a_2 * zm.x / a_2 * zm.x, - -e_2 * zm.y / b_2 * zm.y / b_2 * zm.y); - // compute distance between circle and ellipse arc at start and end - double phi0 = atan2(z0.y - M.y, z0.x - M.x); - double phi1 = atan2(z1.y - M.y, z1.x - M.x); - position M0 = position(rho * cos(phi0), rho * sin(phi0)) + M; - position M1 = position(rho * cos(phi1), rho * sin(phi1)) + M; - double dist0 = hypot(z0 - M0) / sqrt(z0 * z0); - double dist1 = hypot(z1 - M1) / sqrt(z1 * z1); - if (dist0 < eps && dist1 < eps) - solid_arc(M + cent, rho, phi0, phi1, lt); - else { - ellipse_arc(cent, z0, zm, dim, lt); - ellipse_arc(cent, zm, z1, dim, lt); - } -} - -// output a dashed ellipse as a series of arcs - -void common_output::dashed_ellipse(const position ¢, const distance &dim, - const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dashed); - double dim_x = dim.x / 2; - double dim_y = dim.y / 2; - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - double dw = lt.dash_width; - // we use an approximation to compute the ellipse length (found in: - // Bronstein, Semendjajew, Taschenbuch der Mathematik) - double lambda = (dim.x - dim.y) / (dim.x + dim.y); - double le = M_PI / 2 * (dim.x + dim.y) - * ((64 - 3 * lambda * lambda * lambda * lambda ) - / (64 - 16 * lambda * lambda)); - // for symmetry we make nmax a multiple of 8 - int nmax = 8 * int(le / dw / 8 + 0.5); - if (nmax < 8) { - nmax = 8; - dw = le / 8; - } - int ndash = nmax / 2; - double gapwidth = (le - dw * ndash) / ndash; - double l = 0; - position z = position(dim_x, 0); - position zdot = z; - int j = 0; - int jmax = int(10 / lt.dash_width); - for (int i = 0; i <= nmax; i++) { - position zold = z; - position zpre = zdot; - double ld = (int(i / 2) + 0.5) * dw + int((i + 1) / 2) * gapwidth; - double lold = 0; - double dl = 1; - // find next position for fixed arc length - while (l < ld) { - j++; - lold = l; - zold = z; - double phi = j * 2 * M_PI / jmax; - z = position(dim_x * cos(phi), dim_y * sin(phi)); - dl = hypot(z - zold); - l += dl; - } - // interpolate linearly between the last two points, - // using the length difference as the scaling factor - double delta = (ld - lold) / dl; - zdot = zold + (z - zold) * delta; - // compute angle of new position on the affine circle - // and use it to get the exact value on the ellipse - double psi = atan2(zdot.y / dim_y, zdot.x / dim_x); - zdot = position(dim_x * cos(psi), dim_y * sin(psi)); - if ((i % 2 == 0) && (i > 1)) - ellipse_arc(cent, zpre, zdot, dim / 2, slt); - } -} - -// output a dotted ellipse as a series of dots - -void common_output::dotted_ellipse(const position ¢, const distance &dim, - const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dotted); - double dim_x = dim.x / 2; - double dim_y = dim.y / 2; - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - // we use an approximation to compute the ellipse length (found in: - // Bronstein, Semendjajew, Taschenbuch der Mathematik) - double lambda = (dim.x - dim.y) / (dim.x + dim.y); - double le = M_PI / 2 * (dim.x + dim.y) - * ((64 - 3 * lambda * lambda * lambda * lambda ) - / (64 - 16 * lambda * lambda)); - // for symmetry we make nmax a multiple of 4 - int ndots = 4 * int(le / lt.dash_width / 4 + 0.5); - if (ndots < 4) - ndots = 4; - double l = 0; - position z = position(dim_x, 0); - int j = 0; - int jmax = int(10 / lt.dash_width); - for (int i = 1; i <= ndots; i++) { - position zold = z; - double lold = l; - double ld = i * le / ndots; - double dl = 1; - // find next position for fixed arc length - while (l < ld) { - j++; - lold = l; - zold = z; - double phi = j * 2 * M_PI / jmax; - z = position(dim_x * cos(phi), dim_y * sin(phi)); - dl = hypot(z - zold); - l += dl; - } - // interpolate linearly between the last two points, - // using the length difference as the scaling factor - double delta = (ld - lold) / dl; - position zdot = zold + (z - zold) * delta; - // compute angle of new position on the affine circle - // and use it to get the exact value on the ellipse - double psi = atan2(zdot.y / dim_y, zdot.x / dim_x); - zdot = position(dim_x * cos(psi), dim_y * sin(psi)); - dot(cent + zdot, slt); - } -} - -// return non-zero iff we can compute a center - -int compute_arc_center(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, position *result) -{ - // This finds the point along the vector from start to cent that - // is equidistant between start and end. - distance c = cent - start; - distance e = end - start; - double n = c*e; - if (n == 0.0) - return 0; - *result = start + c*((e*e)/(2.0*n)); - return 1; -} - -// output a dashed arc as a series of arcs - -void common_output::dashed_arc(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dashed); - position c; - if (!compute_arc_center(start, cent, end, &c)) { - line(start, &end, 1, lt); - return; - } - distance start_offset = start - c; - distance end_offset = end - c; - double start_angle = atan2(start_offset.y, start_offset.x); - double end_angle = atan2(end_offset.y, end_offset.x); - double rad = hypot(c - start); - double dash_angle = lt.dash_width/rad; - double total_angle = end_angle - start_angle; - while (total_angle < 0) - total_angle += M_PI + M_PI; - if (total_angle <= dash_angle*2.0) { - solid_arc(cent, rad, start_angle, end_angle, lt); - return; - } - int ndashes = int((total_angle - dash_angle)/(dash_angle*2.0) + .5); - double dash_and_gap_angle = (total_angle - dash_angle)/ndashes; - for (int i = 0; i <= ndashes; i++) - solid_arc(cent, rad, start_angle + i*dash_and_gap_angle, - start_angle + i*dash_and_gap_angle + dash_angle, lt); -} - -// output a dotted arc as a series of dots - -void common_output::dotted_arc(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, const line_type <) -{ - assert(lt.type == line_type::dotted); - position c; - if (!compute_arc_center(start, cent, end, &c)) { - line(start, &end, 1, lt); - return; - } - distance start_offset = start - c; - distance end_offset = end - c; - double start_angle = atan2(start_offset.y, start_offset.x); - double total_angle = atan2(end_offset.y, end_offset.x) - start_angle; - while (total_angle < 0) - total_angle += M_PI + M_PI; - double rad = hypot(c - start); - int ndots = int(total_angle/(lt.dash_width/rad) + .5); - if (ndots == 0) - dot(start, lt); - else { - for (int i = 0; i <= ndots; i++) { - double a = start_angle + (total_angle*i)/ndots; - dot(cent + position(cos(a), sin(a))*rad, lt); - } - } -} - -void common_output::solid_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, - const line_type <) -{ - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - arc(cent + position(cos(start_angle), sin(start_angle))*rad, - cent, - cent + position(cos(end_angle), sin(end_angle))*rad, - slt); -} - - -void common_output::rounded_box(const position ¢, const distance &dim, - double rad, const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (fill >= 0.0) - filled_rounded_box(cent, dim, rad, fill); - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_rounded_box(cent, dim, rad, lt); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_rounded_box(cent, dim, rad, lt); - break; - case line_type::solid: - solid_rounded_box(cent, dim, rad, lt); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - - -void common_output::dashed_rounded_box(const position ¢, - const distance &dim, double rad, - const line_type <) -{ - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - - double hor_length = dim.x + (M_PI/2.0 - 2.0)*rad; - int n_hor_dashes = int(hor_length/(lt.dash_width*2.0) + .5); - double hor_gap_width = (n_hor_dashes != 0 - ? hor_length/n_hor_dashes - lt.dash_width - : 0.0); - - double vert_length = dim.y + (M_PI/2.0 - 2.0)*rad; - int n_vert_dashes = int(vert_length/(lt.dash_width*2.0) + .5); - double vert_gap_width = (n_vert_dashes != 0 - ? vert_length/n_vert_dashes - lt.dash_width - : 0.0); - // Note that each corner arc has to be split into two for dashing, - // because one part is dashed using vert_gap_width, and the other - // using hor_gap_width. - double offset = lt.dash_width/2.0; - dash_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - -M_PI/4.0, 0, slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dash_line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), - cent + position(dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad), - slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dash_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - 0, M_PI/4.0, slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = lt.dash_width/2.0; - dash_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - M_PI/4.0, M_PI/2, slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dash_line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0), - cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0), - slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dash_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - M_PI/2, 3*M_PI/4.0, slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = lt.dash_width/2.0; - dash_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - 3.0*M_PI/4.0, M_PI, slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dash_line(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad), - cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), - slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dash_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - M_PI, 5.0*M_PI/4.0, slt, lt.dash_width, vert_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = lt.dash_width/2.0; - dash_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - 5*M_PI/4.0, 3*M_PI/2.0, slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dash_line(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0), - cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0), - slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dash_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - 3*M_PI/2, 7*M_PI/4, slt, lt.dash_width, hor_gap_width, &offset); -} - -// Used by dashed_rounded_box. - -void common_output::dash_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, - const line_type <, - double dash_width, double gap_width, - double *offsetp) -{ - double length = (end_angle - start_angle)*rad; - double pos = 0.0; - for (;;) { - if (*offsetp >= dash_width) { - double rem = dash_width + gap_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - pos += rem; - *offsetp = 0.0; - } - } - else { - double rem = dash_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - solid_arc(cent, rad, start_angle + pos/rad, end_angle, lt); - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - solid_arc(cent, rad, start_angle + pos/rad, - start_angle + (pos + rem)/rad, lt); - pos += rem; - *offsetp = dash_width; - } - } - } -} - -// Used by dashed_rounded_box. - -void common_output::dash_line(const position &start, const position &end, - const line_type <, - double dash_width, double gap_width, - double *offsetp) -{ - distance dist = end - start; - double length = hypot(dist); - if (length == 0.0) - return; - double pos = 0.0; - for (;;) { - if (*offsetp >= dash_width) { - double rem = dash_width + gap_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - pos += rem; - *offsetp = 0.0; - } - } - else { - double rem = dash_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - line(start + dist*(pos/length), &end, 1, lt); - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - position p(start + dist*((pos + rem)/length)); - line(start + dist*(pos/length), &p, 1, lt); - pos += rem; - *offsetp = dash_width; - } - } - } -} - -void common_output::dotted_rounded_box(const position ¢, - const distance &dim, double rad, - const line_type <) -{ - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - - double hor_length = dim.x + (M_PI/2.0 - 2.0)*rad; - int n_hor_dots = int(hor_length/lt.dash_width + .5); - double hor_gap_width = (n_hor_dots != 0 - ? hor_length/n_hor_dots - : lt.dash_width); - - double vert_length = dim.y + (M_PI/2.0 - 2.0)*rad; - int n_vert_dots = int(vert_length/lt.dash_width + .5); - double vert_gap_width = (n_vert_dots != 0 - ? vert_length/n_vert_dots - : lt.dash_width); - double epsilon = lt.dash_width/(rad*100.0); - - double offset = 0.0; - dot_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - -M_PI/4.0, 0, slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dot_line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), - cent + position(dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad), - slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dot_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - 0, M_PI/4.0 - epsilon, slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = 0.0; - dot_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - M_PI/4.0, M_PI/2, slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dot_line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0), - cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0), - slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dot_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - M_PI/2, 3*M_PI/4.0 - epsilon, slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = 0.0; - dot_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, - 3.0*M_PI/4.0, M_PI, slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dot_line(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad), - cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), - slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - dot_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - M_PI, 5.0*M_PI/4.0 - epsilon, slt, vert_gap_width, &offset); - - offset = 0.0; - dot_arc(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - 5*M_PI/4.0, 3*M_PI/2.0, slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dot_line(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0), - cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0), - slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); - dot_arc(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, - 3*M_PI/2, 7*M_PI/4 - epsilon, slt, hor_gap_width, &offset); -} - -// Used by dotted_rounded_box. - -void common_output::dot_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, - const line_type <, double gap_width, - double *offsetp) -{ - double length = (end_angle - start_angle)*rad; - double pos = 0.0; - for (;;) { - if (*offsetp == 0.0) { - double ang = start_angle + pos/rad; - dot(cent + position(cos(ang), sin(ang))*rad, lt); - } - double rem = gap_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - pos += rem; - *offsetp = 0.0; - } - } -} - -// Used by dotted_rounded_box. - -void common_output::dot_line(const position &start, const position &end, - const line_type <, double gap_width, - double *offsetp) -{ - distance dist = end - start; - double length = hypot(dist); - if (length == 0.0) - return; - double pos = 0.0; - for (;;) { - if (*offsetp == 0.0) - dot(start + dist*(pos/length), lt); - double rem = gap_width - *offsetp; - if (pos + rem > length) { - *offsetp += length - pos; - break; - } - else { - pos += rem; - *offsetp = 0.0; - } - } -} - -void common_output::solid_rounded_box(const position ¢, - const distance &dim, double rad, - const line_type <) -{ - position tem = cent - dim/2.0; - arc(tem + position(0.0, rad), - tem + position(rad, rad), - tem + position(rad, 0.0), - lt); - tem = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0); - arc(tem + position(rad, 0.0), - tem + position(rad, -rad), - tem + position(0.0, -rad), - lt); - tem = cent + dim/2.0; - arc(tem + position(0.0, -rad), - tem + position(-rad, -rad), - tem + position(-rad, 0.0), - lt); - tem = cent + position(dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0); - arc(tem + position(-rad, 0.0), - tem + position(-rad, rad), - tem + position(0.0, rad), - lt); - position end; - end = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad); - line(cent - dim/2.0 + position(0.0, rad), &end, 1, lt); - end = cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0); - line(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0), &end, 1, lt); - end = cent + position(dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad); - line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad), &end, 1, lt); - end = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0); - line(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0), &end, 1, lt); -} - -void common_output::filled_rounded_box(const position ¢, - const distance &dim, double rad, - double fill) -{ - line_type ilt; - ilt.type = line_type::invisible; - circle(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, ilt, fill); - circle(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0 - rad), rad, ilt, fill); - circle(cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, ilt, fill); - circle(cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0 + rad), rad, ilt, fill); - position vec[4]; - vec[0] = cent + position(dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad); - vec[1] = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, dim.y/2.0 - rad); - vec[2] = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad); - vec[3] = cent + position(dim.x/2.0, -dim.y/2.0 + rad); - polygon(vec, 4, ilt, fill); - vec[0] = cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, dim.y/2.0); - vec[1] = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, dim.y/2.0); - vec[2] = cent + position(-dim.x/2.0 + rad, -dim.y/2.0); - vec[3] = cent + position(dim.x/2.0 - rad, -dim.y/2.0); - polygon(vec, 4, ilt, fill); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.h deleted file mode 100644 index 50238344d8a4..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/common.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2003 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -class common_output : public output { -private: - void dash_line(const position &start, const position &end, - const line_type <, double dash_width, double gap_width, - double *offsetp); - void dash_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, const line_type <, - double dash_width, double gap_width, double *offsetp); - void dot_line(const position &start, const position &end, - const line_type <, double gap_width, double *offsetp); - void dot_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, const line_type <, - double gap_width, double *offsetp); -protected: - virtual void dot(const position &, const line_type &) = 0; - void ellipse_arc(const position &, const position &, - const position &, const distance &, - const line_type &); - void dashed_circle(const position &, double rad, const line_type &); - void dotted_circle(const position &, double rad, const line_type &); - void dashed_ellipse(const position &, const distance &, const line_type &); - void dotted_ellipse(const position &, const distance &, const line_type &); - void dashed_arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &); - void dotted_arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &); - virtual void solid_arc(const position ¢, double rad, double start_angle, - double end_angle, const line_type <); - void dashed_rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, - const line_type &); - void dotted_rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, - const line_type &); - void solid_rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, - const line_type &); - void filled_rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, double); -public: - void start_picture(double sc, const position &ll, const position &ur) = 0; - void finish_picture() = 0; - void circle(const position &, double rad, const line_type &, double) = 0; - void text(const position &, text_piece *, int, double) = 0; - void line(const position &, const position *, int n, const line_type &) = 0; - void polygon(const position *, int n, const line_type &, double) = 0; - void spline(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &) = 0; - void arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &) = 0; - void ellipse(const position &, const distance &, - const line_type &, double) = 0; - void rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, - const line_type &, double); - void set_color(char *, char *) = 0; - void reset_color() = 0; - char *get_last_filled() = 0; - char *get_outline_color() = 0; -}; - -int compute_arc_center(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, position *result); - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/lex.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/lex.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index ceca36854648..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/lex.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2001 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" -#include "ptable.h" -#include "object.h" -#include "pic_tab.h" - -declare_ptable(char) -implement_ptable(char) - -PTABLE(char) macro_table; - -class macro_input : public input { - char *s; - char *p; -public: - macro_input(const char *); - ~macro_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -class argument_macro_input : public input { - char *s; - char *p; - char *ap; - int argc; - char *argv[9]; -public: - argument_macro_input(const char *, int, char **); - ~argument_macro_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -input::input() : next(0) -{ -} - -input::~input() -{ -} - -int input::get_location(const char **, int *) -{ - return 0; -} - -file_input::file_input(FILE *f, const char *fn) -: fp(f), filename(fn), lineno(0), ptr("") -{ -} - -file_input::~file_input() -{ - fclose(fp); -} - -int file_input::read_line() -{ - for (;;) { - line.clear(); - lineno++; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - else if (invalid_input_char(c)) - lex_error("invalid input character code %1", c); - else { - line += char(c); - if (c == '\n') - break; - } - } - if (line.length() == 0) - return 0; - if (!(line.length() >= 3 && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'P' - && (line[2] == 'S' || line[2] == 'E' || line[2] == 'F') - && (line.length() == 3 || line[3] == ' ' || line[3] == '\n' - || compatible_flag))) { - line += '\0'; - ptr = line.contents(); - return 1; - } - } -} - -int file_input::get() -{ - if (*ptr != '\0' || read_line()) - return (unsigned char)*ptr++; - else - return EOF; -} - -int file_input::peek() -{ - if (*ptr != '\0' || read_line()) - return (unsigned char)*ptr; - else - return EOF; -} - -int file_input::get_location(const char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - *fnp = filename; - *lnp = lineno; - return 1; -} - -macro_input::macro_input(const char *str) -{ - p = s = strsave(str); -} - -macro_input::~macro_input() -{ - a_delete s; -} - -int macro_input::get() -{ - if (p == 0 || *p == '\0') - return EOF; - else - return (unsigned char)*p++; -} - -int macro_input::peek() -{ - if (p == 0 || *p == '\0') - return EOF; - else - return (unsigned char)*p; -} - -// Character representing $1. Must be invalid input character. -#define ARG1 14 - -char *process_body(const char *body) -{ - char *s = strsave(body); - int j = 0; - for (int i = 0; s[i] != '\0'; i++) - if (s[i] == '$' && s[i+1] >= '0' && s[i+1] <= '9') { - if (s[i+1] != '0') - s[j++] = ARG1 + s[++i] - '1'; - } - else - s[j++] = s[i]; - s[j] = '\0'; - return s; -} - - -argument_macro_input::argument_macro_input(const char *body, int ac, char **av) -: ap(0), argc(ac) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - argv[i] = av[i]; - p = s = process_body(body); -} - - -argument_macro_input::~argument_macro_input() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - a_delete argv[i]; - a_delete s; -} - -int argument_macro_input::get() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*ap++; - ap = 0; - } - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && argv[i] != 0 && argv[i][0] != '\0') { - ap = argv[i]; - return (unsigned char)*ap++; - } - } - if (*p == '\0') - return EOF; - return (unsigned char)*p++; -} - -int argument_macro_input::peek() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*ap; - ap = 0; - } - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && argv[i] != 0 && argv[i][0] != '\0') { - ap = argv[i]; - return (unsigned char)*ap; - } - } - if (*p == '\0') - return EOF; - return (unsigned char)*p; -} - -class input_stack { - static input *current_input; - static int bol_flag; -public: - static void push(input *); - static void clear(); - static int get_char(); - static int peek_char(); - static int get_location(const char **fnp, int *lnp); - static void push_back(unsigned char c, int was_bol = 0); - static int bol(); -}; - -input *input_stack::current_input = 0; -int input_stack::bol_flag = 0; - -inline int input_stack::bol() -{ - return bol_flag; -} - -void input_stack::clear() -{ - while (current_input != 0) { - input *tem = current_input; - current_input = current_input->next; - delete tem; - } - bol_flag = 1; -} - -void input_stack::push(input *in) -{ - in->next = current_input; - current_input = in; -} - -void lex_init(input *top) -{ - input_stack::clear(); - input_stack::push(top); -} - -void lex_cleanup() -{ - while (input_stack::get_char() != EOF) - ; -} - -int input_stack::get_char() -{ - while (current_input != 0) { - int c = current_input->get(); - if (c != EOF) { - bol_flag = c == '\n'; - return c; - } - // don't pop the top-level input off the stack - if (current_input->next == 0) - return EOF; - input *tem = current_input; - current_input = current_input->next; - delete tem; - } - return EOF; -} - -int input_stack::peek_char() -{ - while (current_input != 0) { - int c = current_input->peek(); - if (c != EOF) - return c; - if (current_input->next == 0) - return EOF; - input *tem = current_input; - current_input = current_input->next; - delete tem; - } - return EOF; -} - -class char_input : public input { - int c; -public: - char_input(int); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -char_input::char_input(int n) : c((unsigned char)n) -{ -} - -int char_input::get() -{ - int n = c; - c = EOF; - return n; -} - -int char_input::peek() -{ - return c; -} - -void input_stack::push_back(unsigned char c, int was_bol) -{ - push(new char_input(c)); - bol_flag = was_bol; -} - -int input_stack::get_location(const char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - for (input *p = current_input; p; p = p->next) - if (p->get_location(fnp, lnp)) - return 1; - return 0; -} - -string context_buffer; - -string token_buffer; -double token_double; -int token_int; - -void interpolate_macro_with_args(const char *body) -{ - char *argv[9]; - int argc = 0; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) - argv[i] = 0; - int level = 0; - int c; - enum { NORMAL, IN_STRING, IN_STRING_QUOTED } state = NORMAL; - do { - token_buffer.clear(); - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - lex_error("end of input while scanning macro arguments"); - break; - } - if (state == NORMAL && level == 0 && (c == ',' || c == ')')) { - if (token_buffer.length() > 0) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - argv[argc] = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - } - // for `foo()', argc = 0 - if (argc > 0 || c != ')' || i > 0) - argc++; - break; - } - token_buffer += char(c); - switch (state) { - case NORMAL: - if (c == '"') - state = IN_STRING; - else if (c == '(') - level++; - else if (c == ')') - level--; - break; - case IN_STRING: - if (c == '"') - state = NORMAL; - else if (c == '\\') - state = IN_STRING_QUOTED; - break; - case IN_STRING_QUOTED: - state = IN_STRING; - break; - } - } - } while (c != ')' && c != EOF); - input_stack::push(new argument_macro_input(body, argc, argv)); -} - -static int docmp(const char *s1, int n1, const char *s2, int n2) -{ - if (n1 < n2) { - int r = memcmp(s1, s2, n1); - return r ? r : -1; - } - else if (n1 > n2) { - int r = memcmp(s1, s2, n2); - return r ? r : 1; - } - else - return memcmp(s1, s2, n1); -} - -int lookup_keyword(const char *str, int len) -{ - static struct keyword { - const char *name; - int token; - } table[] = { - { "Here", HERE }, - { "above", ABOVE }, - { "aligned", ALIGNED }, - { "and", AND }, - { "arc", ARC }, - { "arrow", ARROW }, - { "at", AT }, - { "atan2", ATAN2 }, - { "below", BELOW }, - { "between", BETWEEN }, - { "bottom", BOTTOM }, - { "box", BOX }, - { "by", BY }, - { "ccw", CCW }, - { "center", CENTER }, - { "chop", CHOP }, - { "circle", CIRCLE }, - { "color", COLORED }, - { "colored", COLORED }, - { "colour", COLORED }, - { "coloured", COLORED }, - { "command", COMMAND }, - { "copy", COPY }, - { "cos", COS }, - { "cw", CW }, - { "dashed", DASHED }, - { "define", DEFINE }, - { "diam", DIAMETER }, - { "diameter", DIAMETER }, - { "do", DO }, - { "dotted", DOTTED }, - { "down", DOWN }, - { "east", EAST }, - { "ellipse", ELLIPSE }, - { "else", ELSE }, - { "end", END }, - { "exp", EXP }, - { "figname", FIGNAME }, - { "fill", FILL }, - { "filled", FILL }, - { "for", FOR }, - { "from", FROM }, - { "height", HEIGHT }, - { "ht", HEIGHT }, - { "if", IF }, - { "int", INT }, - { "invis", INVISIBLE }, - { "invisible", INVISIBLE }, - { "last", LAST }, - { "left", LEFT }, - { "line", LINE }, - { "ljust", LJUST }, - { "log", LOG }, - { "lower", LOWER }, - { "max", K_MAX }, - { "min", K_MIN }, - { "move", MOVE }, - { "north", NORTH }, - { "of", OF }, - { "outline", OUTLINED }, - { "outlined", OUTLINED }, - { "plot", PLOT }, - { "print", PRINT }, - { "rad", RADIUS }, - { "radius", RADIUS }, - { "rand", RAND }, - { "reset", RESET }, - { "right", RIGHT }, - { "rjust", RJUST }, - { "same", SAME }, - { "sh", SH }, - { "shaded", SHADED }, - { "sin", SIN }, - { "solid", SOLID }, - { "south", SOUTH }, - { "spline", SPLINE }, - { "sprintf", SPRINTF }, - { "sqrt", SQRT }, - { "srand", SRAND }, - { "start", START }, - { "the", THE }, - { "then", THEN }, - { "thick", THICKNESS }, - { "thickness", THICKNESS }, - { "thru", THRU }, - { "to", TO }, - { "top", TOP }, - { "undef", UNDEF }, - { "until", UNTIL }, - { "up", UP }, - { "upper", UPPER }, - { "way", WAY }, - { "west", WEST }, - { "wid", WIDTH }, - { "width", WIDTH }, - { "with", WITH }, - }; - - const keyword *start = table; - const keyword *end = table + sizeof(table)/sizeof(table[0]); - while (start < end) { - // start <= target < end - const keyword *mid = start + (end - start)/2; - - int cmp = docmp(str, len, mid->name, strlen(mid->name)); - if (cmp == 0) - return mid->token; - if (cmp < 0) - end = mid; - else - start = mid + 1; - } - return 0; -} - -int get_token_after_dot(int c) -{ - // get_token deals with the case where c is a digit - switch (c) { - case 'h': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".ht"; - return DOT_HT; - } - else if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'i') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'g') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'h') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".height"; - return DOT_HT; - } - input_stack::push_back('h'); - } - input_stack::push_back('g'); - } - input_stack::push_back('i'); - } - input_stack::push_back('e'); - } - input_stack::push_back('h'); - return '.'; - case 'x': - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".x"; - return DOT_X; - case 'y': - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".y"; - return DOT_Y; - case 'c': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'n') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'r') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".center"; - return DOT_C; - } - input_stack::push_back('e'); - } - input_stack::push_back('t'); - } - input_stack::push_back('n'); - } - input_stack::push_back('e'); - } - context_buffer = ".c"; - return DOT_C; - case 'n': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".ne"; - return DOT_NE; - } - else if (c == 'w') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".nw"; - return DOT_NW; - } - else { - context_buffer = ".n"; - return DOT_N; - } - break; - case 'e': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'n') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'd') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".end"; - return DOT_END; - } - input_stack::push_back('n'); - context_buffer = ".e"; - return DOT_E; - } - context_buffer = ".e"; - return DOT_E; - case 'w': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'i') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'd') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'h') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".width"; - return DOT_WID; - } - input_stack::push_back('t'); - } - context_buffer = ".wid"; - return DOT_WID; - } - input_stack::push_back('i'); - } - context_buffer = ".w"; - return DOT_W; - case 's': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".se"; - return DOT_SE; - } - else if (c == 'w') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".sw"; - return DOT_SW; - } - else { - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'a') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'r') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".start"; - return DOT_START; - } - input_stack::push_back('r'); - } - input_stack::push_back('a'); - } - input_stack::push_back('t'); - } - context_buffer = ".s"; - return DOT_S; - } - break; - case 't': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'o') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'p') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".top"; - return DOT_N; - } - input_stack::push_back('o'); - } - context_buffer = ".t"; - return DOT_N; - case 'l': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'e') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'f') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".left"; - return DOT_W; - } - input_stack::push_back('f'); - } - input_stack::push_back('e'); - } - context_buffer = ".l"; - return DOT_W; - case 'r': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'a') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'd') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".rad"; - return DOT_RAD; - } - input_stack::push_back('a'); - } - else if (c == 'i') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'g') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'h') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".right"; - return DOT_E; - } - input_stack::push_back('h'); - } - input_stack::push_back('g'); - } - input_stack::push_back('i'); - } - context_buffer = ".r"; - return DOT_E; - case 'b': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'o') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'o') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'm') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ".bottom"; - return DOT_S; - } - input_stack::push_back('o'); - } - input_stack::push_back('t'); - } - context_buffer = ".bot"; - return DOT_S; - } - input_stack::push_back('o'); - } - context_buffer = ".b"; - return DOT_S; - default: - context_buffer = '.'; - return '.'; - } -} - -int get_token(int lookup_flag) -{ - context_buffer.clear(); - for (;;) { - int n = 0; - int bol = input_stack::bol(); - int c = input_stack::get_char(); - if (bol && c == command_char) { - token_buffer.clear(); - token_buffer += c; - // the newline is not part of the token - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || c == '\n') - break; - input_stack::get_char(); - token_buffer += char(c); - } - context_buffer = token_buffer; - return COMMAND_LINE; - } - switch (c) { - case EOF: - return EOF; - case ' ': - case '\t': - break; - case '\\': - { - int d = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (d != '\n') { - context_buffer = '\\'; - return '\\'; - } - input_stack::get_char(); - break; - } - case '#': - do { - c = input_stack::get_char(); - } while (c != '\n' && c != EOF); - if (c == '\n') - context_buffer = '\n'; - return c; - case '"': - context_buffer = '"'; - token_buffer.clear(); - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::get_char(); - if (c == '\\') { - context_buffer += '\\'; - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '"') { - input_stack::get_char(); - token_buffer += '"'; - context_buffer += '"'; - } - else - token_buffer += '\\'; - } - else if (c == '\n') { - error("newline in string"); - break; - } - else if (c == EOF) { - error("missing `\"'"); - break; - } - else if (c == '"') { - context_buffer += '"'; - break; - } - else { - context_buffer += char(c); - token_buffer += char(c); - } - } - return TEXT; - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - { - int overflow = 0; - n = 0; - for (;;) { - if (n > (INT_MAX - 9)/10) { - overflow = 1; - break; - } - n *= 10; - n += c - '0'; - context_buffer += char(c); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) - break; - c = input_stack::get_char(); - } - token_double = n; - if (overflow) { - for (;;) { - token_double *= 10.0; - token_double += c - '0'; - context_buffer += char(c); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) - break; - c = input_stack::get_char(); - } - // if somebody asks for 1000000000000th, we will silently - // give them INT_MAXth - double temp = token_double; // work around gas 1.34/sparc bug - if (token_double > INT_MAX) - n = INT_MAX; - else - n = int(temp); - } - } - switch (c) { - case 'i': - case 'I': - context_buffer += char(c); - input_stack::get_char(); - return NUMBER; - case '.': - { - context_buffer += '.'; - input_stack::get_char(); - got_dot: - double factor = 1.0; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) - break; - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer += char(c); - factor /= 10.0; - if (c != '0') - token_double += factor*(c - '0'); - } - if (c != 'e' && c != 'E') { - if (c == 'i' || c == 'I') { - context_buffer += char(c); - input_stack::get_char(); - } - return NUMBER; - } - } - // fall through - case 'e': - case 'E': - { - int echar = c; - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - int sign = '+'; - if (c == '+' || c == '-') { - sign = c; - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) { - input_stack::push_back(sign); - input_stack::push_back(echar); - return NUMBER; - } - context_buffer += char(echar); - context_buffer += char(sign); - } - else { - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) { - input_stack::push_back(echar); - return NUMBER; - } - context_buffer += char(echar); - } - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer += char(c); - n = c - '0'; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) - break; - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer += char(c); - n = n*10 + (c - '0'); - } - if (sign == '-') - n = -n; - if (c == 'i' || c == 'I') { - context_buffer += char(c); - input_stack::get_char(); - } - token_double *= pow(10.0, n); - return NUMBER; - } - case 'n': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'd') { - input_stack::get_char(); - token_int = n; - context_buffer += "nd"; - return ORDINAL; - } - input_stack::push_back('n'); - return NUMBER; - case 'r': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'd') { - input_stack::get_char(); - token_int = n; - context_buffer += "rd"; - return ORDINAL; - } - input_stack::push_back('r'); - return NUMBER; - case 't': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'h') { - input_stack::get_char(); - token_int = n; - context_buffer += "th"; - return ORDINAL; - } - input_stack::push_back('t'); - return NUMBER; - case 's': - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - token_int = n; - context_buffer += "st"; - return ORDINAL; - } - input_stack::push_back('s'); - return NUMBER; - default: - return NUMBER; - } - break; - case '\'': - { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 't') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == 'h') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "'th"; - return TH; - } - else - input_stack::push_back('t'); - } - context_buffer = "'"; - return '\''; - } - case '.': - { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c != EOF && csdigit(c)) { - n = 0; - token_double = 0.0; - context_buffer = '.'; - goto got_dot; - } - return get_token_after_dot(c); - } - case '<': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '-') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '>') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "<->"; - return DOUBLE_ARROW_HEAD; - } - context_buffer = "<-"; - return LEFT_ARROW_HEAD; - } - else if (c == '=') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "<="; - return LESSEQUAL; - } - context_buffer = "<"; - return '<'; - case '-': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '>') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "->"; - return RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD; - } - context_buffer = "-"; - return '-'; - case '!': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '=') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "!="; - return NOTEQUAL; - } - context_buffer = "!"; - return '!'; - case '>': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '=') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = ">="; - return GREATEREQUAL; - } - context_buffer = ">"; - return '>'; - case '=': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '=') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "=="; - return EQUALEQUAL; - } - context_buffer = "="; - return '='; - case '&': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '&') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "&&"; - return ANDAND; - } - context_buffer = "&"; - return '&'; - case '|': - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == '|') { - input_stack::get_char(); - context_buffer = "||"; - return OROR; - } - context_buffer = "|"; - return '|'; - default: - if (c != EOF && csalpha(c)) { - token_buffer.clear(); - token_buffer = c; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || (!csalnum(c) && c != '_')) - break; - input_stack::get_char(); - token_buffer += char(c); - } - int tok = lookup_keyword(token_buffer.contents(), - token_buffer.length()); - if (tok != 0) { - context_buffer = token_buffer; - return tok; - } - char *def = 0; - if (lookup_flag) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - def = macro_table.lookup(token_buffer.contents()); - token_buffer.set_length(token_buffer.length() - 1); - if (def) { - if (c == '(') { - input_stack::get_char(); - interpolate_macro_with_args(def); - } - else - input_stack::push(new macro_input(def)); - } - } - if (!def) { - context_buffer = token_buffer; - if (csupper(token_buffer[0])) - return LABEL; - else - return VARIABLE; - } - } - else { - context_buffer = char(c); - return (unsigned char)c; - } - break; - } - } -} - -int get_delimited() -{ - token_buffer.clear(); - int c = input_stack::get_char(); - while (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n') - c = input_stack::get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - lex_error("missing delimiter"); - return 0; - } - context_buffer = char(c); - int had_newline = 0; - int start = c; - int level = 0; - enum { NORMAL, IN_STRING, IN_STRING_QUOTED, DELIM_END } state = NORMAL; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::get_char(); - if (c == EOF) { - lex_error("missing closing delimiter"); - return 0; - } - if (c == '\n') - had_newline = 1; - else if (!had_newline) - context_buffer += char(c); - switch (state) { - case NORMAL: - if (start == '{') { - if (c == '{') { - level++; - break; - } - if (c == '}') { - if (--level < 0) - state = DELIM_END; - break; - } - } - else { - if (c == start) { - state = DELIM_END; - break; - } - } - if (c == '"') - state = IN_STRING; - break; - case IN_STRING_QUOTED: - if (c == '\n') - state = NORMAL; - else - state = IN_STRING; - break; - case IN_STRING: - if (c == '"' || c == '\n') - state = NORMAL; - else if (c == '\\') - state = IN_STRING_QUOTED; - break; - case DELIM_END: - // This case it just to shut cfront 2.0 up. - default: - assert(0); - } - if (state == DELIM_END) - break; - token_buffer += c; - } - return 1; -} - -void do_define() -{ - int t = get_token(0); // do not expand what we are defining - if (t != VARIABLE && t != LABEL) { - lex_error("can only define variable or placename"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - string nm = token_buffer; - const char *name = nm.contents(); - if (!get_delimited()) - return; - token_buffer += '\0'; - macro_table.define(name, strsave(token_buffer.contents())); -} - -void do_undef() -{ - int t = get_token(0); // do not expand what we are undefining - if (t != VARIABLE && t != LABEL) { - lex_error("can only define variable or placename"); - return; - } - token_buffer += '\0'; - macro_table.define(token_buffer.contents(), 0); -} - - -class for_input : public input { - char *var; - char *body; - double from; - double to; - int by_is_multiplicative; - double by; - const char *p; - int done_newline; -public: - for_input(char *, double, double, int, double, char *); - ~for_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -for_input::for_input(char *vr, double f, double t, - int bim, double b, char *bd) -: var(vr), body(bd), from(f), to(t), by_is_multiplicative(bim), by(b), - p(body), done_newline(0) -{ -} - -for_input::~for_input() -{ - a_delete var; - a_delete body; -} - -int for_input::get() -{ - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - for (;;) { - if (*p != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*p++; - if (!done_newline) { - done_newline = 1; - return '\n'; - } - double val; - if (!lookup_variable(var, &val)) { - lex_error("body of `for' terminated enclosing block"); - return EOF; - } - if (by_is_multiplicative) - val *= by; - else - val += by; - define_variable(var, val); - if ((from <= to && val > to) - || (from >= to && val < to)) { - p = 0; - return EOF; - } - p = body; - done_newline = 0; - } -} - -int for_input::peek() -{ - if (p == 0) - return EOF; - if (*p != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*p; - if (!done_newline) - return '\n'; - double val; - if (!lookup_variable(var, &val)) - return EOF; - if (by_is_multiplicative) { - if (val * by > to) - return EOF; - } - else { - if ((from <= to && val + by > to) - || (from >= to && val + by < to)) - return EOF; - } - if (*body == '\0') - return EOF; - return (unsigned char)*body; -} - -void do_for(char *var, double from, double to, int by_is_multiplicative, - double by, char *body) -{ - define_variable(var, from); - if ((by_is_multiplicative && by <= 0) - || (by > 0 && from > to) - || (by < 0 && from < to)) - return; - input_stack::push(new for_input(var, from, to, - by_is_multiplicative, by, body)); -} - - -void do_copy(const char *filename) -{ - errno = 0; - FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - lex_error("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - return; - } - input_stack::push(new file_input(fp, filename)); -} - -class copy_thru_input : public input { - int done; - char *body; - char *until; - const char *p; - const char *ap; - int argv[9]; - int argc; - string line; - int get_line(); - virtual int inget() = 0; -public: - copy_thru_input(const char *b, const char *u); - ~copy_thru_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); -}; - -class copy_file_thru_input : public copy_thru_input { - input *in; -public: - copy_file_thru_input(input *, const char *b, const char *u); - ~copy_file_thru_input(); - int inget(); -}; - -copy_file_thru_input::copy_file_thru_input(input *i, const char *b, - const char *u) -: copy_thru_input(b, u), in(i) -{ -} - -copy_file_thru_input::~copy_file_thru_input() -{ - delete in; -} - -int copy_file_thru_input::inget() -{ - if (!in) - return EOF; - else - return in->get(); -} - -class copy_rest_thru_input : public copy_thru_input { -public: - copy_rest_thru_input(const char *, const char *u); - int inget(); -}; - -copy_rest_thru_input::copy_rest_thru_input(const char *b, const char *u) -: copy_thru_input(b, u) -{ -} - -int copy_rest_thru_input::inget() -{ - while (next != 0) { - int c = next->get(); - if (c != EOF) - return c; - if (next->next == 0) - return EOF; - input *tem = next; - next = next->next; - delete tem; - } - return EOF; - -} - -copy_thru_input::copy_thru_input(const char *b, const char *u) -: done(0) -{ - ap = 0; - body = process_body(b); - p = 0; - until = strsave(u); -} - - -copy_thru_input::~copy_thru_input() -{ - a_delete body; - a_delete until; -} - -int copy_thru_input::get() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*ap++; - ap = 0; - } - for (;;) { - if (p == 0) { - if (!get_line()) - break; - p = body; - } - if (*p == '\0') { - p = 0; - return '\n'; - } - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && line[argv[i]] != '\0') { - ap = line.contents() + argv[i]; - return (unsigned char)*ap++; - } - } - if (*p != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*p++; - } - return EOF; -} - -int copy_thru_input::peek() -{ - if (ap) { - if (*ap != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*ap; - ap = 0; - } - for (;;) { - if (p == 0) { - if (!get_line()) - break; - p = body; - } - if (*p == '\0') - return '\n'; - while (*p >= ARG1 && *p <= ARG1 + 8) { - int i = *p++ - ARG1; - if (i < argc && line[argv[i]] != '\0') { - ap = line.contents() + argv[i]; - return (unsigned char)*ap; - } - } - if (*p != '\0') - return (unsigned char)*p; - } - return EOF; -} - -int copy_thru_input::get_line() -{ - if (done) - return 0; - line.clear(); - argc = 0; - int c = inget(); - for (;;) { - while (c == ' ') - c = inget(); - if (c == EOF || c == '\n') - break; - if (argc == 9) { - do { - c = inget(); - } while (c != '\n' && c != EOF); - break; - } - argv[argc++] = line.length(); - do { - line += char(c); - c = inget(); - } while (c != ' ' && c != '\n'); - line += '\0'; - } - if (until != 0 && argc > 0 && strcmp(&line[argv[0]], until) == 0) { - done = 1; - return 0; - } - return argc > 0 || c == '\n'; -} - -class simple_file_input : public input { - const char *filename; - int lineno; - FILE *fp; -public: - simple_file_input(FILE *, const char *); - ~simple_file_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); - int get_location(const char **, int *); -}; - -simple_file_input::simple_file_input(FILE *p, const char *s) -: filename(s), lineno(1), fp(p) -{ -} - -simple_file_input::~simple_file_input() -{ - // don't delete the filename - fclose(fp); -} - -int simple_file_input::get() -{ - int c = getc(fp); - while (invalid_input_char(c)) { - error("invalid input character code %1", c); - c = getc(fp); - } - if (c == '\n') - lineno++; - return c; -} - -int simple_file_input::peek() -{ - int c = getc(fp); - while (invalid_input_char(c)) { - error("invalid input character code %1", c); - c = getc(fp); - } - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - return c; -} - -int simple_file_input::get_location(const char **fnp, int *lnp) -{ - *fnp = filename; - *lnp = lineno; - return 1; -} - - -void copy_file_thru(const char *filename, const char *body, const char *until) -{ - errno = 0; - FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - lex_error("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - return; - } - input *in = new copy_file_thru_input(new simple_file_input(fp, filename), - body, until); - input_stack::push(in); -} - -void copy_rest_thru(const char *body, const char *until) -{ - input_stack::push(new copy_rest_thru_input(body, until)); -} - -void push_body(const char *s) -{ - input_stack::push(new char_input('\n')); - input_stack::push(new macro_input(s)); -} - -int delim_flag = 0; - -char *get_thru_arg() -{ - int c = input_stack::peek_char(); - while (c == ' ') { - input_stack::get_char(); - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - } - if (c != EOF && csalpha(c)) { - // looks like a macro - input_stack::get_char(); - token_buffer = c; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || (!csalnum(c) && c != '_')) - break; - input_stack::get_char(); - token_buffer += char(c); - } - context_buffer = token_buffer; - token_buffer += '\0'; - char *def = macro_table.lookup(token_buffer.contents()); - if (def) - return strsave(def); - // I guess it wasn't a macro after all; so push the macro name back. - // -2 because we added a '\0' - for (int i = token_buffer.length() - 2; i >= 0; i--) - input_stack::push_back(token_buffer[i]); - } - if (get_delimited()) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - return strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - } - else - return 0; -} - -int lookahead_token = -1; -string old_context_buffer; - -void do_lookahead() -{ - if (lookahead_token == -1) { - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - } -} - -int yylex() -{ - if (delim_flag) { - assert(lookahead_token == -1); - if (delim_flag == 2) { - if ((yylval.str = get_thru_arg()) != 0) - return DELIMITED; - else - return 0; - } - else { - if (get_delimited()) { - token_buffer += '\0'; - yylval.str = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - return DELIMITED; - } - else - return 0; - } - } - for (;;) { - int t; - if (lookahead_token >= 0) { - t = lookahead_token; - lookahead_token = -1; - } - else - t = get_token(1); - switch (t) { - case '\n': - return ';'; - case EOF: - return 0; - case DEFINE: - do_define(); - break; - case UNDEF: - do_undef(); - break; - case ORDINAL: - yylval.n = token_int; - return t; - case NUMBER: - yylval.x = token_double; - return t; - case COMMAND_LINE: - case TEXT: - token_buffer += '\0'; - if (!input_stack::get_location(&yylval.lstr.filename, - &yylval.lstr.lineno)) { - yylval.lstr.filename = 0; - yylval.lstr.lineno = -1; - } - yylval.lstr.str = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - return t; - case LABEL: - case VARIABLE: - token_buffer += '\0'; - yylval.str = strsave(token_buffer.contents()); - return t; - case LEFT: - // change LEFT to LEFT_CORNER when followed by OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token == OF) - return LEFT_CORNER; - else - return t; - case RIGHT: - // change RIGHT to RIGHT_CORNER when followed by OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token == OF) - return RIGHT_CORNER; - else - return t; - case UPPER: - // recognise UPPER only before LEFT or RIGHT - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != LEFT && lookahead_token != RIGHT) { - yylval.str = strsave("upper"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case LOWER: - // recognise LOWER only before LEFT or RIGHT - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != LEFT && lookahead_token != RIGHT) { - yylval.str = strsave("lower"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case NORTH: - // recognise NORTH only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("north"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case SOUTH: - // recognise SOUTH only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("south"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case EAST: - // recognise EAST only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("east"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case WEST: - // recognise WEST only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("west"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case TOP: - // recognise TOP only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("top"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case BOTTOM: - // recognise BOTTOM only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("bottom"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case CENTER: - // recognise CENTER only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("center"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case START: - // recognise START only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("start"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - case END: - // recognise END only before OF - old_context_buffer = context_buffer; - lookahead_token = get_token(1); - if (lookahead_token != OF) { - yylval.str = strsave("end"); - return VARIABLE; - } - else - return t; - default: - return t; - } - } -} - -void lex_error(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1, - const errarg &arg2, - const errarg &arg3) -{ - const char *filename; - int lineno; - if (!input_stack::get_location(&filename, &lineno)) - error(message, arg1, arg2, arg3); - else - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, message, arg1, arg2, arg3); -} - -void lex_warning(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1, - const errarg &arg2, - const errarg &arg3) -{ - const char *filename; - int lineno; - if (!input_stack::get_location(&filename, &lineno)) - warning(message, arg1, arg2, arg3); - else - warning_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, message, arg1, arg2, arg3); -} - -void yyerror(const char *s) -{ - const char *filename; - int lineno; - const char *context = 0; - if (lookahead_token == -1) { - if (context_buffer.length() > 0) { - context_buffer += '\0'; - context = context_buffer.contents(); - } - } - else { - if (old_context_buffer.length() > 0) { - old_context_buffer += '\0'; - context = old_context_buffer.contents(); - } - } - if (!input_stack::get_location(&filename, &lineno)) { - if (context) { - if (context[0] == '\n' && context[1] == '\0') - error("%1 before newline", s); - else - error("%1 before `%2'", s, context); - } - else - error("%1 at end of picture", s); - } - else { - if (context) { - if (context[0] == '\n' && context[1] == '\0') - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, "%1 before newline", s); - else - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, "%1 before `%2'", - s, context); - } - else - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, "%1 at end of picture", s); - } -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/main.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/main.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 0e05f77cd280..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/main.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,642 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989-1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" - -extern int yyparse(); -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -output *out; -char *graphname; // the picture box name in TeX mode - -int flyback_flag; -int zero_length_line_flag = 0; -// Non-zero means we're using a groff driver. -int driver_extension_flag = 1; -int compatible_flag = 0; -int safer_flag = 1; -int command_char = '.'; // the character that introduces lines - // that should be passed through tranparently -static int lf_flag = 1; // non-zero if we should attempt to understand - // lines beginning with `.lf' - -// Non-zero means a parse error was encountered. -static int had_parse_error = 0; - -void do_file(const char *filename); - -class top_input : public input { - FILE *fp; - int bol; - int eof; - int push_back[3]; - int start_lineno; -public: - top_input(FILE *); - int get(); - int peek(); - int get_location(const char **, int *); -}; - -top_input::top_input(FILE *p) : fp(p), bol(1), eof(0) -{ - push_back[0] = push_back[1] = push_back[2] = EOF; - start_lineno = current_lineno; -} - -int top_input::get() -{ - if (eof) - return EOF; - if (push_back[2] != EOF) { - int c = push_back[2]; - push_back[2] = EOF; - return c; - } - else if (push_back[1] != EOF) { - int c = push_back[1]; - push_back[1] = EOF; - return c; - } - else if (push_back[0] != EOF) { - int c = push_back[0]; - push_back[0] = EOF; - return c; - } - int c = getc(fp); - while (invalid_input_char(c)) { - error("invalid input character code %1", int(c)); - c = getc(fp); - bol = 0; - } - if (bol && c == '.') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'P') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'F' || c == 'E') { - int d = getc(fp); - if (d != EOF) - ungetc(d, fp); - if (d == EOF || d == ' ' || d == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - eof = 1; - flyback_flag = c == 'F'; - return EOF; - } - push_back[0] = c; - push_back[1] = 'P'; - return '.'; - } - if (c == 'S') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - if (c == EOF || c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - error("nested .PS"); - eof = 1; - return EOF; - } - push_back[0] = 'S'; - push_back[1] = 'P'; - return '.'; - } - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - push_back[0] = 'P'; - return '.'; - } - else { - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - return '.'; - } - } - if (c == '\n') { - bol = 1; - current_lineno++; - return '\n'; - } - bol = 0; - if (c == EOF) { - eof = 1; - error("end of file before .PE or .PF"); - error_with_file_and_line(current_filename, start_lineno - 1, - ".PS was here"); - } - return c; -} - -int top_input::peek() -{ - if (eof) - return EOF; - if (push_back[2] != EOF) - return push_back[2]; - if (push_back[1] != EOF) - return push_back[1]; - if (push_back[0] != EOF) - return push_back[0]; - int c = getc(fp); - while (invalid_input_char(c)) { - error("invalid input character code %1", int(c)); - c = getc(fp); - bol = 0; - } - if (bol && c == '.') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'P') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'F' || c == 'E') { - int d = getc(fp); - if (d != EOF) - ungetc(d, fp); - if (d == EOF || d == ' ' || d == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - eof = 1; - flyback_flag = c == 'F'; - return EOF; - } - push_back[0] = c; - push_back[1] = 'P'; - push_back[2] = '.'; - return '.'; - } - if (c == 'S') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - if (c == EOF || c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - error("nested .PS"); - eof = 1; - return EOF; - } - push_back[0] = 'S'; - push_back[1] = 'P'; - push_back[2] = '.'; - return '.'; - } - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - push_back[0] = 'P'; - push_back[1] = '.'; - return '.'; - } - else { - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - push_back[0] = '.'; - return '.'; - } - } - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - if (c == '\n') - return '\n'; - return c; -} - -int top_input::get_location(const char **filenamep, int *linenop) -{ - *filenamep = current_filename; - *linenop = current_lineno; - return 1; -} - -void do_picture(FILE *fp) -{ - flyback_flag = 0; - int c; - a_delete graphname; - graphname = strsave("graph"); // default picture name in TeX mode - while ((c = getc(fp)) == ' ') - ; - if (c == '<') { - string filename; - while ((c = getc(fp)) == ' ') - ; - while (c != EOF && c != ' ' && c != '\n') { - filename += char(c); - c = getc(fp); - } - if (c == ' ') { - do { - c = getc(fp); - } while (c != EOF && c != '\n'); - } - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - if (filename.length() == 0) - error("missing filename after `<'"); - else { - filename += '\0'; - const char *old_filename = current_filename; - int old_lineno = current_lineno; - // filenames must be permanent - do_file(strsave(filename.contents())); - current_filename = old_filename; - current_lineno = old_lineno; - } - out->set_location(current_filename, current_lineno); - } - else { - out->set_location(current_filename, current_lineno); - string start_line; - while (c != EOF) { - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - break; - } - start_line += c; - c = getc(fp); - } - if (c == EOF) - return; - start_line += '\0'; - double wid, ht; - switch (sscanf(&start_line[0], "%lf %lf", &wid, &ht)) { - case 1: - ht = 0.0; - break; - case 2: - break; - default: - ht = wid = 0.0; - break; - } - out->set_desired_width_height(wid, ht); - out->set_args(start_line.contents()); - lex_init(new top_input(fp)); - if (yyparse()) { - had_parse_error = 1; - lex_error("giving up on this picture"); - } - parse_cleanup(); - lex_cleanup(); - - // skip the rest of the .PF/.PE line - while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF && c != '\n') - ; - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - out->set_location(current_filename, current_lineno); - } -} - -void do_file(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *fp; - if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) - fp = stdin; - else { - errno = 0; - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - delete out; - fatal("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - } - } - out->set_location(filename, 1); - current_filename = filename; - current_lineno = 1; - enum { START, MIDDLE, HAD_DOT, HAD_P, HAD_PS, HAD_l, HAD_lf } state = START; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - switch (state) { - case START: - if (c == '.') - state = HAD_DOT; - else { - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case MIDDLE: - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - break; - case HAD_DOT: - if (c == 'P') - state = HAD_P; - else if (lf_flag && c == 'l') - state = HAD_l; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_P: - if (c == 'S') - state = HAD_PS; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('P'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_PS: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - ungetc(c, fp); - do_picture(fp); - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".PS", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_l: - if (c == 'f') - state = HAD_lf; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('l'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_lf: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - string line; - while (c != EOF) { - line += c; - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - break; - } - c = getc(fp); - } - line += '\0'; - interpret_lf_args(line.contents()); - printf(".lf%s", line.contents()); - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".lf", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - switch (state) { - case START: - break; - case MIDDLE: - putchar('\n'); - break; - case HAD_DOT: - fputs(".\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_P: - fputs(".P\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_PS: - fputs(".PS\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_l: - fputs(".l\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_lf: - fputs(".lf\n", stdout); - break; - } - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); -} - -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT -void do_whole_file(const char *filename) -{ - // Do not set current_filename. - FILE *fp; - if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) - fp = stdin; - else { - errno = 0; - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) - fatal("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - } - lex_init(new file_input(fp, filename)); - if (yyparse()) - had_parse_error = 1; - parse_cleanup(); - lex_cleanup(); -} -#endif - -void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, "usage: %s [ -nvC ] [ filename ... ]\n", program_name); -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - fprintf(stream, " %s -t [ -cvzC ] [ filename ... ]\n", program_name); -#endif -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - fprintf(stream, " %s -f [ -v ] [ filename ]\n", program_name); -#endif -} - -#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(__EMX__) -static char *fix_program_name(char *arg, char *dflt) -{ - if (!arg) - return dflt; - char *prog = strchr(arg, '\0'); - for (;;) { - if (prog == arg) - break; - --prog; - if (strchr("\\/:", *prog)) { - prog++; - break; - } - } - char *ext = strchr(prog, '.'); - if (ext) - *ext = '\0'; - for (char *p = prog; *p; p++) - if ('A' <= *p && *p <= 'Z') - *p = 'a' + (*p - 'A'); - return prog; -} -#endif /* __MSDOS__ || __EMX__ */ - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - setlocale(LC_NUMERIC, "C"); -#if defined(__MSDOS__) || defined(__EMX__) - argv[0] = fix_program_name(argv[0], "pic"); -#endif /* __MSDOS__ || __EMX__ */ - program_name = argv[0]; - static char stderr_buf[BUFSIZ]; - setbuf(stderr, stderr_buf); - int opt; -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - int tex_flag = 0; - int tpic_flag = 0; -#endif -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - int whole_file_flag = 0; - int fig_flag = 0; -#endif - static const struct option long_options[] = { - { "help", no_argument, 0, CHAR_MAX + 1 }, - { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } - }; - while ((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "T:CDSUtcvnxzpf", long_options, NULL)) - != EOF) - switch (opt) { - case 'C': - compatible_flag = 1; - break; - case 'D': - case 'T': - break; - case 'S': - safer_flag = 1; - break; - case 'U': - safer_flag = 0; - break; - case 'f': -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - whole_file_flag++; - fig_flag++; -#else - fatal("fig support not included"); -#endif - break; - case 'n': - driver_extension_flag = 0; - break; - case 'p': - case 'x': - warning("-%1 option is obsolete", char(opt)); - break; - case 't': -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - tex_flag++; -#else - fatal("TeX support not included"); -#endif - break; - case 'c': -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - tpic_flag++; -#else - fatal("TeX support not included"); -#endif - break; - case 'v': - { - printf("GNU pic (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - case 'z': - // zero length lines will be printed as dots - zero_length_line_flag++; - break; - case CHAR_MAX + 1: // --help - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - case '?': - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - parse_init(); -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - if (tpic_flag) { - out = make_tpic_output(); - lf_flag = 0; - } - else if (tex_flag) { - out = make_tex_output(); - command_char = '\\'; - lf_flag = 0; - } - else -#endif -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - if (fig_flag) - out = make_fig_output(); - else -#endif - out = make_troff_output(); -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - if (whole_file_flag) { - if (optind >= argc) - do_whole_file("-"); - else if (argc - optind > 1) { - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - } else - do_whole_file(argv[optind]); - } - else { -#endif - if (optind >= argc) - do_file("-"); - else - for (int i = optind; i < argc; i++) - do_file(argv[i]); -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT - } -#endif - delete out; - if (ferror(stdout) || fflush(stdout) < 0) - fatal("output error"); - return had_parse_error; -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index aefbd45e3940..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2017 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" -#include "ptable.h" -#include "object.h" - -void print_object_list(object *); - -line_type::line_type() -: type(solid), thickness(1.0) -{ -} - -output::output() : args(0), desired_height(0.0), desired_width(0.0) -{ -} - -output::~output() -{ - a_delete args; -} - -void output::set_desired_width_height(double wid, double ht) -{ - desired_width = wid; - desired_height = ht; -} - -void output::set_args(const char *s) -{ - a_delete args; - if (s == 0 || *s == '\0') - args = 0; - else - args = strsave(s); -} - -int output::supports_filled_polygons() -{ - return 0; -} - -void output::begin_block(const position &, const position &) -{ -} - -void output::end_block() -{ -} - -double output::compute_scale(double sc, const position &ll, const position &ur) -{ - distance dim = ur - ll; - if (desired_width != 0.0 || desired_height != 0.0) { - sc = 0.0; - if (desired_width != 0.0) { - if (dim.x == 0.0) - error("width specified for picture with zero width"); - else - sc = dim.x/desired_width; - } - if (desired_height != 0.0) { - if (dim.y == 0.0) - error("height specified for picture with zero height"); - else { - double tem = dim.y/desired_height; - if (tem > sc) - sc = tem; - } - } - return sc == 0.0 ? 1.0 : sc; - } - else { - if (sc <= 0.0) - sc = 1.0; - distance sdim = dim/sc; - double max_width = 0.0; - lookup_variable("maxpswid", &max_width); - double max_height = 0.0; - lookup_variable("maxpsht", &max_height); - if ((max_width > 0.0 && sdim.x > max_width) - || (max_height > 0.0 && sdim.y > max_height)) { - double xscale = dim.x/max_width; - double yscale = dim.y/max_height; - return xscale > yscale ? xscale : yscale; - } - else - return sc; - } -} - -position::position(const place &pl) -{ - if (pl.obj != 0) { - // Use two statements to work around bug in SGI C++. - object *tem = pl.obj; - *this = tem->origin(); - } - else { - x = pl.x; - y = pl.y; - } -} - -position::position() : x(0.0), y(0.0) -{ -} - -position::position(double a, double b) : x(a), y(b) -{ -} - - -int operator==(const position &a, const position &b) -{ - return a.x == b.x && a.y == b.y; -} - -int operator!=(const position &a, const position &b) -{ - return a.x != b.x || a.y != b.y; -} - -position &position::operator+=(const position &a) -{ - x += a.x; - y += a.y; - return *this; -} - -position &position::operator-=(const position &a) -{ - x -= a.x; - y -= a.y; - return *this; -} - -position &position::operator*=(double a) -{ - x *= a; - y *= a; - return *this; -} - -position &position::operator/=(double a) -{ - x /= a; - y /= a; - return *this; -} - -position operator-(const position &a) -{ - return position(-a.x, -a.y); -} - -position operator+(const position &a, const position &b) -{ - return position(a.x + b.x, a.y + b.y); -} - -position operator-(const position &a, const position &b) -{ - return position(a.x - b.x, a.y - b.y); -} - -position operator/(const position &a, double n) -{ - return position(a.x/n, a.y/n); -} - -position operator*(const position &a, double n) -{ - return position(a.x*n, a.y*n); -} - -// dot product - -double operator*(const position &a, const position &b) -{ - return a.x*b.x + a.y*b.y; -} - -double hypot(const position &a) -{ - return groff_hypot(a.x, a.y); -} - -struct arrow_head_type { - double height; - double width; - int solid; -}; - -void draw_arrow(const position &pos, const distance &dir, - const arrow_head_type &aht, const line_type <, - char *outline_color_for_fill) -{ - double hyp = hypot(dir); - if (hyp == 0.0) { - error("cannot draw arrow on object with zero length"); - return; - } - position base = -dir; - base *= aht.height/hyp; - position n(dir.y, -dir.x); - n *= aht.width/(hyp*2.0); - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - position v[3]; - v[0] = pos; - v[1] = pos + base + n; - v[2] = pos + base - n; - // fill with outline color - out->set_color(outline_color_for_fill, outline_color_for_fill); - // make stroke thin to avoid arrow sticking - slt.thickness = 0.1; - out->polygon(v, 3, slt, 1); - } - else { - // use two line segments to avoid arrow sticking - out->line(pos + base - n, &pos, 1, slt); - out->line(pos + base + n, &pos, 1, slt); - } -} - -object::object() : prev(0), next(0) -{ -} - -object::~object() -{ -} - -void object::move_by(const position &) -{ -} - -void object::print() -{ -} - -void object::print_text() -{ -} - -int object::blank() -{ - return 0; -} - -struct bounding_box { - int blank; - position ll; - position ur; - - bounding_box(); - void encompass(const position &); -}; - -bounding_box::bounding_box() -: blank(1) -{ -} - -void bounding_box::encompass(const position &pos) -{ - if (blank) { - ll = pos; - ur = pos; - blank = 0; - } - else { - if (pos.x < ll.x) - ll.x = pos.x; - if (pos.y < ll.y) - ll.y = pos.y; - if (pos.x > ur.x) - ur.x = pos.x; - if (pos.y > ur.y) - ur.y = pos.y; - } -} - -void object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *) -{ -} - -position object::origin() -{ - return position(0.0,0.0); -} - -position object::north() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::south() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::east() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::west() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::north_east() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::north_west() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::south_east() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::south_west() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::start() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::end() -{ - return origin(); -} - -position object::center() -{ - return origin(); -} - -double object::width() -{ - return 0.0; -} - -double object::radius() -{ - return 0.0; -} - -double object::height() -{ - return 0.0; -} - -place *object::find_label(const char *) -{ - return 0; -} - -segment::segment(const position &a, int n, segment *p) -: is_absolute(n), pos(a), next(p) -{ -} - -text_item::text_item(char *t, const char *fn, int ln) -: next(0), text(t), filename(fn), lineno(ln) -{ - adj.h = CENTER_ADJUST; - adj.v = NONE_ADJUST; -} - -text_item::~text_item() -{ - a_delete text; -} - -object_spec::object_spec(object_type t) : type(t) -{ - flags = 0; - tbl = 0; - segment_list = 0; - segment_width = segment_height = 0.0; - segment_is_absolute = 0; - text = 0; - shaded = 0; - outlined = 0; - with = 0; - dir = RIGHT_DIRECTION; -} - -object_spec::~object_spec() -{ - delete tbl; - while (segment_list != 0) { - segment *tem = segment_list; - segment_list = segment_list->next; - delete tem; - } - object *p = oblist.head; - while (p != 0) { - object *tem = p; - p = p->next; - delete tem; - } - while (text != 0) { - text_item *tem = text; - text = text->next; - delete tem; - } - delete with; - a_delete shaded; - a_delete outlined; -} - -class command_object : public object { - char *s; - const char *filename; - int lineno; -public: - command_object(char *, const char *, int); - ~command_object(); - object_type type() { return OTHER_OBJECT; } - void print(); -}; - -command_object::command_object(char *p, const char *fn, int ln) -: s(p), filename(fn), lineno(ln) -{ -} - -command_object::~command_object() -{ - a_delete s; -} - -void command_object::print() -{ - out->command(s, filename, lineno); -} - -object *make_command_object(char *s, const char *fn, int ln) -{ - return new command_object(s, fn, ln); -} - -class mark_object : public object { -public: - mark_object(); - object_type type(); -}; - -object *make_mark_object() -{ - return new mark_object(); -} - -mark_object::mark_object() -{ -} - -object_type mark_object::type() -{ - return MARK_OBJECT; -} - -object_list::object_list() : head(0), tail(0) -{ -} - -void object_list::append(object *obj) -{ - if (tail == 0) { - obj->next = obj->prev = 0; - head = tail = obj; - } - else { - obj->prev = tail; - obj->next = 0; - tail->next = obj; - tail = obj; - } -} - -void object_list::wrap_up_block(object_list *ol) -{ - object *p; - for (p = tail; p && p->type() != MARK_OBJECT; p = p->prev) - ; - assert(p != 0); - ol->head = p->next; - if (ol->head) { - ol->tail = tail; - ol->head->prev = 0; - } - else - ol->tail = 0; - tail = p->prev; - if (tail) - tail->next = 0; - else - head = 0; - delete p; -} - -text_piece::text_piece() -: text(0), filename(0), lineno(-1) -{ - adj.h = CENTER_ADJUST; - adj.v = NONE_ADJUST; -} - -text_piece::~text_piece() -{ - a_delete text; -} - -class graphic_object : public object { - int ntext; - text_piece *text; - int aligned; -protected: - line_type lt; - char *outline_color; - char *color_fill; -public: - graphic_object(); - ~graphic_object(); - object_type type() = 0; - void print_text(); - void add_text(text_item *, int); - void set_dotted(double); - void set_dashed(double); - void set_thickness(double); - void set_invisible(); - void set_outline_color(char *); - char *get_outline_color(); - virtual void set_fill(double); - virtual void set_fill_color(char *); -}; - -graphic_object::graphic_object() -: ntext(0), text(0), aligned(0), outline_color(0), color_fill(0) -{ -} - -void graphic_object::set_dotted(double wid) -{ - lt.type = line_type::dotted; - lt.dash_width = wid; -} - -void graphic_object::set_dashed(double wid) -{ - lt.type = line_type::dashed; - lt.dash_width = wid; -} - -void graphic_object::set_thickness(double th) -{ - lt.thickness = th; -} - -void graphic_object::set_fill(double) -{ -} - -void graphic_object::set_fill_color(char *c) -{ - color_fill = strsave(c); -} - -void graphic_object::set_outline_color(char *c) -{ - outline_color = strsave(c); -} - -char *graphic_object::get_outline_color() -{ - return outline_color; -} - -void graphic_object::set_invisible() -{ - lt.type = line_type::invisible; -} - -void graphic_object::add_text(text_item *t, int a) -{ - aligned = a; - int len = 0; - text_item *p; - for (p = t; p; p = p->next) - len++; - if (len == 0) - text = 0; - else { - text = new text_piece[len]; - for (p = t, len = 0; p; p = p->next, len++) { - text[len].text = p->text; - p->text = 0; - text[len].adj = p->adj; - text[len].filename = p->filename; - text[len].lineno = p->lineno; - } - } - ntext = len; -} - -void graphic_object::print_text() -{ - double angle = 0.0; - if (aligned) { - position d(end() - start()); - if (d.x != 0.0 || d.y != 0.0) - angle = atan2(d.y, d.x); - } - if (text != 0) { - out->set_color(color_fill, get_outline_color()); - out->text(center(), text, ntext, angle); - out->reset_color(); - } -} - -graphic_object::~graphic_object() -{ - if (text) - ad_delete(ntext) text; -} - -class rectangle_object : public graphic_object { -protected: - position cent; - position dim; -public: - rectangle_object(const position &); - double width() { return dim.x; } - double height() { return dim.y; } - position origin() { return cent; } - position center() { return cent; } - position north() { return position(cent.x, cent.y + dim.y/2.0); } - position south() { return position(cent.x, cent.y - dim.y/2.0); } - position east() { return position(cent.x + dim.x/2.0, cent.y); } - position west() { return position(cent.x - dim.x/2.0, cent.y); } - position north_east() { return position(cent.x + dim.x/2.0, cent.y + dim.y/2.0); } - position north_west() { return position(cent.x - dim.x/2.0, cent.y + dim.y/2.0); } - position south_east() { return position(cent.x + dim.x/2.0, cent.y - dim.y/2.0); } - position south_west() { return position(cent.x - dim.x/2.0, cent.y - dim.y/2.0); } - object_type type() = 0; - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); - void move_by(const position &); -}; - -rectangle_object::rectangle_object(const position &d) -: dim(d) -{ -} - -void rectangle_object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *p) -{ - p->encompass(cent - dim/2.0); - p->encompass(cent + dim/2.0); -} - -void rectangle_object::move_by(const position &a) -{ - cent += a; -} - -class closed_object : public rectangle_object { -public: - closed_object(const position &); - object_type type() = 0; - void set_fill(double); - void set_fill_color(char *fill); -protected: - double fill; // < 0 if not filled - char *color_fill; // = 0 if not colored -}; - -closed_object::closed_object(const position &pos) -: rectangle_object(pos), fill(-1.0), color_fill(0) -{ -} - -void closed_object::set_fill(double f) -{ - assert(f >= 0.0); - fill = f; -} - -void closed_object::set_fill_color(char *f) -{ - color_fill = strsave(f); -} - -class box_object : public closed_object { - double xrad; - double yrad; -public: - box_object(const position &, double); - object_type type() { return BOX_OBJECT; } - void print(); - position north_east(); - position north_west(); - position south_east(); - position south_west(); -}; - -box_object::box_object(const position &pos, double r) -: closed_object(pos), xrad(dim.x > 0 ? r : -r), yrad(dim.y > 0 ? r : -r) -{ -} - -const double CHOP_FACTOR = 1.0 - 1.0/M_SQRT2; - -position box_object::north_east() -{ - return position(cent.x + dim.x/2.0 - CHOP_FACTOR*xrad, - cent.y + dim.y/2.0 - CHOP_FACTOR*yrad); -} - -position box_object::north_west() -{ - return position(cent.x - dim.x/2.0 + CHOP_FACTOR*xrad, - cent.y + dim.y/2.0 - CHOP_FACTOR*yrad); -} - -position box_object::south_east() -{ - return position(cent.x + dim.x/2.0 - CHOP_FACTOR*xrad, - cent.y - dim.y/2.0 + CHOP_FACTOR*yrad); -} - -position box_object::south_west() -{ - return position(cent.x - dim.x/2.0 + CHOP_FACTOR*xrad, - cent.y - dim.y/2.0 + CHOP_FACTOR*yrad); -} - -void box_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible && fill < 0.0 && color_fill == 0) - return; - out->set_color(color_fill, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - if (xrad == 0.0) { - distance dim2 = dim/2.0; - position vec[4]; - vec[0] = cent + position(dim2.x, -dim2.y); - vec[1] = cent + position(dim2.x, dim2.y); - vec[2] = cent + position(-dim2.x, dim2.y); - vec[3] = cent + position(-dim2.x, -dim2.y); - out->polygon(vec, 4, lt, fill); - } - else { - distance abs_dim(fabs(dim.x), fabs(dim.y)); - out->rounded_box(cent, abs_dim, fabs(xrad), lt, fill); - } - out->reset_color(); -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_box(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - static double last_box_height; - static double last_box_width; - static double last_box_radius; - static int have_last_box = 0; - if (!(flags & HAS_HEIGHT)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_box) - height = last_box_height; - else - lookup_variable("boxht", &height); - } - if (!(flags & HAS_WIDTH)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_box) - width = last_box_width; - else - lookup_variable("boxwid", &width); - } - if (!(flags & HAS_RADIUS)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_box) - radius = last_box_radius; - else - lookup_variable("boxrad", &radius); - } - last_box_width = width; - last_box_height = height; - last_box_radius = radius; - have_last_box = 1; - radius = fabs(radius); - if (radius*2.0 > fabs(width)) - radius = fabs(width/2.0); - if (radius*2.0 > fabs(height)) - radius = fabs(height/2.0); - box_object *p = new box_object(position(width, height), radius); - if (!position_rectangle(p, curpos, dirp)) { - delete p; - p = 0; - } - return p; -} - -// return non-zero for success - -int object_spec::position_rectangle(rectangle_object *p, - position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - position pos; - dir = *dirp; // ignore any direction in attribute list - position motion; - switch (dir) { - case UP_DIRECTION: - motion.y = p->height()/2.0; - break; - case DOWN_DIRECTION: - motion.y = -p->height()/2.0; - break; - case LEFT_DIRECTION: - motion.x = -p->width()/2.0; - break; - case RIGHT_DIRECTION: - motion.x = p->width()/2.0; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (flags & HAS_AT) { - pos = at; - if (flags & HAS_WITH) { - place offset; - place here; - here.obj = p; - if (!with->follow(here, &offset)) - return 0; - pos -= offset; - } - } - else { - pos = *curpos; - pos += motion; - } - p->move_by(pos); - pos += motion; - *curpos = pos; - return 1; -} - -class block_object : public rectangle_object { - object_list oblist; - PTABLE(place) *tbl; -public: - block_object(const position &, const object_list &ol, PTABLE(place) *t); - ~block_object(); - place *find_label(const char *); - object_type type(); - void move_by(const position &); - void print(); -}; - -block_object::block_object(const position &d, const object_list &ol, - PTABLE(place) *t) -: rectangle_object(d), oblist(ol), tbl(t) -{ -} - -block_object::~block_object() -{ - delete tbl; - object *p = oblist.head; - while (p != 0) { - object *tem = p; - p = p->next; - delete tem; - } -} - -void block_object::print() -{ - out->begin_block(south_west(), north_east()); - print_object_list(oblist.head); - out->end_block(); -} - -static void adjust_objectless_places(PTABLE(place) *tbl, const position &a) -{ - // Adjust all the labels that aren't attached to objects. - PTABLE_ITERATOR(place) iter(tbl); - const char *key; - place *pl; - while (iter.next(&key, &pl)) - if (key && csupper(key[0]) && pl->obj == 0) { - pl->x += a.x; - pl->y += a.y; - } -} - -void block_object::move_by(const position &a) -{ - cent += a; - for (object *p = oblist.head; p; p = p->next) - p->move_by(a); - adjust_objectless_places(tbl, a); -} - - -place *block_object::find_label(const char *name) -{ - return tbl->lookup(name); -} - -object_type block_object::type() -{ - return BLOCK_OBJECT; -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_block(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - bounding_box bb; - for (object *p = oblist.head; p; p = p->next) - p->update_bounding_box(&bb); - position dim; - if (!bb.blank) { - position m = -(bb.ll + bb.ur)/2.0; - for (object *p = oblist.head; p; p = p->next) - p->move_by(m); - adjust_objectless_places(tbl, m); - dim = bb.ur - bb.ll; - } - if (flags & HAS_WIDTH) - dim.x = width; - if (flags & HAS_HEIGHT) - dim.y = height; - block_object *block = new block_object(dim, oblist, tbl); - if (!position_rectangle(block, curpos, dirp)) { - delete block; - block = 0; - } - tbl = 0; - oblist.head = oblist.tail = 0; - return block; -} - -class text_object : public rectangle_object { -public: - text_object(const position &); - object_type type() { return TEXT_OBJECT; } -}; - -text_object::text_object(const position &d) -: rectangle_object(d) -{ -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_text(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - if (!(flags & HAS_HEIGHT)) { - lookup_variable("textht", &height); - int nitems = 0; - for (text_item *t = text; t; t = t->next) - nitems++; - height *= nitems; - } - if (!(flags & HAS_WIDTH)) - lookup_variable("textwid", &width); - text_object *p = new text_object(position(width, height)); - if (!position_rectangle(p, curpos, dirp)) { - delete p; - p = 0; - } - return p; -} - - -class ellipse_object : public closed_object { -public: - ellipse_object(const position &); - position north_east() { return position(cent.x + dim.x/(M_SQRT2*2.0), - cent.y + dim.y/(M_SQRT2*2.0)); } - position north_west() { return position(cent.x - dim.x/(M_SQRT2*2.0), - cent.y + dim.y/(M_SQRT2*2.0)); } - position south_east() { return position(cent.x + dim.x/(M_SQRT2*2.0), - cent.y - dim.y/(M_SQRT2*2.0)); } - position south_west() { return position(cent.x - dim.x/(M_SQRT2*2.0), - cent.y - dim.y/(M_SQRT2*2.0)); } - double radius() { return dim.x/2.0; } - object_type type() { return ELLIPSE_OBJECT; } - void print(); -}; - -ellipse_object::ellipse_object(const position &d) -: closed_object(d) -{ -} - -void ellipse_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible && fill < 0.0 && color_fill == 0) - return; - out->set_color(color_fill, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - out->ellipse(cent, dim, lt, fill); - out->reset_color(); -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_ellipse(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - static double last_ellipse_height; - static double last_ellipse_width; - static int have_last_ellipse = 0; - if (!(flags & HAS_HEIGHT)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_ellipse) - height = last_ellipse_height; - else - lookup_variable("ellipseht", &height); - } - if (!(flags & HAS_WIDTH)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_ellipse) - width = last_ellipse_width; - else - lookup_variable("ellipsewid", &width); - } - last_ellipse_width = width; - last_ellipse_height = height; - have_last_ellipse = 1; - ellipse_object *p = new ellipse_object(position(width, height)); - if (!position_rectangle(p, curpos, dirp)) { - delete p; - return 0; - } - return p; -} - -class circle_object : public ellipse_object { -public: - circle_object(double); - object_type type() { return CIRCLE_OBJECT; } - void print(); -}; - -circle_object::circle_object(double diam) -: ellipse_object(position(diam, diam)) -{ -} - -void circle_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible && fill < 0.0 && color_fill == 0) - return; - out->set_color(color_fill, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - out->circle(cent, dim.x/2.0, lt, fill); - out->reset_color(); -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_circle(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - static double last_circle_radius; - static int have_last_circle = 0; - if (!(flags & HAS_RADIUS)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_circle) - radius = last_circle_radius; - else - lookup_variable("circlerad", &radius); - } - last_circle_radius = radius; - have_last_circle = 1; - circle_object *p = new circle_object(radius*2.0); - if (!position_rectangle(p, curpos, dirp)) { - delete p; - return 0; - } - return p; -} - -class move_object : public graphic_object { - position strt; - position en; -public: - move_object(const position &s, const position &e); - position origin() { return en; } - object_type type() { return MOVE_OBJECT; } - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); - void move_by(const position &); -}; - -move_object::move_object(const position &s, const position &e) -: strt(s), en(e) -{ -} - -void move_object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *p) -{ - p->encompass(strt); - p->encompass(en); -} - -void move_object::move_by(const position &a) -{ - strt += a; - en += a; -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_move(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - static position last_move; - static int have_last_move = 0; - *dirp = dir; - // No need to look at at since `at' attribute sets `from' attribute. - position startpos = (flags & HAS_FROM) ? from : *curpos; - if (!(flags & HAS_SEGMENT)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && have_last_move) - segment_pos = last_move; - else { - switch (dir) { - case UP_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.y = segment_height; - break; - case DOWN_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.y = -segment_height; - break; - case LEFT_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.x = -segment_width; - break; - case RIGHT_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.x = segment_width; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - } - segment_list = new segment(segment_pos, segment_is_absolute, segment_list); - // Reverse the segment_list so that it's in forward order. - segment *old = segment_list; - segment_list = 0; - while (old != 0) { - segment *tem = old->next; - old->next = segment_list; - segment_list = old; - old = tem; - } - // Compute the end position. - position endpos = startpos; - for (segment *s = segment_list; s; s = s->next) - if (s->is_absolute) - endpos = s->pos; - else - endpos += s->pos; - have_last_move = 1; - last_move = endpos - startpos; - move_object *p = new move_object(startpos, endpos); - *curpos = endpos; - return p; -} - -class linear_object : public graphic_object { -protected: - char arrow_at_start; - char arrow_at_end; - arrow_head_type aht; - position strt; - position en; -public: - linear_object(const position &s, const position &e); - position start() { return strt; } - position end() { return en; } - void move_by(const position &); - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *) = 0; - object_type type() = 0; - void add_arrows(int at_start, int at_end, const arrow_head_type &); -}; - -class line_object : public linear_object { -protected: - position *v; - int n; -public: - line_object(const position &s, const position &e, position *, int); - ~line_object(); - position origin() { return strt; } - position center() { return (strt + en)/2.0; } - position north() { return (en.y - strt.y) > 0 ? en : strt; } - position south() { return (en.y - strt.y) < 0 ? en : strt; } - position east() { return (en.x - strt.x) > 0 ? en : strt; } - position west() { return (en.x - strt.x) < 0 ? en : strt; } - object_type type() { return LINE_OBJECT; } - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); - void print(); - void move_by(const position &); -}; - -class arrow_object : public line_object { -public: - arrow_object(const position &, const position &, position *, int); - object_type type() { return ARROW_OBJECT; } -}; - -class spline_object : public line_object { -public: - spline_object(const position &, const position &, position *, int); - object_type type() { return SPLINE_OBJECT; } - void print(); - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); -}; - -linear_object::linear_object(const position &s, const position &e) -: arrow_at_start(0), arrow_at_end(0), strt(s), en(e) -{ -} - -void linear_object::move_by(const position &a) -{ - strt += a; - en += a; -} - -void linear_object::add_arrows(int at_start, int at_end, - const arrow_head_type &a) -{ - arrow_at_start = at_start; - arrow_at_end = at_end; - aht = a; -} - -line_object::line_object(const position &s, const position &e, - position *p, int i) -: linear_object(s, e), v(p), n(i) -{ -} - -void line_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible) - return; - out->set_color(0, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - // shorten line length to avoid arrow sticking. - position sp = strt; - if (arrow_at_start) { - position base = v[0] - strt; - double hyp = hypot(base); - if (hyp == 0.0) { - error("cannot draw arrow on object with zero length"); - return; - } - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - base *= aht.height / hyp; - draw_arrow(strt, strt - v[0], aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - sp = strt + base; - } else { - base *= fabs(lt.thickness) / hyp / 72 / 4; - sp = strt + base; - draw_arrow(sp, sp - v[0], aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } - } - if (arrow_at_end) { - position base = v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt); - double hyp = hypot(base); - if (hyp == 0.0) { - error("cannot draw arrow on object with zero length"); - return; - } - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - base *= aht.height / hyp; - draw_arrow(en, v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt), aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - v[n-1] = en - base; - } else { - base *= fabs(lt.thickness) / hyp / 72 / 4; - v[n-1] = en - base; - draw_arrow(v[n-1], v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt), aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } - } - out->line(sp, v, n, lt); - out->reset_color(); -} - -void line_object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *p) -{ - p->encompass(strt); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - p->encompass(v[i]); -} - -void line_object::move_by(const position &pos) -{ - linear_object::move_by(pos); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - v[i] += pos; -} - -void spline_object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *p) -{ - p->encompass(strt); - p->encompass(en); - /* - - If - - p1 = q1/2 + q2/2 - p2 = q1/6 + q2*5/6 - p3 = q2*5/6 + q3/6 - p4 = q2/2 + q3/2 - [ the points for the Bezier cubic ] - - and - - t = .5 - - then - - (1-t)^3*p1 + 3*t*(t - 1)^2*p2 + 3*t^2*(1-t)*p3 + t^3*p4 - [ the equation for the Bezier cubic ] - - = .125*q1 + .75*q2 + .125*q3 - - */ - for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) - p->encompass((i == 1 ? strt : v[i-2])*.125 + v[i-1]*.75 + v[i]*.125); -} - -arrow_object::arrow_object(const position &s, const position &e, - position *p, int i) -: line_object(s, e, p, i) -{ -} - -spline_object::spline_object(const position &s, const position &e, - position *p, int i) -: line_object(s, e, p, i) -{ -} - -void spline_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible) - return; - out->set_color(0, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - // shorten line length for spline to avoid arrow sticking - position sp = strt; - if (arrow_at_start) { - position base = v[0] - strt; - double hyp = hypot(base); - if (hyp == 0.0) { - error("cannot draw arrow on object with zero length"); - return; - } - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - base *= aht.height / hyp; - draw_arrow(strt, strt - v[0], aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - sp = strt + base*0.1; // to reserve spline shape - } else { - base *= fabs(lt.thickness) / hyp / 72 / 4; - sp = strt + base; - draw_arrow(sp, sp - v[0], aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } - } - if (arrow_at_end) { - position base = v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt); - double hyp = hypot(base); - if (hyp == 0.0) { - error("cannot draw arrow on object with zero length"); - return; - } - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - base *= aht.height / hyp; - draw_arrow(en, v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt), aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - v[n-1] = en - base*0.1; // to reserve spline shape - } else { - base *= fabs(lt.thickness) / hyp / 72 / 4; - v[n-1] = en - base; - draw_arrow(v[n-1], v[n-1] - (n > 1 ? v[n-2] : strt), aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } - } - out->spline(sp, v, n, lt); - out->reset_color(); -} - -line_object::~line_object() -{ - a_delete v; -} - -linear_object *object_spec::make_line(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - static position last_line; - static int have_last_line = 0; - *dirp = dir; - // No need to look at at since `at' attribute sets `from' attribute. - position startpos = (flags & HAS_FROM) ? from : *curpos; - if (!(flags & HAS_SEGMENT)) { - if ((flags & IS_SAME) && (type == LINE_OBJECT || type == ARROW_OBJECT) - && have_last_line) - segment_pos = last_line; - else - switch (dir) { - case UP_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.y = segment_height; - break; - case DOWN_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.y = -segment_height; - break; - case LEFT_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.x = -segment_width; - break; - case RIGHT_DIRECTION: - segment_pos.x = segment_width; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - segment_list = new segment(segment_pos, segment_is_absolute, segment_list); - // reverse the segment_list so that it's in forward order - segment *old = segment_list; - segment_list = 0; - while (old != 0) { - segment *tem = old->next; - old->next = segment_list; - segment_list = old; - old = tem; - } - // Absolutise all movements - position endpos = startpos; - int nsegments = 0; - segment *s; - for (s = segment_list; s; s = s->next, nsegments++) - if (s->is_absolute) - endpos = s->pos; - else { - endpos += s->pos; - s->pos = endpos; - s->is_absolute = 1; // to avoid confusion - } - // handle chop - line_object *p = 0; - position *v = new position[nsegments]; - int i = 0; - for (s = segment_list; s; s = s->next, i++) - v[i] = s->pos; - if (flags & IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED) { - lookup_variable("circlerad", &start_chop); - end_chop = start_chop; - flags |= IS_CHOPPED; - } - if (flags & IS_CHOPPED) { - position start_chop_vec, end_chop_vec; - if (start_chop != 0.0) { - start_chop_vec = v[0] - startpos; - start_chop_vec *= start_chop / hypot(start_chop_vec); - } - if (end_chop != 0.0) { - end_chop_vec = (v[nsegments - 1] - - (nsegments > 1 ? v[nsegments - 2] : startpos)); - end_chop_vec *= end_chop / hypot(end_chop_vec); - } - startpos += start_chop_vec; - v[nsegments - 1] -= end_chop_vec; - endpos -= end_chop_vec; - } - switch (type) { - case SPLINE_OBJECT: - p = new spline_object(startpos, endpos, v, nsegments); - break; - case ARROW_OBJECT: - p = new arrow_object(startpos, endpos, v, nsegments); - break; - case LINE_OBJECT: - p = new line_object(startpos, endpos, v, nsegments); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - have_last_line = 1; - last_line = endpos - startpos; - *curpos = endpos; - return p; -} - -class arc_object : public linear_object { - int clockwise; - position cent; - double rad; -public: - arc_object(int, const position &, const position &, const position &); - position origin() { return cent; } - position center() { return cent; } - double radius() { return rad; } - position north(); - position south(); - position east(); - position west(); - position north_east(); - position north_west(); - position south_east(); - position south_west(); - void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); - object_type type() { return ARC_OBJECT; } - void print(); - void move_by(const position &pos); -}; - -arc_object::arc_object(int cw, const position &s, const position &e, - const position &c) -: linear_object(s, e), clockwise(cw), cent(c) -{ - rad = hypot(c - s); -} - -void arc_object::move_by(const position &pos) -{ - linear_object::move_by(pos); - cent += pos; -} - -// we get arc corners from the corresponding circle - -position arc_object::north() -{ - position result(cent); - result.y += rad; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::south() -{ - position result(cent); - result.y -= rad; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::east() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x += rad; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::west() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x -= rad; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::north_east() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x += rad/M_SQRT2; - result.y += rad/M_SQRT2; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::north_west() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x -= rad/M_SQRT2; - result.y += rad/M_SQRT2; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::south_east() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x += rad/M_SQRT2; - result.y -= rad/M_SQRT2; - return result; -} - -position arc_object::south_west() -{ - position result(cent); - result.x -= rad/M_SQRT2; - result.y -= rad/M_SQRT2; - return result; -} - - -void arc_object::print() -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible) - return; - out->set_color(0, graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - // handle arrow direction; make shorter line for arc - position sp, ep, b; - if (clockwise) { - sp = en; - ep = strt; - } else { - sp = strt; - ep = en; - } - if (arrow_at_start) { - double theta = aht.height / rad; - if (clockwise) - theta = - theta; - b = strt - cent; - b = position(b.x*cos(theta) - b.y*sin(theta), - b.x*sin(theta) + b.y*cos(theta)) + cent; - if (clockwise) - ep = b; - else - sp = b; - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - draw_arrow(strt, strt - b, aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } else { - position v = b; - theta = fabs(lt.thickness) / 72 / 4 / rad; - if (clockwise) - theta = - theta; - b = strt - cent; - b = position(b.x*cos(theta) - b.y*sin(theta), - b.x*sin(theta) + b.y*cos(theta)) + cent; - draw_arrow(b, b - v, aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - out->line(b, &v, 1, lt); - } - } - if (arrow_at_end) { - double theta = aht.height / rad; - if (!clockwise) - theta = - theta; - b = en - cent; - b = position(b.x*cos(theta) - b.y*sin(theta), - b.x*sin(theta) + b.y*cos(theta)) + cent; - if (clockwise) - sp = b; - else - ep = b; - if (aht.solid && out->supports_filled_polygons()) { - draw_arrow(en, en - b, aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - } else { - position v = b; - theta = fabs(lt.thickness) / 72 / 4 / rad; - if (!clockwise) - theta = - theta; - b = en - cent; - b = position(b.x*cos(theta) - b.y*sin(theta), - b.x*sin(theta) + b.y*cos(theta)) + cent; - draw_arrow(b, b - v, aht, lt, - graphic_object::get_outline_color()); - out->line(b, &v, 1, lt); - } - } - out->arc(sp, cent, ep, lt); - out->reset_color(); -} - -inline double max(double a, double b) -{ - return a > b ? a : b; -} - -void arc_object::update_bounding_box(bounding_box *p) -{ - p->encompass(strt); - p->encompass(en); - position start_offset = strt - cent; - if (start_offset.x == 0.0 && start_offset.y == 0.0) - return; - position end_offset = en - cent; - if (end_offset.x == 0.0 && end_offset.y == 0.0) - return; - double start_quad = atan2(start_offset.y, start_offset.x)/(M_PI/2.0); - double end_quad = atan2(end_offset.y, end_offset.x)/(M_PI/2.0); - if (clockwise) { - double temp = start_quad; - start_quad = end_quad; - end_quad = temp; - } - if (start_quad < 0.0) - start_quad += 4.0; - while (end_quad <= start_quad) - end_quad += 4.0; - double r = max(hypot(start_offset), hypot(end_offset)); - for (int q = int(start_quad) + 1; q < end_quad; q++) { - position offset; - switch (q % 4) { - case 0: - offset.x = r; - break; - case 1: - offset.y = r; - break; - case 2: - offset.x = -r; - break; - case 3: - offset.y = -r; - break; - } - p->encompass(cent + offset); - } -} - -// We ignore the with attribute. The at attribute always refers to the center. - -linear_object *object_spec::make_arc(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - *dirp = dir; - int cw = (flags & IS_CLOCKWISE) != 0; - // compute the start - position startpos; - if (flags & HAS_FROM) - startpos = from; - else - startpos = *curpos; - if (!(flags & HAS_RADIUS)) - lookup_variable("arcrad", &radius); - // compute the end - position endpos; - if (flags & HAS_TO) - endpos = to; - else { - position m(radius, radius); - // Adjust the signs. - if (cw) { - if (dir == DOWN_DIRECTION || dir == LEFT_DIRECTION) - m.x = -m.x; - if (dir == DOWN_DIRECTION || dir == RIGHT_DIRECTION) - m.y = -m.y; - *dirp = direction((dir + 3) % 4); - } - else { - if (dir == UP_DIRECTION || dir == LEFT_DIRECTION) - m.x = -m.x; - if (dir == DOWN_DIRECTION || dir == LEFT_DIRECTION) - m.y = -m.y; - *dirp = direction((dir + 1) % 4); - } - endpos = startpos + m; - } - // compute the center - position centerpos; - if (flags & HAS_AT) - centerpos = at; - else if (startpos == endpos) - centerpos = startpos; - else { - position h = (endpos - startpos)/2.0; - double d = hypot(h); - if (radius <= 0) - radius = .25; - // make the radius big enough - while (radius < d) - radius *= 2.0; - double alpha = acos(d/radius); - double theta = atan2(h.y, h.x); - if (cw) - theta -= alpha; - else - theta += alpha; - centerpos = position(cos(theta), sin(theta))*radius + startpos; - } - arc_object *p = new arc_object(cw, startpos, endpos, centerpos); - *curpos = endpos; - return p; -} - -graphic_object *object_spec::make_linear(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - linear_object *obj; - if (type == ARC_OBJECT) - obj = make_arc(curpos, dirp); - else - obj = make_line(curpos, dirp); - if (type == ARROW_OBJECT - && (flags & (HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD|HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD)) == 0) - flags |= HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD; - if (obj && (flags & (HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD|HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD))) { - arrow_head_type a; - int at_start = (flags & HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD) != 0; - int at_end = (flags & HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD) != 0; - if (flags & HAS_HEIGHT) - a.height = height; - else - lookup_variable("arrowht", &a.height); - if (flags & HAS_WIDTH) - a.width = width; - else - lookup_variable("arrowwid", &a.width); - double solid; - lookup_variable("arrowhead", &solid); - a.solid = solid != 0.0; - obj->add_arrows(at_start, at_end, a); - } - return obj; -} - -object *object_spec::make_object(position *curpos, direction *dirp) -{ - graphic_object *obj = 0; - switch (type) { - case BLOCK_OBJECT: - obj = make_block(curpos, dirp); - break; - case BOX_OBJECT: - obj = make_box(curpos, dirp); - break; - case TEXT_OBJECT: - obj = make_text(curpos, dirp); - break; - case ELLIPSE_OBJECT: - obj = make_ellipse(curpos, dirp); - break; - case CIRCLE_OBJECT: - obj = make_circle(curpos, dirp); - break; - case MOVE_OBJECT: - obj = make_move(curpos, dirp); - break; - case ARC_OBJECT: - case LINE_OBJECT: - case SPLINE_OBJECT: - case ARROW_OBJECT: - obj = make_linear(curpos, dirp); - break; - case MARK_OBJECT: - case OTHER_OBJECT: - default: - assert(0); - break; - } - if (obj) { - if (flags & IS_INVISIBLE) - obj->set_invisible(); - if (text != 0) - obj->add_text(text, (flags & IS_ALIGNED) != 0); - if (flags & IS_DOTTED) - obj->set_dotted(dash_width); - else if (flags & IS_DASHED) - obj->set_dashed(dash_width); - double th; - if (flags & HAS_THICKNESS) - th = thickness; - else - lookup_variable("linethick", &th); - obj->set_thickness(th); - if (flags & IS_OUTLINED) - obj->set_outline_color(outlined); - if (flags & (IS_DEFAULT_FILLED | IS_FILLED)) { - if (flags & IS_SHADED) - obj->set_fill_color(shaded); - else { - if (flags & IS_DEFAULT_FILLED) - lookup_variable("fillval", &fill); - if (fill < 0.0) - error("bad fill value %1", fill); - else - obj->set_fill(fill); - } - } - } - return obj; -} - -struct string_list { - string_list *next; - char *str; - string_list(char *); - ~string_list(); -}; - -string_list::string_list(char *s) -: next(0), str(s) -{ -} - -string_list::~string_list() -{ - a_delete str; -} - -/* A path is used to hold the argument to the `with' attribute. For - example, `.nw' or `.A.s' or `.A'. The major operation on a path is to - take a place and follow the path through the place to place within the - place. Note that `.A.B.C.sw' will work. - - For compatibility with DWB pic, `with' accepts positions also (this - is incorrectly documented in CSTR 116). */ - -path::path(corner c) -: crn(c), label_list(0), ypath(0), is_position(0) -{ -} - -path::path(position p) -: crn(0), label_list(0), ypath(0), is_position(1) -{ - pos.x = p.x; - pos.y = p.y; -} - -path::path(char *l, corner c) -: crn(c), ypath(0), is_position(0) -{ - label_list = new string_list(l); -} - -path::~path() -{ - while (label_list) { - string_list *tem = label_list; - label_list = label_list->next; - delete tem; - } - delete ypath; -} - -void path::append(corner c) -{ - assert(crn == 0); - crn = c; -} - -void path::append(char *s) -{ - string_list **p; - for (p = &label_list; *p; p = &(*p)->next) - ; - *p = new string_list(s); -} - -void path::set_ypath(path *p) -{ - ypath = p; -} - -// return non-zero for success - -int path::follow(const place &pl, place *result) const -{ - if (is_position) { - result->x = pos.x; - result->y = pos.y; - result->obj = 0; - return 1; - } - const place *p = &pl; - for (string_list *lb = label_list; lb; lb = lb->next) - if (p->obj == 0 || (p = p->obj->find_label(lb->str)) == 0) { - lex_error("object does not contain a place `%1'", lb->str); - return 0; - } - if (crn == 0 || p->obj == 0) - *result = *p; - else { - position ps = ((p->obj)->*(crn))(); - result->x = ps.x; - result->y = ps.y; - result->obj = 0; - } - if (ypath) { - place tem; - if (!ypath->follow(pl, &tem)) - return 0; - result->y = tem.y; - if (result->obj != tem.obj) - result->obj = 0; - } - return 1; -} - -void print_object_list(object *p) -{ - for (; p; p = p->next) { - p->print(); - p->print_text(); - } -} - -void print_picture(object *obj) -{ - bounding_box bb; - for (object *p = obj; p; p = p->next) - p->update_bounding_box(&bb); - double scale; - lookup_variable("scale", &scale); - out->start_picture(scale, bb.ll, bb.ur); - print_object_list(obj); - out->finish_picture(); -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9f7f4bc33708..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/object.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,225 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2002, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -struct place; - -enum object_type { - OTHER_OBJECT, - BOX_OBJECT, - CIRCLE_OBJECT, - ELLIPSE_OBJECT, - ARC_OBJECT, - SPLINE_OBJECT, - LINE_OBJECT, - ARROW_OBJECT, - MOVE_OBJECT, - TEXT_OBJECT, - BLOCK_OBJECT, - MARK_OBJECT - }; - -struct bounding_box; - -struct object { - object *prev; - object *next; - object(); - virtual ~object(); - virtual position origin(); - virtual double width(); - virtual double radius(); - virtual double height(); - virtual position north(); - virtual position south(); - virtual position east(); - virtual position west(); - virtual position north_east(); - virtual position north_west(); - virtual position south_east(); - virtual position south_west(); - virtual position start(); - virtual position end(); - virtual position center(); - virtual place *find_label(const char *); - virtual void move_by(const position &); - virtual int blank(); - virtual void update_bounding_box(bounding_box *); - virtual object_type type() = 0; - virtual void print(); - virtual void print_text(); -}; - -typedef position (object::*corner)(); - -struct place { - object *obj; - double x, y; -}; - -struct string_list; - -class path { - position pos; - corner crn; - string_list *label_list; - path *ypath; - int is_position; -public: - path(corner = 0); - path(position); - path(char *, corner = 0); - ~path(); - void append(corner); - void append(char *); - void set_ypath(path *); - int follow(const place &, place *) const; -}; - -struct object_list { - object *head; - object *tail; - object_list(); - void append(object *); - void wrap_up_block(object_list *); -}; - -declare_ptable(place) - -// these go counterclockwise -enum direction { - RIGHT_DIRECTION, - UP_DIRECTION, - LEFT_DIRECTION, - DOWN_DIRECTION - }; - -struct graphics_state { - double x, y; - direction dir; -}; - -struct saved_state : public graphics_state { - saved_state *prev; - PTABLE(place) *tbl; -}; - - -struct text_item { - text_item *next; - char *text; - adjustment adj; - const char *filename; - int lineno; - - text_item(char *, const char *, int); - ~text_item(); -}; - -const unsigned long IS_DOTTED = 01; -const unsigned long IS_DASHED = 02; -const unsigned long IS_CLOCKWISE = 04; -const unsigned long IS_INVISIBLE = 020; -const unsigned long HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD = 040; -const unsigned long HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD = 0100; -const unsigned long HAS_SEGMENT = 0200; -const unsigned long IS_SAME = 0400; -const unsigned long HAS_FROM = 01000; -const unsigned long HAS_AT = 02000; -const unsigned long HAS_WITH = 04000; -const unsigned long HAS_HEIGHT = 010000; -const unsigned long HAS_WIDTH = 020000; -const unsigned long HAS_RADIUS = 040000; -const unsigned long HAS_TO = 0100000; -const unsigned long IS_CHOPPED = 0200000; -const unsigned long IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED = 0400000; -const unsigned long HAS_THICKNESS = 01000000; -const unsigned long IS_FILLED = 02000000; -const unsigned long IS_DEFAULT_FILLED = 04000000; -const unsigned long IS_ALIGNED = 010000000; -const unsigned long IS_SHADED = 020000000; -const unsigned long IS_OUTLINED = 040000000; - -struct segment { - int is_absolute; - position pos; - segment *next; - segment(const position &, int, segment *); -}; - -class rectangle_object; -class graphic_object; -class linear_object; - -struct object_spec { - unsigned long flags; - object_type type; - object_list oblist; - PTABLE(place) *tbl; - double dash_width; - position from; - position to; - position at; - position by; - path *with; - text_item *text; - double height; - double radius; - double width; - double segment_width; - double segment_height; - double start_chop; - double end_chop; - double thickness; - double fill; - char *shaded; - char *outlined; - direction dir; - segment *segment_list; - position segment_pos; - int segment_is_absolute; - - object_spec(object_type); - ~object_spec(); - object *make_object(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_box(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_block(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_text(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_ellipse(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_circle(position *, direction *); - linear_object *make_line(position *, direction *); - linear_object *make_arc(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_linear(position *, direction *); - graphic_object *make_move(position *, direction *); - int position_rectangle(rectangle_object *p, position *curpos, - direction *dirp); -}; - - -object *make_object(object_spec *, position *, direction *); - -object *make_mark_object(); -object *make_command_object(char *, const char *, int); - -int lookup_variable(const char *name, double *val); -void define_variable(const char *name, double val); - -void print_picture(object *); - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/output.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/output.h deleted file mode 100644 index aa03e776bb00..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/output.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -struct line_type { - enum { invisible, solid, dotted, dashed } type; - double dash_width; - double thickness; // the thickness is in points - - line_type(); -}; - - -class output { -protected: - char *args; - double desired_height; // zero if no height specified - double desired_width; // zero if no depth specified - double compute_scale(double, const position &, const position &); -public: - output(); - virtual ~output(); - void set_desired_width_height(double wid, double ht); - void set_args(const char *); - virtual void start_picture(double sc, const position &ll, const position &ur) = 0; - virtual void finish_picture() = 0; - virtual void circle(const position &, double rad, - const line_type &, double) = 0; - virtual void text(const position &, text_piece *, int, double) = 0; - virtual void line(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &) = 0; - virtual void polygon(const position *, int n, - const line_type &, double) = 0; - virtual void spline(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &) = 0; - virtual void arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &) = 0; - virtual void ellipse(const position &, const distance &, - const line_type &, double) = 0; - virtual void rounded_box(const position &, const distance &, double, - const line_type &, double) = 0; - virtual void command(const char *, const char *, int) = 0; - virtual void set_location(const char *, int) {} - virtual void set_color(char *, char *) = 0; - virtual void reset_color() = 0; - virtual char *get_last_filled() = 0; - virtual char *get_outline_color() = 0; - virtual int supports_filled_polygons(); - virtual void begin_block(const position &ll, const position &ur); - virtual void end_block(); -}; - -extern output *out; - -/* #define FIG_SUPPORT 1 */ -#define TEX_SUPPORT 1 - -output *make_troff_output(); - -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT -output *make_tex_output(); -output *make_tpic_output(); -#endif /* TEX_SUPPORT */ - -#ifdef FIG_SUPPORT -output *make_fig_output(); -#endif /* FIG_SUPPORT */ diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.h deleted file mode 100644 index e3b850a96ef0..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <math.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_RAND -#undef rand -extern "C" { - int rand(); -} -#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_RAND */ - -#ifdef NEED_DECLARATION_SRAND -#undef srand -extern "C" { -#ifdef RET_TYPE_SRAND_IS_VOID - void srand(unsigned int); -#else - int srand(unsigned int); -#endif -} -#endif /* NEED_DECLARATION_SRAND */ - -#ifndef HAVE_FMOD -extern "C" { - double fmod(double, double); -} -#endif - -#include "assert.h" -#include "cset.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "position.h" -#include "text.h" -#include "output.h" - -#ifndef M_SQRT2 -#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 -#endif - -#ifndef M_PI -#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 -#endif - -class input { - input *next; -public: - input(); - virtual ~input(); - virtual int get() = 0; - virtual int peek() = 0; - virtual int get_location(const char **, int *); - friend class input_stack; - friend class copy_rest_thru_input; -}; - -class file_input : public input { - FILE *fp; - const char *filename; - int lineno; - string line; - const char *ptr; - int read_line(); -public: - file_input(FILE *, const char *); - ~file_input(); - int get(); - int peek(); - int get_location(const char **, int *); -}; - -void lex_init(input *); -int get_location(char **, int *); - -void do_copy(const char *file); -void parse_init(); -void parse_cleanup(); - -void lex_error(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg2 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg3 = empty_errarg); - -void lex_warning(const char *message, - const errarg &arg1 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg2 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg3 = empty_errarg); - -void lex_cleanup(); - -extern int flyback_flag; -extern int command_char; -// zero_length_line_flag is non-zero if zero-length lines are drawn -// as dots by the output device -extern int zero_length_line_flag; -extern int driver_extension_flag; -extern int compatible_flag; -extern int safer_flag; -extern char *graphname; diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.man deleted file mode 100644 index c54cfbef5911..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1109 +0,0 @@ -.ig -Copyright (C) 1989-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -. -. -.\" Like TP, but if specified indent is more than half -.\" the current line-length - indent, use the default indent. -.de Tp -.ie \\n(.$=0:((0\\$1)*2u>(\\n(.lu-\\n(.iu)) .TP -.el .TP "\\$1" -.. -. -.ie t \{\ -. ds tx T\h'-.1667m'\v'.224m'E\v'-.224m'\h'-.125m'X -. ds lx L\h'-0.36m'\v'-0.22v'\s-2A\s0\h'-0.15m'\v'0.22v'\*(tx -.\} -.el \{\ -. ds tx TeX -. ds lx LaTeX -.\} -. -.ie \n(.g .ds ic \/ -.el .ds ic \^ -. -.\" The BSD man macros can't handle " in arguments to font change macros, -.\" so use \(ts instead of ". -.tr \(ts" -. -. -.TH @G@PIC @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -. -. -.SH NAME -. -@g@pic \- compile pictures for troff or TeX -. -. -.SH SYNOPSIS -. -.B @g@pic -[ -.B \-nvCSU -] -[ -.I filename -\&.\|.\|.\& -] -.br -.B @g@pic -.B \-t -[ -.B \-cvzCSU -] -[ -.I filename -\&.\|.\|.\& -] -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -. -This manual page describes the GNU version of -.BR pic , -which is part of the groff document formatting system. -.B pic -compiles descriptions of pictures embedded within -.B troff -or \*(tx input files into commands that are understood by \*(tx or -.BR troff . -Each picture starts with a line beginning with -.B .PS -and ends with a line beginning with -.BR .PE . -Anything outside of -.B .PS -and -.B .PE -is passed through without change. -.LP -It is the user's responsibility to provide appropriate definitions of the -.B PS -and -.B PE -macros. -When the macro package being used does not supply such definitions -(for example, old versions of \-ms), -appropriate definitions can be obtained with -.BR \-mpic : -These will center each picture. -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -. -Options that do not take arguments may be grouped behind a single -.BR \- . -The special option -.B \-\^\- -can be used to mark the end of the options. -A filename of -.B \- -refers to the standard input. -. -.TP -.B \-C -Recognize -.B .PS -and -.B .PE -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -. -.TP -.B \-S -Safer mode; do not execute -.B sh -commands. -This can be useful when operating on untrustworthy input. -(enabled by default) -. -.TP -.B \-U -Unsafe mode; revert the default option -.BR \-S . -. -.TP -.B \-n -Don't use the groff extensions to the troff drawing commands. -You should use this if you are using a postprocessor that doesn't support -these extensions. -The extensions are described in -.BR groff_out (@MAN5EXT@). -The -.B \-n -option also causes -.B pic -not to use zero-length lines to draw dots in troff mode. -. -.TP -.B \-t -\*(tx mode. -. -.TP -.B \-c -Be more compatible with -.BR tpic . -Implies -.BR \-t . -Lines beginning with -.B \e -are not passed through transparently. -Lines beginning with -.B . -are passed through with the initial -.B . -changed to -.BR \e . -A line beginning with -.B .ps -is given special treatment: -it takes an optional integer argument specifying -the line thickness (pen size) in milliinches; -a missing argument restores the previous line thickness; -the default line thickness is 8 milliinches. -The line thickness thus specified takes effect only -when a non-negative line thickness has not been -specified by use of the -.B thickness -attribute or by setting the -.B linethick -variable. -. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -. -.TP -.B \-z -In \*(tx mode draw dots using zero-length lines. -. -.LP -The following options supported by other versions of -.B pic -are ignored: -. -.TP -.B \-D -Draw all lines using the \eD escape sequence. -.B pic -always does this. -. -.TP -.BI \-T \ dev -Generate output for the -.B troff -device -.IR dev . -This is unnecessary because the -.B troff -output generated by -.B pic -is device-independent. -. -. -.SH USAGE -. -This section describes only the differences between GNU -.B pic -and the original version of -.BR pic . -Many of these differences also apply to newer versions of Unix -.BR pic . -A complete documentation is available in the file -.LP -.RS -.B @DOCDIR@/pic.ms -.RE -. -.SS \*(tx mode -. -\*(tx mode is enabled by the -.B \-t -option. -In \*(tx mode, -.B pic -will define a vbox called -.B \egraph -for each picture. -Use the -.B figname -command to change the name of the vbox. -You must yourself print that vbox using, for example, the command -.RS -.LP -.B -\ecenterline{\ebox\egraph} -.RE -.LP -Actually, since the vbox has a height of zero (it is defined with -\evtop) this will produce slightly more vertical space above the -picture than below it; -.RS -.LP -.B -\ecenterline{\eraise 1em\ebox\egraph} -.RE -.LP -would avoid this. -.LP -To make the vbox having a positive height and a depth of zero -(as used e.g.\& by \*(lx's -.BR \%graphics.sty ), -define the following macro in your document: -.RS -.LP -.B \edef\egpicbox#1{% -.br -.B " \evbox{\eunvbox\ecsname #1\eendcsname\ekern 0pt}}" -.RE -.LP -Now you can simply say -.B \egpicbox{graph} -instead of \ebox\egraph. -.LP -You must use a \*(tx driver that supports the -.B tpic -specials, version 2. -.LP -Lines beginning with -.B \e -are passed through transparently; a -.B % -is added to the end of the line to avoid unwanted spaces. -You can safely use this feature to change fonts or to -change the value of -.BR \ebaselineskip . -Anything else may well produce undesirable results; use at your own risk. -Lines beginning with a period are not given any special treatment. -. -.SS Commands -. -.TP -\fBfor\fR \fIvariable\fR \fB=\fR \fIexpr1\fR \fBto\fR \fIexpr2\fR \ -[\fBby\fR [\fB*\fR]\fIexpr3\fR] \fBdo\fR \fIX\fR \fIbody\fR \fIX\fR -Set -.I variable -to -.IR expr1 . -While the value of -.I variable -is less than or equal to -.IR expr2 , -do -.I body -and increment -.I variable -by -.IR expr3 ; -if -.B by -is not given, increment -.I variable -by 1. -If -.I expr3 -is prefixed by -.B * -then -.I variable -will instead be multiplied by -.IR expr3 . -The value of -.I expr3 -can be negative for the additive case; -.I variable -is then tested whether it is greater than or equal to -.IR expr2 . -For the multiplicative case, -.I expr3 -must be greater than zero. -If the constraints aren't met, the loop isn't executed. -.I X -can be any character not occurring in -.IR body . -. -.TP -\fBif\fR \fIexpr\fR \fBthen\fR \fIX\fR \fIif-true\fR \fIX\fR \ -[\fBelse\fR \fIY\fR \fIif-false\fR \fIY\fR] -Evaluate -.IR expr ; -if it is non-zero then do -.IR if-true , -otherwise do -.IR if-false . -.I X -can be any character not occurring in -.IR if-true . -.I Y -can be any character not occurring in -.IR if-false . -. -.TP -\fBprint\fR \fIarg\fR\|.\|.\|. -Concatenate the arguments and print as a line on stderr. -Each -.I arg -must be an expression, a position, or text. -This is useful for debugging. -. -.TP -\fBcommand\fR \fIarg\fR\|.\|.\|. -Concatenate the arguments -and pass them through as a line to troff or \*(tx. -Each -.I arg -must be an expression, a position, or text. -This has a similar effect to a line beginning with -.B .\& -or -.BR \e , -but allows the values of variables to be passed through. -For example, -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.nf -\&.PS -x = 14 -command ".ds string x is " x "." -\&.PE -\e*[string] -.ft -.fi -.RE -.IP -prints -.RS -.IP -.B x is 14. -.RE -. -.TP -\fBsh\fR \fIX\fR \fIcommand\fR \fIX\fR -Pass -.I command -to a shell. -.I X -can be any character not occurring in -.IR command . -. -.TP -\fBcopy\fR \fB"\fIfilename\fB"\fR -Include -.I filename -at this point in the file. -. -.TP -\fBcopy\fR [\fB"\fIfilename\fB"\fR] \fBthru\fR \fIX\fR \fIbody\fR \fIX\fR \ -[\fBuntil\fR \fB"\fIword\*(ic\fB"\fR] -.ns -.TP -\fBcopy\fR [\fB"\fIfilename\fB"\fR] \fBthru\fR \fImacro\fR \ -[\fBuntil\fR \fB"\fIword\*(ic\fB"\fR] -This construct does -.I body -once for each line of -.IR filename ; -the line is split into blank-delimited words, -and occurrences of -.BI $ i -in -.IR body , -for -.I i -between 1 and 9, -are replaced by the -.IR i -th -word of the line. -If -.I filename -is not given, lines are taken from the current input up to -.BR .PE . -If an -.B until -clause is specified, -lines will be read only until a line the first word of which is -.IR word ; -that line will then be discarded. -.I X -can be any character not occurring in -.IR body . -For example, -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.nf -\&.PS -copy thru % circle at ($1,$2) % until "END" -1 2 -3 4 -5 6 -END -box -\&.PE -.ft -.fi -.RE -.IP -is equivalent to -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.nf -\&.PS -circle at (1,2) -circle at (3,4) -circle at (5,6) -box -\&.PE -.ft -.fi -.RE -.IP -The commands to be performed for each line can also be taken -from a macro defined earlier by giving the name of the macro -as the argument to -.BR thru . -. -.LP -.B reset -.br -.ns -.TP -\fBreset\fI variable1\fR[\fB,\fR]\fI variable2 .\^.\^. -Reset pre-defined variables -.IR variable1 , -.I variable2 -\&.\^.\^. to their default values. -If no arguments are given, reset all pre-defined variables -to their default values. -Note that assigning a value to -.B scale -also causes all pre-defined variables that control dimensions -to be reset to their default values times the new value of scale. -. -.TP -\fBplot\fR \fIexpr\fR [\fB"\fItext\*(ic\fB"\fR] -This is a text object which is constructed by using -.I text -as a format string for sprintf -with an argument of -.IR expr . -If -.I text -is omitted a format string of -.B "\(ts%g\(ts" -is used. -Attributes can be specified in the same way as for a normal text -object. -Be very careful that you specify an appropriate format string; -.B pic -does only very limited checking of the string. -This is deprecated in favour of -.BR sprintf . -. -.TP -.IB variable\ := \ expr -This is similar to -.B = -except -.I variable -must already be defined, -and -.I expr -will be assigned to -.I variable -without creating a variable local to the current block. -(By contrast, -.B = -defines the variable in the current block if it is not already defined there, -and then changes the value in the current block only.) -For example, the following: -.RS -.IP -.ft B -.nf -\&.PS -x = 3 -y = 3 -[ - x := 5 - y = 5 -] -print x " " y -\&.PE -.ft -.fi -.RE -.IP -prints -.RS -.IP -.B 5 3 -.RE -. -.LP -Arguments of the form -.IP -.I X anything X -.LP -are also allowed to be of the form -.IP -.BI {\ anything\ } -.LP -In this case -.I anything -can contain balanced occurrences of -.B { -and -.BR } . -Strings may contain -.I X -or imbalanced occurrences of -.B { -and -.BR } . -. -.SS Expressions -. -The syntax for expressions has been significantly extended: -. -.LP -.IB x\ ^\ y -(exponentiation) -.br -.BI sin( x ) -.br -.BI cos( x ) -.br -.BI atan2( y , \ x ) -.br -.BI log( x ) -(base 10) -.br -.BI exp( x ) -(base 10, ie -.ie t 10\v'-.4m'\fIx\*(ic\fR\v'.4m') -.el 10^\fIx\fR) -.br -.BI sqrt( x ) -.br -.BI int( x ) -.br -.B rand() -(return a random number between 0 and 1) -.br -.BI rand( x ) -(return a random number between 1 and -.IR x ; -deprecated) -.br -.BI srand( x ) -(set the random number seed) -.br -.BI max( e1 , \ e2 ) -.br -.BI min( e1 , \ e2 ) -.br -.BI ! e -.br -\fIe1\fB && \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB || \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB == \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB != \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB >= \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB > \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB <= \fIe2\fR -.br -\fIe1\fB < \fIe2\fR -.br -\fB"\fIstr1\*(ic\fB" == "\fIstr2\*(ic\fB"\fR -.br -\fB"\fIstr1\*(ic\fB" != "\fIstr2\*(ic\fB"\fR -.br -. -.LP -String comparison expressions must be parenthesised in some contexts -to avoid ambiguity. -. -.SS Other Changes -. -A bare expression, -.IR expr , -is acceptable as an attribute; -it is equivalent to -.IR dir\ expr , -where -.I dir -is the current direction. -For example -.LP -.RS -.B line 2i -.RE -.LP -means draw a line 2\ inches long in the current direction. -The `i' (or `I') character is ignored; to use another measurement unit, -set the -.I scale -variable to an appropriate value. -. -.LP -The maximum width and height of the picture are taken from the variables -.B maxpswid -and -.BR maxpsht . -Initially these have values 8.5 and 11. -. -.LP -Scientific notation is allowed for numbers. -For example -.RS -.LP -.B -x = 5e\-2 -.RE -. -.LP -Text attributes can be compounded. -For example, -.RS -.LP -.B -"foo" above ljust -.RE -.LP -is valid. -. -.LP -There is no limit to the depth to which blocks can be examined. -For example, -.RS -.LP -.B -[A: [B: [C: box ]]] with .A.B.C.sw at 1,2 -.br -.B -circle at last [\^].A.B.C -.RE -.LP -is acceptable. -. -.LP -Arcs now have compass points -determined by the circle of which the arc is a part. -. -.LP -Circles, ellipses, and arcs can be dotted or dashed. -In \*(tx mode splines can be dotted or dashed also. -. -.LP -Boxes can have rounded corners. -The -.B rad -attribute specifies the radius of the quarter-circles at each corner. -If no -.B rad -or -.B diam -attribute is given, a radius of -.B boxrad -is used. -Initially, -.B boxrad -has a value of\ 0. -A box with rounded corners can be dotted or dashed. -. -.LP -The -.B .PS -line can have a second argument specifying a maximum height for -the picture. -If the width of zero is specified the width will be ignored in computing -the scaling factor for the picture. -Note that GNU -.B pic -will always scale a picture by the same amount vertically as well as -horizontally. -This is different from the -.SM DWB -2.0 -.B pic -which may scale a picture by a different amount vertically than -horizontally if a height is specified. -. -.LP -Each text object has an invisible box associated with it. -The compass points of a text object are determined by this box. -The implicit motion associated with the object is also determined -by this box. -The dimensions of this box are taken from the width and height attributes; -if the width attribute is not supplied then the width will be taken to be -.BR textwid ; -if the height attribute is not supplied then the height will be taken to be -the number of text strings associated with the object -times -.BR textht . -Initially -.B textwid -and -.B textht -have a value of 0. -. -.LP -In (almost all) places where a quoted text string can be used, -an expression of the form -.IP -.BI sprintf(\(ts format \(ts,\ arg ,\fR.\|.\|.\fB) -.LP -can also be used; -this will produce the arguments formatted according to -.IR format , -which should be a string as described in -.BR printf (3) -appropriate for the number of arguments supplied. -. -.LP -The thickness of the lines used to draw objects is controlled by the -.B linethick -variable. -This gives the thickness of lines in points. -A negative value means use the default thickness: -in \*(tx output mode, this means use a thickness of 8 milliinches; -in \*(tx output mode with the -.B -c -option, this means use the line thickness specified by -.B .ps -lines; -in troff output mode, this means use a thickness proportional -to the pointsize. -A zero value means draw the thinnest possible line supported by -the output device. -Initially it has a value of -1. -There is also a -.BR thick [ ness ] -attribute. -For example, -.RS -.LP -.B circle thickness 1.5 -.RE -.LP -would draw a circle using a line with a thickness of 1.5 points. -The thickness of lines is not affected by the -value of the -.B scale -variable, nor by the width or height given in the -.B .PS -line. -. -.LP -Boxes (including boxes with rounded corners), -circles and ellipses can be filled by giving them an attribute of -.BR fill [ ed ]. -This takes an optional argument of an expression with a value between -0 and 1; 0 will fill it with white, 1 with black, values in between -with a proportionally gray shade. -A value greater than 1 can also be used: -this means fill with the -shade of gray that is currently being used for text and lines. -Normally this will be black, but output devices may provide -a mechanism for changing this. -Without an argument, then the value of the variable -.B fillval -will be used. -Initially this has a value of 0.5. -The invisible attribute does not affect the filling of objects. -Any text associated with a filled object will be added after the -object has been filled, so that the text will not be obscured -by the filling. -. -.LP -Three additional modifiers are available to specify colored objects: -.BR outline [ d ] -sets the color of the outline, -.B shaded -the fill color, and -.B colo\fR[\fPu\fR]\fPr\fR[\fPed\fR] -sets both. -All three keywords expect a suffix specifying the color, for example -.RS -.LP -.B circle shaded """green""" outline """black""" -.RE -.LP -Currently, color support isn't available in \*(tx mode. -Predefined color names for -.B groff -are in the device macro files, for example -.BR ps.tmac ; -additional colors can be defined with the -.B .defcolor -request (see the manual page of -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@) -for more details). -.LP -To change the name of the vbox in \*(tx mode, set the pseudo-variable -.B figname -(which is actually a specially parsed command) within a picture. -Example: -.RS -.LP -.B .PS -.br -.B figname = foobar; -.br -.B ... -.br -.B .PE -.RE -.LP -The picture is then available in the box -.BR \efoobar . -.LP -.B pic -assumes that at the beginning of a picture both glyph and fill color are -set to the default value. -. -.LP -Arrow heads will be drawn as solid triangles if the variable -.B arrowhead -is non-zero and either \*(tx mode is enabled or the -.B \-n -option has not been given. -Initially -.B arrowhead -has a value of\ 1. -Note that solid arrow heads are always filled with the current outline -color. -. -.LP -The troff output of -.B pic -is device-independent. -The -.B \-T -option is therefore redundant. -All numbers are taken to be in inches; numbers are never interpreted -to be in troff machine units. -. -.LP -Objects can have an -.B aligned -attribute. -This will only work if the postprocessor is -.BR grops . -Any text associated with an object having the -.B aligned -attribute will be rotated about the center of the object -so that it is aligned in the direction from the start point -to the end point of the object. -Note that this attribute will have no effect for objects whose start and -end points are coincident. -. -.LP -In places where -.IB n th -is allowed -.BI ` expr 'th -is also allowed. -Note that -.B 'th -is a single token: no space is allowed between the -.B ' -and the -.BR th . -For example, -.IP -.ft B -.nf -for i = 1 to 4 do { - line from `i'th box.nw to `i+1'th box.se -} -.ft -.fi -. -. -.SH CONVERSION -. -To obtain a stand-alone picture from a -.B pic -file, enclose your -.B pic -code with -.B .PS -and -.B .PE -requests; -.B roff -configuration commands may be added at the beginning of the file, but no -.B roff -text. -. -.LP -It is necessary to feed this file into -.B groff -without adding any page information, so you must check which -.B .PS -and -.B .PE -requests are actually called. -For example, the mm macro package adds a page number, which is very -annoying. -At the moment, calling standard -.B groff -without any macro package works. -Alternatively, you can define your own requests, e.g. to do nothing: -.LP -.RS -.nf -.ft B -\&.de PS -\&.. -\&.de PE -\&.. -.ft -.fi -.RE -. -.LP -.B groff -itself does not provide direct conversion into other graphics file -formats. -But there are lots of possibilities if you first transform your picture -into PostScript\*R format using the -.B groff -option -.BR -Tps . -Since this -.IR ps -file -lacks BoundingBox information it is not very useful by itself, but it -may be fed into other conversion programs, usually named -.BI ps2 other -or -.BI psto other -or the like. -Moreover, the PostScript interpreter -.B ghostscript -.RB ( gs ) -has built-in graphics conversion devices that are called with the option -.LP -.RS -.BI "gs -sDEVICE=" <devname> -.RE -.LP -Call -.LP -.RS -.B gs --help -.RE -.LP -for a list of the available devices. -. -.LP -As the Encapsulated PostScript File Format -.B EPS -is getting more and more important, and the conversion wasn't regarded -trivial in the past you might be interested to know that there is a -conversion tool named -.B ps2eps -which does the right job. -It is much better than the tool -.B ps2epsi -packaged with -.BR gs . -.LP -For bitmapped graphic formats, you should use -.BR pstopnm ; -the resulting (intermediate) -.B PNM -file can be then converted to virtually any graphics format using the tools -of the -.B netpbm -package . -. -. -.SH FILES -. -.Tp \w'\fB@MACRODIR@/pic.tmac'u+3n -.B -@MACRODIR@/pic.tmac -Example definitions of the -.B PS -and -.B PE -macros. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -. -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR groff_out (@MAN5EXT@), -.BR tex (1), -.BR gs (1), -.BR ps2eps (1), -.BR pstopnm (1), -.BR ps2epsi (1), -.BR pnm (5) -.LP -Tpic: Pic for \*(tx -.LP -Brian W. Kernighan, -PIC \(em A Graphics Language for Typesetting (User Manual). -AT&T Bell Laboratories, Computing Science Technical Report No.\ 116 -<http://cm.bell-labs.com/cm/cs/cstr/116.ps.gz> -(revised May, 1991). -.LP -.B ps2eps -is available from CTAN mirrors, e.g. -.br -<ftp://ftp.dante.de/tex-archive/support/ps2eps/> -.LP -W. Richard Stevens - Turning PIC Into HTML -.br -<http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/pic2html.html> -.LP -W. Richard Stevens - Examples of picMacros -.br -<http://www.kohala.com/start/troff/pic.examples.ps> -. -. -.SH BUGS -. -Input characters that are invalid for -.B groff -(i.e., those with -.SM ASCII -code 0, or 013 octal, or between 015 and 037 octal, or between 0200 and 0237 -octal) are rejected even in \*(tx mode. -.LP -The interpretation of -.B fillval -is incompatible with the pic in 10th edition Unix, -which interprets 0 as black and 1 as white. -.LP -PostScript\*R is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporation. -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.y b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.y deleted file mode 100644 index 83d0fe0222ad..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/pic.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1898 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ -%{ -#include "pic.h" -#include "ptable.h" -#include "object.h" - -extern int delim_flag; -extern void copy_rest_thru(const char *, const char *); -extern void copy_file_thru(const char *, const char *, const char *); -extern void push_body(const char *); -extern void do_for(char *var, double from, double to, - int by_is_multiplicative, double by, char *body); -extern void do_lookahead(); - -/* Maximum number of characters produced by printf("%g") */ -#define GDIGITS 14 - -int yylex(); -void yyerror(const char *); - -void reset(const char *nm); -void reset_all(); - -place *lookup_label(const char *); -void define_label(const char *label, const place *pl); - -direction current_direction; -position current_position; - -implement_ptable(place) - -PTABLE(place) top_table; - -PTABLE(place) *current_table = &top_table; -saved_state *current_saved_state = 0; - -object_list olist; - -const char *ordinal_postfix(int n); -const char *object_type_name(object_type type); -char *format_number(const char *form, double n); -char *do_sprintf(const char *form, const double *v, int nv); - -%} - - -%union { - char *str; - int n; - double x; - struct { double x, y; } pair; - struct { double x; char *body; } if_data; - struct { char *str; const char *filename; int lineno; } lstr; - struct { double *v; int nv; int maxv; } dv; - struct { double val; int is_multiplicative; } by; - place pl; - object *obj; - corner crn; - path *pth; - object_spec *spec; - saved_state *pstate; - graphics_state state; - object_type obtype; -} - -%token <str> LABEL -%token <str> VARIABLE -%token <x> NUMBER -%token <lstr> TEXT -%token <lstr> COMMAND_LINE -%token <str> DELIMITED -%token <n> ORDINAL -%token TH -%token LEFT_ARROW_HEAD -%token RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD -%token DOUBLE_ARROW_HEAD -%token LAST -%token UP -%token DOWN -%token LEFT -%token RIGHT -%token BOX -%token CIRCLE -%token ELLIPSE -%token ARC -%token LINE -%token ARROW -%token MOVE -%token SPLINE -%token HEIGHT -%token RADIUS -%token FIGNAME -%token WIDTH -%token DIAMETER -%token UP -%token DOWN -%token RIGHT -%token LEFT -%token FROM -%token TO -%token AT -%token WITH -%token BY -%token THEN -%token SOLID -%token DOTTED -%token DASHED -%token CHOP -%token SAME -%token INVISIBLE -%token LJUST -%token RJUST -%token ABOVE -%token BELOW -%token OF -%token THE -%token WAY -%token BETWEEN -%token AND -%token HERE -%token DOT_N -%token DOT_E -%token DOT_W -%token DOT_S -%token DOT_NE -%token DOT_SE -%token DOT_NW -%token DOT_SW -%token DOT_C -%token DOT_START -%token DOT_END -%token DOT_X -%token DOT_Y -%token DOT_HT -%token DOT_WID -%token DOT_RAD -%token SIN -%token COS -%token ATAN2 -%token LOG -%token EXP -%token SQRT -%token K_MAX -%token K_MIN -%token INT -%token RAND -%token SRAND -%token COPY -%token THRU -%token TOP -%token BOTTOM -%token UPPER -%token LOWER -%token SH -%token PRINT -%token CW -%token CCW -%token FOR -%token DO -%token IF -%token ELSE -%token ANDAND -%token OROR -%token NOTEQUAL -%token EQUALEQUAL -%token LESSEQUAL -%token GREATEREQUAL -%token LEFT_CORNER -%token RIGHT_CORNER -%token NORTH -%token SOUTH -%token EAST -%token WEST -%token CENTER -%token END -%token START -%token RESET -%token UNTIL -%token PLOT -%token THICKNESS -%token FILL -%token COLORED -%token OUTLINED -%token SHADED -%token ALIGNED -%token SPRINTF -%token COMMAND - -%token DEFINE -%token UNDEF - -%left '.' - -/* this ensures that plot 17 "%g" parses as (plot 17 "%g") */ -%left PLOT -%left TEXT SPRINTF - -/* give text adjustments higher precedence than TEXT, so that -box "foo" above ljust == box ("foo" above ljust) -*/ - -%left LJUST RJUST ABOVE BELOW - -%left LEFT RIGHT -/* Give attributes that take an optional expression a higher -precedence than left and right, so that eg `line chop left' -parses properly. */ -%left CHOP SOLID DASHED DOTTED UP DOWN FILL COLORED OUTLINED -%left LABEL - -%left VARIABLE NUMBER '(' SIN COS ATAN2 LOG EXP SQRT K_MAX K_MIN INT RAND SRAND LAST -%left ORDINAL HERE '`' - -%left BOX CIRCLE ELLIPSE ARC LINE ARROW SPLINE '[' - -/* these need to be lower than '-' */ -%left HEIGHT RADIUS WIDTH DIAMETER FROM TO AT THICKNESS - -/* these must have higher precedence than CHOP so that `label %prec CHOP' -works */ -%left DOT_N DOT_E DOT_W DOT_S DOT_NE DOT_SE DOT_NW DOT_SW DOT_C -%left DOT_START DOT_END TOP BOTTOM LEFT_CORNER RIGHT_CORNER -%left UPPER LOWER NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST CENTER START END - -%left ',' -%left OROR -%left ANDAND -%left EQUALEQUAL NOTEQUAL -%left '<' '>' LESSEQUAL GREATEREQUAL - -%left BETWEEN OF -%left AND - -%left '+' '-' -%left '*' '/' '%' -%right '!' -%right '^' - -%type <x> expr any_expr text_expr -%type <by> optional_by -%type <pair> expr_pair position_not_place -%type <if_data> simple_if -%type <obj> nth_primitive -%type <crn> corner -%type <pth> path label_path relative_path -%type <pl> place label element element_list middle_element_list -%type <spec> object_spec -%type <pair> position -%type <obtype> object_type -%type <n> optional_ordinal_last ordinal -%type <str> macro_name until -%type <dv> sprintf_args -%type <lstr> text print_args print_arg - -%% - -top: - optional_separator - | element_list - { - if (olist.head) - print_picture(olist.head); - } - ; - - -element_list: - optional_separator middle_element_list optional_separator - { $$ = $2; } - ; - -middle_element_list: - element - { $$ = $1; } - | middle_element_list separator element - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -optional_separator: - /* empty */ - | separator - ; - -separator: - ';' - | separator ';' - ; - -placeless_element: - FIGNAME '=' macro_name - { - a_delete graphname; - graphname = new char[strlen($3) + 1]; - strcpy(graphname, $3); - a_delete $3; - } - | - VARIABLE '=' any_expr - { - define_variable($1, $3); - a_delete $1; - } - | VARIABLE ':' '=' any_expr - { - place *p = lookup_label($1); - if (!p) { - lex_error("variable `%1' not defined", $1); - YYABORT; - } - p->obj = 0; - p->x = $4; - p->y = 0.0; - a_delete $1; - } - | UP - { current_direction = UP_DIRECTION; } - | DOWN - { current_direction = DOWN_DIRECTION; } - | LEFT - { current_direction = LEFT_DIRECTION; } - | RIGHT - { current_direction = RIGHT_DIRECTION; } - | COMMAND_LINE - { - olist.append(make_command_object($1.str, $1.filename, - $1.lineno)); - } - | COMMAND print_args - { - olist.append(make_command_object($2.str, $2.filename, - $2.lineno)); - } - | PRINT print_args - { - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", $2.str); - a_delete $2.str; - fflush(stderr); - } - | SH - { delim_flag = 1; } - DELIMITED - { - delim_flag = 0; - if (safer_flag) - lex_error("unsafe to run command `%1'", $3); - else - system($3); - a_delete $3; - } - | COPY TEXT - { - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - do_copy($2.str); - // do not delete the filename - } - | COPY TEXT THRU - { delim_flag = 2; } - DELIMITED - { delim_flag = 0; } - until - { - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - copy_file_thru($2.str, $5, $7); - // do not delete the filename - a_delete $5; - a_delete $7; - } - | COPY THRU - { delim_flag = 2; } - DELIMITED - { delim_flag = 0; } - until - { - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - copy_rest_thru($4, $6); - a_delete $4; - a_delete $6; - } - | FOR VARIABLE '=' expr TO expr optional_by DO - { delim_flag = 1; } - DELIMITED - { - delim_flag = 0; - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - do_for($2, $4, $6, $7.is_multiplicative, $7.val, $10); - } - | simple_if - { - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - if ($1.x != 0.0) - push_body($1.body); - a_delete $1.body; - } - | simple_if ELSE - { delim_flag = 1; } - DELIMITED - { - delim_flag = 0; - if (yychar < 0) - do_lookahead(); - if ($1.x != 0.0) - push_body($1.body); - else - push_body($4); - a_delete $1.body; - a_delete $4; - } - | reset_variables - | RESET - { define_variable("scale", 1.0); } - ; - -macro_name: - VARIABLE - | LABEL - ; - -reset_variables: - RESET VARIABLE - { - reset($2); - a_delete $2; - } - | reset_variables VARIABLE - { - reset($2); - a_delete $2; - } - | reset_variables ',' VARIABLE - { - reset($3); - a_delete $3; - } - ; - -print_args: - print_arg - { $$ = $1; } - | print_args print_arg - { - $$.str = new char[strlen($1.str) + strlen($2.str) + 1]; - strcpy($$.str, $1.str); - strcat($$.str, $2.str); - a_delete $1.str; - a_delete $2.str; - if ($1.filename) { - $$.filename = $1.filename; - $$.lineno = $1.lineno; - } - else if ($2.filename) { - $$.filename = $2.filename; - $$.lineno = $2.lineno; - } - } - ; - -print_arg: - expr %prec ',' - { - $$.str = new char[GDIGITS + 1]; - sprintf($$.str, "%g", $1); - $$.filename = 0; - $$.lineno = 0; - } - | text - { $$ = $1; } - | position %prec ',' - { - $$.str = new char[GDIGITS + 2 + GDIGITS + 1]; - sprintf($$.str, "%g, %g", $1.x, $1.y); - $$.filename = 0; - $$.lineno = 0; - } - ; - -simple_if: - IF any_expr THEN - { delim_flag = 1; } - DELIMITED - { - delim_flag = 0; - $$.x = $2; - $$.body = $5; - } - ; - -until: - /* empty */ - { $$ = 0; } - | UNTIL TEXT - { $$ = $2.str; } - ; - -any_expr: - expr - { $$ = $1; } - | text_expr - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -text_expr: - text EQUALEQUAL text - { - $$ = strcmp($1.str, $3.str) == 0; - a_delete $1.str; - a_delete $3.str; - } - | text NOTEQUAL text - { - $$ = strcmp($1.str, $3.str) != 0; - a_delete $1.str; - a_delete $3.str; - } - | text_expr ANDAND text_expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 && $3 != 0.0); } - | text_expr ANDAND expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 && $3 != 0.0); } - | expr ANDAND text_expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 && $3 != 0.0); } - | text_expr OROR text_expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 || $3 != 0.0); } - | text_expr OROR expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 || $3 != 0.0); } - | expr OROR text_expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 || $3 != 0.0); } - | '!' text_expr - { $$ = ($2 == 0.0); } - ; - - -optional_by: - /* empty */ - { - $$.val = 1.0; - $$.is_multiplicative = 0; - } - | BY expr - { - $$.val = $2; - $$.is_multiplicative = 0; - } - | BY '*' expr - { - $$.val = $3; - $$.is_multiplicative = 1; - } - ; - -element: - object_spec - { - $$.obj = $1->make_object(¤t_position, - ¤t_direction); - if ($$.obj == 0) - YYABORT; - delete $1; - if ($$.obj) - olist.append($$.obj); - else { - $$.x = current_position.x; - $$.y = current_position.y; - } - } - | LABEL ':' optional_separator element - { - $$ = $4; - define_label($1, & $$); - a_delete $1; - } - | LABEL ':' optional_separator position_not_place - { - $$.obj = 0; - $$.x = $4.x; - $$.y = $4.y; - define_label($1, & $$); - a_delete $1; - } - | LABEL ':' optional_separator place - { - $$ = $4; - define_label($1, & $$); - a_delete $1; - } - | '{' - { - $<state>$.x = current_position.x; - $<state>$.y = current_position.y; - $<state>$.dir = current_direction; - } - element_list '}' - { - current_position.x = $<state>2.x; - current_position.y = $<state>2.y; - current_direction = $<state>2.dir; - } - optional_element - { - $$ = $3; - } - | placeless_element - { - $$.obj = 0; - $$.x = current_position.x; - $$.y = current_position.y; - } - ; - -optional_element: - /* empty */ - {} - | element - {} - ; - -object_spec: - BOX - { $$ = new object_spec(BOX_OBJECT); } - | CIRCLE - { $$ = new object_spec(CIRCLE_OBJECT); } - | ELLIPSE - { $$ = new object_spec(ELLIPSE_OBJECT); } - | ARC - { - $$ = new object_spec(ARC_OBJECT); - $$->dir = current_direction; - } - | LINE - { - $$ = new object_spec(LINE_OBJECT); - lookup_variable("lineht", & $$->segment_height); - lookup_variable("linewid", & $$->segment_width); - $$->dir = current_direction; - } - | ARROW - { - $$ = new object_spec(ARROW_OBJECT); - lookup_variable("lineht", & $$->segment_height); - lookup_variable("linewid", & $$->segment_width); - $$->dir = current_direction; - } - | MOVE - { - $$ = new object_spec(MOVE_OBJECT); - lookup_variable("moveht", & $$->segment_height); - lookup_variable("movewid", & $$->segment_width); - $$->dir = current_direction; - } - | SPLINE - { - $$ = new object_spec(SPLINE_OBJECT); - lookup_variable("lineht", & $$->segment_height); - lookup_variable("linewid", & $$->segment_width); - $$->dir = current_direction; - } - | text %prec TEXT - { - $$ = new object_spec(TEXT_OBJECT); - $$->text = new text_item($1.str, $1.filename, $1.lineno); - } - | PLOT expr - { - $$ = new object_spec(TEXT_OBJECT); - $$->text = new text_item(format_number(0, $2), 0, -1); - } - | PLOT expr text - { - $$ = new object_spec(TEXT_OBJECT); - $$->text = new text_item(format_number($3.str, $2), - $3.filename, $3.lineno); - a_delete $3.str; - } - | '[' - { - saved_state *p = new saved_state; - $<pstate>$ = p; - p->x = current_position.x; - p->y = current_position.y; - p->dir = current_direction; - p->tbl = current_table; - p->prev = current_saved_state; - current_position.x = 0.0; - current_position.y = 0.0; - current_table = new PTABLE(place); - current_saved_state = p; - olist.append(make_mark_object()); - } - element_list ']' - { - current_position.x = $<pstate>2->x; - current_position.y = $<pstate>2->y; - current_direction = $<pstate>2->dir; - $$ = new object_spec(BLOCK_OBJECT); - olist.wrap_up_block(& $$->oblist); - $$->tbl = current_table; - current_table = $<pstate>2->tbl; - current_saved_state = $<pstate>2->prev; - delete $<pstate>2; - } - | object_spec HEIGHT expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->height = $3; - $$->flags |= HAS_HEIGHT; - } - | object_spec RADIUS expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->radius = $3; - $$->flags |= HAS_RADIUS; - } - | object_spec WIDTH expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->width = $3; - $$->flags |= HAS_WIDTH; - } - | object_spec DIAMETER expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->radius = $3/2.0; - $$->flags |= HAS_RADIUS; - } - | object_spec expr %prec HEIGHT - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - switch ($$->dir) { - case UP_DIRECTION: - $$->segment_pos.y += $2; - break; - case DOWN_DIRECTION: - $$->segment_pos.y -= $2; - break; - case RIGHT_DIRECTION: - $$->segment_pos.x += $2; - break; - case LEFT_DIRECTION: - $$->segment_pos.x -= $2; - break; - } - } - | object_spec UP - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = UP_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.y += $$->segment_height; - } - | object_spec UP expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = UP_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.y += $3; - } - | object_spec DOWN - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = DOWN_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.y -= $$->segment_height; - } - | object_spec DOWN expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = DOWN_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.y -= $3; - } - | object_spec RIGHT - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = RIGHT_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x += $$->segment_width; - } - | object_spec RIGHT expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = RIGHT_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x += $3; - } - | object_spec LEFT - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = LEFT_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x -= $$->segment_width; - } - | object_spec LEFT expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->dir = LEFT_DIRECTION; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x -= $3; - } - | object_spec FROM position - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_FROM; - $$->from.x = $3.x; - $$->from.y = $3.y; - } - | object_spec TO position - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->flags & HAS_SEGMENT) - $$->segment_list = new segment($$->segment_pos, - $$->segment_is_absolute, - $$->segment_list); - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x = $3.x; - $$->segment_pos.y = $3.y; - $$->segment_is_absolute = 1; - $$->flags |= HAS_TO; - $$->to.x = $3.x; - $$->to.y = $3.y; - } - | object_spec AT position - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_AT; - $$->at.x = $3.x; - $$->at.y = $3.y; - if ($$->type != ARC_OBJECT) { - $$->flags |= HAS_FROM; - $$->from.x = $3.x; - $$->from.y = $3.y; - } - } - | object_spec WITH path - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_WITH; - $$->with = $3; - } - | object_spec WITH position %prec ',' - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_WITH; - position pos; - pos.x = $3.x; - pos.y = $3.y; - $$->with = new path(pos); - } - | object_spec BY expr_pair - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x += $3.x; - $$->segment_pos.y += $3.y; - } - | object_spec THEN - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->flags & HAS_SEGMENT) { - $$->segment_list = new segment($$->segment_pos, - $$->segment_is_absolute, - $$->segment_list); - $$->flags &= ~HAS_SEGMENT; - $$->segment_pos.x = $$->segment_pos.y = 0.0; - $$->segment_is_absolute = 0; - } - } - | object_spec SOLID - { - $$ = $1; // nothing - } - | object_spec DOTTED - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_DOTTED; - lookup_variable("dashwid", & $$->dash_width); - } - | object_spec DOTTED expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_DOTTED; - $$->dash_width = $3; - } - | object_spec DASHED - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_DASHED; - lookup_variable("dashwid", & $$->dash_width); - } - | object_spec DASHED expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_DASHED; - $$->dash_width = $3; - } - | object_spec FILL - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_DEFAULT_FILLED; - } - | object_spec FILL expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_FILLED; - $$->fill = $3; - } - | object_spec SHADED text - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= (IS_SHADED | IS_FILLED); - $$->shaded = new char[strlen($3.str)+1]; - strcpy($$->shaded, $3.str); - } - | object_spec COLORED text - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= (IS_SHADED | IS_OUTLINED | IS_FILLED); - $$->shaded = new char[strlen($3.str)+1]; - strcpy($$->shaded, $3.str); - $$->outlined = new char[strlen($3.str)+1]; - strcpy($$->outlined, $3.str); - } - | object_spec OUTLINED text - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_OUTLINED; - $$->outlined = new char[strlen($3.str)+1]; - strcpy($$->outlined, $3.str); - } - | object_spec CHOP - { - $$ = $1; - // line chop chop means line chop 0 chop 0 - if ($$->flags & IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED) { - $$->flags |= IS_CHOPPED; - $$->flags &= ~IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED; - $$->start_chop = $$->end_chop = 0.0; - } - else if ($$->flags & IS_CHOPPED) { - $$->end_chop = 0.0; - } - else { - $$->flags |= IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED; - } - } - | object_spec CHOP expr - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->flags & IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED) { - $$->flags |= IS_CHOPPED; - $$->flags &= ~IS_DEFAULT_CHOPPED; - $$->start_chop = 0.0; - $$->end_chop = $3; - } - else if ($$->flags & IS_CHOPPED) { - $$->end_chop = $3; - } - else { - $$->start_chop = $$->end_chop = $3; - $$->flags |= IS_CHOPPED; - } - } - | object_spec SAME - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_SAME; - } - | object_spec INVISIBLE - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_INVISIBLE; - } - | object_spec LEFT_ARROW_HEAD - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD; - } - | object_spec RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD; - } - | object_spec DOUBLE_ARROW_HEAD - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= (HAS_LEFT_ARROW_HEAD|HAS_RIGHT_ARROW_HEAD); - } - | object_spec CW - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_CLOCKWISE; - } - | object_spec CCW - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags &= ~IS_CLOCKWISE; - } - | object_spec text %prec TEXT - { - $$ = $1; - text_item **p; - for (p = & $$->text; *p; p = &(*p)->next) - ; - *p = new text_item($2.str, $2.filename, $2.lineno); - } - | object_spec LJUST - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->text) { - text_item *p; - for (p = $$->text; p->next; p = p->next) - ; - p->adj.h = LEFT_ADJUST; - } - } - | object_spec RJUST - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->text) { - text_item *p; - for (p = $$->text; p->next; p = p->next) - ; - p->adj.h = RIGHT_ADJUST; - } - } - | object_spec ABOVE - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->text) { - text_item *p; - for (p = $$->text; p->next; p = p->next) - ; - p->adj.v = ABOVE_ADJUST; - } - } - | object_spec BELOW - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$->text) { - text_item *p; - for (p = $$->text; p->next; p = p->next) - ; - p->adj.v = BELOW_ADJUST; - } - } - | object_spec THICKNESS expr - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= HAS_THICKNESS; - $$->thickness = $3; - } - | object_spec ALIGNED - { - $$ = $1; - $$->flags |= IS_ALIGNED; - } - ; - -text: - TEXT - { $$ = $1; } - | SPRINTF '(' TEXT sprintf_args ')' - { - $$.filename = $3.filename; - $$.lineno = $3.lineno; - $$.str = do_sprintf($3.str, $4.v, $4.nv); - a_delete $4.v; - a_delete $3.str; - } - ; - -sprintf_args: - /* empty */ - { - $$.v = 0; - $$.nv = 0; - $$.maxv = 0; - } - | sprintf_args ',' expr - { - $$ = $1; - if ($$.nv >= $$.maxv) { - if ($$.nv == 0) { - $$.v = new double[4]; - $$.maxv = 4; - } - else { - double *oldv = $$.v; - $$.maxv *= 2; -#if 0 - $$.v = new double[$$.maxv]; - memcpy($$.v, oldv, $$.nv*sizeof(double)); -#else - // workaround for bug in Compaq C++ V6.5-033 - // for Compaq Tru64 UNIX V5.1A (Rev. 1885) - double *foo = new double[$$.maxv]; - memcpy(foo, oldv, $$.nv*sizeof(double)); - $$.v = foo; -#endif - a_delete oldv; - } - } - $$.v[$$.nv] = $3; - $$.nv += 1; - } - ; - -position: - position_not_place - { $$ = $1; } - | place - { - position pos = $1; - $$.x = pos.x; - $$.y = pos.y; - } - | '(' place ')' - { - position pos = $2; - $$.x = pos.x; - $$.y = pos.y; - } - ; - -position_not_place: - expr_pair - { $$ = $1; } - | position '+' expr_pair - { - $$.x = $1.x + $3.x; - $$.y = $1.y + $3.y; - } - | '(' position '+' expr_pair ')' - { - $$.x = $2.x + $4.x; - $$.y = $2.y + $4.y; - } - | position '-' expr_pair - { - $$.x = $1.x - $3.x; - $$.y = $1.y - $3.y; - } - | '(' position '-' expr_pair ')' - { - $$.x = $2.x - $4.x; - $$.y = $2.y - $4.y; - } - | '(' position ',' position ')' - { - $$.x = $2.x; - $$.y = $4.y; - } - | expr between position AND position - { - $$.x = (1.0 - $1)*$3.x + $1*$5.x; - $$.y = (1.0 - $1)*$3.y + $1*$5.y; - } - | '(' expr between position AND position ')' - { - $$.x = (1.0 - $2)*$4.x + $2*$6.x; - $$.y = (1.0 - $2)*$4.y + $2*$6.y; - } - | expr '<' position ',' position '>' - { - $$.x = (1.0 - $1)*$3.x + $1*$5.x; - $$.y = (1.0 - $1)*$3.y + $1*$5.y; - } - | '(' expr '<' position ',' position '>' ')' - { - $$.x = (1.0 - $2)*$4.x + $2*$6.x; - $$.y = (1.0 - $2)*$4.y + $2*$6.y; - } - ; - -between: - BETWEEN - | OF THE WAY BETWEEN - ; - -expr_pair: - expr ',' expr - { - $$.x = $1; - $$.y = $3; - } - | '(' expr_pair ')' - { $$ = $2; } - ; - -place: - /* line at A left == line (at A) left */ - label %prec CHOP - { $$ = $1; } - | label corner - { - path pth($2); - if (!pth.follow($1, & $$)) - YYABORT; - } - | corner label - { - path pth($1); - if (!pth.follow($2, & $$)) - YYABORT; - } - | corner OF label - { - path pth($1); - if (!pth.follow($3, & $$)) - YYABORT; - } - | HERE - { - $$.x = current_position.x; - $$.y = current_position.y; - $$.obj = 0; - } - ; - -label: - LABEL - { - place *p = lookup_label($1); - if (!p) { - lex_error("there is no place `%1'", $1); - YYABORT; - } - $$ = *p; - a_delete $1; - } - | nth_primitive - { $$.obj = $1; } - | label '.' LABEL - { - path pth($3); - if (!pth.follow($1, & $$)) - YYABORT; - } - ; - -ordinal: - ORDINAL - { $$ = $1; } - | '`' any_expr TH - { - // XXX Check for overflow (and non-integers?). - $$ = (int)$2; - } - ; - -optional_ordinal_last: - LAST - { $$ = 1; } - | ordinal LAST - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -nth_primitive: - ordinal object_type - { - int count = 0; - object *p; - for (p = olist.head; p != 0; p = p->next) - if (p->type() == $2 && ++count == $1) { - $$ = p; - break; - } - if (p == 0) { - lex_error("there is no %1%2 %3", $1, ordinal_postfix($1), - object_type_name($2)); - YYABORT; - } - } - | optional_ordinal_last object_type - { - int count = 0; - object *p; - for (p = olist.tail; p != 0; p = p->prev) - if (p->type() == $2 && ++count == $1) { - $$ = p; - break; - } - if (p == 0) { - lex_error("there is no %1%2 last %3", $1, - ordinal_postfix($1), object_type_name($2)); - YYABORT; - } - } - ; - -object_type: - BOX - { $$ = BOX_OBJECT; } - | CIRCLE - { $$ = CIRCLE_OBJECT; } - | ELLIPSE - { $$ = ELLIPSE_OBJECT; } - | ARC - { $$ = ARC_OBJECT; } - | LINE - { $$ = LINE_OBJECT; } - | ARROW - { $$ = ARROW_OBJECT; } - | SPLINE - { $$ = SPLINE_OBJECT; } - | '[' ']' - { $$ = BLOCK_OBJECT; } - | TEXT - { $$ = TEXT_OBJECT; } - ; - -label_path: - '.' LABEL - { $$ = new path($2); } - | label_path '.' LABEL - { - $$ = $1; - $$->append($3); - } - ; - -relative_path: - corner %prec CHOP - { $$ = new path($1); } - /* give this a lower precedence than LEFT and RIGHT so that - [A: box] with .A left == [A: box] with (.A left) */ - | label_path %prec TEXT - { $$ = $1; } - | label_path corner - { - $$ = $1; - $$->append($2); - } - ; - -path: - relative_path - { $$ = $1; } - | '(' relative_path ',' relative_path ')' - { - $$ = $2; - $$->set_ypath($4); - } - /* The rest of these rules are a compatibility sop. */ - | ORDINAL LAST object_type relative_path - { - lex_warning("`%1%2 last %3' in `with' argument ignored", - $1, ordinal_postfix($1), object_type_name($3)); - $$ = $4; - } - | LAST object_type relative_path - { - lex_warning("`last %1' in `with' argument ignored", - object_type_name($2)); - $$ = $3; - } - | ORDINAL object_type relative_path - { - lex_warning("`%1%2 %3' in `with' argument ignored", - $1, ordinal_postfix($1), object_type_name($2)); - $$ = $3; - } - | LABEL relative_path - { - lex_warning("initial `%1' in `with' argument ignored", $1); - a_delete $1; - $$ = $2; - } - ; - -corner: - DOT_N - { $$ = &object::north; } - | DOT_E - { $$ = &object::east; } - | DOT_W - { $$ = &object::west; } - | DOT_S - { $$ = &object::south; } - | DOT_NE - { $$ = &object::north_east; } - | DOT_SE - { $$ = &object:: south_east; } - | DOT_NW - { $$ = &object::north_west; } - | DOT_SW - { $$ = &object::south_west; } - | DOT_C - { $$ = &object::center; } - | DOT_START - { $$ = &object::start; } - | DOT_END - { $$ = &object::end; } - | TOP - { $$ = &object::north; } - | BOTTOM - { $$ = &object::south; } - | LEFT - { $$ = &object::west; } - | RIGHT - { $$ = &object::east; } - | UPPER LEFT - { $$ = &object::north_west; } - | LOWER LEFT - { $$ = &object::south_west; } - | UPPER RIGHT - { $$ = &object::north_east; } - | LOWER RIGHT - { $$ = &object::south_east; } - | LEFT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::west; } - | RIGHT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::east; } - | UPPER LEFT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::north_west; } - | LOWER LEFT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::south_west; } - | UPPER RIGHT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::north_east; } - | LOWER RIGHT_CORNER - { $$ = &object::south_east; } - | NORTH - { $$ = &object::north; } - | SOUTH - { $$ = &object::south; } - | EAST - { $$ = &object::east; } - | WEST - { $$ = &object::west; } - | CENTER - { $$ = &object::center; } - | START - { $$ = &object::start; } - | END - { $$ = &object::end; } - ; - -expr: - VARIABLE - { - if (!lookup_variable($1, & $$)) { - lex_error("there is no variable `%1'", $1); - YYABORT; - } - a_delete $1; - } - | NUMBER - { $$ = $1; } - | place DOT_X - { - if ($1.obj != 0) - $$ = $1.obj->origin().x; - else - $$ = $1.x; - } - | place DOT_Y - { - if ($1.obj != 0) - $$ = $1.obj->origin().y; - else - $$ = $1.y; - } - | place DOT_HT - { - if ($1.obj != 0) - $$ = $1.obj->height(); - else - $$ = 0.0; - } - | place DOT_WID - { - if ($1.obj != 0) - $$ = $1.obj->width(); - else - $$ = 0.0; - } - | place DOT_RAD - { - if ($1.obj != 0) - $$ = $1.obj->radius(); - else - $$ = 0.0; - } - | expr '+' expr - { $$ = $1 + $3; } - | expr '-' expr - { $$ = $1 - $3; } - | expr '*' expr - { $$ = $1 * $3; } - | expr '/' expr - { - if ($3 == 0.0) { - lex_error("division by zero"); - YYABORT; - } - $$ = $1/$3; - } - | expr '%' expr - { - if ($3 == 0.0) { - lex_error("modulus by zero"); - YYABORT; - } - $$ = fmod($1, $3); - } - | expr '^' expr - { - errno = 0; - $$ = pow($1, $3); - if (errno == EDOM) { - lex_error("arguments to `^' operator out of domain"); - YYABORT; - } - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("result of `^' operator out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | '-' expr %prec '!' - { $$ = -$2; } - | '(' any_expr ')' - { $$ = $2; } - | SIN '(' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = sin($3); - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("sin result out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | COS '(' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = cos($3); - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("cos result out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | ATAN2 '(' any_expr ',' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = atan2($3, $5); - if (errno == EDOM) { - lex_error("atan2 argument out of domain"); - YYABORT; - } - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("atan2 result out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | LOG '(' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = log10($3); - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("log result out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | EXP '(' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = pow(10.0, $3); - if (errno == ERANGE) { - lex_error("exp result out of range"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | SQRT '(' any_expr ')' - { - errno = 0; - $$ = sqrt($3); - if (errno == EDOM) { - lex_error("sqrt argument out of domain"); - YYABORT; - } - } - | K_MAX '(' any_expr ',' any_expr ')' - { $$ = $3 > $5 ? $3 : $5; } - | K_MIN '(' any_expr ',' any_expr ')' - { $$ = $3 < $5 ? $3 : $5; } - | INT '(' any_expr ')' - { $$ = floor($3); } - | RAND '(' any_expr ')' - { $$ = 1.0 + floor(((rand()&0x7fff)/double(0x7fff))*$3); } - | RAND '(' ')' - { - /* return a random number in the range [0,1) */ - /* portable, but not very random */ - $$ = (rand() & 0x7fff) / double(0x8000); - } - | SRAND '(' any_expr ')' - { - $$ = 0; - srand((unsigned int)$3); - } - | expr '<' expr - { $$ = ($1 < $3); } - | expr LESSEQUAL expr - { $$ = ($1 <= $3); } - | expr '>' expr - { $$ = ($1 > $3); } - | expr GREATEREQUAL expr - { $$ = ($1 >= $3); } - | expr EQUALEQUAL expr - { $$ = ($1 == $3); } - | expr NOTEQUAL expr - { $$ = ($1 != $3); } - | expr ANDAND expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 && $3 != 0.0); } - | expr OROR expr - { $$ = ($1 != 0.0 || $3 != 0.0); } - | '!' expr - { $$ = ($2 == 0.0); } - - ; - -%% - -/* bison defines const to be empty unless __STDC__ is defined, which it -isn't under cfront */ - -#ifdef const -#undef const -#endif - -static struct { - const char *name; - double val; - int scaled; // non-zero if val should be multiplied by scale -} defaults_table[] = { - { "arcrad", .25, 1 }, - { "arrowht", .1, 1 }, - { "arrowwid", .05, 1 }, - { "circlerad", .25, 1 }, - { "boxht", .5, 1 }, - { "boxwid", .75, 1 }, - { "boxrad", 0.0, 1 }, - { "dashwid", .05, 1 }, - { "ellipseht", .5, 1 }, - { "ellipsewid", .75, 1 }, - { "moveht", .5, 1 }, - { "movewid", .5, 1 }, - { "lineht", .5, 1 }, - { "linewid", .5, 1 }, - { "textht", 0.0, 1 }, - { "textwid", 0.0, 1 }, - { "scale", 1.0, 0 }, - { "linethick", -1.0, 0 }, // in points - { "fillval", .5, 0 }, - { "arrowhead", 1.0, 0 }, - { "maxpswid", 8.5, 0 }, - { "maxpsht", 11.0, 0 }, -}; - -place *lookup_label(const char *label) -{ - saved_state *state = current_saved_state; - PTABLE(place) *tbl = current_table; - for (;;) { - place *pl = tbl->lookup(label); - if (pl) - return pl; - if (!state) - return 0; - tbl = state->tbl; - state = state->prev; - } -} - -void define_label(const char *label, const place *pl) -{ - place *p = new place[1]; - *p = *pl; - current_table->define(label, p); -} - -int lookup_variable(const char *name, double *val) -{ - place *pl = lookup_label(name); - if (pl) { - *val = pl->x; - return 1; - } - return 0; -} - -void define_variable(const char *name, double val) -{ - place *p = new place[1]; - p->obj = 0; - p->x = val; - p->y = 0.0; - current_table->define(name, p); - if (strcmp(name, "scale") == 0) { - // When the scale changes, reset all scaled pre-defined variables to - // their default values. - for (unsigned int i = 0; - i < sizeof(defaults_table)/sizeof(defaults_table[0]); i++) - if (defaults_table[i].scaled) - define_variable(defaults_table[i].name, val*defaults_table[i].val); - } -} - -// called once only (not once per parse) - -void parse_init() -{ - current_direction = RIGHT_DIRECTION; - current_position.x = 0.0; - current_position.y = 0.0; - // This resets everything to its default value. - reset_all(); -} - -void reset(const char *nm) -{ - for (unsigned int i = 0; - i < sizeof(defaults_table)/sizeof(defaults_table[0]); i++) - if (strcmp(nm, defaults_table[i].name) == 0) { - double val = defaults_table[i].val; - if (defaults_table[i].scaled) { - double scale; - lookup_variable("scale", &scale); - val *= scale; - } - define_variable(defaults_table[i].name, val); - return; - } - lex_error("`%1' is not a predefined variable", nm); -} - -void reset_all() -{ - // We only have to explicitly reset the pre-defined variables that - // aren't scaled because `scale' is not scaled, and changing the - // value of `scale' will reset all the pre-defined variables that - // are scaled. - for (unsigned int i = 0; - i < sizeof(defaults_table)/sizeof(defaults_table[0]); i++) - if (!defaults_table[i].scaled) - define_variable(defaults_table[i].name, defaults_table[i].val); -} - -// called after each parse - -void parse_cleanup() -{ - while (current_saved_state != 0) { - delete current_table; - current_table = current_saved_state->tbl; - saved_state *tem = current_saved_state; - current_saved_state = current_saved_state->prev; - delete tem; - } - assert(current_table == &top_table); - PTABLE_ITERATOR(place) iter(current_table); - const char *key; - place *pl; - while (iter.next(&key, &pl)) - if (pl->obj != 0) { - position pos = pl->obj->origin(); - pl->obj = 0; - pl->x = pos.x; - pl->y = pos.y; - } - while (olist.head != 0) { - object *tem = olist.head; - olist.head = olist.head->next; - delete tem; - } - olist.tail = 0; - current_direction = RIGHT_DIRECTION; - current_position.x = 0.0; - current_position.y = 0.0; -} - -const char *ordinal_postfix(int n) -{ - if (n < 10 || n > 20) - switch (n % 10) { - case 1: - return "st"; - case 2: - return "nd"; - case 3: - return "rd"; - } - return "th"; -} - -const char *object_type_name(object_type type) -{ - switch (type) { - case BOX_OBJECT: - return "box"; - case CIRCLE_OBJECT: - return "circle"; - case ELLIPSE_OBJECT: - return "ellipse"; - case ARC_OBJECT: - return "arc"; - case SPLINE_OBJECT: - return "spline"; - case LINE_OBJECT: - return "line"; - case ARROW_OBJECT: - return "arrow"; - case MOVE_OBJECT: - return "move"; - case TEXT_OBJECT: - return "\"\""; - case BLOCK_OBJECT: - return "[]"; - case OTHER_OBJECT: - case MARK_OBJECT: - default: - break; - } - return "object"; -} - -static char sprintf_buf[1024]; - -char *format_number(const char *form, double n) -{ - if (form == 0) - form = "%g"; - return do_sprintf(form, &n, 1); -} - -char *do_sprintf(const char *form, const double *v, int nv) -{ - string result; - int i = 0; - string one_format; - while (*form) { - if (*form == '%') { - one_format += *form++; - for (; *form != '\0' && strchr("#-+ 0123456789.", *form) != 0; form++) - one_format += *form; - if (*form == '\0' || strchr("eEfgG%", *form) == 0) { - lex_error("bad sprintf format"); - result += one_format; - result += form; - break; - } - if (*form == '%') { - one_format += *form++; - one_format += '\0'; - snprintf(sprintf_buf, sizeof(sprintf_buf), - "%s", one_format.contents()); - } - else { - if (i >= nv) { - lex_error("too few arguments to snprintf"); - result += one_format; - result += form; - break; - } - one_format += *form++; - one_format += '\0'; - snprintf(sprintf_buf, sizeof(sprintf_buf), - one_format.contents(), v[i++]); - } - one_format.clear(); - result += sprintf_buf; - } - else - result += *form++; - } - result += '\0'; - return strsave(result.contents()); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/position.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/position.h deleted file mode 100644 index c62e3e7bd0da..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/position.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -struct place; -struct position { - double x; - double y; - position(double, double ); - position(); - position(const place &); - position &operator+=(const position &); - position &operator-=(const position &); - position &operator*=(double); - position &operator/=(double); -}; - -position operator-(const position &); -position operator+(const position &, const position &); -position operator-(const position &, const position &); -position operator/(const position &, double); -position operator*(const position &, double); -// dot product -double operator*(const position &, const position &); -int operator==(const position &, const position &); -int operator!=(const position &, const position &); - -double hypot(const position &a); - -typedef position distance; - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/tex.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/tex.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index f997b868d687..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/tex.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,459 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" - -#ifdef TEX_SUPPORT - -#include "common.h" - -class tex_output : public common_output { -public: - tex_output(); - ~tex_output(); - void start_picture(double, const position &ll, const position &ur); - void finish_picture(); - void text(const position &, text_piece *, int, double); - void line(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &); - void polygon(const position *, int n, - const line_type &, double); - void spline(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &); - void arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &); - void circle(const position &, double rad, const line_type &, double); - void ellipse(const position &, const distance &, const line_type &, double); - void command(const char *, const char *, int); - void set_color(char *, char *); - void reset_color(); - char *get_last_filled(); - char *get_outline_color(); - int supports_filled_polygons(); -private: - position upper_left; - double height; - double width; - double scale; - double pen_size; - - void point(const position &); - void dot(const position &, const line_type &); - void solid_arc(const position ¢, double rad, double start_angle, - double end_angle, const line_type <); - position transform(const position &); -protected: - virtual void set_pen_size(double ps); -}; - -// convert inches to milliinches - -inline int milliinches(double x) -{ - return int(x*1000.0 + .5); -} - -inline position tex_output::transform(const position &pos) -{ - return position((pos.x - upper_left.x)/scale, - (upper_left.y - pos.y)/scale); -} - -output *make_tex_output() -{ - return new tex_output; -} - -tex_output::tex_output() -{ -} - -tex_output::~tex_output() -{ -} - -const int DEFAULT_PEN_SIZE = 8; - -void tex_output::set_pen_size(double ps) -{ - if (ps < 0.0) - ps = -1.0; - if (ps != pen_size) { - pen_size = ps; - printf(" \\special{pn %d}%%\n", - ps < 0.0 ? DEFAULT_PEN_SIZE : int(ps*(1000.0/72.0) + .5)); - } -} - -void tex_output::start_picture(double sc, const position &ll, - const position &ur) -{ - upper_left.x = ll.x; - upper_left.y = ur.y; - scale = compute_scale(sc, ll, ur); - height = (ur.y - ll.y)/scale; - width = (ur.x - ll.x)/scale; - /* The point of \vskip 0pt is to ensure that the vtop gets - a height of 0 rather than the height of the hbox; this - might be non-zero if text from text attributes lies outside pic's - idea of the bounding box of the picture. */ - /* \newbox and \newdimen are defined with \outer in plain.tex and can't - be used directly in an \if clause. */ - printf("\\expandafter\\ifx\\csname %s\\endcsname\\relax\n" - " \\csname newbox\\expandafter\\endcsname\\csname %s\\endcsname\n" - "\\fi\n" - "\\ifx\\graphtemp\\undefined\n" - " \\csname newdimen\\endcsname\\graphtemp\n" - "\\fi\n" - "\\expandafter\\setbox\\csname %s\\endcsname\n" - " =\\vtop{\\vskip 0pt\\hbox{%%\n", - graphname, graphname, graphname); - pen_size = -2.0; -} - -void tex_output::finish_picture() -{ - printf(" \\hbox{\\vrule depth%.3fin width0pt height 0pt}%%\n" - " \\kern %.3fin\n" - " }%%\n" - "}%%\n", - height, width); -} - -void tex_output::text(const position ¢er, text_piece *v, int n, double) -{ - position c = transform(center); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (v[i].text != 0 && *v[i].text != '\0') { - int j = 2*i - n + 1; - if (v[i].adj.v == ABOVE_ADJUST) - j--; - else if (v[i].adj.v == BELOW_ADJUST) - j++; - if (j == 0) { - printf(" \\graphtemp=.5ex\n" - " \\advance\\graphtemp by %.3fin\n", c.y); - } - else { - printf(" \\graphtemp=\\baselineskip\n" - " \\multiply\\graphtemp by %d\n" - " \\divide\\graphtemp by 2\n" - " \\advance\\graphtemp by .5ex\n" - " \\advance\\graphtemp by %.3fin\n", - j, c.y); - } - printf(" \\rlap{\\kern %.3fin\\lower\\graphtemp", c.x); - fputs("\\hbox to 0pt{", stdout); - if (v[i].adj.h != LEFT_ADJUST) - fputs("\\hss ", stdout); - fputs(v[i].text, stdout); - if (v[i].adj.h != RIGHT_ADJUST) - fputs("\\hss", stdout); - fputs("}}%\n", stdout); - } -} - -void tex_output::point(const position &pos) -{ - position p = transform(pos); - printf(" \\special{pa %d %d}%%\n", milliinches(p.x), milliinches(p.y)); -} - -void tex_output::line(const position &start, const position *v, int n, - const line_type <) -{ - set_pen_size(lt.thickness); - point(start); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - point(v[i]); - fputs(" \\special{", stdout); - switch(lt.type) { - case line_type::invisible: - fputs("ip", stdout); - break; - case line_type::solid: - fputs("fp", stdout); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - printf("dt %.3f", lt.dash_width/scale); - break; - case line_type::dashed: - printf("da %.3f", lt.dash_width/scale); - break; - } - fputs("}%\n", stdout); -} - -void tex_output::polygon(const position *v, int n, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (fill >= 0.0) { - if (fill > 1.0) - fill = 1.0; - printf(" \\special{sh %.3f}%%\n", fill); - } - line(v[n-1], v, n, lt); -} - -void tex_output::spline(const position &start, const position *v, int n, - const line_type <) -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible) - return; - set_pen_size(lt.thickness); - point(start); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - point(v[i]); - fputs(" \\special{sp", stdout); - switch(lt.type) { - case line_type::solid: - break; - case line_type::dotted: - printf(" %.3f", -lt.dash_width/scale); - break; - case line_type::dashed: - printf(" %.3f", lt.dash_width/scale); - break; - case line_type::invisible: - assert(0); - } - fputs("}%\n", stdout); -} - -void tex_output::solid_arc(const position ¢, double rad, - double start_angle, double end_angle, - const line_type <) -{ - set_pen_size(lt.thickness); - position c = transform(cent); - printf(" \\special{ar %d %d %d %d %f %f}%%\n", - milliinches(c.x), - milliinches(c.y), - milliinches(rad/scale), - milliinches(rad/scale), - -end_angle, - (-end_angle > -start_angle) ? (double)M_PI * 2 - start_angle - : -start_angle); -} - -void tex_output::arc(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, const line_type <) -{ - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_arc(start, cent, end, lt); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_arc(start, cent, end, lt); - break; - case line_type::solid: - { - position c; - if (!compute_arc_center(start, cent, end, &c)) { - line(start, &end, 1, lt); - break; - } - solid_arc(c, - hypot(cent - start), - atan2(start.y - c.y, start.x - c.x), - atan2(end.y - c.y, end.x - c.x), - lt); - break; - } - } -} - -void tex_output::circle(const position ¢, double rad, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (fill >= 0.0 && lt.type != line_type::solid) { - if (fill > 1.0) - fill = 1.0; - line_type ilt; - ilt.type = line_type::invisible; - ellipse(cent, position(rad*2.0, rad*2.0), ilt, fill); - } - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_circle(cent, rad, lt); - break; - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::solid: - ellipse(cent, position(rad*2.0,rad*2.0), lt, fill); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_circle(cent, rad, lt); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - -void tex_output::ellipse(const position ¢, const distance &dim, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (lt.type == line_type::invisible) { - if (fill < 0.0) - return; - } - else - set_pen_size(lt.thickness); - if (fill >= 0.0) { - if (fill > 1.0) - fill = 1.0; - printf(" \\special{sh %.3f}%%\n", fill); - } - position c = transform(cent); - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::solid: - case line_type::invisible: - printf(" \\special{%s %d %d %d %d 0 6.28319}%%\n", - (lt.type == line_type::invisible ? "ia" : "ar"), - milliinches(c.x), - milliinches(c.y), - milliinches(dim.x/(2.0*scale)), - milliinches(dim.y/(2.0*scale))); - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_ellipse(cent, dim / scale, lt); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_ellipse(cent, dim / scale, lt); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - -void tex_output::command(const char *s, const char *, int) -{ - fputs(s, stdout); - putchar('%'); // avoid unwanted spaces - putchar('\n'); -} - -int tex_output::supports_filled_polygons() -{ - return 1; -} - -void tex_output::dot(const position &pos, const line_type <) -{ - if (zero_length_line_flag) { - line_type slt = lt; - slt.type = line_type::solid; - line(pos, &pos, 1, slt); - } - else { - int dot_rad = int(lt.thickness*(1000.0/(72.0*2)) + .5); - if (dot_rad == 0) - dot_rad = 1; - position p = transform(pos); - printf(" \\special{sh 1}%%\n" - " \\special{ia %d %d %d %d 0 6.28319}%%\n", - milliinches(p.x), milliinches(p.y), dot_rad, dot_rad); - } -} - -void tex_output::set_color(char *, char *) -{ - /* not implemented yet */ -} - -void tex_output::reset_color() -{ - /* not implemented yet */ -} - -char *tex_output::get_last_filled() -{ - /* not implemented yet */ - return NULL; -} - -char *tex_output::get_outline_color() -{ - /* not implemented yet */ - return NULL; -} - -class tpic_output : public tex_output { -public: - tpic_output(); - void command(const char *, const char *, int); -private: - void set_pen_size(double ps); - int default_pen_size; - int prev_default_pen_size; -}; - -tpic_output::tpic_output() -: default_pen_size(DEFAULT_PEN_SIZE), prev_default_pen_size(DEFAULT_PEN_SIZE) -{ -} - -void tpic_output::command(const char *s, const char *filename, int lineno) -{ - assert(s[0] == '.'); - if (s[1] == 'p' && s[2] == 's' && (s[3] == '\0' || !csalpha(s[3]))) { - const char *p = s + 3; - while (csspace(*p)) - p++; - if (*p == '\0') { - int temp = default_pen_size; - default_pen_size = prev_default_pen_size; - prev_default_pen_size = temp; - } - else { - char *ptr; - int temp = (int)strtol(p, &ptr, 10); - if (temp == 0 && ptr == p) - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, - "argument to `.ps' not an integer"); - else if (temp < 0) - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, - "negative pen size"); - else { - prev_default_pen_size = default_pen_size; - default_pen_size = temp; - } - } - } - else - printf("\\%s%%\n", s + 1); -} - -void tpic_output::set_pen_size(double ps) -{ - if (ps < 0.0) - printf(" \\special{pn %d}%%\n", default_pen_size); - else - tex_output::set_pen_size(ps); -} - -output *make_tpic_output() -{ - return new tpic_output; -} - -#endif diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/text.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/text.h deleted file mode 100644 index f9d34875075f..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/text.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- - -enum hadjustment { - CENTER_ADJUST, - LEFT_ADJUST, - RIGHT_ADJUST - }; - -enum vadjustment { - NONE_ADJUST, - ABOVE_ADJUST, - BELOW_ADJUST - }; - -struct adjustment { - hadjustment h; - vadjustment v; -}; - -struct text_piece { - char *text; - adjustment adj; - const char *filename; - int lineno; - - text_piece(); - ~text_piece(); -}; diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/troff.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/troff.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 688ca47b9c47..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/pic/troff.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,567 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "pic.h" -#include "common.h" - - -const double RELATIVE_THICKNESS = -1.0; -const double BAD_THICKNESS = -2.0; - -class simple_output : public common_output { - virtual void simple_line(const position &, const position &) = 0; - virtual void simple_spline(const position &, const position *, int n) = 0; - virtual void simple_arc(const position &, const position &, - const position &) = 0; - virtual void simple_circle(int, const position &, double rad) = 0; - virtual void simple_ellipse(int, const position &, const distance &) = 0; - virtual void simple_polygon(int, const position *, int) = 0; - virtual void line_thickness(double) = 0; - virtual void set_fill(double) = 0; - virtual void set_color(char *, char *) = 0; - virtual void reset_color() = 0; - virtual char *get_last_filled() = 0; - void dot(const position &, const line_type &) = 0; -public: - void start_picture(double sc, const position &ll, const position &ur) = 0; - void finish_picture() = 0; - void text(const position &, text_piece *, int, double) = 0; - void line(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &); - void polygon(const position *, int n, - const line_type &, double); - void spline(const position &, const position *, int n, - const line_type &); - void arc(const position &, const position &, const position &, - const line_type &); - void circle(const position &, double rad, const line_type &, double); - void ellipse(const position &, const distance &, const line_type &, double); - int supports_filled_polygons(); -}; - -int simple_output::supports_filled_polygons() -{ - return driver_extension_flag != 0; -} - -void simple_output::arc(const position &start, const position ¢, - const position &end, const line_type <) -{ - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::solid: - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - simple_arc(start, cent, end); - break; - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_arc(start, cent, end, lt); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_arc(start, cent, end, lt); - break; - } -} - -void simple_output::line(const position &start, const position *v, int n, - const line_type <) -{ - position pos = start; - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) { - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::solid: - simple_line(pos, v[i]); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - { - distance vec(v[i] - pos); - double dist = hypot(vec); - int ndots = int(dist/lt.dash_width + .5); - if (ndots == 0) - dot(pos, lt); - else { - vec /= double(ndots); - for (int j = 0; j <= ndots; j++) - dot(pos + vec*j, lt); - } - } - break; - case line_type::dashed: - { - distance vec(v[i] - pos); - double dist = hypot(vec); - if (dist <= lt.dash_width*2.0) - simple_line(pos, v[i]); - else { - int ndashes = int((dist - lt.dash_width)/(lt.dash_width*2.0) + .5); - distance dash_vec = vec*(lt.dash_width/dist); - double dash_gap = (dist - lt.dash_width)/ndashes; - distance dash_gap_vec = vec*(dash_gap/dist); - for (int j = 0; j <= ndashes; j++) { - position s(pos + dash_gap_vec*j); - simple_line(s, s + dash_vec); - } - } - } - break; - case line_type::invisible: - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - pos = v[i]; - } -} - -void simple_output::spline(const position &start, const position *v, int n, - const line_type <) -{ - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - simple_spline(start, v, n); -} - -void simple_output::polygon(const position *v, int n, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag && ((fill >= 0.0) || (get_last_filled() != 0))) { - if (get_last_filled() == 0) - set_fill(fill); - simple_polygon(1, v, n); - } - if (lt.type == line_type::solid && driver_extension_flag) { - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - simple_polygon(0, v, n); - } - else if (lt.type != line_type::invisible) { - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - line(v[n - 1], v, n, lt); - } -} - -void simple_output::circle(const position ¢, double rad, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag && ((fill >= 0.0) || (get_last_filled() != 0))) { - if (get_last_filled() == 0) - set_fill(fill); - simple_circle(1, cent, rad); - } - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_circle(cent, rad, lt); - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_circle(cent, rad, lt); - break; - case line_type::solid: - simple_circle(0, cent, rad); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - -void simple_output::ellipse(const position ¢, const distance &dim, - const line_type <, double fill) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag && ((fill >= 0.0) || (get_last_filled() != 0))) { - if (get_last_filled() == 0) - set_fill(fill); - simple_ellipse(1, cent, dim); - } - if (lt.type != line_type::invisible) - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - switch (lt.type) { - case line_type::invisible: - break; - case line_type::dotted: - dotted_ellipse(cent, dim, lt); - break; - case line_type::dashed: - dashed_ellipse(cent, dim, lt); - break; - case line_type::solid: - simple_ellipse(0, cent, dim); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - -class troff_output : public simple_output { - const char *last_filename; - position upper_left; - double height; - double scale; - double last_line_thickness; - double last_fill; - char *last_filled; // color - char *last_outlined; // color -public: - troff_output(); - ~troff_output(); - void start_picture(double, const position &ll, const position &ur); - void finish_picture(); - void text(const position &, text_piece *, int, double); - void dot(const position &, const line_type &); - void command(const char *, const char *, int); - void set_location(const char *, int); - void simple_line(const position &, const position &); - void simple_spline(const position &, const position *, int n); - void simple_arc(const position &, const position &, const position &); - void simple_circle(int, const position &, double rad); - void simple_ellipse(int, const position &, const distance &); - void simple_polygon(int, const position *, int); - void line_thickness(double p); - void set_fill(double); - void set_color(char *, char *); - void reset_color(); - char *get_last_filled(); - char *get_outline_color(); - position transform(const position &); -}; - -output *make_troff_output() -{ - return new troff_output; -} - -troff_output::troff_output() -: last_filename(0), last_line_thickness(BAD_THICKNESS), - last_fill(-1.0), last_filled(0), last_outlined(0) -{ -} - -troff_output::~troff_output() -{ -} - -inline position troff_output::transform(const position &pos) -{ - return position((pos.x - upper_left.x)/scale, - (upper_left.y - pos.y)/scale); -} - -#define FILL_REG "00" - -// If this register > 0, then pic will generate \X'ps: ...' commands -// if the aligned attribute is used. -#define GROPS_REG "0p" - -// If this register is defined, geqn won't produce `\x's. -#define EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG "0x" - -void troff_output::start_picture(double sc, - const position &ll, const position &ur) -{ - upper_left.x = ll.x; - upper_left.y = ur.y; - scale = compute_scale(sc, ll, ur); - height = (ur.y - ll.y)/scale; - double width = (ur.x - ll.x)/scale; - printf(".PS %.3fi %.3fi", height, width); - if (args) - printf(" %s\n", args); - else - putchar('\n'); - printf(".\\\" %g %g %g %g\n", ll.x, ll.y, ur.x, ur.y); - printf(".\\\" %.3fi %.3fi %.3fi %.3fi\n", 0.0, height, width, 0.0); - printf(".nr " FILL_REG " \\n(.u\n.nf\n"); - printf(".nr " EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG " 1\n"); - // This guarantees that if the picture is used in a diversion it will - // have the right width. - printf("\\h'%.3fi'\n.sp -1\n", width); -} - -void troff_output::finish_picture() -{ - line_thickness(BAD_THICKNESS); - last_fill = -1.0; // force it to be reset for each picture - reset_color(); - if (!flyback_flag) - printf(".sp %.3fi+1\n", height); - printf(".if \\n(" FILL_REG " .fi\n"); - printf(".br\n"); - printf(".nr " EQN_NO_EXTRA_SPACE_REG " 0\n"); - // this is a little gross - set_location(current_filename, current_lineno); - fputs(flyback_flag ? ".PF\n" : ".PE\n", stdout); -} - -void troff_output::command(const char *s, - const char *filename, int lineno) -{ - if (filename != 0) - set_location(filename, lineno); - fputs(s, stdout); - putchar('\n'); -} - -void troff_output::simple_circle(int filled, const position ¢, double rad) -{ - position c = transform(cent); - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'" - "\\D'%c %.3fi'" - "\n.sp -1\n", - c.x - rad/scale, - c.y, - (filled ? 'C' : 'c'), - rad*2.0/scale); -} - -void troff_output::simple_ellipse(int filled, const position ¢, - const distance &dim) -{ - position c = transform(cent); - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'" - "\\D'%c %.3fi %.3fi'" - "\n.sp -1\n", - c.x - dim.x/(2.0*scale), - c.y, - (filled ? 'E' : 'e'), - dim.x/scale, dim.y/scale); -} - -void troff_output::simple_arc(const position &start, const distance ¢, - const distance &end) -{ - position s = transform(start); - position c = transform(cent); - distance cv = c - s; - distance ev = transform(end) - c; - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'" - "\\D'a %.3fi %.3fi %.3fi %.3fi'" - "\n.sp -1\n", - s.x, s.y, cv.x, cv.y, ev.x, ev.y); -} - -void troff_output::simple_line(const position &start, const position &end) -{ - position s = transform(start); - distance ev = transform(end) - s; - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'" - "\\D'l %.3fi %.3fi'" - "\n.sp -1\n", - s.x, s.y, ev.x, ev.y); -} - -void troff_output::simple_spline(const position &start, - const position *v, int n) -{ - position pos = transform(start); - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'", - pos.x, pos.y); - fputs("\\D'~ ", stdout); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) { - position temp = transform(v[i]); - distance d = temp - pos; - pos = temp; - if (i != 0) - putchar(' '); - printf("%.3fi %.3fi", d.x, d.y); - } - printf("'\n.sp -1\n"); -} - -// a solid polygon - -void troff_output::simple_polygon(int filled, const position *v, int n) -{ - position pos = transform(v[0]); - printf("\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'", - pos.x, pos.y); - printf("\\D'%c ", (filled ? 'P' : 'p')); - for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) { - position temp = transform(v[i]); - distance d = temp - pos; - pos = temp; - if (i != 1) - putchar(' '); - printf("%.3fi %.3fi", d.x, d.y); - } - printf("'\n.sp -1\n"); -} - -const double TEXT_AXIS = 0.22; // in ems - -static const char *choose_delimiter(const char *text) -{ - if (strchr(text, '\'') == 0) - return "'"; - else - return "\\(ts"; -} - -void troff_output::text(const position ¢er, text_piece *v, int n, - double ang) -{ - line_thickness(BAD_THICKNESS); // the text might use lines (eg in equations) - int rotate_flag = 0; - if (driver_extension_flag && ang != 0.0) { - rotate_flag = 1; - position c = transform(center); - printf(".if \\n(" GROPS_REG " \\{\\\n" - "\\h'%.3fi'" - "\\v'%.3fi'" - "\\X'ps: exec gsave currentpoint 2 copy translate %.4f rotate neg exch neg exch translate'" - "\n.sp -1\n" - ".\\}\n", - c.x, c.y, -ang*180.0/M_PI); - } - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - if (v[i].text != 0 && *v[i].text != '\0') { - position c = transform(center); - if (v[i].filename != 0) - set_location(v[i].filename, v[i].lineno); - printf("\\h'%.3fi", c.x); - const char *delim = choose_delimiter(v[i].text); - if (v[i].adj.h == RIGHT_ADJUST) - printf("-\\w%s%s%su", delim, v[i].text, delim); - else if (v[i].adj.h != LEFT_ADJUST) - printf("-(\\w%s%s%su/2u)", delim, v[i].text, delim); - putchar('\''); - printf("\\v'%.3fi-(%dv/2u)+%dv+%.2fm", - c.y, - n - 1, - i, - TEXT_AXIS); - if (v[i].adj.v == ABOVE_ADJUST) - printf("-.5v"); - else if (v[i].adj.v == BELOW_ADJUST) - printf("+.5v"); - putchar('\''); - fputs(v[i].text, stdout); - fputs("\n.sp -1\n", stdout); - } - if (rotate_flag) - printf(".if '\\*(.T'ps' \\{\\\n" - "\\X'ps: exec grestore'\n.sp -1\n" - ".\\}\n"); -} - -void troff_output::line_thickness(double p) -{ - if (p < 0.0) - p = RELATIVE_THICKNESS; - if (driver_extension_flag && p != last_line_thickness) { - printf("\\D't %.3fp'\\h'%.3fp'\n.sp -1\n", p, -p); - last_line_thickness = p; - } -} - -void troff_output::set_fill(double f) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag && f != last_fill) { - // \D'Fg ...' emits a node only in compatibility mode, - // thus we add a dummy node - printf("\\&\\D'Fg %.3f'\n.sp -1\n", 1.0 - f); - last_fill = f; - } - if (last_filled) { - free(last_filled); - last_filled = 0; - printf(".fcolor\n"); - } -} - -void troff_output::set_color(char *color_fill, char *color_outlined) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag) { - if (last_filled || last_outlined) { - reset_color(); - } - // .gcolor and .fcolor emit a node in compatibility mode only, - // but that won't work anyway - if (color_fill) { - printf(".fcolor %s\n", color_fill); - last_filled = strsave(color_fill); - } - if (color_outlined) { - printf(".gcolor %s\n", color_outlined); - last_outlined = strsave(color_outlined); - } - } -} - -void troff_output::reset_color() -{ - if (driver_extension_flag) { - if (last_filled) { - printf(".fcolor\n"); - a_delete last_filled; - last_filled = 0; - } - if (last_outlined) { - printf(".gcolor\n"); - a_delete last_outlined; - last_outlined = 0; - } - } -} - -char *troff_output::get_last_filled() -{ - return last_filled; -} - -char *troff_output::get_outline_color() -{ - return last_outlined; -} - -const double DOT_AXIS = .044; - -void troff_output::dot(const position ¢, const line_type <) -{ - if (driver_extension_flag) { - line_thickness(lt.thickness); - simple_line(cent, cent); - } - else { - position c = transform(cent); - printf("\\h'%.3fi-(\\w'.'u/2u)'" - "\\v'%.3fi+%.2fm'" - ".\n.sp -1\n", - c.x, - c.y, - DOT_AXIS); - } -} - -void troff_output::set_location(const char *s, int n) -{ - if (last_filename != 0 && strcmp(s, last_filename) == 0) - printf(".lf %d\n", n); - else { - printf(".lf %d %s\n", n, s); - last_filename = s; - } -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 2e22a3a77909..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ -PROG=refer$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=refer.n -XLIBS=$(LIBBIB) $(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=\ - command.$(OBJEXT) \ - label.$(OBJEXT) \ - ref.$(OBJEXT) \ - refer.$(OBJEXT) \ - token.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=\ - $(srcdir)/command.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/ref.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/refer.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/token.cpp -HDRS=\ - $(srcdir)/refer.h \ - $(srcdir)/token.h \ - $(srcdir)/command.h \ - $(srcdir)/ref.h -GRAM=$(srcdir)/label.y -YTABC=label.cpp -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/TODO b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index 5bbd9bff1e8c..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -inline references - -Some sort of macro/subroutine that can cover several references. - -move-punctuation should ignore multiple punctuation characters. - -Make the index files machine independent. - -Allow search keys to be negated (with !) to indicate that the -reference should not contain the key. Ignore negated keys during -indexed searching. - -Provide an option with lkbib and lookbib that prints the location -(filename, position) of each reference. Need to map filename_id's -back to filenames. - -Rename join-authors to join-fields. Have a separate label-join-fields -command used by @ and #. - -Have some sort of quantifier: eg $.n#A means execute `$.n' for each -instance of an A field, setting $ to that field, and then join the -results using the join-authors command. - -no-text-in-bracket command which says not to allow post_text and -pre_text when the [] flags has been given. Useful for superscripted -footnotes. - -Make it possible to translate - to \(en in page ranges. - -Trim eign a bit. - -In indexed searching discard all numeric keys except dates. - -Allow `\ ' to separate article from first word. - -%also - -Option automatically to supply [] flags in every reference. - -See if we can avoid requiring a comma before jr. and so on -in find_last_name(). - -Cache sortified authors in authors string during tentative evaluation of -label specification. - -Possibly don't allow * and % expressions in the first part of ?:, | or -& expressions. - -Handle better the case where <> occurs inside functions and in the -first operand of ~. Or perhaps implement <> using some magic character -in the string. - -Should special treatment be given to lines beginning with . in -references? (Unix refer seems to treat them like `%'). - -Add global flag to control whether all files should be stat-ed after -loading, and whether they should be stat-ed before each search. -Perhaps make this dependent on the number of files there are. - -Option to truncate keys to truncate_len in linear searching. - -Allow multiple -f options in indxbib. - -In indxbib, possibly store common words rather than common words -filename. In this case store only words that are actually present in -the file. - -Perhaps we should put out an obnoxious copyright message when lookbib -starts up. - -Provide an option that writes a file containing just the references -actually used. Useful if you want to distribute a document. - -Have a magic token such that -%A <sort stuff><magic token><print stuff> -will print as though it were -%A <print stuff> -but sort as though it were -%A <sort stuff> -Do we need this if we can specify author alternatives for sorting? -No, provided we have separate alternatives for @. - -In consider_authors when last names are ambiguous we might be able to -use just the first name and not Jr. bit. Or we might be able to -abbreviate the author. - -It ought to be possible to specify an alternative field to sort on -instead of date. (ie if there's a field giving the type of document -- -these references should sort after any years) - -Provide a way to execute a command using a command-line option. - -Option to set the label-spec as a command-line option (-L). - -Command to to specify which fields can occur multiple times: -multiple AE - -Command to specify how various fields sort: -aort-as-name A -sort-as-date D -sort-as-title T -sort-as-other O - -Command to specify which fields are author fields: -# if we don't have A use field Q -author-fields AQ - -Commands to set properties of tokens. -sortify-token \(ae ae -uppercase-token \[ae] \[AE] - -Command to set the names of months: -months january february march april may ... - -Perhaps provide some sort of macro capability: -# perhaps a macro capability -defmacro foo -annotation-field $1 -endef - -Command to control strings used in capitalization -capitalize-start \s+2 -capitalize-end \s-2 -(perhaps make these arguments to the capitalize command.) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 441f9534e154..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,809 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2002, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "refer.h" -#include "refid.h" -#include "search.h" -#include "command.h" - -cset cs_field_name = csalpha; - -class input_item { - input_item *next; - char *filename; - int first_lineno; - string buffer; - const char *ptr; - const char *end; -public: - input_item(string &, const char *, int = 1); - ~input_item(); - int get_char(); - int peek_char(); - void skip_char(); - int get_location(const char **, int *); - - friend class input_stack; -}; - -input_item::input_item(string &s, const char *fn, int ln) -: filename(strsave(fn)), first_lineno(ln) -{ - buffer.move(s); - ptr = buffer.contents(); - end = ptr + buffer.length(); -} - -input_item::~input_item() -{ - a_delete filename; -} - -inline int input_item::peek_char() -{ - if (ptr >= end) - return EOF; - else - return (unsigned char)*ptr; -} - -inline int input_item::get_char() -{ - if (ptr >= end) - return EOF; - else - return (unsigned char)*ptr++; -} - -inline void input_item::skip_char() -{ - ptr++; -} - -int input_item::get_location(const char **filenamep, int *linenop) -{ - *filenamep = filename; - if (ptr == buffer.contents()) - *linenop = first_lineno; - else { - int ln = first_lineno; - const char *e = ptr - 1; - for (const char *p = buffer.contents(); p < e; p++) - if (*p == '\n') - ln++; - *linenop = ln; - } - return 1; -} - -class input_stack { - static input_item *top; -public: - static void init(); - static int get_char(); - static int peek_char(); - static void skip_char() { top->skip_char(); } - static void push_file(const char *); - static void push_string(string &, const char *, int); - static void error(const char *format, - const errarg &arg1 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg2 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg3 = empty_errarg); -}; - -input_item *input_stack::top = 0; - -void input_stack::init() -{ - while (top) { - input_item *tem = top; - top = top->next; - delete tem; - } -} - -int input_stack::get_char() -{ - while (top) { - int c = top->get_char(); - if (c >= 0) - return c; - input_item *tem = top; - top = top->next; - delete tem; - } - return -1; -} - -int input_stack::peek_char() -{ - while (top) { - int c = top->peek_char(); - if (c >= 0) - return c; - input_item *tem = top; - top = top->next; - delete tem; - } - return -1; -} - -void input_stack::push_file(const char *fn) -{ - FILE *fp; - if (strcmp(fn, "-") == 0) { - fp = stdin; - fn = "<standard input>"; - } - else { - errno = 0; - fp = fopen(fn, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - error("can't open `%1': %2", fn, strerror(errno)); - return; - } - } - string buf; - int bol = 1; - int lineno = 1; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (bol && c == '.') { - // replace lines beginning with .R1 or .R2 with a blank line - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'R') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == '1' || c == '2') { - int cc = c; - c = getc(fp); - if (compatible_flag || c == ' ' || c == '\n' || c == EOF) { - while (c != '\n' && c != EOF) - c = getc(fp); - } - else { - buf += '.'; - buf += 'R'; - buf += cc; - } - } - else { - buf += '.'; - buf += 'R'; - } - } - else - buf += '.'; - } - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (invalid_input_char(c)) - error_with_file_and_line(fn, lineno, - "invalid input character code %1", int(c)); - else { - buf += c; - if (c == '\n') { - bol = 1; - lineno++; - } - else - bol = 0; - } - } - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); - if (buf.length() > 0 && buf[buf.length() - 1] != '\n') - buf += '\n'; - input_item *it = new input_item(buf, fn); - it->next = top; - top = it; -} - -void input_stack::push_string(string &s, const char *filename, int lineno) -{ - input_item *it = new input_item(s, filename, lineno); - it->next = top; - top = it; -} - -void input_stack::error(const char *format, const errarg &arg1, - const errarg &arg2, const errarg &arg3) -{ - const char *filename; - int lineno; - for (input_item *it = top; it; it = it->next) - if (it->get_location(&filename, &lineno)) { - error_with_file_and_line(filename, lineno, format, arg1, arg2, arg3); - return; - } - ::error(format, arg1, arg2, arg3); -} - -void command_error(const char *format, const errarg &arg1, - const errarg &arg2, const errarg &arg3) -{ - input_stack::error(format, arg1, arg2, arg3); -} - -// # not recognized in "" -// \<newline> is recognized in "" -// # does not conceal newline -// if missing closing quote, word extends to end of line -// no special treatment of \ other than before newline -// \<newline> not recognized after # -// ; allowed as alternative to newline -// ; not recognized in "" -// don't clear word_buffer; just append on -// return -1 for EOF, 0 for newline, 1 for word - -int get_word(string &word_buffer) -{ - int c = input_stack::get_char(); - for (;;) { - if (c == '#') { - do { - c = input_stack::get_char(); - } while (c != '\n' && c != EOF); - break; - } - if (c == '\\' && input_stack::peek_char() == '\n') - input_stack::skip_char(); - else if (c != ' ' && c != '\t') - break; - c = input_stack::get_char(); - } - if (c == EOF) - return -1; - if (c == '\n' || c == ';') - return 0; - if (c == '"') { - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == EOF || c == '\n') - break; - input_stack::skip_char(); - if (c == '"') { - int d = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (d == '"') - input_stack::skip_char(); - else - break; - } - else if (c == '\\') { - int d = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (d == '\n') - input_stack::skip_char(); - else - word_buffer += '\\'; - } - else - word_buffer += c; - } - return 1; - } - word_buffer += c; - for (;;) { - c = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '#' || c == ';') - break; - input_stack::skip_char(); - if (c == '\\') { - int d = input_stack::peek_char(); - if (d == '\n') - input_stack::skip_char(); - else - word_buffer += '\\'; - } - else - word_buffer += c; - } - return 1; -} - -union argument { - const char *s; - int n; -}; - -// This is for debugging. - -static void echo_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", argv[i].s); -} - -static void include_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - assert(argc == 1); - input_stack::push_file(argv[0].s); -} - -static void capitalize_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc > 0) - capitalize_fields = argv[0].s; - else - capitalize_fields.clear(); -} - -static void accumulate_command(int, argument *) -{ - accumulate = 1; -} - -static void no_accumulate_command(int, argument *) -{ - accumulate = 0; -} - -static void move_punctuation_command(int, argument *) -{ - move_punctuation = 1; -} - -static void no_move_punctuation_command(int, argument *) -{ - move_punctuation = 0; -} - -static void sort_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc == 0) - sort_fields = "AD"; - else - sort_fields = argv[0].s; - accumulate = 1; -} - -static void no_sort_command(int, argument *) -{ - sort_fields.clear(); -} - -static void articles_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - articles.clear(); - int i; - for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - articles += argv[i].s; - articles += '\0'; - } - int len = articles.length(); - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - articles[i] = cmlower(articles[i]); -} - -static void database_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - database_list.add_file(argv[i].s); -} - -static void default_database_command(int, argument *) -{ - search_default = 1; -} - -static void no_default_database_command(int, argument *) -{ - search_default = 0; -} - -static void bibliography_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - const char *saved_filename = current_filename; - int saved_lineno = current_lineno; - int saved_label_in_text = label_in_text; - label_in_text = 0; - if (!accumulate) - fputs(".]<\n", stdout); - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - do_bib(argv[i].s); - if (accumulate) - output_references(); - else - fputs(".]>\n", stdout); - current_filename = saved_filename; - current_lineno = saved_lineno; - label_in_text = saved_label_in_text; -} - -static void annotate_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc > 0) - annotation_field = argv[0].s[0]; - else - annotation_field = 'X'; - if (argc == 2) - annotation_macro = argv[1].s; - else - annotation_macro = "AP"; -} - -static void no_annotate_command(int, argument *) -{ - annotation_macro.clear(); - annotation_field = -1; -} - -static void reverse_command(int, argument *argv) -{ - reverse_fields = argv[0].s; -} - -static void no_reverse_command(int, argument *) -{ - reverse_fields.clear(); -} - -static void abbreviate_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - abbreviate_fields = argv[0].s; - period_before_initial = argc > 1 ? argv[1].s : ". "; - period_before_last_name = argc > 2 ? argv[2].s : ". "; - period_before_other = argc > 3 ? argv[3].s : ". "; - period_before_hyphen = argc > 4 ? argv[4].s : "."; -} - -static void no_abbreviate_command(int, argument *) -{ - abbreviate_fields.clear(); -} - -string search_ignore_fields; - -static void search_ignore_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc > 0) - search_ignore_fields = argv[0].s; - else - search_ignore_fields = "XYZ"; - search_ignore_fields += '\0'; - linear_ignore_fields = search_ignore_fields.contents(); -} - -static void no_search_ignore_command(int, argument *) -{ - linear_ignore_fields = ""; -} - -static void search_truncate_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc > 0) - linear_truncate_len = argv[0].n; - else - linear_truncate_len = 6; -} - -static void no_search_truncate_command(int, argument *) -{ - linear_truncate_len = -1; -} - -static void discard_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (argc == 0) - discard_fields = "XYZ"; - else - discard_fields = argv[0].s; - accumulate = 1; -} - -static void no_discard_command(int, argument *) -{ - discard_fields.clear(); -} - -static void label_command(int, argument *argv) -{ - set_label_spec(argv[0].s); -} - -static void abbreviate_label_ranges_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - abbreviate_label_ranges = 1; - label_range_indicator = argc > 0 ? argv[0].s : "-"; -} - -static void no_abbreviate_label_ranges_command(int, argument *) -{ - abbreviate_label_ranges = 0; -} - -static void label_in_reference_command(int, argument *) -{ - label_in_reference = 1; -} - -static void no_label_in_reference_command(int, argument *) -{ - label_in_reference = 0; -} - -static void label_in_text_command(int, argument *) -{ - label_in_text = 1; -} - -static void no_label_in_text_command(int, argument *) -{ - label_in_text = 0; -} - -static void sort_adjacent_labels_command(int, argument *) -{ - sort_adjacent_labels = 1; -} - -static void no_sort_adjacent_labels_command(int, argument *) -{ - sort_adjacent_labels = 0; -} - -static void date_as_label_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - if (set_date_label_spec(argc > 0 ? argv[0].s : "D%a*")) - date_as_label = 1; -} - -static void no_date_as_label_command(int, argument *) -{ - date_as_label = 0; -} - -static void short_label_command(int, argument *argv) -{ - if (set_short_label_spec(argv[0].s)) - short_label_flag = 1; -} - -static void no_short_label_command(int, argument *) -{ - short_label_flag = 0; -} - -static void compatible_command(int, argument *) -{ - compatible_flag = 1; -} - -static void no_compatible_command(int, argument *) -{ - compatible_flag = 0; -} - -static void join_authors_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - join_authors_exactly_two = argv[0].s; - join_authors_default = argc > 1 ? argv[1].s : argv[0].s; - join_authors_last_two = argc == 3 ? argv[2].s : argv[0].s; -} - -static void bracket_label_command(int, argument *argv) -{ - pre_label = argv[0].s; - post_label = argv[1].s; - sep_label = argv[2].s; -} - -static void separate_label_second_parts_command(int, argument *argv) -{ - separate_label_second_parts = argv[0].s; -} - -static void et_al_command(int argc, argument *argv) -{ - et_al = argv[0].s; - et_al_min_elide = argv[1].n; - if (et_al_min_elide < 1) - et_al_min_elide = 1; - et_al_min_total = argc >= 3 ? argv[2].n : 0; -} - -static void no_et_al_command(int, argument *) -{ - et_al.clear(); - et_al_min_elide = 0; -} - -typedef void (*command_t)(int, argument *); - -/* arg_types is a string describing the numbers and types of arguments. -s means a string, i means an integer, f is a list of fields, F is -a single field, -? means that the previous argument is optional, * means that the -previous argument can occur any number of times. */ - -struct S { - const char *name; - command_t func; - const char *arg_types; -} command_table[] = { - { "include", include_command, "s" }, - { "echo", echo_command, "s*" }, - { "capitalize", capitalize_command, "f?" }, - { "accumulate", accumulate_command, "" }, - { "no-accumulate", no_accumulate_command, "" }, - { "move-punctuation", move_punctuation_command, "" }, - { "no-move-punctuation", no_move_punctuation_command, "" }, - { "sort", sort_command, "s?" }, - { "no-sort", no_sort_command, "" }, - { "articles", articles_command, "s*" }, - { "database", database_command, "ss*" }, - { "default-database", default_database_command, "" }, - { "no-default-database", no_default_database_command, "" }, - { "bibliography", bibliography_command, "ss*" }, - { "annotate", annotate_command, "F?s?" }, - { "no-annotate", no_annotate_command, "" }, - { "reverse", reverse_command, "s" }, - { "no-reverse", no_reverse_command, "" }, - { "abbreviate", abbreviate_command, "ss?s?s?s?" }, - { "no-abbreviate", no_abbreviate_command, "" }, - { "search-ignore", search_ignore_command, "f?" }, - { "no-search-ignore", no_search_ignore_command, "" }, - { "search-truncate", search_truncate_command, "i?" }, - { "no-search-truncate", no_search_truncate_command, "" }, - { "discard", discard_command, "f?" }, - { "no-discard", no_discard_command, "" }, - { "label", label_command, "s" }, - { "abbreviate-label-ranges", abbreviate_label_ranges_command, "s?" }, - { "no-abbreviate-label-ranges", no_abbreviate_label_ranges_command, "" }, - { "label-in-reference", label_in_reference_command, "" }, - { "no-label-in-reference", no_label_in_reference_command, "" }, - { "label-in-text", label_in_text_command, "" }, - { "no-label-in-text", no_label_in_text_command, "" }, - { "sort-adjacent-labels", sort_adjacent_labels_command, "" }, - { "no-sort-adjacent-labels", no_sort_adjacent_labels_command, "" }, - { "date-as-label", date_as_label_command, "s?" }, - { "no-date-as-label", no_date_as_label_command, "" }, - { "short-label", short_label_command, "s" }, - { "no-short-label", no_short_label_command, "" }, - { "compatible", compatible_command, "" }, - { "no-compatible", no_compatible_command, "" }, - { "join-authors", join_authors_command, "sss?" }, - { "bracket-label", bracket_label_command, "sss" }, - { "separate-label-second-parts", separate_label_second_parts_command, "s" }, - { "et-al", et_al_command, "sii?" }, - { "no-et-al", no_et_al_command, "" }, -}; - -static int check_args(const char *types, const char *name, - int argc, argument *argv) -{ - int argno = 0; - while (*types) { - if (argc == 0) { - if (types[1] == '?') - break; - else if (types[1] == '*') { - assert(types[2] == '\0'); - break; - } - else { - input_stack::error("missing argument for command `%1'", name); - return 0; - } - } - switch (*types) { - case 's': - break; - case 'i': - { - char *ptr; - long n = strtol(argv->s, &ptr, 10); - if ((n == 0 && ptr == argv->s) - || *ptr != '\0') { - input_stack::error("argument %1 for command `%2' must be an integer", - argno + 1, name); - return 0; - } - argv->n = (int)n; - break; - } - case 'f': - { - for (const char *ptr = argv->s; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++) - if (!cs_field_name(*ptr)) { - input_stack::error("argument %1 for command `%2' must be a list of fields", - argno + 1, name); - return 0; - } - break; - } - case 'F': - if (argv->s[0] == '\0' || argv->s[1] != '\0' - || !cs_field_name(argv->s[0])) { - input_stack::error("argument %1 for command `%2' must be a field name", - argno + 1, name); - return 0; - } - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (types[1] == '?') - types += 2; - else if (types[1] != '*') - types += 1; - --argc; - ++argv; - ++argno; - } - if (argc > 0) { - input_stack::error("too many arguments for command `%1'", name); - return 0; - } - return 1; -} - -static void execute_command(const char *name, int argc, argument *argv) -{ - for (unsigned int i = 0; - i < sizeof(command_table)/sizeof(command_table[0]); i++) - if (strcmp(name, command_table[i].name) == 0) { - if (check_args(command_table[i].arg_types, name, argc, argv)) - (*command_table[i].func)(argc, argv); - return; - } - input_stack::error("unknown command `%1'", name); -} - -static void command_loop() -{ - string command; - for (;;) { - command.clear(); - int res = get_word(command); - if (res != 1) { - if (res == 0) - continue; - break; - } - int argc = 0; - command += '\0'; - while ((res = get_word(command)) == 1) { - argc++; - command += '\0'; - } - argument *argv = new argument[argc]; - const char *ptr = command.contents(); - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) - argv[i].s = ptr = strchr(ptr, '\0') + 1; - execute_command(command.contents(), argc, argv); - a_delete argv; - if (res == -1) - break; - } -} - -void process_commands(const char *file) -{ - input_stack::init(); - input_stack::push_file(file); - command_loop(); -} - -void process_commands(string &s, const char *file, int lineno) -{ - input_stack::init(); - input_stack::push_string(s, file, lineno); - command_loop(); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.h deleted file mode 100644 index f0472ac8b6a7..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/command.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -void process_commands(const char *file); -void process_commands(string &s, const char *file, int lineno); - -extern int accumulate; -extern int move_punctuation; -extern int search_default; -extern search_list database_list; -extern int label_in_text; -extern int label_in_reference; -extern int sort_adjacent_labels; -extern string pre_label; -extern string post_label; -extern string sep_label; - -extern void do_bib(const char *); -extern void output_references(); diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/label.y b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/label.y deleted file mode 100644 index d76f95ef3c33..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/label.y +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1193 +0,0 @@ -/* -*- C++ -*- - Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -%{ - -#include "refer.h" -#include "refid.h" -#include "ref.h" -#include "token.h" - -int yylex(); -void yyerror(const char *); -int yyparse(); - -static const char *format_serial(char c, int n); - -struct label_info { - int start; - int length; - int count; - int total; - label_info(const string &); -}; - -label_info *lookup_label(const string &label); - -struct expression { - enum { - // Does the tentative label depend on the reference? - CONTAINS_VARIABLE = 01, - CONTAINS_STAR = 02, - CONTAINS_FORMAT = 04, - CONTAINS_AT = 010 - }; - virtual ~expression() { } - virtual void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, - substring_position &) = 0; - virtual unsigned analyze() { return 0; } -}; - -class at_expr : public expression { -public: - at_expr() { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); - unsigned analyze() { return CONTAINS_VARIABLE|CONTAINS_AT; } -}; - -class format_expr : public expression { - char type; - int width; - int first_number; -public: - format_expr(char c, int w = 0, int f = 1) - : type(c), width(w), first_number(f) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); - unsigned analyze() { return CONTAINS_FORMAT; } -}; - -class field_expr : public expression { - int number; - char name; -public: - field_expr(char nm, int num) : number(num), name(nm) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); - unsigned analyze() { return CONTAINS_VARIABLE; } -}; - -class literal_expr : public expression { - string s; -public: - literal_expr(const char *ptr, int len) : s(ptr, len) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class unary_expr : public expression { -protected: - expression *expr; -public: - unary_expr(expression *e) : expr(e) { } - ~unary_expr() { delete expr; } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &) = 0; - unsigned analyze() { return expr ? expr->analyze() : 0; } -}; - -// This caches the analysis of an expression. - -class analyzed_expr : public unary_expr { - unsigned flags; -public: - analyzed_expr(expression *); - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); - unsigned analyze() { return flags; } -}; - -class star_expr : public unary_expr { -public: - star_expr(expression *e) : unary_expr(e) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); - unsigned analyze() { - return ((expr ? (expr->analyze() & ~CONTAINS_VARIABLE) : 0) - | CONTAINS_STAR); - } -}; - -typedef void map_func(const char *, const char *, string &); - -class map_expr : public unary_expr { - map_func *func; -public: - map_expr(expression *e, map_func *f) : unary_expr(e), func(f) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -typedef const char *extractor_func(const char *, const char *, const char **); - -class extractor_expr : public unary_expr { - int part; - extractor_func *func; -public: - enum { BEFORE = +1, MATCH = 0, AFTER = -1 }; - extractor_expr(expression *e, extractor_func *f, int pt) - : unary_expr(e), part(pt), func(f) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class truncate_expr : public unary_expr { - int n; -public: - truncate_expr(expression *e, int i) : unary_expr(e), n(i) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class separator_expr : public unary_expr { -public: - separator_expr(expression *e) : unary_expr(e) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class binary_expr : public expression { -protected: - expression *expr1; - expression *expr2; -public: - binary_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2) : expr1(e1), expr2(e2) { } - ~binary_expr() { delete expr1; delete expr2; } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &) = 0; - unsigned analyze() { - return (expr1 ? expr1->analyze() : 0) | (expr2 ? expr2->analyze() : 0); - } -}; - -class alternative_expr : public binary_expr { -public: - alternative_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2) : binary_expr(e1, e2) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class list_expr : public binary_expr { -public: - list_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2) : binary_expr(e1, e2) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class substitute_expr : public binary_expr { -public: - substitute_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2) : binary_expr(e1, e2) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -class ternary_expr : public expression { -protected: - expression *expr1; - expression *expr2; - expression *expr3; -public: - ternary_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2, expression *e3) - : expr1(e1), expr2(e2), expr3(e3) { } - ~ternary_expr() { delete expr1; delete expr2; delete expr3; } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &) = 0; - unsigned analyze() { - return ((expr1 ? expr1->analyze() : 0) - | (expr2 ? expr2->analyze() : 0) - | (expr3 ? expr3->analyze() : 0)); - } -}; - -class conditional_expr : public ternary_expr { -public: - conditional_expr(expression *e1, expression *e2, expression *e3) - : ternary_expr(e1, e2, e3) { } - void evaluate(int, const reference &, string &, substring_position &); -}; - -static expression *parsed_label = 0; -static expression *parsed_date_label = 0; -static expression *parsed_short_label = 0; - -static expression *parse_result; - -string literals; - -%} - -%union { - int num; - expression *expr; - struct { int ndigits; int val; } dig; - struct { int start; int len; } str; -} - -/* uppercase or lowercase letter */ -%token <num> TOKEN_LETTER -/* literal characters */ -%token <str> TOKEN_LITERAL -/* digit */ -%token <num> TOKEN_DIGIT - -%type <expr> conditional -%type <expr> alternative -%type <expr> list -%type <expr> string -%type <expr> substitute -%type <expr> optional_conditional -%type <num> number -%type <dig> digits -%type <num> optional_number -%type <num> flag - -%% - -expr: - optional_conditional - { parse_result = ($1 ? new analyzed_expr($1) : 0); } - ; - -conditional: - alternative - { $$ = $1; } - | alternative '?' optional_conditional ':' conditional - { $$ = new conditional_expr($1, $3, $5); } - ; - -optional_conditional: - /* empty */ - { $$ = 0; } - | conditional - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -alternative: - list - { $$ = $1; } - | alternative '|' list - { $$ = new alternative_expr($1, $3); } - | alternative '&' list - { $$ = new conditional_expr($1, $3, 0); } - ; - -list: - substitute - { $$ = $1; } - | list substitute - { $$ = new list_expr($1, $2); } - ; - -substitute: - string - { $$ = $1; } - | substitute '~' string - { $$ = new substitute_expr($1, $3); } - ; - -string: - '@' - { $$ = new at_expr; } - | TOKEN_LITERAL - { - $$ = new literal_expr(literals.contents() + $1.start, - $1.len); - } - | TOKEN_LETTER - { $$ = new field_expr($1, 0); } - | TOKEN_LETTER number - { $$ = new field_expr($1, $2 - 1); } - | '%' TOKEN_LETTER - { - switch ($2) { - case 'I': - case 'i': - case 'A': - case 'a': - $$ = new format_expr($2); - break; - default: - command_error("unrecognized format `%1'", char($2)); - $$ = new format_expr('a'); - break; - } - } - - | '%' digits - { - $$ = new format_expr('0', $2.ndigits, $2.val); - } - | string '.' flag TOKEN_LETTER optional_number - { - switch ($4) { - case 'l': - $$ = new map_expr($1, lowercase); - break; - case 'u': - $$ = new map_expr($1, uppercase); - break; - case 'c': - $$ = new map_expr($1, capitalize); - break; - case 'r': - $$ = new map_expr($1, reverse_name); - break; - case 'a': - $$ = new map_expr($1, abbreviate_name); - break; - case 'y': - $$ = new extractor_expr($1, find_year, $3); - break; - case 'n': - $$ = new extractor_expr($1, find_last_name, $3); - break; - default: - $$ = $1; - command_error("unknown function `%1'", char($4)); - break; - } - } - - | string '+' number - { $$ = new truncate_expr($1, $3); } - | string '-' number - { $$ = new truncate_expr($1, -$3); } - | string '*' - { $$ = new star_expr($1); } - | '(' optional_conditional ')' - { $$ = $2; } - | '<' optional_conditional '>' - { $$ = new separator_expr($2); } - ; - -optional_number: - /* empty */ - { $$ = -1; } - | number - { $$ = $1; } - ; - -number: - TOKEN_DIGIT - { $$ = $1; } - | number TOKEN_DIGIT - { $$ = $1*10 + $2; } - ; - -digits: - TOKEN_DIGIT - { $$.ndigits = 1; $$.val = $1; } - | digits TOKEN_DIGIT - { $$.ndigits = $1.ndigits + 1; $$.val = $1.val*10 + $2; } - ; - - -flag: - /* empty */ - { $$ = 0; } - | '+' - { $$ = 1; } - | '-' - { $$ = -1; } - ; - -%% - -/* bison defines const to be empty unless __STDC__ is defined, which it -isn't under cfront */ - -#ifdef const -#undef const -#endif - -const char *spec_ptr; -const char *spec_end; -const char *spec_cur; - -static char uppercase_array[] = { - 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', - 'I', 'J', 'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', - 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', - 'Y', 'Z', -}; - -static char lowercase_array[] = { - 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', - 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'o', 'p', - 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x', - 'y', 'z', -}; - -int yylex() -{ - while (spec_ptr < spec_end && csspace(*spec_ptr)) - spec_ptr++; - spec_cur = spec_ptr; - if (spec_ptr >= spec_end) - return 0; - unsigned char c = *spec_ptr++; - if (csalpha(c)) { - yylval.num = c; - return TOKEN_LETTER; - } - if (csdigit(c)) { - yylval.num = c - '0'; - return TOKEN_DIGIT; - } - if (c == '\'') { - yylval.str.start = literals.length(); - for (; spec_ptr < spec_end; spec_ptr++) { - if (*spec_ptr == '\'') { - if (++spec_ptr < spec_end && *spec_ptr == '\'') - literals += '\''; - else { - yylval.str.len = literals.length() - yylval.str.start; - return TOKEN_LITERAL; - } - } - else - literals += *spec_ptr; - } - yylval.str.len = literals.length() - yylval.str.start; - return TOKEN_LITERAL; - } - return c; -} - -int set_label_spec(const char *label_spec) -{ - spec_cur = spec_ptr = label_spec; - spec_end = strchr(label_spec, '\0'); - literals.clear(); - if (yyparse()) - return 0; - delete parsed_label; - parsed_label = parse_result; - return 1; -} - -int set_date_label_spec(const char *label_spec) -{ - spec_cur = spec_ptr = label_spec; - spec_end = strchr(label_spec, '\0'); - literals.clear(); - if (yyparse()) - return 0; - delete parsed_date_label; - parsed_date_label = parse_result; - return 1; -} - -int set_short_label_spec(const char *label_spec) -{ - spec_cur = spec_ptr = label_spec; - spec_end = strchr(label_spec, '\0'); - literals.clear(); - if (yyparse()) - return 0; - delete parsed_short_label; - parsed_short_label = parse_result; - return 1; -} - -void yyerror(const char *message) -{ - if (spec_cur < spec_end) - command_error("label specification %1 before `%2'", message, spec_cur); - else - command_error("label specification %1 at end of string", - message, spec_cur); -} - -void at_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - if (tentative) - ref.canonicalize_authors(result); - else { - const char *end, *start = ref.get_authors(&end); - if (start) - result.append(start, end - start); - } -} - -void format_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - if (tentative) - return; - const label_info *lp = ref.get_label_ptr(); - int num = lp == 0 ? ref.get_number() : lp->count; - if (type != '0') - result += format_serial(type, num + 1); - else { - const char *ptr = i_to_a(num + first_number); - int pad = width - strlen(ptr); - while (--pad >= 0) - result += '0'; - result += ptr; - } -} - -static const char *format_serial(char c, int n) -{ - assert(n > 0); - static char buf[128]; // more than enough. - switch (c) { - case 'i': - case 'I': - { - char *p = buf; - // troff uses z and w to represent 10000 and 5000 in Roman - // numerals; I can find no historical basis for this usage - const char *s = c == 'i' ? "zwmdclxvi" : "ZWMDCLXVI"; - if (n >= 40000) - return i_to_a(n); - while (n >= 10000) { - *p++ = s[0]; - n -= 10000; - } - for (int i = 1000; i > 0; i /= 10, s += 2) { - int m = n/i; - n -= m*i; - switch (m) { - case 3: - *p++ = s[2]; - /* falls through */ - case 2: - *p++ = s[2]; - /* falls through */ - case 1: - *p++ = s[2]; - break; - case 4: - *p++ = s[2]; - *p++ = s[1]; - break; - case 8: - *p++ = s[1]; - *p++ = s[2]; - *p++ = s[2]; - *p++ = s[2]; - break; - case 7: - *p++ = s[1]; - *p++ = s[2]; - *p++ = s[2]; - break; - case 6: - *p++ = s[1]; - *p++ = s[2]; - break; - case 5: - *p++ = s[1]; - break; - case 9: - *p++ = s[2]; - *p++ = s[0]; - } - } - *p = 0; - break; - } - case 'a': - case 'A': - { - char *p = buf; - // this is derived from troff/reg.c - while (n > 0) { - int d = n % 26; - if (d == 0) - d = 26; - n -= d; - n /= 26; - *p++ = c == 'a' ? lowercase_array[d - 1] : - uppercase_array[d - 1]; - } - *p-- = 0; - // Reverse it. - char *q = buf; - while (q < p) { - char temp = *q; - *q = *p; - *p = temp; - --p; - ++q; - } - break; - } - default: - assert(0); - } - return buf; -} - -void field_expr::evaluate(int, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - const char *end; - const char *start = ref.get_field(name, &end); - if (start) { - start = nth_field(number, start, &end); - if (start) - result.append(start, end - start); - } -} - -void literal_expr::evaluate(int, const reference &, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - result += s; -} - -analyzed_expr::analyzed_expr(expression *e) -: unary_expr(e), flags(e ? e->analyze() : 0) -{ -} - -void analyzed_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - if (expr) - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); -} - -void star_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - const label_info *lp = ref.get_label_ptr(); - if (!tentative - && (lp == 0 || lp->total > 1) - && expr) - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); -} - -void separator_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - int start_length = result.length(); - int is_first = pos.start < 0; - if (expr) - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - if (is_first) { - pos.start = start_length; - pos.length = result.length() - start_length; - } -} - -void map_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - if (expr) { - string temp; - substring_position temp_pos; - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, temp, temp_pos); - (*func)(temp.contents(), temp.contents() + temp.length(), result); - } -} - -void extractor_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - if (expr) { - string temp; - substring_position temp_pos; - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, temp, temp_pos); - const char *end, *start = (*func)(temp.contents(), - temp.contents() + temp.length(), - &end); - switch (part) { - case BEFORE: - if (start) - result.append(temp.contents(), start - temp.contents()); - else - result += temp; - break; - case MATCH: - if (start) - result.append(start, end - start); - break; - case AFTER: - if (start) - result.append(end, temp.contents() + temp.length() - end); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } -} - -static void first_part(int len, const char *ptr, const char *end, - string &result) -{ - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, ptr); - int counts = ti->sortify_non_empty(token_start, ptr); - if (counts && --len < 0) - break; - if (counts || ti->is_accent()) - result.append(token_start, ptr - token_start); - } -} - -static void last_part(int len, const char *ptr, const char *end, - string &result) -{ - const char *start = ptr; - int count = 0; - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, ptr); - if (ti->sortify_non_empty(token_start, ptr)) - count++; - } - ptr = start; - int skip = count - len; - if (skip > 0) { - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - assert(0); - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, ptr); - if (ti->sortify_non_empty(token_start, ptr) && --skip < 0) { - ptr = token_start; - break; - } - } - } - first_part(len, ptr, end, result); -} - -void truncate_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &) -{ - if (expr) { - string temp; - substring_position temp_pos; - expr->evaluate(tentative, ref, temp, temp_pos); - const char *start = temp.contents(); - const char *end = start + temp.length(); - if (n > 0) - first_part(n, start, end, result); - else if (n < 0) - last_part(-n, start, end, result); - } -} - -void alternative_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - int start_length = result.length(); - if (expr1) - expr1->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - if (result.length() == start_length && expr2) - expr2->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); -} - -void list_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - if (expr1) - expr1->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - if (expr2) - expr2->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); -} - -void substitute_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - int start_length = result.length(); - if (expr1) - expr1->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - if (result.length() > start_length && result[result.length() - 1] == '-') { - // ought to see if pos covers the - - result.set_length(result.length() - 1); - if (expr2) - expr2->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - } -} - -void conditional_expr::evaluate(int tentative, const reference &ref, - string &result, substring_position &pos) -{ - string temp; - substring_position temp_pos; - if (expr1) - expr1->evaluate(tentative, ref, temp, temp_pos); - if (temp.length() > 0) { - if (expr2) - expr2->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - } - else { - if (expr3) - expr3->evaluate(tentative, ref, result, pos); - } -} - -void reference::pre_compute_label() -{ - if (parsed_label != 0 - && (parsed_label->analyze() & expression::CONTAINS_VARIABLE)) { - label.clear(); - substring_position temp_pos; - parsed_label->evaluate(1, *this, label, temp_pos); - label_ptr = lookup_label(label); - } -} - -void reference::compute_label() -{ - label.clear(); - if (parsed_label) - parsed_label->evaluate(0, *this, label, separator_pos); - if (short_label_flag && parsed_short_label) - parsed_short_label->evaluate(0, *this, short_label, short_separator_pos); - if (date_as_label) { - string new_date; - if (parsed_date_label) { - substring_position temp_pos; - parsed_date_label->evaluate(0, *this, new_date, temp_pos); - } - set_date(new_date); - } - if (label_ptr) - label_ptr->count += 1; -} - -void reference::immediate_compute_label() -{ - if (label_ptr) - label_ptr->total = 2; // force use of disambiguator - compute_label(); -} - -int reference::merge_labels(reference **v, int n, label_type type, - string &result) -{ - if (abbreviate_label_ranges) - return merge_labels_by_number(v, n, type, result); - else - return merge_labels_by_parts(v, n, type, result); -} - -int reference::merge_labels_by_number(reference **v, int n, label_type type, - string &result) -{ - if (n <= 1) - return 0; - int num = get_number(); - // Only merge three or more labels. - if (v[0]->get_number() != num + 1 - || v[1]->get_number() != num + 2) - return 0; - int i; - for (i = 2; i < n; i++) - if (v[i]->get_number() != num + i + 1) - break; - result = get_label(type); - result += label_range_indicator; - result += v[i - 1]->get_label(type); - return i; -} - -const substring_position &reference::get_separator_pos(label_type type) const -{ - if (type == SHORT_LABEL && short_label_flag) - return short_separator_pos; - else - return separator_pos; -} - -const string &reference::get_label(label_type type) const -{ - if (type == SHORT_LABEL && short_label_flag) - return short_label; - else - return label; -} - -int reference::merge_labels_by_parts(reference **v, int n, label_type type, - string &result) -{ - if (n <= 0) - return 0; - const string &lb = get_label(type); - const substring_position &sp = get_separator_pos(type); - if (sp.start < 0 - || sp.start != v[0]->get_separator_pos(type).start - || memcmp(lb.contents(), v[0]->get_label(type).contents(), - sp.start) != 0) - return 0; - result = lb; - int i = 0; - do { - result += separate_label_second_parts; - const substring_position &s = v[i]->get_separator_pos(type); - int sep_end_pos = s.start + s.length; - result.append(v[i]->get_label(type).contents() + sep_end_pos, - v[i]->get_label(type).length() - sep_end_pos); - } while (++i < n - && sp.start == v[i]->get_separator_pos(type).start - && memcmp(lb.contents(), v[i]->get_label(type).contents(), - sp.start) == 0); - return i; -} - -string label_pool; - -label_info::label_info(const string &s) -: start(label_pool.length()), length(s.length()), count(0), total(1) -{ - label_pool += s; -} - -static label_info **label_table = 0; -static int label_table_size = 0; -static int label_table_used = 0; - -label_info *lookup_label(const string &label) -{ - if (label_table == 0) { - label_table = new label_info *[17]; - label_table_size = 17; - for (int i = 0; i < 17; i++) - label_table[i] = 0; - } - unsigned h = hash_string(label.contents(), label.length()) % label_table_size; - label_info **ptr; - for (ptr = label_table + h; - *ptr != 0; - (ptr == label_table) - ? (ptr = label_table + label_table_size - 1) - : ptr--) - if ((*ptr)->length == label.length() - && memcmp(label_pool.contents() + (*ptr)->start, label.contents(), - label.length()) == 0) { - (*ptr)->total += 1; - return *ptr; - } - label_info *result = *ptr = new label_info(label); - if (++label_table_used * 2 > label_table_size) { - // Rehash the table. - label_info **old_table = label_table; - int old_size = label_table_size; - label_table_size = next_size(label_table_size); - label_table = new label_info *[label_table_size]; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < label_table_size; i++) - label_table[i] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < old_size; i++) - if (old_table[i]) { - h = hash_string(label_pool.contents() + old_table[i]->start, - old_table[i]->length); - label_info **p; - for (p = label_table + (h % label_table_size); - *p != 0; - (p == label_table) - ? (p = label_table + label_table_size - 1) - : --p) - ; - *p = old_table[i]; - } - a_delete old_table; - } - return result; -} - -void clear_labels() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < label_table_size; i++) { - delete label_table[i]; - label_table[i] = 0; - } - label_table_used = 0; - label_pool.clear(); -} - -static void consider_authors(reference **start, reference **end, int i); - -void compute_labels(reference **v, int n) -{ - if (parsed_label - && (parsed_label->analyze() & expression::CONTAINS_AT) - && sort_fields.length() >= 2 - && sort_fields[0] == 'A' - && sort_fields[1] == '+') - consider_authors(v, v + n, 0); - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) - v[i]->compute_label(); -} - - -/* A reference with a list of authors <A0,A1,...,AN> _needs_ author i -where 0 <= i <= N if there exists a reference with a list of authors -<B0,B1,...,BM> such that <A0,A1,...,AN> != <B0,B1,...,BM> and M >= i -and Aj = Bj for 0 <= j < i. In this case if we can't say ``A0, -A1,...,A(i-1) et al'' because this would match both <A0,A1,...,AN> and -<B0,B1,...,BM>. If a reference needs author i we only have to call -need_author(j) for some j >= i such that the reference also needs -author j. */ - -/* This function handles 2 tasks: -determine which authors are needed (cannot be elided with et al.); -determine which authors can have only last names in the labels. - -References >= start and < end have the same first i author names. -Also they're sorted by A+. */ - -static void consider_authors(reference **start, reference **end, int i) -{ - if (start >= end) - return; - reference **p = start; - if (i >= (*p)->get_nauthors()) { - for (++p; p < end && i >= (*p)->get_nauthors(); p++) - ; - if (p < end && i > 0) { - // If we have an author list <A B C> and an author list <A B C D>, - // then both lists need C. - for (reference **q = start; q < end; q++) - (*q)->need_author(i - 1); - } - start = p; - } - while (p < end) { - reference **last_name_start = p; - reference **name_start = p; - for (++p; - p < end && i < (*p)->get_nauthors() - && same_author_last_name(**last_name_start, **p, i); - p++) { - if (!same_author_name(**name_start, **p, i)) { - consider_authors(name_start, p, i + 1); - name_start = p; - } - } - consider_authors(name_start, p, i + 1); - if (last_name_start == name_start) { - for (reference **q = last_name_start; q < p; q++) - (*q)->set_last_name_unambiguous(i); - } - // If we have an author list <A B C D> and <A B C E>, then the lists - // need author D and E respectively. - if (name_start > start || p < end) { - for (reference **q = last_name_start; q < p; q++) - (*q)->need_author(i); - } - } -} - -int same_author_last_name(const reference &r1, const reference &r2, int n) -{ - const char *ae1; - const char *as1 = r1.get_sort_field(0, n, 0, &ae1); - const char *ae2; - const char *as2 = r2.get_sort_field(0, n, 0, &ae2); - if (!as1 && !as2) return 1; // they are the same - if (!as1 || !as2) return 0; - return ae1 - as1 == ae2 - as2 && memcmp(as1, as2, ae1 - as1) == 0; -} - -int same_author_name(const reference &r1, const reference &r2, int n) -{ - const char *ae1; - const char *as1 = r1.get_sort_field(0, n, -1, &ae1); - const char *ae2; - const char *as2 = r2.get_sort_field(0, n, -1, &ae2); - if (!as1 && !as2) return 1; // they are the same - if (!as1 || !as2) return 0; - return ae1 - as1 == ae2 - as2 && memcmp(as1, as2, ae1 - as1) == 0; -} - - -void int_set::set(int i) -{ - assert(i >= 0); - int bytei = i >> 3; - if (bytei >= v.length()) { - int old_length = v.length(); - v.set_length(bytei + 1); - for (int j = old_length; j <= bytei; j++) - v[j] = 0; - } - v[bytei] |= 1 << (i & 7); -} - -int int_set::get(int i) const -{ - assert(i >= 0); - int bytei = i >> 3; - return bytei >= v.length() ? 0 : (v[bytei] & (1 << (i & 7))) != 0; -} - -void reference::set_last_name_unambiguous(int i) -{ - last_name_unambiguous.set(i); -} - -void reference::need_author(int n) -{ - if (n > last_needed_author) - last_needed_author = n; -} - -const char *reference::get_authors(const char **end) const -{ - if (!computed_authors) { - ((reference *)this)->computed_authors = 1; - string &result = ((reference *)this)->authors; - int na = get_nauthors(); - result.clear(); - for (int i = 0; i < na; i++) { - if (last_name_unambiguous.get(i)) { - const char *e, *start = get_author_last_name(i, &e); - assert(start != 0); - result.append(start, e - start); - } - else { - const char *e, *start = get_author(i, &e); - assert(start != 0); - result.append(start, e - start); - } - if (i == last_needed_author - && et_al.length() > 0 - && et_al_min_elide > 0 - && last_needed_author + et_al_min_elide < na - && na >= et_al_min_total) { - result += et_al; - break; - } - if (i < na - 1) { - if (na == 2) - result += join_authors_exactly_two; - else if (i < na - 2) - result += join_authors_default; - else - result += join_authors_last_two; - } - } - } - const char *start = authors.contents(); - *end = start + authors.length(); - return start; -} - -int reference::get_nauthors() const -{ - if (nauthors < 0) { - const char *dummy; - int na; - for (na = 0; get_author(na, &dummy) != 0; na++) - ; - ((reference *)this)->nauthors = na; - } - return nauthors; -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 59c69d52b616..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1160 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. -Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "refer.h" -#include "refid.h" -#include "ref.h" -#include "token.h" - -static const char *find_day(const char *, const char *, const char **); -static int find_month(const char *start, const char *end); -static void abbreviate_names(string &); - -#define DEFAULT_ARTICLES "the\000a\000an" - -string articles(DEFAULT_ARTICLES, sizeof(DEFAULT_ARTICLES)); - -// Multiple occurrences of fields are separated by FIELD_SEPARATOR. -const char FIELD_SEPARATOR = '\0'; - -const char MULTI_FIELD_NAMES[] = "AE"; -const char *AUTHOR_FIELDS = "AQ"; - -enum { OTHER, JOURNAL_ARTICLE, BOOK, ARTICLE_IN_BOOK, TECH_REPORT, BELL_TM }; - -const char *reference_types[] = { - "other", - "journal-article", - "book", - "article-in-book", - "tech-report", - "bell-tm", -}; - -static string temp_fields[256]; - -reference::reference(const char *start, int len, reference_id *ridp) -: h(0), merged(0), no(-1), field(0), nfields(0), label_ptr(0), - computed_authors(0), last_needed_author(-1), nauthors(-1) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - field_index[i] = NULL_FIELD_INDEX; - if (ridp) - rid = *ridp; - if (start == 0) - return; - if (len <= 0) - return; - const char *end = start + len; - const char *ptr = start; - assert(*ptr == '%'); - while (ptr < end) { - if (ptr + 1 < end && ptr[1] != '\0' - && ((ptr[1] != '%' && ptr[1] == annotation_field) - || (ptr + 2 < end && ptr[1] == '%' && ptr[2] != '\0' - && discard_fields.search(ptr[2]) < 0))) { - if (ptr[1] == '%') - ptr++; - string &f = temp_fields[(unsigned char)ptr[1]]; - ptr += 2; - while (ptr < end && csspace(*ptr)) - ptr++; - for (;;) { - for (;;) { - if (ptr >= end) { - f += '\n'; - break; - } - f += *ptr; - if (*ptr++ == '\n') - break; - } - if (ptr >= end || *ptr == '%') - break; - } - } - else if (ptr + 1 < end && ptr[1] != '\0' && ptr[1] != '%' - && discard_fields.search(ptr[1]) < 0) { - string &f = temp_fields[(unsigned char)ptr[1]]; - if (f.length() > 0) { - if (strchr(MULTI_FIELD_NAMES, ptr[1]) != 0) - f += FIELD_SEPARATOR; - else - f.clear(); - } - ptr += 2; - if (ptr < end) { - if (*ptr == ' ') - ptr++; - for (;;) { - const char *p = ptr; - while (ptr < end && *ptr != '\n') - ptr++; - // strip trailing white space - const char *q = ptr; - while (q > p && q[-1] != '\n' && csspace(q[-1])) - q--; - while (p < q) - f += *p++; - if (ptr >= end) - break; - ptr++; - if (ptr >= end) - break; - if (*ptr == '%') - break; - f += ' '; - } - } - } - else { - // skip this field - for (;;) { - while (ptr < end && *ptr++ != '\n') - ; - if (ptr >= end || *ptr == '%') - break; - } - } - } - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (temp_fields[i].length() > 0) - nfields++; - field = new string[nfields]; - int j = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (temp_fields[i].length() > 0) { - field[j].move(temp_fields[i]); - if (abbreviate_fields.search(i) >= 0) - abbreviate_names(field[j]); - field_index[i] = j; - j++; - } -} - -reference::~reference() -{ - if (nfields > 0) - ad_delete(nfields) field; -} - -// ref is the inline, this is the database ref - -void reference::merge(reference &ref) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - temp_fields[i].move(field[field_index[i]]); - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (ref.field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - temp_fields[i].move(ref.field[ref.field_index[i]]); - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - field_index[i] = NULL_FIELD_INDEX; - int old_nfields = nfields; - nfields = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (temp_fields[i].length() > 0) - nfields++; - if (nfields != old_nfields) { - if (old_nfields > 0) - ad_delete(old_nfields) field; - field = new string[nfields]; - } - int j = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (temp_fields[i].length() > 0) { - field[j].move(temp_fields[i]); - field_index[i] = j; - j++; - } - merged = 1; -} - -void reference::insert_field(unsigned char c, string &s) -{ - assert(s.length() > 0); - if (field_index[c] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - field[field_index[c]].move(s); - return; - } - assert(field_index[c] == NULL_FIELD_INDEX); - string *old_field = field; - field = new string[nfields + 1]; - int pos = 0; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < int(c); i++) - if (field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - pos++; - for (i = 0; i < pos; i++) - field[i].move(old_field[i]); - field[pos].move(s); - for (i = pos; i < nfields; i++) - field[i + 1].move(old_field[i]); - if (nfields > 0) - ad_delete(nfields) old_field; - nfields++; - field_index[c] = pos; - for (i = c + 1; i < 256; i++) - if (field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - field_index[i] += 1; -} - -void reference::delete_field(unsigned char c) -{ - if (field_index[c] == NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - return; - string *old_field = field; - field = new string[nfields - 1]; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < int(field_index[c]); i++) - field[i].move(old_field[i]); - for (i = field_index[c]; i < nfields - 1; i++) - field[i].move(old_field[i + 1]); - if (nfields > 0) - ad_delete(nfields) old_field; - nfields--; - field_index[c] = NULL_FIELD_INDEX; - for (i = c + 1; i < 256; i++) - if (field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) - field_index[i] -= 1; -} - -void reference::compute_hash_code() -{ - if (!rid.is_null()) - h = rid.hash(); - else { - h = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < nfields; i++) - if (field[i].length() > 0) { - h <<= 4; - h ^= hash_string(field[i].contents(), field[i].length()); - } - } -} - -void reference::set_number(int n) -{ - no = n; -} - -const char SORT_SEP = '\001'; -const char SORT_SUB_SEP = '\002'; -const char SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP = '\003'; - -// sep specifies additional word separators - -void sortify_words(const char *s, const char *end, const char *sep, - string &result) -{ - int non_empty = 0; - int need_separator = 0; - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = s; - if (!get_token(&s, end)) - break; - if ((s - token_start == 1 - && (*token_start == ' ' - || *token_start == '\n' - || (sep && *token_start != '\0' - && strchr(sep, *token_start) != 0))) - || (s - token_start == 2 - && token_start[0] == '\\' && token_start[1] == ' ')) { - if (non_empty) - need_separator = 1; - } - else { - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, s); - if (ti->sortify_non_empty(token_start, s)) { - if (need_separator) { - result += ' '; - need_separator = 0; - } - ti->sortify(token_start, s, result); - non_empty = 1; - } - } - } -} - -void sortify_word(const char *s, const char *end, string &result) -{ - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = s; - if (!get_token(&s, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, s); - ti->sortify(token_start, s, result); - } -} - -void sortify_other(const char *s, int len, string &key) -{ - sortify_words(s, s + len, 0, key); -} - -void sortify_title(const char *s, int len, string &key) -{ - const char *end = s + len; - for (; s < end && (*s == ' ' || *s == '\n'); s++) - ; - const char *ptr = s; - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - if (ptr - token_start == 1 - && (*token_start == ' ' || *token_start == '\n')) - break; - } - if (ptr < end) { - unsigned int first_word_len = ptr - s - 1; - const char *ae = articles.contents() + articles.length(); - for (const char *a = articles.contents(); - a < ae; - a = strchr(a, '\0') + 1) - if (first_word_len == strlen(a)) { - unsigned int j; - for (j = 0; j < first_word_len; j++) - if (a[j] != cmlower(s[j])) - break; - if (j >= first_word_len) { - s = ptr; - for (; s < end && (*s == ' ' || *s == '\n'); s++) - ; - break; - } - } - } - sortify_words(s, end, 0, key); -} - -void sortify_name(const char *s, int len, string &key) -{ - const char *last_name_end; - const char *last_name = find_last_name(s, s + len, &last_name_end); - sortify_word(last_name, last_name_end, key); - key += SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP; - if (last_name > s) - sortify_words(s, last_name, ".", key); - key += SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP; - if (last_name_end < s + len) - sortify_words(last_name_end, s + len, ".,", key); -} - -void sortify_date(const char *s, int len, string &key) -{ - const char *year_end; - const char *year_start = find_year(s, s + len, &year_end); - if (!year_start) { - // Things without years are often `forthcoming', so it makes sense - // that they sort after things with explicit years. - key += 'A'; - sortify_words(s, s + len, 0, key); - return; - } - int n = year_end - year_start; - while (n < 4) { - key += '0'; - n++; - } - while (year_start < year_end) - key += *year_start++; - int m = find_month(s, s + len); - if (m < 0) - return; - key += 'A' + m; - const char *day_end; - const char *day_start = find_day(s, s + len, &day_end); - if (!day_start) - return; - if (day_end - day_start == 1) - key += '0'; - while (day_start < day_end) - key += *day_start++; -} - -// SORT_{SUB,SUB_SUB}_SEP can creep in from use of @ in label specification. - -void sortify_label(const char *s, int len, string &key) -{ - const char *end = s + len; - for (;;) { - const char *ptr; - for (ptr = s; - ptr < end && *ptr != SORT_SUB_SEP && *ptr != SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP; - ptr++) - ; - if (ptr > s) - sortify_words(s, ptr, 0, key); - s = ptr; - if (s >= end) - break; - key += *s++; - } -} - -void reference::compute_sort_key() -{ - if (sort_fields.length() == 0) - return; - sort_fields += '\0'; - const char *sf = sort_fields.contents(); - while (*sf != '\0') { - sort_key += SORT_SEP; - char f = *sf++; - int n = 1; - if (*sf == '+') { - n = INT_MAX; - sf++; - } - else if (csdigit(*sf)) { - char *ptr; - long l = strtol(sf, &ptr, 10); - if (l == 0 && ptr == sf) - ; - else { - sf = ptr; - if (l < 0) { - n = 1; - } - else { - n = int(l); - } - } - } - if (f == '.') - sortify_label(label.contents(), label.length(), sort_key); - else if (f == AUTHOR_FIELDS[0]) - sortify_authors(n, sort_key); - else - sortify_field(f, n, sort_key); - } - sort_fields.set_length(sort_fields.length() - 1); -} - -void reference::sortify_authors(int n, string &result) const -{ - for (const char *p = AUTHOR_FIELDS; *p != '\0'; p++) - if (contains_field(*p)) { - sortify_field(*p, n, result); - return; - } - sortify_field(AUTHOR_FIELDS[0], n, result); -} - -void reference::canonicalize_authors(string &result) const -{ - int len = result.length(); - sortify_authors(INT_MAX, result); - if (result.length() > len) - result += SORT_SUB_SEP; -} - -void reference::sortify_field(unsigned char f, int n, string &result) const -{ - typedef void (*sortify_t)(const char *, int, string &); - sortify_t sortifier = sortify_other; - switch (f) { - case 'A': - case 'E': - sortifier = sortify_name; - break; - case 'D': - sortifier = sortify_date; - break; - case 'B': - case 'J': - case 'T': - sortifier = sortify_title; - break; - } - int fi = field_index[(unsigned char)f]; - if (fi != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - string &str = field[fi]; - const char *start = str.contents(); - const char *end = start + str.length(); - for (int i = 0; i < n && start < end; i++) { - const char *p = start; - while (start < end && *start != FIELD_SEPARATOR) - start++; - if (i > 0) - result += SORT_SUB_SEP; - (*sortifier)(p, start - p, result); - if (start < end) - start++; - } - } -} - -int compare_reference(const reference &r1, const reference &r2) -{ - assert(r1.no >= 0); - assert(r2.no >= 0); - const char *s1 = r1.sort_key.contents(); - int n1 = r1.sort_key.length(); - const char *s2 = r2.sort_key.contents(); - int n2 = r2.sort_key.length(); - for (; n1 > 0 && n2 > 0; --n1, --n2, ++s1, ++s2) - if (*s1 != *s2) - return (int)(unsigned char)*s1 - (int)(unsigned char)*s2; - if (n2 > 0) - return -1; - if (n1 > 0) - return 1; - return r1.no - r2.no; -} - -int same_reference(const reference &r1, const reference &r2) -{ - if (!r1.rid.is_null() && r1.rid == r2.rid) - return 1; - if (r1.h != r2.h) - return 0; - if (r1.nfields != r2.nfields) - return 0; - int i = 0; - for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (r1.field_index != r2.field_index) - return 0; - for (i = 0; i < r1.nfields; i++) - if (r1.field[i] != r2.field[i]) - return 0; - return 1; -} - -const char *find_last_name(const char *start, const char *end, - const char **endp) -{ - const char *ptr = start; - const char *last_word = start; - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - if (ptr - token_start == 1) { - if (*token_start == ',') { - *endp = token_start; - return last_word; - } - else if (*token_start == ' ' || *token_start == '\n') { - if (ptr < end && *ptr != ' ' && *ptr != '\n') - last_word = ptr; - } - } - } - *endp = end; - return last_word; -} - -void abbreviate_name(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result) -{ - const char *last_name_end; - const char *last_name_start = find_last_name(ptr, end, &last_name_end); - int need_period = 0; - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, last_name_start)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, ptr); - if (need_period) { - if ((ptr - token_start == 1 && *token_start == ' ') - || (ptr - token_start == 2 && token_start[0] == '\\' - && token_start[1] == ' ')) - continue; - if (ti->is_upper()) - result += period_before_initial; - else - result += period_before_other; - need_period = 0; - } - result.append(token_start, ptr - token_start); - if (ti->is_upper()) { - const char *lower_ptr = ptr; - int first_token = 1; - for (;;) { - token_start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, last_name_start)) - break; - if ((ptr - token_start == 1 && *token_start == ' ') - || (ptr - token_start == 2 && token_start[0] == '\\' - && token_start[1] == ' ')) - break; - ti = lookup_token(token_start, ptr); - if (ti->is_hyphen()) { - const char *ptr1 = ptr; - if (get_token(&ptr1, last_name_start)) { - ti = lookup_token(ptr, ptr1); - if (ti->is_upper()) { - result += period_before_hyphen; - result.append(token_start, ptr1 - token_start); - ptr = ptr1; - } - } - } - else if (ti->is_upper()) { - // MacDougal -> MacD. - result.append(lower_ptr, ptr - lower_ptr); - lower_ptr = ptr; - first_token = 1; - } - else if (first_token && ti->is_accent()) { - result.append(token_start, ptr - token_start); - lower_ptr = ptr; - } - first_token = 0; - } - need_period = 1; - } - } - if (need_period) - result += period_before_last_name; - result.append(last_name_start, end - last_name_start); -} - -static void abbreviate_names(string &result) -{ - string str; - str.move(result); - const char *ptr = str.contents(); - const char *end = ptr + str.length(); - while (ptr < end) { - const char *name_end = (char *)memchr(ptr, FIELD_SEPARATOR, end - ptr); - if (name_end == 0) - name_end = end; - abbreviate_name(ptr, name_end, result); - if (name_end >= end) - break; - ptr = name_end + 1; - result += FIELD_SEPARATOR; - } -} - -void reverse_name(const char *ptr, const char *name_end, string &result) -{ - const char *last_name_end; - const char *last_name_start = find_last_name(ptr, name_end, &last_name_end); - result.append(last_name_start, last_name_end - last_name_start); - while (last_name_start > ptr - && (last_name_start[-1] == ' ' || last_name_start[-1] == '\n')) - last_name_start--; - if (last_name_start > ptr) { - result += ", "; - result.append(ptr, last_name_start - ptr); - } - if (last_name_end < name_end) - result.append(last_name_end, name_end - last_name_end); -} - -void reverse_names(string &result, int n) -{ - if (n <= 0) - return; - string str; - str.move(result); - const char *ptr = str.contents(); - const char *end = ptr + str.length(); - while (ptr < end) { - if (--n < 0) { - result.append(ptr, end - ptr); - break; - } - const char *name_end = (char *)memchr(ptr, FIELD_SEPARATOR, end - ptr); - if (name_end == 0) - name_end = end; - reverse_name(ptr, name_end, result); - if (name_end >= end) - break; - ptr = name_end + 1; - result += FIELD_SEPARATOR; - } -} - -// Return number of field separators. - -int join_fields(string &f) -{ - const char *ptr = f.contents(); - int len = f.length(); - int nfield_seps = 0; - int j; - for (j = 0; j < len; j++) - if (ptr[j] == FIELD_SEPARATOR) - nfield_seps++; - if (nfield_seps == 0) - return 0; - string temp; - int field_seps_left = nfield_seps; - for (j = 0; j < len; j++) { - if (ptr[j] == FIELD_SEPARATOR) { - if (nfield_seps == 1) - temp += join_authors_exactly_two; - else if (--field_seps_left == 0) - temp += join_authors_last_two; - else - temp += join_authors_default; - } - else - temp += ptr[j]; - } - f = temp; - return nfield_seps; -} - -void uppercase(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) -{ - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = start; - if (!get_token(&start, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, start); - ti->upper_case(token_start, start, result); - } -} - -void lowercase(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) -{ - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = start; - if (!get_token(&start, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, start); - ti->lower_case(token_start, start, result); - } -} - -void capitalize(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result) -{ - int in_small_point_size = 0; - for (;;) { - const char *start = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(start, ptr); - const char *char_end = ptr; - int is_lower = ti->is_lower(); - if ((is_lower || ti->is_upper()) && get_token(&ptr, end)) { - const token_info *ti2 = lookup_token(char_end, ptr); - if (!ti2->is_accent()) - ptr = char_end; - } - if (is_lower) { - if (!in_small_point_size) { - result += "\\s-2"; - in_small_point_size = 1; - } - ti->upper_case(start, char_end, result); - result.append(char_end, ptr - char_end); - } - else { - if (in_small_point_size) { - result += "\\s+2"; - in_small_point_size = 0; - } - result.append(start, ptr - start); - } - } - if (in_small_point_size) - result += "\\s+2"; -} - -void capitalize_field(string &str) -{ - string temp; - capitalize(str.contents(), str.contents() + str.length(), temp); - str.move(temp); -} - -int is_terminated(const char *ptr, const char *end) -{ - const char *last_token = end; - for (;;) { - const char *p = ptr; - if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - last_token = p; - } - return end - last_token == 1 - && (*last_token == '.' || *last_token == '!' || *last_token == '?'); -} - -void reference::output(FILE *fp) -{ - fputs(".]-\n", fp); - for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++) - if (field_index[i] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX && i != annotation_field) { - string &f = field[field_index[i]]; - if (!csdigit(i)) { - int j = reverse_fields.search(i); - if (j >= 0) { - int n; - int len = reverse_fields.length(); - if (++j < len && csdigit(reverse_fields[j])) { - n = reverse_fields[j] - '0'; - for (++j; j < len && csdigit(reverse_fields[j]); j++) - // should check for overflow - n = n*10 + reverse_fields[j] - '0'; - } - else - n = INT_MAX; - reverse_names(f, n); - } - } - int is_multiple = join_fields(f) > 0; - if (capitalize_fields.search(i) >= 0) - capitalize_field(f); - if (memchr(f.contents(), '\n', f.length()) == 0) { - fprintf(fp, ".ds [%c ", i); - if (f[0] == ' ' || f[0] == '\\' || f[0] == '"') - putc('"', fp); - put_string(f, fp); - putc('\n', fp); - } - else { - fprintf(fp, ".de [%c\n", i); - put_string(f, fp); - fputs("..\n", fp); - } - if (i == 'P') { - int multiple_pages = 0; - const char *s = f.contents(); - const char *end = f.contents() + f.length(); - for (;;) { - const char *token_start = s; - if (!get_token(&s, end)) - break; - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(token_start, s); - if (ti->is_hyphen() || ti->is_range_sep()) { - multiple_pages = 1; - break; - } - } - fprintf(fp, ".nr [P %d\n", multiple_pages); - } - else if (i == 'E') - fprintf(fp, ".nr [E %d\n", is_multiple); - } - for (const char *p = "TAO"; *p; p++) { - int fi = field_index[(unsigned char)*p]; - if (fi != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - string &f = field[fi]; - fprintf(fp, ".nr [%c %d\n", *p, - is_terminated(f.contents(), f.contents() + f.length())); - } - } - int t = classify(); - fprintf(fp, ".][ %d %s\n", t, reference_types[t]); - if (annotation_macro.length() > 0 && annotation_field >= 0 - && field_index[annotation_field] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - putc('.', fp); - put_string(annotation_macro, fp); - putc('\n', fp); - put_string(field[field_index[annotation_field]], fp); - } -} - -void reference::print_sort_key_comment(FILE *fp) -{ - fputs(".\\\"", fp); - put_string(sort_key, fp); - putc('\n', fp); -} - -const char *find_year(const char *start, const char *end, const char **endp) -{ - for (;;) { - while (start < end && !csdigit(*start)) - start++; - const char *ptr = start; - if (start == end) - break; - while (ptr < end && csdigit(*ptr)) - ptr++; - if (ptr - start == 4 || ptr - start == 3 - || (ptr - start == 2 - && (start[0] >= '4' || (start[0] == '3' && start[1] >= '2')))) { - *endp = ptr; - return start; - } - start = ptr; - } - return 0; -} - -static const char *find_day(const char *start, const char *end, - const char **endp) -{ - for (;;) { - while (start < end && !csdigit(*start)) - start++; - const char *ptr = start; - if (start == end) - break; - while (ptr < end && csdigit(*ptr)) - ptr++; - if ((ptr - start == 1 && start[0] != '0') - || (ptr - start == 2 && - (start[0] == '1' - || start[0] == '2' - || (start[0] == '3' && start[1] <= '1') - || (start[0] == '0' && start[1] != '0')))) { - *endp = ptr; - return start; - } - start = ptr; - } - return 0; -} - -static int find_month(const char *start, const char *end) -{ - static const char *months[] = { - "january", - "february", - "march", - "april", - "may", - "june", - "july", - "august", - "september", - "october", - "november", - "december", - }; - for (;;) { - while (start < end && !csalpha(*start)) - start++; - const char *ptr = start; - if (start == end) - break; - while (ptr < end && csalpha(*ptr)) - ptr++; - if (ptr - start >= 3) { - for (unsigned int i = 0; i < sizeof(months)/sizeof(months[0]); i++) { - const char *q = months[i]; - const char *p = start; - for (; p < ptr; p++, q++) - if (cmlower(*p) != *q) - break; - if (p >= ptr) - return i; - } - } - start = ptr; - } - return -1; -} - -int reference::contains_field(char c) const -{ - return field_index[(unsigned char)c] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX; -} - -int reference::classify() -{ - if (contains_field('J')) - return JOURNAL_ARTICLE; - if (contains_field('B')) - return ARTICLE_IN_BOOK; - if (contains_field('G')) - return TECH_REPORT; - if (contains_field('R')) - return TECH_REPORT; - if (contains_field('I')) - return BOOK; - if (contains_field('M')) - return BELL_TM; - return OTHER; -} - -const char *reference::get_year(const char **endp) const -{ - if (field_index['D'] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - string &date = field[field_index['D']]; - const char *start = date.contents(); - const char *end = start + date.length(); - return find_year(start, end, endp); - } - else - return 0; -} - -const char *reference::get_field(unsigned char c, const char **endp) const -{ - if (field_index[c] != NULL_FIELD_INDEX) { - string &f = field[field_index[c]]; - const char *start = f.contents(); - *endp = start + f.length(); - return start; - } - else - return 0; -} - -const char *reference::get_date(const char **endp) const -{ - return get_field('D', endp); -} - -const char *nth_field(int i, const char *start, const char **endp) -{ - while (--i >= 0) { - start = (char *)memchr(start, FIELD_SEPARATOR, *endp - start); - if (!start) - return 0; - start++; - } - const char *e = (char *)memchr(start, FIELD_SEPARATOR, *endp - start); - if (e) - *endp = e; - return start; -} - -const char *reference::get_author(int i, const char **endp) const -{ - for (const char *f = AUTHOR_FIELDS; *f != '\0'; f++) { - const char *start = get_field(*f, endp); - if (start) { - if (strchr(MULTI_FIELD_NAMES, *f) != 0) - return nth_field(i, start, endp); - else if (i == 0) - return start; - else - return 0; - } - } - return 0; -} - -const char *reference::get_author_last_name(int i, const char **endp) const -{ - for (const char *f = AUTHOR_FIELDS; *f != '\0'; f++) { - const char *start = get_field(*f, endp); - if (start) { - if (strchr(MULTI_FIELD_NAMES, *f) != 0) { - start = nth_field(i, start, endp); - if (!start) - return 0; - } - if (*f == 'A') - return find_last_name(start, *endp, endp); - else - return start; - } - } - return 0; -} - -void reference::set_date(string &d) -{ - if (d.length() == 0) - delete_field('D'); - else - insert_field('D', d); -} - -int same_year(const reference &r1, const reference &r2) -{ - const char *ye1; - const char *ys1 = r1.get_year(&ye1); - const char *ye2; - const char *ys2 = r2.get_year(&ye2); - if (ys1 == 0) { - if (ys2 == 0) - return same_date(r1, r2); - else - return 0; - } - else if (ys2 == 0) - return 0; - else if (ye1 - ys1 != ye2 - ys2) - return 0; - else - return memcmp(ys1, ys2, ye1 - ys1) == 0; -} - -int same_date(const reference &r1, const reference &r2) -{ - const char *e1; - const char *s1 = r1.get_date(&e1); - const char *e2; - const char *s2 = r2.get_date(&e2); - if (s1 == 0) - return s2 == 0; - else if (s2 == 0) - return 0; - else if (e1 - s1 != e2 - s2) - return 0; - else - return memcmp(s1, s2, e1 - s1) == 0; -} - -const char *reference::get_sort_field(int i, int si, int ssi, - const char **endp) const -{ - const char *start = sort_key.contents(); - const char *end = start + sort_key.length(); - if (i < 0) { - *endp = end; - return start; - } - while (--i >= 0) { - start = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SEP, end - start); - if (!start) - return 0; - start++; - } - const char *e = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SEP, end - start); - if (e) - end = e; - if (si < 0) { - *endp = end; - return start; - } - while (--si >= 0) { - start = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SUB_SEP, end - start); - if (!start) - return 0; - start++; - } - e = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SUB_SEP, end - start); - if (e) - end = e; - if (ssi < 0) { - *endp = end; - return start; - } - while (--ssi >= 0) { - start = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP, end - start); - if (!start) - return 0; - start++; - } - e = (char *)memchr(start, SORT_SUB_SUB_SEP, end - start); - if (e) - end = e; - *endp = end; - return start; -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.h deleted file mode 100644 index ffb81ac86986..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/ref.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -// declarations to avoid friend name injection problems -int compare_reference(const reference &, const reference &); -int same_reference(const reference &, const reference &); -int same_year(const reference &, const reference &); -int same_date(const reference &, const reference &); -int same_author_last_name(const reference &, const reference &, int); -int same_author_name(const reference &, const reference &, int); - -struct label_info; - -enum label_type { NORMAL_LABEL, SHORT_LABEL }; -const int N_LABEL_TYPES = 2; - -struct substring_position { - int start; - int length; - substring_position() : start(-1) { } -}; - -class int_set { - string v; -public: - int_set() { } - void set(int i); - int get(int i) const; -}; - -class reference { -private: - unsigned h; - reference_id rid; - int merged; - string sort_key; - int no; - string *field; - int nfields; - unsigned char field_index[256]; - enum { NULL_FIELD_INDEX = 255 }; - string label; - substring_position separator_pos; - string short_label; - substring_position short_separator_pos; - label_info *label_ptr; - string authors; - int computed_authors; - int last_needed_author; - int nauthors; - int_set last_name_unambiguous; - - int contains_field(char) const; - void insert_field(unsigned char, string &s); - void delete_field(unsigned char); - void set_date(string &); - const char *get_sort_field(int i, int si, int ssi, const char **endp) const; - int merge_labels_by_parts(reference **, int, label_type, string &); - int merge_labels_by_number(reference **, int, label_type, string &); -public: - reference(const char * = 0, int = -1, reference_id * = 0); - ~reference(); - void output(FILE *); - void print_sort_key_comment(FILE *); - void set_number(int); - int get_number() const { return no; } - unsigned hash() const { return h; } - const string &get_label(label_type type) const; - const substring_position &get_separator_pos(label_type) const; - int is_merged() const { return merged; } - void compute_sort_key(); - void compute_hash_code(); - void pre_compute_label(); - void compute_label(); - void immediate_compute_label(); - int classify(); - void merge(reference &); - int merge_labels(reference **, int, label_type, string &); - int get_nauthors() const; - void need_author(int); - void set_last_name_unambiguous(int); - void sortify_authors(int, string &) const; - void canonicalize_authors(string &) const; - void sortify_field(unsigned char, int, string &) const; - const char *get_author(int, const char **) const; - const char *get_author_last_name(int, const char **) const; - const char *get_date(const char **) const; - const char *get_year(const char **) const; - const char *get_field(unsigned char, const char **) const; - const label_info *get_label_ptr() const { return label_ptr; } - const char *get_authors(const char **) const; - // for sorting - friend int compare_reference(const reference &r1, const reference &r2); - // for merging - friend int same_reference(const reference &, const reference &); - friend int same_year(const reference &, const reference &); - friend int same_date(const reference &, const reference &); - friend int same_author_last_name(const reference &, const reference &, int); - friend int same_author_name(const reference &, const reference &, int); -}; - -const char *find_year(const char *, const char *, const char **); -const char *find_last_name(const char *, const char *, const char **); - -const char *nth_field(int i, const char *start, const char **endp); - -void capitalize(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result); -void reverse_name(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result); -void uppercase(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result); -void lowercase(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result); -void abbreviate_name(const char *ptr, const char *end, string &result); diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 66afa4b385c3..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1242 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989-1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "refer.h" -#include "refid.h" -#include "ref.h" -#include "token.h" -#include "search.h" -#include "command.h" - -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -const char PRE_LABEL_MARKER = '\013'; -const char POST_LABEL_MARKER = '\014'; -const char LABEL_MARKER = '\015'; // label_type is added on - -#define FORCE_LEFT_BRACKET 04 -#define FORCE_RIGHT_BRACKET 010 - -static FILE *outfp = stdout; - -string capitalize_fields; -string reverse_fields; -string abbreviate_fields; -string period_before_last_name = ". "; -string period_before_initial = "."; -string period_before_hyphen = ""; -string period_before_other = ". "; -string sort_fields; -int annotation_field = -1; -string annotation_macro; -string discard_fields = "XYZ"; -string pre_label = "\\*([."; -string post_label = "\\*(.]"; -string sep_label = ", "; -int accumulate = 0; -int move_punctuation = 0; -int abbreviate_label_ranges = 0; -string label_range_indicator; -int label_in_text = 1; -int label_in_reference = 1; -int date_as_label = 0; -int sort_adjacent_labels = 0; -// Join exactly two authors with this. -string join_authors_exactly_two = " and "; -// When there are more than two authors join the last two with this. -string join_authors_last_two = ", and "; -// Otherwise join authors with this. -string join_authors_default = ", "; -string separate_label_second_parts = ", "; -// Use this string to represent that there are other authors. -string et_al = " et al"; -// Use et al only if it can replace at least this many authors. -int et_al_min_elide = 2; -// Use et al only if the total number of authors is at least this. -int et_al_min_total = 3; - - -int compatible_flag = 0; - -int short_label_flag = 0; - -static int recognize_R1_R2 = 1; - -search_list database_list; -int search_default = 1; -static int default_database_loaded = 0; - -static reference **citation = 0; -static int ncitations = 0; -static int citation_max = 0; - -static reference **reference_hash_table = 0; -static int hash_table_size; -static int nreferences = 0; - -static int need_syncing = 0; -string pending_line; -string pending_lf_lines; - -static void output_pending_line(); -static unsigned immediately_handle_reference(const string &); -static void immediately_output_references(); -static unsigned store_reference(const string &); -static void divert_to_temporary_file(); -static reference *make_reference(const string &, unsigned *); -static void usage(FILE *stream); -static void do_file(const char *); -static void split_punct(string &line, string &punct); -static void output_citation_group(reference **v, int n, label_type, FILE *fp); -static void possibly_load_default_database(); - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - static char stderr_buf[BUFSIZ]; - setbuf(stderr, stderr_buf); - outfp = stdout; - int finished_options = 0; - int bib_flag = 0; - int done_spec = 0; - - for (--argc, ++argv; - !finished_options && argc > 0 && argv[0][0] == '-' - && argv[0][1] != '\0'; - argv++, argc--) { - const char *opt = argv[0] + 1; - while (opt != 0 && *opt != '\0') { - switch (*opt) { - case 'C': - compatible_flag = 1; - opt++; - break; - case 'B': - bib_flag = 1; - label_in_reference = 0; - label_in_text = 0; - ++opt; - if (*opt == '\0') { - annotation_field = 'X'; - annotation_macro = "AP"; - } - else if (csalnum(opt[0]) && opt[1] == '.' && opt[2] != '\0') { - annotation_field = opt[0]; - annotation_macro = opt + 2; - } - opt = 0; - break; - case 'P': - move_punctuation = 1; - opt++; - break; - case 'R': - recognize_R1_R2 = 0; - opt++; - break; - case 'S': - // Not a very useful spec. - set_label_spec("(A.n|Q)', '(D.y|D)"); - done_spec = 1; - pre_label = " ("; - post_label = ")"; - sep_label = "; "; - opt++; - break; - case 'V': - verify_flag = 1; - opt++; - break; - case 'f': - { - const char *num = 0; - if (*++opt == '\0') { - if (argc > 1) { - num = *++argv; - --argc; - } - else { - error("option `f' requires an argument"); - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - } - } - else { - num = opt; - opt = 0; - } - const char *ptr; - for (ptr = num; *ptr; ptr++) - if (!csdigit(*ptr)) { - error("bad character `%1' in argument to -f option", *ptr); - break; - } - if (*ptr == '\0') { - string spec; - spec = '%'; - spec += num; - spec += '\0'; - set_label_spec(spec.contents()); - done_spec = 1; - } - break; - } - case 'b': - label_in_text = 0; - label_in_reference = 0; - opt++; - break; - case 'e': - accumulate = 1; - opt++; - break; - case 'c': - capitalize_fields = ++opt; - opt = 0; - break; - case 'k': - { - char buf[5]; - if (csalpha(*++opt)) - buf[0] = *opt++; - else { - if (*opt != '\0') - error("bad field name `%1'", *opt++); - buf[0] = 'L'; - } - buf[1] = '~'; - buf[2] = '%'; - buf[3] = 'a'; - buf[4] = '\0'; - set_label_spec(buf); - done_spec = 1; - } - break; - case 'a': - { - const char *ptr; - for (ptr = ++opt; *ptr; ptr++) - if (!csdigit(*ptr)) { - error("argument to `a' option not a number"); - break; - } - if (*ptr == '\0') { - reverse_fields = 'A'; - reverse_fields += opt; - } - opt = 0; - } - break; - case 'i': - linear_ignore_fields = ++opt; - opt = 0; - break; - case 'l': - { - char buf[INT_DIGITS*2 + 11]; // A.n+2D.y-3%a - strcpy(buf, "A.n"); - if (*++opt != '\0' && *opt != ',') { - char *ptr; - long n = strtol(opt, &ptr, 10); - if (n == 0 && ptr == opt) { - error("bad integer `%1' in `l' option", opt); - opt = 0; - break; - } - if (n < 0) - n = 0; - opt = ptr; - sprintf(strchr(buf, '\0'), "+%ld", n); - } - strcat(buf, "D.y"); - if (*opt == ',') - opt++; - if (*opt != '\0') { - char *ptr; - long n = strtol(opt, &ptr, 10); - if (n == 0 && ptr == opt) { - error("bad integer `%1' in `l' option", opt); - opt = 0; - break; - } - if (n < 0) - n = 0; - sprintf(strchr(buf, '\0'), "-%ld", n); - opt = ptr; - if (*opt != '\0') - error("argument to `l' option not of form `m,n'"); - } - strcat(buf, "%a"); - if (!set_label_spec(buf)) - assert(0); - done_spec = 1; - } - break; - case 'n': - search_default = 0; - opt++; - break; - case 'p': - { - const char *filename = 0; - if (*++opt == '\0') { - if (argc > 1) { - filename = *++argv; - argc--; - } - else { - error("option `p' requires an argument"); - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - } - } - else { - filename = opt; - opt = 0; - } - database_list.add_file(filename); - } - break; - case 's': - if (*++opt == '\0') - sort_fields = "AD"; - else { - sort_fields = opt; - opt = 0; - } - accumulate = 1; - break; - case 't': - { - char *ptr; - long n = strtol(opt, &ptr, 10); - if (n == 0 && ptr == opt) { - error("bad integer `%1' in `t' option", opt); - opt = 0; - break; - } - if (n < 1) - n = 1; - linear_truncate_len = int(n); - opt = ptr; - break; - } - case '-': - if (opt[1] == '\0') { - finished_options = 1; - opt++; - break; - } - if (strcmp(opt,"-version")==0) { - case 'v': - printf("GNU refer (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - if (strcmp(opt,"-help")==0) { - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - } - // fall through - default: - error("unrecognized option `%1'", *opt); - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - } - } - } - if (!done_spec) - set_label_spec("%1"); - if (argc <= 0) { - if (bib_flag) - do_bib("-"); - else - do_file("-"); - } - else { - for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) { - if (bib_flag) - do_bib(argv[i]); - else - do_file(argv[i]); - } - } - if (accumulate) - output_references(); - if (fflush(stdout) < 0) - fatal("output error"); - return 0; -} - -static void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, -"usage: %s [-benvCPRS] [-aN] [-cXYZ] [-fN] [-iXYZ] [-kX] [-lM,N] [-p file]\n" -" [-sXYZ] [-tN] [-BL.M] [files ...]\n", - program_name); -} - -static void possibly_load_default_database() -{ - if (search_default && !default_database_loaded) { - char *filename = getenv("REFER"); - if (filename) - database_list.add_file(filename); - else - database_list.add_file(DEFAULT_INDEX, 1); - default_database_loaded = 1; - } -} - -static int is_list(const string &str) -{ - const char *start = str.contents(); - const char *end = start + str.length(); - while (end > start && csspace(end[-1])) - end--; - while (start < end && csspace(*start)) - start++; - return end - start == 6 && memcmp(start, "$LIST$", 6) == 0; -} - -static void do_file(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *fp; - if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) { - fp = stdin; - } - else { - errno = 0; - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - error("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - return; - } - } - current_filename = filename; - fprintf(outfp, ".lf 1 %s\n", filename); - string line; - current_lineno = 0; - for (;;) { - line.clear(); - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) { - if (line.length() > 0) - line += '\n'; - break; - } - if (invalid_input_char(c)) - error("invalid input character code %1", c); - else { - line += c; - if (c == '\n') - break; - } - } - int len = line.length(); - if (len == 0) - break; - current_lineno++; - if (len >= 2 && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == '[') { - int start_lineno = current_lineno; - int start_of_line = 1; - string str; - string post; - string pre(line.contents() + 2, line.length() - 3); - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) { - error_with_file_and_line(current_filename, start_lineno, - "missing `.]' line"); - break; - } - if (start_of_line) - current_lineno++; - if (start_of_line && c == '.') { - int d = getc(fp); - if (d == ']') { - while ((d = getc(fp)) != '\n' && d != EOF) { - if (invalid_input_char(d)) - error("invalid input character code %1", d); - else - post += d; - } - break; - } - if (d != EOF) - ungetc(d, fp); - } - if (invalid_input_char(c)) - error("invalid input character code %1", c); - else - str += c; - start_of_line = (c == '\n'); - } - if (is_list(str)) { - output_pending_line(); - if (accumulate) - output_references(); - else - error("found `$LIST$' but not accumulating references"); - } - else { - unsigned flags = (accumulate - ? store_reference(str) - : immediately_handle_reference(str)); - if (label_in_text) { - if (accumulate && outfp == stdout) - divert_to_temporary_file(); - if (pending_line.length() == 0) { - warning("can't attach citation to previous line"); - } - else - pending_line.set_length(pending_line.length() - 1); - string punct; - if (move_punctuation) - split_punct(pending_line, punct); - int have_text = pre.length() > 0 || post.length() > 0; - label_type lt = label_type(flags & ~(FORCE_LEFT_BRACKET - |FORCE_RIGHT_BRACKET)); - if ((flags & FORCE_LEFT_BRACKET) || !have_text) - pending_line += PRE_LABEL_MARKER; - pending_line += pre; - char lm = LABEL_MARKER + (int)lt; - pending_line += lm; - pending_line += post; - if ((flags & FORCE_RIGHT_BRACKET) || !have_text) - pending_line += POST_LABEL_MARKER; - pending_line += punct; - pending_line += '\n'; - } - } - need_syncing = 1; - } - else if (len >= 4 - && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'l' && line[2] == 'f' - && (compatible_flag || line[3] == '\n' || line[3] == ' ')) { - pending_lf_lines += line; - line += '\0'; - if (interpret_lf_args(line.contents() + 3)) - current_lineno--; - } - else if (recognize_R1_R2 - && len >= 4 - && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'R' && line[2] == '1' - && (compatible_flag || line[3] == '\n' || line[3] == ' ')) { - line.clear(); - int start_of_line = 1; - int start_lineno = current_lineno; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c != EOF && start_of_line) - current_lineno++; - if (start_of_line && c == '.') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == 'R') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == '2') { - c = getc(fp); - if (compatible_flag || c == ' ' || c == '\n' || c == EOF) { - while (c != EOF && c != '\n') - c = getc(fp); - break; - } - else { - line += '.'; - line += 'R'; - line += '2'; - } - } - else { - line += '.'; - line += 'R'; - } - } - else - line += '.'; - } - if (c == EOF) { - error_with_file_and_line(current_filename, start_lineno, - "missing `.R2' line"); - break; - } - if (invalid_input_char(c)) - error("invalid input character code %1", int(c)); - else { - line += c; - start_of_line = c == '\n'; - } - } - output_pending_line(); - if (accumulate) - output_references(); - else - nreferences = 0; - process_commands(line, current_filename, start_lineno + 1); - need_syncing = 1; - } - else { - output_pending_line(); - pending_line = line; - } - } - need_syncing = 0; - output_pending_line(); - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); -} - -class label_processing_state { - enum { - NORMAL, - PENDING_LABEL, - PENDING_LABEL_POST, - PENDING_LABEL_POST_PRE, - PENDING_POST - } state; - label_type type; // type of pending labels - int count; // number of pending labels - reference **rptr; // pointer to next reference - int rcount; // number of references left - FILE *fp; - int handle_pending(int c); -public: - label_processing_state(reference **, int, FILE *); - ~label_processing_state(); - void process(int c); -}; - -static void output_pending_line() -{ - if (label_in_text && !accumulate && ncitations > 0) { - label_processing_state state(citation, ncitations, outfp); - int len = pending_line.length(); - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - state.process((unsigned char)(pending_line[i])); - } - else - put_string(pending_line, outfp); - pending_line.clear(); - if (pending_lf_lines.length() > 0) { - put_string(pending_lf_lines, outfp); - pending_lf_lines.clear(); - } - if (!accumulate) - immediately_output_references(); - if (need_syncing) { - fprintf(outfp, ".lf %d %s\n", current_lineno, current_filename); - need_syncing = 0; - } -} - -static void split_punct(string &line, string &punct) -{ - const char *start = line.contents(); - const char *end = start + line.length(); - const char *ptr = start; - const char *last_token_start = 0; - for (;;) { - if (ptr >= end) - break; - last_token_start = ptr; - if (*ptr == PRE_LABEL_MARKER || *ptr == POST_LABEL_MARKER - || (*ptr >= LABEL_MARKER && *ptr < LABEL_MARKER + N_LABEL_TYPES)) - ptr++; - else if (!get_token(&ptr, end)) - break; - } - if (last_token_start) { - const token_info *ti = lookup_token(last_token_start, end); - if (ti->is_punct()) { - punct.append(last_token_start, end - last_token_start); - line.set_length(last_token_start - start); - } - } -} - -static void divert_to_temporary_file() -{ - outfp = xtmpfile(); -} - -static void store_citation(reference *ref) -{ - if (ncitations >= citation_max) { - if (citation == 0) - citation = new reference*[citation_max = 100]; - else { - reference **old_citation = citation; - citation_max *= 2; - citation = new reference *[citation_max]; - memcpy(citation, old_citation, ncitations*sizeof(reference *)); - a_delete old_citation; - } - } - citation[ncitations++] = ref; -} - -static unsigned store_reference(const string &str) -{ - if (reference_hash_table == 0) { - reference_hash_table = new reference *[17]; - hash_table_size = 17; - for (int i = 0; i < hash_table_size; i++) - reference_hash_table[i] = 0; - } - unsigned flags; - reference *ref = make_reference(str, &flags); - ref->compute_hash_code(); - unsigned h = ref->hash(); - reference **ptr; - for (ptr = reference_hash_table + (h % hash_table_size); - *ptr != 0; - ((ptr == reference_hash_table) - ? (ptr = reference_hash_table + hash_table_size - 1) - : --ptr)) - if (same_reference(**ptr, *ref)) - break; - if (*ptr != 0) { - if (ref->is_merged()) - warning("fields ignored because reference already used"); - delete ref; - ref = *ptr; - } - else { - *ptr = ref; - ref->set_number(nreferences); - nreferences++; - ref->pre_compute_label(); - ref->compute_sort_key(); - if (nreferences*2 >= hash_table_size) { - // Rehash it. - reference **old_table = reference_hash_table; - int old_size = hash_table_size; - hash_table_size = next_size(hash_table_size); - reference_hash_table = new reference*[hash_table_size]; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < hash_table_size; i++) - reference_hash_table[i] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < old_size; i++) - if (old_table[i]) { - reference **p; - for (p = (reference_hash_table - + (old_table[i]->hash() % hash_table_size)); - *p; - ((p == reference_hash_table) - ? (p = reference_hash_table + hash_table_size - 1) - : --p)) - ; - *p = old_table[i]; - } - a_delete old_table; - } - } - if (label_in_text) - store_citation(ref); - return flags; -} - -unsigned immediately_handle_reference(const string &str) -{ - unsigned flags; - reference *ref = make_reference(str, &flags); - ref->set_number(nreferences); - if (label_in_text || label_in_reference) { - ref->pre_compute_label(); - ref->immediate_compute_label(); - } - nreferences++; - store_citation(ref); - return flags; -} - -static void immediately_output_references() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < ncitations; i++) { - reference *ref = citation[i]; - if (label_in_reference) { - fputs(".ds [F ", outfp); - const string &label = ref->get_label(NORMAL_LABEL); - if (label.length() > 0 - && (label[0] == ' ' || label[0] == '\\' || label[0] == '"')) - putc('"', outfp); - put_string(label, outfp); - putc('\n', outfp); - } - ref->output(outfp); - delete ref; - } - ncitations = 0; -} - -static void output_citation_group(reference **v, int n, label_type type, - FILE *fp) -{ - if (sort_adjacent_labels) { - // Do an insertion sort. Usually n will be very small. - for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) { - int num = v[i]->get_number(); - reference *temp = v[i]; - int j; - for (j = i - 1; j >= 0 && v[j]->get_number() > num; j--) - v[j + 1] = v[j]; - v[j + 1] = temp; - } - } - // This messes up if !accumulate. - if (accumulate && n > 1) { - // remove duplicates - int j = 1; - for (int i = 1; i < n; i++) - if (v[i]->get_label(type) != v[i - 1]->get_label(type)) - v[j++] = v[i]; - n = j; - } - string merged_label; - for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) { - int nmerged = v[i]->merge_labels(v + i + 1, n - i - 1, type, merged_label); - if (nmerged > 0) { - put_string(merged_label, fp); - i += nmerged; - } - else - put_string(v[i]->get_label(type), fp); - if (i < n - 1) - put_string(sep_label, fp); - } -} - - -label_processing_state::label_processing_state(reference **p, int n, FILE *f) -: state(NORMAL), count(0), rptr(p), rcount(n), fp(f) -{ -} - -label_processing_state::~label_processing_state() -{ - int handled = handle_pending(EOF); - assert(!handled); - assert(rcount == 0); -} - -int label_processing_state::handle_pending(int c) -{ - switch (state) { - case NORMAL: - break; - case PENDING_LABEL: - if (c == POST_LABEL_MARKER) { - state = PENDING_LABEL_POST; - return 1; - } - else { - output_citation_group(rptr, count, type, fp); - rptr += count ; - rcount -= count; - state = NORMAL; - } - break; - case PENDING_LABEL_POST: - if (c == PRE_LABEL_MARKER) { - state = PENDING_LABEL_POST_PRE; - return 1; - } - else { - output_citation_group(rptr, count, type, fp); - rptr += count; - rcount -= count; - put_string(post_label, fp); - state = NORMAL; - } - break; - case PENDING_LABEL_POST_PRE: - if (c >= LABEL_MARKER - && c < LABEL_MARKER + N_LABEL_TYPES - && c - LABEL_MARKER == type) { - count += 1; - state = PENDING_LABEL; - return 1; - } - else { - output_citation_group(rptr, count, type, fp); - rptr += count; - rcount -= count; - put_string(sep_label, fp); - state = NORMAL; - } - break; - case PENDING_POST: - if (c == PRE_LABEL_MARKER) { - put_string(sep_label, fp); - state = NORMAL; - return 1; - } - else { - put_string(post_label, fp); - state = NORMAL; - } - break; - } - return 0; -} - -void label_processing_state::process(int c) -{ - if (handle_pending(c)) - return; - assert(state == NORMAL); - switch (c) { - case PRE_LABEL_MARKER: - put_string(pre_label, fp); - state = NORMAL; - break; - case POST_LABEL_MARKER: - state = PENDING_POST; - break; - case LABEL_MARKER: - case LABEL_MARKER + 1: - count = 1; - state = PENDING_LABEL; - type = label_type(c - LABEL_MARKER); - break; - default: - state = NORMAL; - putc(c, fp); - break; - } -} - -extern "C" { - -int rcompare(const void *p1, const void *p2) -{ - return compare_reference(**(reference **)p1, **(reference **)p2); -} - -} - -void output_references() -{ - assert(accumulate); - if (!hash_table_size) { - error("nothing to reference (probably `bibliography' before `sort')"); - accumulate = 0; - nreferences = 0; - return; - } - if (nreferences > 0) { - int j = 0; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < hash_table_size; i++) - if (reference_hash_table[i] != 0) - reference_hash_table[j++] = reference_hash_table[i]; - assert(j == nreferences); - for (; j < hash_table_size; j++) - reference_hash_table[j] = 0; - qsort(reference_hash_table, nreferences, sizeof(reference*), rcompare); - for (i = 0; i < nreferences; i++) - reference_hash_table[i]->set_number(i); - compute_labels(reference_hash_table, nreferences); - } - if (outfp != stdout) { - rewind(outfp); - { - label_processing_state state(citation, ncitations, stdout); - int c; - while ((c = getc(outfp)) != EOF) - state.process(c); - } - ncitations = 0; - fclose(outfp); - outfp = stdout; - } - if (nreferences > 0) { - fputs(".]<\n", outfp); - for (int i = 0; i < nreferences; i++) { - if (sort_fields.length() > 0) - reference_hash_table[i]->print_sort_key_comment(outfp); - if (label_in_reference) { - fputs(".ds [F ", outfp); - const string &label = reference_hash_table[i]->get_label(NORMAL_LABEL); - if (label.length() > 0 - && (label[0] == ' ' || label[0] == '\\' || label[0] == '"')) - putc('"', outfp); - put_string(label, outfp); - putc('\n', outfp); - } - reference_hash_table[i]->output(outfp); - delete reference_hash_table[i]; - reference_hash_table[i] = 0; - } - fputs(".]>\n", outfp); - nreferences = 0; - } - clear_labels(); -} - -static reference *find_reference(const char *query, int query_len) -{ - // This is so that error messages look better. - while (query_len > 0 && csspace(query[query_len - 1])) - query_len--; - string str; - for (int i = 0; i < query_len; i++) - str += query[i] == '\n' ? ' ' : query[i]; - str += '\0'; - possibly_load_default_database(); - search_list_iterator iter(&database_list, str.contents()); - reference_id rid; - const char *start; - int len; - if (!iter.next(&start, &len, &rid)) { - error("no matches for `%1'", str.contents()); - return 0; - } - const char *end = start + len; - while (start < end) { - if (*start == '%') - break; - while (start < end && *start++ != '\n') - ; - } - if (start >= end) { - error("found a reference for `%1' but it didn't contain any fields", - str.contents()); - return 0; - } - reference *result = new reference(start, end - start, &rid); - if (iter.next(&start, &len, &rid)) - warning("multiple matches for `%1'", str.contents()); - return result; -} - -static reference *make_reference(const string &str, unsigned *flagsp) -{ - const char *start = str.contents(); - const char *end = start + str.length(); - const char *ptr = start; - while (ptr < end) { - if (*ptr == '%') - break; - while (ptr < end && *ptr++ != '\n') - ; - } - *flagsp = 0; - for (; start < ptr; start++) { - if (*start == '#') - *flagsp = (SHORT_LABEL | (*flagsp & (FORCE_RIGHT_BRACKET - | FORCE_LEFT_BRACKET))); - else if (*start == '[') - *flagsp |= FORCE_LEFT_BRACKET; - else if (*start == ']') - *flagsp |= FORCE_RIGHT_BRACKET; - else if (!csspace(*start)) - break; - } - if (start >= end) { - error("empty reference"); - return new reference; - } - reference *database_ref = 0; - if (start < ptr) - database_ref = find_reference(start, ptr - start); - reference *inline_ref = 0; - if (ptr < end) - inline_ref = new reference(ptr, end - ptr); - if (inline_ref) { - if (database_ref) { - database_ref->merge(*inline_ref); - delete inline_ref; - return database_ref; - } - else - return inline_ref; - } - else if (database_ref) - return database_ref; - else - return new reference; -} - -static void do_ref(const string &str) -{ - if (accumulate) - (void)store_reference(str); - else { - (void)immediately_handle_reference(str); - immediately_output_references(); - } -} - -static void trim_blanks(string &str) -{ - const char *start = str.contents(); - const char *end = start + str.length(); - while (end > start && end[-1] != '\n' && csspace(end[-1])) - --end; - str.set_length(end - start); -} - -void do_bib(const char *filename) -{ - FILE *fp; - if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0) - fp = stdin; - else { - errno = 0; - fp = fopen(filename, "r"); - if (fp == 0) { - error("can't open `%1': %2", filename, strerror(errno)); - return; - } - current_filename = filename; - } - enum { - START, MIDDLE, BODY, BODY_START, BODY_BLANK, BODY_DOT - } state = START; - string body; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (invalid_input_char(c)) { - error("invalid input character code %1", c); - continue; - } - switch (state) { - case START: - if (c == '%') { - body = c; - state = BODY; - } - else if (c != '\n') - state = MIDDLE; - break; - case MIDDLE: - if (c == '\n') - state = START; - break; - case BODY: - body += c; - if (c == '\n') - state = BODY_START; - break; - case BODY_START: - if (c == '\n') { - do_ref(body); - state = START; - } - else if (c == '.') - state = BODY_DOT; - else if (csspace(c)) { - state = BODY_BLANK; - body += c; - } - else { - body += c; - state = BODY; - } - break; - case BODY_BLANK: - if (c == '\n') { - trim_blanks(body); - do_ref(body); - state = START; - } - else if (csspace(c)) - body += c; - else { - body += c; - state = BODY; - } - break; - case BODY_DOT: - if (c == ']') { - do_ref(body); - state = MIDDLE; - } - else { - body += '.'; - body += c; - state = c == '\n' ? BODY_START : BODY; - } - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - } - switch (state) { - case START: - case MIDDLE: - break; - case BODY: - body += '\n'; - do_ref(body); - break; - case BODY_DOT: - case BODY_START: - do_ref(body); - break; - case BODY_BLANK: - trim_blanks(body); - do_ref(body); - break; - } - fclose(fp); -} - -// from the Dragon Book - -unsigned hash_string(const char *s, int len) -{ - const char *end = s + len; - unsigned h = 0, g; - while (s < end) { - h <<= 4; - h += *s++; - if ((g = h & 0xf0000000) != 0) { - h ^= g >> 24; - h ^= g; - } - } - return h; -} - -int next_size(int n) -{ - static const int table_sizes[] = { - 101, 503, 1009, 2003, 3001, 4001, 5003, 10007, 20011, 40009, - 80021, 160001, 500009, 1000003, 2000003, 4000037, 8000009, - 16000057, 32000011, 64000031, 128000003, 0 - }; - - const int *p; - for (p = table_sizes; *p <= n && *p != 0; p++) - ; - assert(*p != 0); - return *p; -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.h deleted file mode 100644 index ac871cfae76d..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "cset.h" -#include "cmap.h" - -#include "defs.h" - -unsigned hash_string(const char *, int); -int next_size(int); - -extern string capitalize_fields; -extern string reverse_fields; -extern string abbreviate_fields; -extern string period_before_last_name; -extern string period_before_initial; -extern string period_before_hyphen; -extern string period_before_other; -extern string sort_fields; -extern int annotation_field; -extern string annotation_macro; -extern string discard_fields; -extern string articles; -extern int abbreviate_label_ranges; -extern string label_range_indicator; -extern int date_as_label; -extern string join_authors_exactly_two; -extern string join_authors_last_two; -extern string join_authors_default; -extern string separate_label_second_parts; -extern string et_al; -extern int et_al_min_elide; -extern int et_al_min_total; - -extern int compatible_flag; - -extern int set_label_spec(const char *); -extern int set_date_label_spec(const char *); -extern int set_short_label_spec(const char *); - -extern int short_label_flag; - -void clear_labels(); -void command_error(const char *, - const errarg &arg1 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg2 = empty_errarg, - const errarg &arg3 = empty_errarg); - -class reference; - -void compute_labels(reference **, int); diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.man deleted file mode 100644 index 0881657d4044..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/refer.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1492 +0,0 @@ -.ig -Copyright (C) 1989-2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -. -. -.de TQ -. br -. ns -. TP \\$1 -.. -. -. -.\" Like TP, but if specified indent is more than half -.\" the current line-length - indent, use the default indent. -.de Tp -. ie \\n(.$=0:((0\\$1)*2u>(\\n(.lu-\\n(.iu)) .TP -. el .TP "\\$1" -. -. -.. -.\" The BSD man macros can't handle " in arguments to font change macros, -.\" so use \(ts instead of ". -.tr \(ts" -. -. -.TH @G@REFER @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -. -. -. -.SH NAME -@g@refer \- preprocess bibliographic references for groff -. -. -. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.nr a \n(.j -.ad l -.nr i \n(.i -.in +\w'\fB@g@refer 'u -.ti \niu -.B @g@refer -. -.de OP -. ie \\n(.$-1 .RI "[\ \fB\\$1\fP" "\\$2" "\ ]" -. el .RB "[\ " "\\$1" "\ ]" -.. -. -.OP \-benvCPRS -.OP \-a n -.OP \-c fields -.OP \-f n -.OP \-i fields -.OP \-k field -.OP \-l m,n -.OP \-p \%filename -.OP \-s fields -.OP \-t n -.OP \-B field.macro -.RI [\ \%filename \|.\|.\|.\ ] -.br -.ad \na -. -.LP -It is possible to have whitespace between a command line option and its -parameter. -. -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -This file documents the GNU version of -.BR refer , -which is part of the groff document formatting system. -.B refer -copies the contents of -.IR filename \|.\|.\|.\& -to the standard output, -except that lines between -.B .[ -and -.B .]\& -are interpreted as citations, -and lines between -.B .R1 -and -.B .R2 -are interpreted as commands about how citations are to be processed. -. -.LP -Each citation specifies a reference. -The citation can specify a reference that is contained in -a bibliographic database by giving a set of keywords -that only that reference contains. -Alternatively it can specify a reference by supplying a database -record in the citation. -A combination of these alternatives is also possible. -. -.LP -For each citation, -.B refer -can produce a mark in the text. -This mark consists of some label which can be separated from -the text and from other labels in various ways. -For each reference it also outputs -.B groff -commands that can be used by a macro package to produce a formatted -reference for each citation. -The output of -.B refer -must therefore be processed using a suitable macro package. -The -.B \-ms -and -.B \-me -macros are both suitable. -The commands to format a citation's reference can be output immediately after -the citation, -or the references may be accumulated, -and the commands output at some later point. -If the references are accumulated, then multiple citations of the same -reference will produce a single formatted reference. -. -.LP -The interpretation of lines between -.B .R1 -and -.B .R2 -as commands is a new feature of GNU -.BR refer . -Documents making use of this feature can still be processed by -Unix refer just by adding the lines -. -.RS -.LP -.nf -.ft B -\&.de R1 -\&.ig R2 -\&.. -.ft -.fi -.RE -. -to the beginning of the document. -This will cause -.B troff -to ignore everything between -.B .R1 -and -.BR .R2 . -The effect of some commands can also be achieved by options. -These options are supported mainly for compatibility with Unix refer. -It is usually more convenient to use commands. -. -.LP -.B refer -generates -.B .lf -lines so that filenames and line numbers in messages produced -by commands that read -.B refer -output will be correct; -it also interprets lines beginning with -.B .lf -so that filenames and line numbers in the messages and -.B .lf -lines that it produces will be accurate even if the input has been -preprocessed by a command such as -.BR @g@soelim (@MAN1EXT@). -. -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -. -.LP -Most options are equivalent to commands -(for a description of these commands see the -.B Commands -subsection): -. -.nr a \n(.j -.ad l -.TP -.B \-b -.B "no-label-in-text; no-label-in-reference" -. -.TP -.B \-e -.B accumulate -. -.TP -.B \-n -.B no-default-database -. -.TP -.B \-C -.B compatible -. -.TP -.B \-P -.B move-punctuation -. -.TP -.B \-S -.B -label\ "(A.n|Q)\ ',\ '\ (D.y|D)"; \%bracket-label\ "\ ("\ )\ ";\ " -. -.TP -.BI \-a n -.B reverse -.BI A n -. -.TP -.BI \-c fields -.B capitalize -.I fields -. -.TP -.BI \-f n -.B label -.BI % n -. -.TP -.BI \-i fields -.B search-ignore -.I fields -. -.TP -.B \-k -.B label -.B L\(ti%a -. -.TP -.BI \-k field -.B label -.IB field \(ti%a -. -.TP -.B \-l -.B label -.BI A.nD.y%a -. -.TP -.BI \-l m -.B label -.BI A.n+ m D.y%a -. -.TP -.BI \-l, n -.B label -.BI A.nD.y\- n %a -. -.TP -.BI \-l m , n -.B label -.BI A.n+ m D.y\- n %a -. -.TP -.BI \-p filename -.B database -.I filename -. -.TP -.BI \-s spec -.B sort -.I spec -. -.TP -.BI \-t n -.B search-truncate -.I n -.ad \na -. -.LP -These options are equivalent to the following commands with the -addition that the filenames specified on the command line are -processed as if they were arguments to the -.B bibliography -command instead of in the normal way: -. -.TP -.B \-B -.B "annotate X AP; no-label-in-reference" -. -.TP -.BI \-B field . macro -.B annotate -.I field -.IB macro ; -.B no-label-in-reference -. -.LP -The following options have no equivalent commands: -. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -. -.TP -.B \-R -Don't recognize lines beginning with -.BR .R1 / .R2 . -. -. -. -.SH USAGE -. -. -.SS Bibliographic databases -The bibliographic database is a text file consisting of records -separated by one or more blank lines. -Within each record fields start with a -.B % -at the beginning of a line. -Each field has a one character name that immediately follows the -.BR % . -It is best to use only upper and lower case letters for the names -of fields. -The name of the field should be followed by exactly one space, -and then by the contents of the field. -Empty fields are ignored. -The conventional meaning of each field is as follows: -. -.TP -.B A -The name of an author. -If the name contains a title such as -.B Jr.\& -at the end, -it should be separated from the last name by a comma. -There can be multiple occurrences of the -.B A -field. -The order is significant. -It is a good idea always to supply an -.B A -field or a -.B Q -field. -. -.TP -.B B -For an article that is part of a book, the title of the book. -. -.TP -.B C -The place (city) of publication. -. -.TP -.B D -The date of publication. -The year should be specified in full. -If the month is specified, the name rather than the number of the month -should be used, but only the first three letters are required. -It is a good idea always to supply a -.B D -field; -if the date is unknown, a value such as -.B in press -or -.B unknown -can be used. -. -.TP -.B E -For an article that is part of a book, the name of an editor of the book. -Where the work has editors and no authors, -the names of the editors should be given as -.B A -fields and -.B ,\ (ed) -or -.B ,\ (eds) -should be appended to the last author. -. -.TP -.B G -US Government ordering number. -. -.TP -.B I -The publisher (issuer). -. -.TP -.B J -For an article in a journal, the name of the journal. -. -.TP -.B K -Keywords to be used for searching. -. -.TP -.B L -Label. -. -.TP -.B N -Journal issue number. -. -.TP -.B O -Other information. -This is usually printed at the end of the reference. -. -.TP -.B P -Page number. -A range of pages can be specified as -.IB m \- n\fR. -. -.TP -.B Q -The name of the author, if the author is not a person. -This will only be used if there are no -.B A -fields. -There can only be one -.B Q -field. -. -.TP -.B R -Technical report number. -. -.TP -.B S -Series name. -. -.TP -.B T -Title. -For an article in a book or journal, -this should be the title of the article. -. -.TP -.B V -Volume number of the journal or book. -. -.TP -.B X -Annotation. -. -.LP -For all fields except -.B A -and -.BR E , -if there is more than one occurrence of a particular field in a record, -only the last such field will be used. -. -.LP -If accent strings are used, they should follow the character to be accented. -This means that the -.B AM -macro must be used with the -.B \-ms -macros. -Accent strings should not be quoted: -use one -.B \e -rather than two. -. -. -.SS Citations -The format of a citation is -. -.RS -.BI .[ opening-text -.br -.I "flags keywords" -.br -.I fields -.br -.BI .] closing-text -.RE -. -.LP -The -.IR opening-text , -.IR closing-text -and -.I flags -components are optional. -Only one of the -.I keywords -and -.I fields -components need be specified. -. -.LP -The -.I keywords -component says to search the bibliographic databases for a reference -that contains all the words in -.IR keywords . -It is an error if more than one reference if found. -. -.LP -The -.I fields -components specifies additional fields to replace or supplement -those specified in the reference. -When references are being accumulated and the -.I keywords -component is non-empty, -then additional fields should be specified only on the first -occasion that a particular reference is cited, -and will apply to all citations of that reference. -. -.LP -The -.I opening-text -and -.I closing-text -component specifies strings to be used to bracket the label instead -of the strings specified in the -.B bracket-label -command. -If either of these components is non-empty, -the strings specified in the -.B bracket-label -command will not be used; -this behaviour can be altered using the -.B [ -and -.B ] -flags. -Note that leading and trailing spaces are significant for these components. -. -.LP -The -.I flags -component is a list of -non-alphanumeric characters each of which modifies the treatment -of this particular citation. -Unix refer will treat these flags as part of the keywords and -so will ignore them since they are non-alphanumeric. -The following flags are currently recognized: -. -.TP -.B # -This says to use the label specified by the -.B short-label -command, -instead of that specified by the -.B label -command. -If no short label has been specified, the normal label will be used. -Typically the short label is used with author-date labels -and consists of only the date and possibly a disambiguating letter; -the -.B # -is supposed to be suggestive of a numeric type of label. -. -.TP -.B [ -Precede -.I opening-text -with the first string specified in the -.B bracket-label -command. -. -.TP -.B ] -Follow -.I closing-text -with the second string specified in the -.B bracket-label -command. -. -.LP -One advantages of using the -.B [ -and -.B ] -flags rather than including the brackets in -.I opening-text -and -.I closing-text -is that -you can change the style of bracket used in the document just by changing the -.B bracket-label -command. -Another advantage is that sorting and merging of citations -will not necessarily be inhibited if the flags are used. -. -.LP -If a label is to be inserted into the text, -it will be attached to the line preceding the -.B .[ -line. -If there is no such line, then an extra line will be inserted before the -.B .[ -line and a warning will be given. -. -.LP -There is no special notation for making a citation to multiple references. -Just use a sequence of citations, one for each reference. -Don't put anything between the citations. -The labels for all the citations will be attached to the line preceding -the first citation. -The labels may also be sorted or merged. -See the description of the -.B <> -label expression, and of the -.B sort-adjacent-labels -and -.B abbreviate-label-ranges -command. -A label will not be merged if its citation has a non-empty -.I opening-text -or -.IR closing-text . -However, the labels for a citation using the -.B ] -flag and without any -.I closing-text -immediately followed by a citation using the -.B [ -flag and without any -.I opening-text -may be sorted and merged -even though the first citation's -.I opening-text -or the second citation's -.I closing-text -is non-empty. -(If you wish to prevent this just make the first citation's -.I closing-text -.BR \e& .) -. -. -.SS Commands -Commands are contained between lines starting with -.B .R1 -and -.BR .R2 . -Recognition of these lines can be prevented by the -.B \-R -option. -When a -.B .R1 -line is recognized any accumulated references are flushed out. -Neither -.B .R1 -nor -.B .R2 -lines, -nor anything between them -is output. -. -.LP -Commands are separated by newlines or -.BR ; s. -.B # -introduces a comment that extends to the end of the line -(but does not conceal the newline). -Each command is broken up into words. -Words are separated by spaces or tabs. -A word that begins with -.B \(ts -extends to the next -.B \(ts -that is not followed by another -.BR \(ts . -If there is no such -.B \(ts -the word extends to the end of the line. -Pairs of -.B \(ts -in a word beginning with -.B \(ts -collapse to a single -.BR \(ts . -Neither -.B # -nor -.B ; -are recognized inside -.BR \(ts s. -A line can be continued by ending it with -.BR \e ; -this works everywhere except after a -.BR # . -. -.LP -.ds n \fR* -Each command -.I name -that is marked with \*n has an associated negative command -.BI no- name -that undoes the effect of -.IR name . -For example, the -.B no-sort -command specifies that references should not be sorted. -The negative commands take no arguments. -. -.LP -In the following description each argument must be a single word; -.I field -is used for a single upper or lower case letter naming a field; -.I fields -is used for a sequence of such letters; -.I m -and -.I n -are used for a non-negative numbers; -.I string -is used for an arbitrary string; -.I filename -is used for the name of a file. -. -.Tp \w'\fBabbreviate-label-ranges'u+2n -.BI abbreviate\*n\ fields\ string1\ string2\ string3\ string4 -Abbreviate the first names of -.IR fields . -An initial letter will be separated from another initial letter by -.IR string1 , -from the last name by -.IR string2 , -and from anything else -(such as a -.B von -or -.BR de ) -by -.IR string3 . -These default to a period followed by a space. -In a hyphenated first name, -the initial of the first part of the name will be separated from the hyphen by -.IR string4 ; -this defaults to a period. -No attempt is made to handle any ambiguities that might -result from abbreviation. -Names are abbreviated before sorting and before -label construction. -. -.TP -.BI abbreviate-label-ranges\*n\ string -Three or more adjacent labels that refer to consecutive references -will be abbreviated to a label consisting -of the first label, followed by -.I string -followed by the last label. -This is mainly useful with numeric labels. -If -.I string -is omitted it defaults to -.BR \- . -. -.TP -.B accumulate\*n -Accumulate references instead of writing out each reference -as it is encountered. -Accumulated references will be written out whenever a reference -of the form -. -.RS -.IP -.B .[ -.br -.B $LIST$ -.br -.B .] -. -.LP -is encountered, -after all input files hve been processed, -and whenever -.B .R1 -line is recognized. -.RE -. -.TP -.BI annotate\*n\ field\ string -.I field -is an annotation; -print it at the end of the reference as a paragraph preceded by the line -. -.RS -.IP -.BI . string -. -.LP -If -.I macro -is omitted it will default to -.BR AP ; -if -.I field -is also omitted it will default to -.BR X . -Only one field can be an annotation. -.RE -. -.TP -.BI articles\ string \fR\|.\|.\|. -.IR string \|.\|.\|.\& -are definite or indefinite articles, and should be ignored at the beginning of -.B T -fields when sorting. -Initially, -.BR the , -.B a -and -.B an -are recognized as articles. -. -.TP -.BI bibliography\ filename \fR\|.\|.\|. -Write out all the references contained in the bibliographic databases -.IR filename \|.\|.\|. -This command should come last in a -.BR .R1 / .R2 -block. -. -.TP -.BI bracket-label\ string1\ string2\ string3 -In the text, bracket each label -with -.I string1 -and -.IR string2 . -An occurrence of -.I string2 -immediately followed by -.I string1 -will be turned into -.IR string3 . -The default behaviour is -. -.RS -.IP -.B -bracket-label \e*([. \e*(.] ", " -.RE -. -.TP -.BI capitalize\ fields -Convert -.I fields -to caps and small caps. -. -.TP -.B compatible\*n -Recognize -.B .R1 -and -.B .R2 -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -. -.TP -.BI database\ filename \fR\|.\|.\|. -Search the bibliographic databases -.IR filename \|.\|.\|. -For each -.I filename -if an index -.IB filename @INDEX_SUFFIX@ -created by -.BR @g@indxbib (@MAN1EXT@) -exists, then it will be searched instead; -each index can cover multiple databases. -. -.TP -.BI date-as-label\*n\ string -.I string -is a label expression that specifies a string with which to replace the -.B D -field after constructing the label. -See the -.B "Label expressions" -subsection for a description of label expressions. -This command is useful if you do not want explicit labels in the -reference list, but instead want to handle any necessary -disambiguation by qualifying the date in some way. -The label used in the text would typically be some combination of the -author and date. -In most cases you should also use the -.B no-label-in-reference -command. -For example, -. -.RS -.IP -.B "date-as-label D.+yD.y%a*D.-y" -. -.LP -would attach a disambiguating letter to the year part of the -.B D -field in the reference. -.RE -. -.TP -.B default-database\*n -The default database should be searched. -This is the default behaviour, so the negative version of -this command is more useful. -.B refer -determines whether the default database should be searched -on the first occasion that it needs to do a search. -Thus a -.B no-default-database -command must be given before then, -in order to be effective. -. -.TP -.BI discard\*n\ fields -When the reference is read, -.I fields -should be discarded; -no string definitions for -.I fields -will be output. -Initially, -.I fields -are -.BR XYZ . -. -.TP -.BI et-al\*n\ string\ m\ n -Control use of -.B "et al" -in the evaluation of -.B @ -expressions in label expressions. -If the number of authors needed to make the author sequence -unambiguous is -.I u -and the total number of authors is -.I t -then the last -.IR t \|\-\| u -authors will be replaced by -.I string -provided that -.IR t \|\-\| u -is not less than -.I m -and -.I t -is not less than -.IR n . -The default behaviour is -. -.RS -.IP -.B -et-al " et al" 2 3 -.RE -. -.TP -.BI include\ filename -Include -.I filename -and interpret the contents as commands. -. -.TP -.BI join-authors\ string1\ string2\ string3 -This says how authors should be joined together. -When there are exactly two authors, they will be joined with -.IR string1 . -When there are more than two authors, all but the last two will -be joined with -.IR string2 , -and the last two authors will be joined with -.IR string3 . -If -.I string3 -is omitted, -it will default to -.IR string1 ; -if -.I string2 -is also omitted it will also default to -.IR string1 . -For example, -. -.RS -.IP -.B -join-authors " and " ", " ", and " -. -.LP -will restore the default method for joining authors. -.RE -. -.TP -.B label-in-reference\*n -When outputting the reference, -define the string -.B [F -to be the reference's label. -This is the default behaviour; so the negative version -of this command is more useful. -. -.TP -.B label-in-text\*n -For each reference output a label in the text. -The label will be separated from the surrounding text as described in the -.B bracket-label -command. -This is the default behaviour; so the negative version -of this command is more useful. -. -.TP -.BI label\ string -.I string -is a label expression describing how to label each reference. -. -.TP -.BI separate-label-second-parts\ string -When merging two-part labels, separate the second part of the second -label from the first label with -.IR string . -See the description of the -.B <> -label expression. -. -.TP -.B move-punctuation\*n -In the text, move any punctuation at the end of line past the label. -It is usually a good idea to give this command unless you are using -superscripted numbers as labels. -. -.TP -.BI reverse\*n\ string -Reverse the fields whose names -are in -.IR string . -Each field name can be followed by a number which says -how many such fields should be reversed. -If no number is given for a field, all such fields will be reversed. -. -.TP -.BI search-ignore\*n\ fields -While searching for keys in databases for which no index exists, -ignore the contents of -.IR fields . -Initially, fields -.B XYZ -are ignored. -. -.TP -.BI search-truncate\*n\ n -Only require the first -.I n -characters of keys to be given. -In effect when searching for a given key -words in the database are truncated to the maximum of -.I n -and the length of the key. -Initially -.I n -is\ 6. -. -.TP -.BI short-label\*n\ string -.I string -is a label expression that specifies an alternative (usually shorter) -style of label. -This is used when the -.B # -flag is given in the citation. -When using author-date style labels, the identity of the author -or authors is sometimes clear from the context, and so it -may be desirable to omit the author or authors from the label. -The -.B short-label -command will typically be used to specify a label containing just -a date and possibly a disambiguating letter. -. -.TP -.BI sort\*n\ string -Sort references according to -.BR string . -References will automatically be accumulated. -.I string -should be a list of field names, each followed by a number, -indicating how many fields with the name should be used for sorting. -.B + -can be used to indicate that all the fields with the name should be used. -Also -.B .\& -can be used to indicate the references should be sorted using the -(tentative) label. -(The -.B "Label expressions" -subsection describes the concept of a tentative label.) -. -.TP -.B sort-adjacent-labels\*n -Sort labels that are adjacent in the text according to their -position in the reference list. -This command should usually be given if the -.B abbreviate-label-ranges -command has been given, -or if the label expression contains a -.B <> -expression. -This will have no effect unless references are being accumulated. -. -. -.SS Label expressions -. -.LP -Label expressions can be evaluated both normally and tentatively. -The result of normal evaluation is used for output. -The result of tentative evaluation, called the -.IR "tentative label" , -is used to gather the information -that normal evaluation needs to disambiguate the label. -Label expressions specified by the -.B date-as-label -and -.B short-label -commands are not evaluated tentatively. -Normal and tentative evaluation are the same for all types -of expression other than -.BR @ , -.BR * , -and -.B % -expressions. -The description below applies to normal evaluation, -except where otherwise specified. -. -.TP -.I field -.TQ -.I field\ n -The -.IR n -th -part of -.IR field . -If -.I n -is omitted, it defaults to\ 1. -. -.TP -.BI ' string ' -The characters in -.I string -literally. -. -.TP -.B @ -All the authors joined as specified by the -.B join-authors -command. -The whole of each author's name will be used. -However, if the references are sorted by author -(that is the sort specification starts with -.BR A+ ), -then authors' last names will be used instead, provided that this does -not introduce ambiguity, -and also an initial subsequence of the authors may be used -instead of all the authors, again provided that this does not -introduce ambiguity. -The use of only the last name for the -.IR i -th -author of some reference -is considered to be ambiguous if -there is some other reference, -such that the first -.IR i \|-\|1 -authors of the references are the same, -the -.IR i -th -authors are not the same, -but the -.IR i -th -authors' last names are the same. -A proper initial subsequence of the sequence -of authors for some reference is considered to be ambiguous if there is -a reference with some other sequence of authors which also has -that subsequence as a proper initial subsequence. -When an initial subsequence of authors is used, the remaining -authors are replaced by the string specified by the -.B et-al -command; -this command may also specify additional requirements that must be -met before an initial subsequence can be used. -.B @ -tentatively evaluates to a canonical representation of the authors, -such that authors that compare equally for sorting purpose -will have the same representation. -. -.TP -.BI % n -.TQ -.B %a -.TQ -.B %A -.TQ -.B %i -.TQ -.B %I -The serial number of the reference formatted according to the character -following the -.BR % . -The serial number of a reference is\ 1 plus the number of earlier references -with same tentative label as this reference. -These expressions tentatively evaluate to an empty string. -. -.TP -.IB expr * -If there is another reference with the same tentative label as -this reference, then -.IR expr , -otherwise an empty string. -It tentatively evaluates to an empty string. -. -.TP -.IB expr + n -.TQ -.IB expr \- n -The first -.RB ( + ) -or last -.RB ( \- ) -.I n -upper or lower case letters or digits of -.IR expr . -Troff special characters (such as -.BR \e('a ) -count as a single letter. -Accent strings are retained but do not count towards the total. -. -.TP -.IB expr .l -.I expr -converted to lowercase. -. -.TP -.IB expr .u -.I expr -converted to uppercase. -. -.TP -.IB expr .c -.I expr -converted to caps and small caps. -. -.TP -.IB expr .r -.I expr -reversed so that the last name is first. -. -.TP -.IB expr .a -.I expr -with first names abbreviated. -Note that fields specified in the -.B abbreviate -command are abbreviated before any labels are evaluated. -Thus -.B .a -is useful only when you want a field to be abbreviated in a label -but not in a reference. -. -.TP -.IB expr .y -The year part of -.IR expr . -. -.TP -.IB expr .+y -The part of -.I expr -before the year, or the whole of -.I expr -if it does not contain a year. -. -.TP -.IB expr .\-y -The part of -.I expr -after the year, or an empty string if -.I expr -does not contain a year. -. -.TP -.IB expr .n -The last name part of -.IR expr . -. -.TP -.IB expr1 \(ti expr2 -.I expr1 -except that if the last character of -.I expr1 -is -.B \- -then it will be replaced by -.IR expr2 . -. -.TP -.I expr1\ expr2 -The concatenation of -.I expr1 -and -.IR expr2 . -. -.TP -.IB expr1 | expr2 -If -.I expr1 -is non-empty then -.I expr1 -otherwise -.IR expr2 . -. -.TP -.IB expr1 & expr2 -If -.I expr1 -is non-empty -then -.I expr2 -otherwise an empty string. -. -.TP -.IB expr1 ? expr2 : expr3 -If -.I expr1 -is non-empty -then -.I expr2 -otherwise -.IR expr3 . -. -.TP -.BI < expr > -The label is in two parts, which are separated by -.IR expr . -Two adjacent two-part labels which have the same first part will be -merged by appending the second part of the second label onto the first -label separated by the string specified in the -.B separate-label-second-parts -command (initially, a comma followed by a space); the resulting label -will also be a two-part label with the same first part as before -merging, and so additional labels can be merged into it. -Note that it is permissible for the first part to be empty; -this maybe desirable for expressions used in the -.B short-label -command. -. -.TP -.BI ( expr ) -The same as -.IR expr . -Used for grouping. -. -.LP -The above expressions are listed in order of precedence -(highest first); -.B & -and -.B | -have the same precedence. -. -. -.SS Macro interface -Each reference starts with a call to the macro -.BR ]- . -The string -.B [F -will be defined to be the label for this reference, -unless the -.B no-label-in-reference -command has been given. -There then follows a series of string definitions, -one for each field: -string -.BI [ X -corresponds to field -.IR X . -The number register -.B [P -is set to\ 1 if the -.B P -field contains a range of pages. -The -.BR [T , -.B [A -and -.B [O -number registers are set to\ 1 according as the -.BR T , -.B A -and -.B O -fields end with one of the characters -.BR .?! . -The -.B [E -number register will be set to\ 1 if the -.B [E -string contains more than one name. -The reference is followed by a call to the -.B ][ -macro. -The first argument to this macro gives a number representing -the type of the reference. -If a reference contains a -.B J -field, it will be classified as type\ 1, -otherwise if it contains a -.B B -field, it will type\ 3, -otherwise if it contains a -.B G -or -.B R -field it will be type\ 4, -otherwise if contains a -.B I -field it will be type\ 2, -otherwise it will be type\ 0. -The second argument is a symbolic name for the type: -.BR other , -.BR journal-article , -.BR book , -.B article-in-book -or -.BR tech-report . -Groups of references that have been accumulated -or are produced by the -.B bibliography -command are preceded by a call to the -.B ]< -macro and followed by a call to the -.B ]> -macro. -. -. -. -.SH FILES -. -.Tp \w'\fB@DEFAULT_INDEX@'u+2n -.B @DEFAULT_INDEX@ -Default database. -. -.TP -.IB file @INDEX_SUFFIX@ -Index files. -. -. -. -.SH ENVIRONMENT -. -.Tp \w'\fBREFER'u+2n -.B REFER -If set, overrides the default database. -. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR @g@indxbib (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR @g@lookbib (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR lkbib (@MAN1EXT@) -.br -. -. -. -.SH BUGS -In label expressions, -.B <> -expressions are ignored inside -.BI . char -expressions. -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1eb30062f8a3..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,378 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "refer.h" -#include "token.h" - -#define TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE 1009 -// I believe in Icelandic thorn sorts after z. -#define THORN_SORT_KEY "{" - -struct token_table_entry { - const char *tok; - token_info ti; - token_table_entry(); -}; - -token_table_entry token_table[TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE]; -int ntokens = 0; - -static void skip_name(const char **ptr, const char *end) -{ - if (*ptr < end) { - switch (*(*ptr)++) { - case '(': - if (*ptr < end) { - *ptr += 1; - if (*ptr < end) - *ptr += 1; - } - break; - case '[': - while (*ptr < end) - if (*(*ptr)++ == ']') - break; - break; - } - } -} - -int get_token(const char **ptr, const char *end) -{ - if (*ptr >= end) - return 0; - char c = *(*ptr)++; - if (c == '\\' && *ptr < end) { - switch (**ptr) { - default: - *ptr += 1; - break; - case '(': - case '[': - skip_name(ptr, end); - break; - case '*': - case 'f': - *ptr += 1; - skip_name(ptr, end); - break; - } - } - return 1; -} - -token_info::token_info() -: type(TOKEN_OTHER), sort_key(0), other_case(0) -{ -} - -void token_info::set(token_type t, const char *sk, const char *oc) -{ - assert(oc == 0 || t == TOKEN_UPPER || t == TOKEN_LOWER); - type = t; - sort_key = sk; - other_case = oc; -} - -void token_info::sortify(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) - const -{ - if (sort_key) - result += sort_key; - else if (type == TOKEN_UPPER || type == TOKEN_LOWER) { - for (; start < end; start++) - if (csalpha(*start)) - result += cmlower(*start); - } -} - -int token_info::sortify_non_empty(const char *start, const char *end) const -{ - if (sort_key) - return *sort_key != '\0'; - if (type != TOKEN_UPPER && type != TOKEN_LOWER) - return 0; - for (; start < end; start++) - if (csalpha(*start)) - return 1; - return 0; -} - - -void token_info::lower_case(const char *start, const char *end, - string &result) const -{ - if (type != TOKEN_UPPER) { - while (start < end) - result += *start++; - } - else if (other_case) - result += other_case; - else { - while (start < end) - result += cmlower(*start++); - } -} - -void token_info::upper_case(const char *start, const char *end, - string &result) const -{ - if (type != TOKEN_LOWER) { - while (start < end) - result += *start++; - } - else if (other_case) - result += other_case; - else { - while (start < end) - result += cmupper(*start++); - } -} - -token_table_entry::token_table_entry() -: tok(0) -{ -} - -static void store_token(const char *tok, token_type typ, - const char *sk = 0, const char *oc = 0) -{ - unsigned n = hash_string(tok, strlen(tok)) % TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE; - for (;;) { - if (token_table[n].tok == 0) { - if (++ntokens == TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE) - assert(0); - token_table[n].tok = tok; - break; - } - if (strcmp(tok, token_table[n].tok) == 0) - break; - if (n == 0) - n = TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE - 1; - else - --n; - } - token_table[n].ti.set(typ, sk, oc); -} - - -token_info default_token_info; - -const token_info *lookup_token(const char *start, const char *end) -{ - unsigned n = hash_string(start, end - start) % TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE; - for (;;) { - if (token_table[n].tok == 0) - break; - if (strlen(token_table[n].tok) == size_t(end - start) - && memcmp(token_table[n].tok, start, end - start) == 0) - return &(token_table[n].ti); - if (n == 0) - n = TOKEN_TABLE_SIZE - 1; - else - --n; - } - return &default_token_info; -} - -static void init_ascii() -{ - const char *p; - for (p = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; *p; p++) { - char buf[2]; - buf[0] = *p; - buf[1] = '\0'; - store_token(strsave(buf), TOKEN_LOWER); - buf[0] = cmupper(buf[0]); - store_token(strsave(buf), TOKEN_UPPER); - } - for (p = "0123456789"; *p; p++) { - char buf[2]; - buf[0] = *p; - buf[1] = '\0'; - const char *s = strsave(buf); - store_token(s, TOKEN_OTHER, s); - } - for (p = ".,:;?!"; *p; p++) { - char buf[2]; - buf[0] = *p; - buf[1] = '\0'; - store_token(strsave(buf), TOKEN_PUNCT); - } - store_token("-", TOKEN_HYPHEN); -} - -static void store_letter(const char *lower, const char *upper, - const char *sort_key = 0) -{ - store_token(lower, TOKEN_LOWER, sort_key, upper); - store_token(upper, TOKEN_UPPER, sort_key, lower); -} - -static void init_letter(unsigned char uc_code, unsigned char lc_code, - const char *sort_key) -{ - char lbuf[2]; - lbuf[0] = lc_code; - lbuf[1] = 0; - char ubuf[2]; - ubuf[0] = uc_code; - ubuf[1] = 0; - store_letter(strsave(lbuf), strsave(ubuf), sort_key); -} - -static void init_latin1() -{ - init_letter(0xc0, 0xe0, "a"); - init_letter(0xc1, 0xe1, "a"); - init_letter(0xc2, 0xe2, "a"); - init_letter(0xc3, 0xe3, "a"); - init_letter(0xc4, 0xe4, "a"); - init_letter(0xc5, 0xe5, "a"); - init_letter(0xc6, 0xe6, "ae"); - init_letter(0xc7, 0xe7, "c"); - init_letter(0xc8, 0xe8, "e"); - init_letter(0xc9, 0xe9, "e"); - init_letter(0xca, 0xea, "e"); - init_letter(0xcb, 0xeb, "e"); - init_letter(0xcc, 0xec, "i"); - init_letter(0xcd, 0xed, "i"); - init_letter(0xce, 0xee, "i"); - init_letter(0xcf, 0xef, "i"); - - init_letter(0xd0, 0xf0, "d"); - init_letter(0xd1, 0xf1, "n"); - init_letter(0xd2, 0xf2, "o"); - init_letter(0xd3, 0xf3, "o"); - init_letter(0xd4, 0xf4, "o"); - init_letter(0xd5, 0xf5, "o"); - init_letter(0xd6, 0xf6, "o"); - init_letter(0xd8, 0xf8, "o"); - init_letter(0xd9, 0xf9, "u"); - init_letter(0xda, 0xfa, "u"); - init_letter(0xdb, 0xfb, "u"); - init_letter(0xdc, 0xfc, "u"); - init_letter(0xdd, 0xfd, "y"); - init_letter(0xde, 0xfe, THORN_SORT_KEY); - - store_token("\337", TOKEN_LOWER, "ss", "SS"); - store_token("\377", TOKEN_LOWER, "y", "Y"); -} - -static void init_two_char_letter(char l1, char l2, char u1, char u2, - const char *sk = 0) -{ - char buf[6]; - buf[0] = '\\'; - buf[1] = '('; - buf[2] = l1; - buf[3] = l2; - buf[4] = '\0'; - const char *p = strsave(buf); - buf[2] = u1; - buf[3] = u2; - store_letter(p, strsave(buf), sk); - buf[1] = '['; - buf[4] = ']'; - buf[5] = '\0'; - p = strsave(buf); - buf[2] = l1; - buf[3] = l2; - store_letter(strsave(buf), p, sk); - -} - -static void init_special_chars() -{ - const char *p; - for (p = "':^`~"; *p; p++) - for (const char *q = "aeiouy"; *q; q++) { - // Use a variable to work around bug in gcc 2.0 - char c = cmupper(*q); - init_two_char_letter(*p, *q, *p, c); - } - for (p = "/l/o~n,coeaeij"; *p; p += 2) { - // Use variables to work around bug in gcc 2.0 - char c0 = cmupper(p[0]); - char c1 = cmupper(p[1]); - init_two_char_letter(p[0], p[1], c0, c1); - } - init_two_char_letter('v', 's', 'v', 'S', "s"); - init_two_char_letter('v', 'z', 'v', 'Z', "z"); - init_two_char_letter('o', 'a', 'o', 'A', "a"); - init_two_char_letter('T', 'p', 'T', 'P', THORN_SORT_KEY); - init_two_char_letter('-', 'd', '-', 'D'); - - store_token("\\(ss", TOKEN_LOWER, 0, "SS"); - store_token("\\[ss]", TOKEN_LOWER, 0, "SS"); - - store_token("\\(Sd", TOKEN_LOWER, "d", "\\(-D"); - store_token("\\[Sd]", TOKEN_LOWER, "d", "\\[-D]"); - store_token("\\(hy", TOKEN_HYPHEN); - store_token("\\[hy]", TOKEN_HYPHEN); - store_token("\\(en", TOKEN_RANGE_SEP); - store_token("\\[en]", TOKEN_RANGE_SEP); -} - -static void init_strings() -{ - char buf[6]; - buf[0] = '\\'; - buf[1] = '*'; - for (const char *p = "'`^^,:~v_o./;"; *p; p++) { - buf[2] = *p; - buf[3] = '\0'; - store_token(strsave(buf), TOKEN_ACCENT); - buf[2] = '['; - buf[3] = *p; - buf[4] = ']'; - buf[5] = '\0'; - store_token(strsave(buf), TOKEN_ACCENT); - } - - // -ms special letters - store_letter("\\*(th", "\\*(Th", THORN_SORT_KEY); - store_letter("\\*[th]", "\\*[Th]", THORN_SORT_KEY); - store_letter("\\*(d-", "\\*(D-"); - store_letter("\\*[d-]", "\\*[D-]"); - store_letter("\\*(ae", "\\*(Ae", "ae"); - store_letter("\\*[ae]", "\\*[Ae]", "ae"); - store_letter("\\*(oe", "\\*(Oe", "oe"); - store_letter("\\*[oe]", "\\*[Oe]", "oe"); - - store_token("\\*3", TOKEN_LOWER, "y", "Y"); - store_token("\\*8", TOKEN_LOWER, "ss", "SS"); - store_token("\\*q", TOKEN_LOWER, "o", "O"); -} - -struct token_initer { - token_initer(); -}; - -static token_initer the_token_initer; - -token_initer::token_initer() -{ - init_ascii(); - init_latin1(); - init_special_chars(); - init_strings(); - default_token_info.set(TOKEN_OTHER); -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7d3404942fa7..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/refer/token.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -enum token_type { - TOKEN_OTHER, - TOKEN_UPPER, - TOKEN_LOWER, - TOKEN_ACCENT, - TOKEN_PUNCT, - TOKEN_HYPHEN, - TOKEN_RANGE_SEP -}; - -class token_info { -private: - token_type type; - const char *sort_key; - const char *other_case; -public: - token_info(); - void set(token_type, const char *sk = 0, const char *oc = 0); - void lower_case(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) const; - void upper_case(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) const; - void sortify(const char *start, const char *end, string &result) const; - int sortify_non_empty(const char *start, const char *end) const; - int is_upper() const; - int is_lower() const; - int is_accent() const; - int is_other() const; - int is_punct() const; - int is_hyphen() const; - int is_range_sep() const; -}; - -inline int token_info::is_upper() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_UPPER; -} - -inline int token_info::is_lower() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_LOWER; -} - -inline int token_info::is_accent() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_ACCENT; -} - -inline int token_info::is_other() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_OTHER; -} - -inline int token_info::is_punct() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_PUNCT; -} - -inline int token_info::is_hyphen() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_HYPHEN; -} - -inline int token_info::is_range_sep() const -{ - return type == TOKEN_RANGE_SEP; -} - -int get_token(const char **ptr, const char *end); -const token_info *lookup_token(const char *start, const char *end); diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index 2e15c0086e82..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -PROG=soelim$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=soelim.n -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=soelim.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=$(srcdir)/soelim.cpp -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/TODO b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/TODO deleted file mode 100644 index f2a3924ef89f..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/TODO +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -Understand .pso. diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 235dfe664430..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,308 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989-1992, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <ctype.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <errno.h> -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "nonposix.h" -#include "searchpath.h" - -// The include search path initially contains only the current directory. -static search_path include_search_path(0, 0, 0, 1); - -int compatible_flag = 0; -int raw_flag = 0; -int tex_flag = 0; - -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -int do_file(const char *filename); - - -void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, "usage: %s [ -Crtv ] [ -I file ] [ files ]\n", program_name); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - int opt; - static const struct option long_options[] = { - { "help", no_argument, 0, CHAR_MAX + 1 }, - { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } - }; - while ((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "CI:rtv", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) - switch (opt) { - case 'v': - { - printf("GNU soelim (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - case 'C': - compatible_flag = 1; - break; - case 'I': - include_search_path.command_line_dir(optarg); - break; - case 'r': - raw_flag = 1; - break; - case 't': - tex_flag = 1; - break; - case CHAR_MAX + 1: // --help - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - case '?': - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - int nbad = 0; - if (optind >= argc) - nbad += !do_file("-"); - else - for (int i = optind; i < argc; i++) - nbad += !do_file(argv[i]); - if (ferror(stdout) || fflush(stdout) < 0) - fatal("output error"); - return nbad != 0; -} - -void set_location() -{ - if(!raw_flag) { - if(!tex_flag) - printf(".lf %d %s\n", current_lineno, current_filename); - else - printf("%% file %s, line %d\n", current_filename, current_lineno); - } -} - -void do_so(const char *line) -{ - const char *p = line; - while (*p == ' ') - p++; - string filename; - int success = 1; - for (const char *q = p; - success && *q != '\0' && *q != '\n' && *q != ' '; - q++) - if (*q == '\\') { - switch (*++q) { - case 'e': - case '\\': - filename += '\\'; - break; - case ' ': - filename += ' '; - break; - default: - success = 0; - break; - } - } - else - filename += char(*q); - if (success && filename.length() > 0) { - filename += '\0'; - const char *fn = current_filename; - int ln = current_lineno; - current_lineno--; - if (do_file(filename.contents())) { - current_filename = fn; - current_lineno = ln; - set_location(); - return; - } - current_lineno++; - } - fputs(".so", stdout); - fputs(line, stdout); -} - -int do_file(const char *filename) -{ - char *file_name_in_path = 0; - FILE *fp = include_search_path.open_file_cautious(filename, - &file_name_in_path); - int err = errno; - string whole_filename(file_name_in_path ? file_name_in_path : filename); - whole_filename += '\0'; - a_delete file_name_in_path; - if (fp == 0) { - error("can't open `%1': %2", whole_filename.contents(), strerror(err)); - return 0; - } - current_filename = whole_filename.contents(); - current_lineno = 1; - set_location(); - enum { START, MIDDLE, HAD_DOT, HAD_s, HAD_so, HAD_l, HAD_lf } state = START; - for (;;) { - int c = getc(fp); - if (c == EOF) - break; - switch (state) { - case START: - if (c == '.') - state = HAD_DOT; - else { - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case MIDDLE: - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - break; - case HAD_DOT: - if (c == 's') - state = HAD_s; - else if (c == 'l') - state = HAD_l; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_s: - if (c == 'o') - state = HAD_so; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('s'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_so: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - string line; - for (; c != EOF && c != '\n'; c = getc(fp)) - line += c; - current_lineno++; - line += '\n'; - line += '\0'; - do_so(line.contents()); - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".so", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_l: - if (c == 'f') - state = HAD_lf; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('l'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_lf: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - string line; - for (; c != EOF && c != '\n'; c = getc(fp)) - line += c; - current_lineno++; - line += '\n'; - line += '\0'; - interpret_lf_args(line.contents()); - printf(".lf%s", line.contents()); - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".lf", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - switch (state) { - case HAD_DOT: - fputs(".\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_l: - fputs(".l\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_s: - fputs(".s\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_lf: - fputs(".lf\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_so: - fputs(".so\n", stdout); - break; - case MIDDLE: - putc('\n', stdout); - break; - case START: - break; - } - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); - current_filename = 0; - return 1; -} diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man deleted file mode 100644 index fb17e3644fca..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/soelim/soelim.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -'\" p -.ig -Copyright (C) 1989-2000, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -. -.mso pic.tmac -. -.TH @G@SOELIM @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -. -.SH NAME -@g@soelim \- interpret .so requests in groff input -. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B @g@soelim -[ -.B \-Crtv -] -[ -.BI \-I dir -] -[ -.IR files \|.\|.\|.\| -] -. -.PP -It is possible to have whitespace between the -.B \-I -command line option and its parameter. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -.B @g@soelim -reads -.I files -and replaces lines of the form -.IP -.BI .so\ file -.LP -by the contents of -.IR file . -It is useful if files included with -.B so -need to be preprocessed. -Normally, -.B @g@soelim -should be invoked with the -.B \-s -option of -.BR groff . -. -.PP -Note that there must be no whitespace between the leading dot and -the two characters `s' and `o'. Otherwise, only -.B groff -interprets the -.B .so -request (and -.B soelim -ignores it). -. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-C -Recognize -.B .so -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -. -.TP -.BI \-I dir -This option may be used to specify a directory to search for -files (both those on the command line and those named in -.B \&.so -requests). -The current directory is always searched first. -This option may be specified more than once, -the directories will be searched in the order specified. -No directory search is performed for files specified using an absolute path. -. -.TP -.B \-r -Do not add .lf requests (for general use, with non-groff files). -. -.TP -.B \-t -Don't emit .lf requests but TeX comment lines (starting with `%') giving -the current file and line number. -. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -. -.SH USAGE -The normal processing sequence of groff is this: -. -.PP -.ie t \{\ -.PS -box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "input" "file"; -move to last box .bottom; -down; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.8 height 0.2 "preprocessor"; -move to last box .right -right; -arrow 0.3; -A: box invisible width 0.35 height 0.2 "troff"; -move to last box .top; -up; -move 0.3; -box invisible width 0.6 height 0.4 "sourced" "file"; -line <- up 0.3 from A.top; -move to A.right; -right; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.85 height 0.2 "postprocessor"; -move to last box .bottom; -down; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "output" "file" -.PE -.\} -.el \{\ -.nf - input sourced - file file - | | - v v - preprocessor -> troff -> postprocessor - | - v - output - file -.fi -.\} -.PP -. -That is, files sourced with -.B .so -are normally read -.I only -by -.B troff -(the actual formatter). -.B soelim -is -.I not -required for -.B troff -to source files. -. -.PP -If a file to be sourced should also be preprocessed, it must -already be read -.I before -the input file passes through the preprocessor. -This is handled by -.BR soelim : -. -.PP -.ie t \{\ -.PS -box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "input" "file"; -move to last box .bottom; -down; -arrow 0.3; -A: box invisible width 0.5 height 0.2 "soelim"; -line <- 0.3; -box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "sourced" "file"; -move to A.right; -right; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.8 height 0.2 "preprocessor"; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.35 height 0.2 "troff"; -arrow 0.3 -box invisible width 0.85 height 0.2 "postprocessor"; -move to last box .bottom; -down; -arrow 0.3; -box invisible width 0.5 height 0.4 "output" "file" -.PE -.\} -.el \{\ -.nf - input - file - | - v - soelim -> preprocessor -> troff -> postprocessor - ^ | - | v - sourced output - file file -.fi -.\} -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@) -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/Makefile.sub b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/Makefile.sub deleted file mode 100644 index bea28b35164d..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/Makefile.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -PROG=tbl$(EXEEXT) -MAN1=tbl.n -XLIBS=$(LIBGROFF) -MLIB=$(LIBM) -OBJS=\ - main.$(OBJEXT) \ - table.$(OBJEXT) -CCSRCS=\ - $(srcdir)/main.cpp \ - $(srcdir)/table.cpp -HDRS=\ - $(srcdir)/table.h -NAMEPREFIX=$(g) diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/main.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/main.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index d79adb0bf831..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/main.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1590 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "table.h" - -#define MAX_POINT_SIZE 99 -#define MAX_VERTICAL_SPACING 72 - -extern "C" const char *Version_string; - -int compatible_flag = 0; - -class table_input { - FILE *fp; - enum { START, MIDDLE, - REREAD_T, REREAD_TE, REREAD_E, - LEADER_1, LEADER_2, LEADER_3, LEADER_4, - END, ERROR } state; - string unget_stack; -public: - table_input(FILE *); - int get(); - int ended() { return unget_stack.empty() && state == END; } - void unget(char); -}; - -table_input::table_input(FILE *p) -: fp(p), state(START) -{ -} - -void table_input::unget(char c) -{ - assert(c != '\0'); - unget_stack += c; - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno--; -} - -int table_input::get() -{ - int len = unget_stack.length(); - if (len != 0) { - unsigned char c = unget_stack[len - 1]; - unget_stack.set_length(len - 1); - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - return c; - } - int c; - for (;;) { - switch (state) { - case START: - if ((c = getc(fp)) == '.') { - if ((c = getc(fp)) == 'T') { - if ((c = getc(fp)) == 'E') { - if (compatible_flag) { - state = END; - return EOF; - } - else { - c = getc(fp); - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - if (c == EOF || c == ' ' || c == '\n') { - state = END; - return EOF; - } - state = REREAD_TE; - return '.'; - } - } - else { - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - state = REREAD_T; - return '.'; - } - } - else { - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - state = MIDDLE; - return '.'; - } - } - else if (c == EOF) { - state = ERROR; - return EOF; - } - else { - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - else { - state = MIDDLE; - if (c == '\0') { - error("invalid input character code 0"); - break; - } - } - return c; - } - break; - case MIDDLE: - // handle line continuation and uninterpreted leader character - if ((c = getc(fp)) == '\\') { - c = getc(fp); - if (c == '\n') - c = getc(fp); // perhaps state ought to be START now - else if (c == 'a' && compatible_flag) { - state = LEADER_1; - return '\\'; - } - else { - if (c != EOF) - ungetc(c, fp); - c = '\\'; - } - } - if (c == EOF) { - state = ERROR; - return EOF; - } - else { - if (c == '\n') { - state = START; - current_lineno++; - } - else if (c == '\0') { - error("invalid input character code 0"); - break; - } - return c; - } - case REREAD_T: - state = MIDDLE; - return 'T'; - case REREAD_TE: - state = REREAD_E; - return 'T'; - case REREAD_E: - state = MIDDLE; - return 'E'; - case LEADER_1: - state = LEADER_2; - return '*'; - case LEADER_2: - state = LEADER_3; - return '('; - case LEADER_3: - state = LEADER_4; - return PREFIX_CHAR; - case LEADER_4: - state = MIDDLE; - return LEADER_CHAR; - case END: - case ERROR: - return EOF; - } - } -} - -void process_input_file(FILE *); -void process_table(table_input &in); - -void process_input_file(FILE *fp) -{ - enum { START, MIDDLE, HAD_DOT, HAD_T, HAD_TS, HAD_l, HAD_lf } state; - state = START; - int c; - while ((c = getc(fp)) != EOF) - switch (state) { - case START: - if (c == '.') - state = HAD_DOT; - else { - if (c == '\n') - current_lineno++; - else - state = MIDDLE; - putchar(c); - } - break; - case MIDDLE: - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - putchar(c); - break; - case HAD_DOT: - if (c == 'T') - state = HAD_T; - else if (c == 'l') - state = HAD_l; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_T: - if (c == 'S') - state = HAD_TS; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('T'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_TS: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - putchar('.'); - putchar('T'); - putchar('S'); - while (c != '\n') { - if (c == EOF) { - error("end of file at beginning of table"); - return; - } - putchar(c); - c = getc(fp); - } - putchar('\n'); - current_lineno++; - { - table_input input(fp); - process_table(input); - set_troff_location(current_filename, current_lineno); - if (input.ended()) { - fputs(".TE", stdout); - while ((c = getc(fp)) != '\n') { - if (c == EOF) { - putchar('\n'); - return; - } - putchar(c); - } - putchar('\n'); - current_lineno++; - } - } - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".TS", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_l: - if (c == 'f') - state = HAD_lf; - else { - putchar('.'); - putchar('l'); - putchar(c); - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - state = START; - } - else - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case HAD_lf: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - string line; - while (c != EOF) { - line += c; - if (c == '\n') { - current_lineno++; - break; - } - c = getc(fp); - } - line += '\0'; - interpret_lf_args(line.contents()); - printf(".lf%s", line.contents()); - state = START; - } - else { - fputs(".lf", stdout); - putchar(c); - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - switch(state) { - case START: - break; - case MIDDLE: - putchar('\n'); - break; - case HAD_DOT: - fputs(".\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_l: - fputs(".l\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_T: - fputs(".T\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_lf: - fputs(".lf\n", stdout); - break; - case HAD_TS: - fputs(".TS\n", stdout); - break; - } - if (fp != stdin) - fclose(fp); -} - -struct options { - unsigned flags; - int linesize; - char delim[2]; - char tab_char; - char decimal_point_char; - - options(); -}; - -options::options() -: flags(0), linesize(0), tab_char('\t'), decimal_point_char('.') -{ - delim[0] = delim[1] = '\0'; -} - -// Return non-zero if p and q are the same ignoring case. - -int strieq(const char *p, const char *q) -{ - for (; cmlower(*p) == cmlower(*q); p++, q++) - if (*p == '\0') - return 1; - return 0; -} - -// return 0 if we should give up in this table - -options *process_options(table_input &in) -{ - options *opt = new options; - string line; - int level = 0; - for (;;) { - int c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) { - int i = line.length(); - while (--i >= 0) - in.unget(line[i]); - return opt; - } - if (c == '\n') { - in.unget(c); - int i = line.length(); - while (--i >= 0) - in.unget(line[i]); - return opt; - } - else if (c == '(') - level++; - else if (c == ')') - level--; - else if (c == ';' && level == 0) { - line += '\0'; - break; - } - line += c; - } - if (line.empty()) - return opt; - char *p = &line[0]; - for (;;) { - while (!csalpha(*p) && *p != '\0') - p++; - if (*p == '\0') - break; - char *q = p; - while (csalpha(*q)) - q++; - char *arg = 0; - if (*q != '(' && *q != '\0') - *q++ = '\0'; - while (csspace(*q)) - q++; - if (*q == '(') { - *q++ = '\0'; - arg = q; - while (*q != ')' && *q != '\0') - q++; - if (*q == '\0') - error("missing `)'"); - else - *q++ = '\0'; - } - if (*p == '\0') { - if (arg) - error("argument without option"); - } - else if (strieq(p, "tab")) { - if (!arg) - error("`tab' option requires argument in parentheses"); - else { - if (arg[0] == '\0' || arg[1] != '\0') - error("argument to `tab' option must be a single character"); - else - opt->tab_char = arg[0]; - } - } - else if (strieq(p, "linesize")) { - if (!arg) - error("`linesize' option requires argument in parentheses"); - else { - if (sscanf(arg, "%d", &opt->linesize) != 1) - error("bad linesize `%s'", arg); - else if (opt->linesize <= 0) { - error("linesize must be positive"); - opt->linesize = 0; - } - } - } - else if (strieq(p, "delim")) { - if (!arg) - error("`delim' option requires argument in parentheses"); - else if (arg[0] == '\0' || arg[1] == '\0' || arg[2] != '\0') - error("argument to `delim' option must be two characters"); - else { - opt->delim[0] = arg[0]; - opt->delim[1] = arg[1]; - } - } - else if (strieq(p, "center") || strieq(p, "centre")) { - if (arg) - error("`center' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::CENTER; - } - else if (strieq(p, "expand")) { - if (arg) - error("`expand' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::EXPAND; - } - else if (strieq(p, "box") || strieq(p, "frame")) { - if (arg) - error("`box' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::BOX; - } - else if (strieq(p, "doublebox") || strieq(p, "doubleframe")) { - if (arg) - error("`doublebox' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::DOUBLEBOX; - } - else if (strieq(p, "allbox")) { - if (arg) - error("`allbox' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::ALLBOX; - } - else if (strieq(p, "nokeep")) { - if (arg) - error("`nokeep' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::NOKEEP; - } - else if (strieq(p, "nospaces")) { - if (arg) - error("`nospaces' option does not take an argument"); - opt->flags |= table::NOSPACES; - } - else if (strieq(p, "decimalpoint")) { - if (!arg) - error("`decimalpoint' option requires argument in parentheses"); - else { - if (arg[0] == '\0' || arg[1] != '\0') - error("argument to `decimalpoint' option must be a single character"); - else - opt->decimal_point_char = arg[0]; - } - } - else { - error("unrecognised global option `%1'", p); - // delete opt; - // return 0; - } - p = q; - } - return opt; -} - -entry_modifier::entry_modifier() -: vertical_alignment(CENTER), zero_width(0), stagger(0) -{ - vertical_spacing.inc = vertical_spacing.val = 0; - point_size.inc = point_size.val = 0; -} - -entry_modifier::~entry_modifier() -{ -} - -entry_format::entry_format() : type(FORMAT_LEFT) -{ -} - -entry_format::entry_format(format_type t) : type(t) -{ -} - -void entry_format::debug_print() const -{ - switch (type) { - case FORMAT_LEFT: - putc('l', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_CENTER: - putc('c', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_RIGHT: - putc('r', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_NUMERIC: - putc('n', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_ALPHABETIC: - putc('a', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_SPAN: - putc('s', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_VSPAN: - putc('^', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_HLINE: - putc('_', stderr); - break; - case FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE: - putc('=', stderr); - break; - default: - assert(0); - break; - } - if (point_size.val != 0) { - putc('p', stderr); - if (point_size.inc > 0) - putc('+', stderr); - else if (point_size.inc < 0) - putc('-', stderr); - fprintf(stderr, "%d ", point_size.val); - } - if (vertical_spacing.val != 0) { - putc('v', stderr); - if (vertical_spacing.inc > 0) - putc('+', stderr); - else if (vertical_spacing.inc < 0) - putc('-', stderr); - fprintf(stderr, "%d ", vertical_spacing.val); - } - if (!font.empty()) { - putc('f', stderr); - put_string(font, stderr); - putc(' ', stderr); - } - if (!macro.empty()) { - putc('m', stderr); - put_string(macro, stderr); - putc(' ', stderr); - } - switch (vertical_alignment) { - case entry_modifier::CENTER: - break; - case entry_modifier::TOP: - putc('t', stderr); - break; - case entry_modifier::BOTTOM: - putc('d', stderr); - break; - } - if (zero_width) - putc('z', stderr); - if (stagger) - putc('u', stderr); -} - -struct format { - int nrows; - int ncolumns; - int *separation; - string *width; - char *equal; - entry_format **entry; - char **vline; - - format(int nr, int nc); - ~format(); - void add_rows(int n); -}; - -format::format(int nr, int nc) : nrows(nr), ncolumns(nc) -{ - int i; - separation = ncolumns > 1 ? new int[ncolumns - 1] : 0; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns-1; i++) - separation[i] = -1; - width = new string[ncolumns]; - equal = new char[ncolumns]; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - equal[i] = 0; - entry = new entry_format *[nrows]; - for (i = 0; i < nrows; i++) - entry[i] = new entry_format[ncolumns]; - vline = new char*[nrows]; - for (i = 0; i < nrows; i++) { - vline[i] = new char[ncolumns+1]; - for (int j = 0; j < ncolumns+1; j++) - vline[i][j] = 0; - } -} - -void format::add_rows(int n) -{ - int i; - char **old_vline = vline; - vline = new char*[nrows + n]; - for (i = 0; i < nrows; i++) - vline[i] = old_vline[i]; - a_delete old_vline; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { - vline[nrows + i] = new char[ncolumns + 1]; - for (int j = 0; j < ncolumns + 1; j++) - vline[nrows + i][j] = 0; - } - entry_format **old_entry = entry; - entry = new entry_format *[nrows + n]; - for (i = 0; i < nrows; i++) - entry[i] = old_entry[i]; - a_delete old_entry; - for (i = 0; i < n; i++) - entry[nrows + i] = new entry_format[ncolumns]; - nrows += n; -} - -format::~format() -{ - a_delete separation; - ad_delete(ncolumns) width; - a_delete equal; - for (int i = 0; i < nrows; i++) { - a_delete vline[i]; - ad_delete(ncolumns) entry[i]; - } - a_delete vline; - a_delete entry; -} - -struct input_entry_format : public entry_format { - input_entry_format *next; - string width; - int separation; - int vline; - int pre_vline; - int last_column; - int equal; - input_entry_format(format_type, input_entry_format * = 0); - ~input_entry_format(); - void debug_print(); -}; - -input_entry_format::input_entry_format(format_type t, input_entry_format *p) -: entry_format(t), next(p) -{ - separation = -1; - last_column = 0; - vline = 0; - pre_vline = 0; - equal = 0; -} - -input_entry_format::~input_entry_format() -{ -} - -void free_input_entry_format_list(input_entry_format *list) -{ - while (list) { - input_entry_format *tem = list; - list = list->next; - delete tem; - } -} - -void input_entry_format::debug_print() -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < pre_vline; i++) - putc('|', stderr); - entry_format::debug_print(); - if (!width.empty()) { - putc('w', stderr); - putc('(', stderr); - put_string(width, stderr); - putc(')', stderr); - } - if (equal) - putc('e', stderr); - if (separation >= 0) - fprintf(stderr, "%d", separation); - for (i = 0; i < vline; i++) - putc('|', stderr); - if (last_column) - putc(',', stderr); -} - -// Return zero if we should give up on this table. -// If this is a continuation format line, current_format will be the current -// format line. - -format *process_format(table_input &in, options *opt, - format *current_format = 0) -{ - input_entry_format *list = 0; - int c = in.get(); - for (;;) { - int pre_vline = 0; - int got_format = 0; - int got_period = 0; - format_type t = FORMAT_LEFT; - for (;;) { - if (c == EOF) { - error("end of input while processing format"); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - switch (c) { - case 'n': - case 'N': - t = FORMAT_NUMERIC; - got_format = 1; - break; - case 'a': - case 'A': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_ALPHABETIC; - break; - case 'c': - case 'C': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_CENTER; - break; - case 'l': - case 'L': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_LEFT; - break; - case 'r': - case 'R': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_RIGHT; - break; - case 's': - case 'S': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_SPAN; - break; - case '^': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_VSPAN; - break; - case '_': - case '-': // tbl also accepts this - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_HLINE; - break; - case '=': - got_format = 1; - t = FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE; - break; - case '.': - got_period = 1; - break; - case '|': - pre_vline++; - break; - case ' ': - case '\t': - case '\n': - break; - default: - if (c == opt->tab_char) - break; - error("unrecognised format `%1'", char(c)); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - if (got_period) - break; - c = in.get(); - if (got_format) - break; - } - if (got_period) - break; - list = new input_entry_format(t, list); - if (pre_vline) - list->pre_vline = pre_vline; - int success = 1; - do { - switch (c) { - case 't': - case 'T': - c = in.get(); - list->vertical_alignment = entry_modifier::TOP; - break; - case 'd': - case 'D': - c = in.get(); - list->vertical_alignment = entry_modifier::BOTTOM; - break; - case 'u': - case 'U': - c = in.get(); - list->stagger = 1; - break; - case 'z': - case 'Z': - c = in.get(); - list->zero_width = 1; - break; - case '0': - case '1': - case '2': - case '3': - case '4': - case '5': - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - { - int w = 0; - do { - w = w*10 + (c - '0'); - c = in.get(); - } while (c != EOF && csdigit(c)); - list->separation = w; - } - break; - case 'f': - case 'F': - do { - c = in.get(); - } while (c == ' ' || c == '\t'); - if (c == EOF) { - error("missing font name"); - break; - } - if (c == '(') { - for (;;) { - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF || c == ' ' || c == '\t') { - error("missing `)'"); - break; - } - if (c == ')') { - c = in.get(); - break; - } - list->font += char(c); - } - } - else { - list->font = c; - char cc = c; - c = in.get(); - if (!csdigit(cc) - && c != EOF && c != ' ' && c != '\t' && c != '.' && c != '\n') { - list->font += char(c); - c = in.get(); - } - } - break; - case 'x': - case 'X': - do { - c = in.get(); - } while (c == ' ' || c == '\t'); - if (c == EOF) { - error("missing macro name"); - break; - } - if (c == '(') { - for (;;) { - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF || c == ' ' || c == '\t') { - error("missing `)'"); - break; - } - if (c == ')') { - c = in.get(); - break; - } - list->macro += char(c); - } - } - else { - list->macro = c; - char cc = c; - c = in.get(); - if (!csdigit(cc) - && c != EOF && c != ' ' && c != '\t' && c != '.' && c != '\n') { - list->macro += char(c); - c = in.get(); - } - } - break; - case 'v': - case 'V': - c = in.get(); - list->vertical_spacing.val = 0; - list->vertical_spacing.inc = 0; - if (c == '+' || c == '-') { - list->vertical_spacing.inc = (c == '+' ? 1 : -1); - c = in.get(); - } - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) { - error("`v' modifier must be followed by number"); - list->vertical_spacing.inc = 0; - } - else { - do { - list->vertical_spacing.val *= 10; - list->vertical_spacing.val += c - '0'; - c = in.get(); - } while (c != EOF && csdigit(c)); - } - if (list->vertical_spacing.val > MAX_VERTICAL_SPACING - || list->vertical_spacing.val < -MAX_VERTICAL_SPACING) { - error("unreasonable vertical spacing"); - list->vertical_spacing.val = 0; - list->vertical_spacing.inc = 0; - } - break; - case 'p': - case 'P': - c = in.get(); - list->point_size.val = 0; - list->point_size.inc = 0; - if (c == '+' || c == '-') { - list->point_size.inc = (c == '+' ? 1 : -1); - c = in.get(); - } - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) { - error("`p' modifier must be followed by number"); - list->point_size.inc = 0; - } - else { - do { - list->point_size.val *= 10; - list->point_size.val += c - '0'; - c = in.get(); - } while (c != EOF && csdigit(c)); - } - if (list->point_size.val > MAX_POINT_SIZE - || list->point_size.val < -MAX_POINT_SIZE) { - error("unreasonable point size"); - list->point_size.val = 0; - list->point_size.inc = 0; - } - break; - case 'w': - case 'W': - c = in.get(); - while (c == ' ' || c == '\t') - c = in.get(); - if (c == '(') { - list->width = ""; - c = in.get(); - while (c != ')') { - if (c == EOF || c == '\n') { - error("missing `)'"); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - list->width += c; - c = in.get(); - } - c = in.get(); - } - else { - if (c == '+' || c == '-') { - list->width = char(c); - c = in.get(); - } - else - list->width = ""; - if (c == EOF || !csdigit(c)) - error("bad argument for `w' modifier"); - else { - do { - list->width += char(c); - c = in.get(); - } while (c != EOF && csdigit(c)); - } - } - break; - case 'e': - case 'E': - c = in.get(); - list->equal++; - break; - case '|': - c = in.get(); - list->vline++; - break; - case 'B': - case 'b': - c = in.get(); - list->font = "B"; - break; - case 'I': - case 'i': - c = in.get(); - list->font = "I"; - break; - case ' ': - case '\t': - c = in.get(); - break; - default: - if (c == opt->tab_char) - c = in.get(); - else - success = 0; - break; - } - } while (success); - if (list->vline > 2) { - list->vline = 2; - error("more than 2 vertical bars between key letters"); - } - if (c == '\n' || c == ',') { - c = in.get(); - list->last_column = 1; - } - } - if (c == '.') { - do { - c = in.get(); - } while (c == ' ' || c == '\t'); - if (c != '\n') { - error("`.' not last character on line"); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - } - if (!list) { - error("no format"); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - list->last_column = 1; - // now reverse the list so that the first row is at the beginning - input_entry_format *rev = 0; - while (list != 0) { - input_entry_format *tem = list->next; - list->next = rev; - rev = list; - list = tem; - } - list = rev; - input_entry_format *tem; - -#if 0 - for (tem = list; tem; tem = tem->next) - tem->debug_print(); - putc('\n', stderr); -#endif - // compute number of columns and rows - int ncolumns = 0; - int nrows = 0; - int col = 0; - for (tem = list; tem; tem = tem->next) { - if (tem->last_column) { - if (col >= ncolumns) - ncolumns = col + 1; - col = 0; - nrows++; - } - else - col++; - } - int row; - format *f; - if (current_format) { - if (ncolumns > current_format->ncolumns) { - error("cannot increase the number of columns in a continued format"); - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - return 0; - } - f = current_format; - row = f->nrows; - f->add_rows(nrows); - } - else { - f = new format(nrows, ncolumns); - row = 0; - } - col = 0; - for (tem = list; tem; tem = tem->next) { - f->entry[row][col] = *tem; - if (col < ncolumns-1) { - // use the greatest separation - if (tem->separation > f->separation[col]) { - if (current_format) - error("cannot change column separation in continued format"); - else - f->separation[col] = tem->separation; - } - } - else if (tem->separation >= 0) - error("column separation specified for last column"); - if (tem->equal && !f->equal[col]) { - if (current_format) - error("cannot change which columns are equal in continued format"); - else - f->equal[col] = 1; - } - if (!tem->width.empty()) { - // use the last width - if (!f->width[col].empty() && f->width[col] != tem->width) - error("multiple widths for column %1", col+1); - f->width[col] = tem->width; - } - if (tem->pre_vline) { - assert(col == 0); - f->vline[row][col] = tem->pre_vline; - } - f->vline[row][col+1] = tem->vline; - if (tem->last_column) { - row++; - col = 0; - } - else - col++; - } - free_input_entry_format_list(list); - for (col = 0; col < ncolumns; col++) { - entry_format *e = f->entry[f->nrows-1] + col; - if (e->type != FORMAT_HLINE - && e->type != FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE - && e->type != FORMAT_SPAN) - break; - } - if (col >= ncolumns) { - error("last row of format is all lines"); - delete f; - return 0; - } - return f; -} - -table *process_data(table_input &in, format *f, options *opt) -{ - char tab_char = opt->tab_char; - int ncolumns = f->ncolumns; - int current_row = 0; - int format_index = 0; - int give_up = 0; - enum { DATA_INPUT_LINE, TROFF_INPUT_LINE, SINGLE_HLINE, DOUBLE_HLINE } type; - table *tbl = new table(ncolumns, opt->flags, opt->linesize, - opt->decimal_point_char); - if (opt->delim[0] != '\0') - tbl->set_delim(opt->delim[0], opt->delim[1]); - for (;;) { - // first determine what type of line this is - int c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) - break; - if (c == '.') { - int d = in.get(); - if (d != EOF && csdigit(d)) { - in.unget(d); - type = DATA_INPUT_LINE; - } - else { - in.unget(d); - type = TROFF_INPUT_LINE; - } - } - else if (c == '_' || c == '=') { - int d = in.get(); - if (d == '\n') { - if (c == '_') - type = SINGLE_HLINE; - else - type = DOUBLE_HLINE; - } - else { - in.unget(d); - type = DATA_INPUT_LINE; - } - } - else { - type = DATA_INPUT_LINE; - } - switch (type) { - case DATA_INPUT_LINE: - { - string input_entry; - if (format_index >= f->nrows) - format_index = f->nrows - 1; - // A format row that is all lines doesn't use up a data line. - while (format_index < f->nrows - 1) { - int cnt; - for (cnt = 0; cnt < ncolumns; cnt++) { - entry_format *e = f->entry[format_index] + cnt; - if (e->type != FORMAT_HLINE - && e->type != FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE - // Unfortunately tbl treats a span as needing data. - // && e->type != FORMAT_SPAN - ) - break; - } - if (cnt < ncolumns) - break; - for (cnt = 0; cnt < ncolumns; cnt++) - tbl->add_entry(current_row, cnt, input_entry, - f->entry[format_index] + cnt, current_filename, - current_lineno); - tbl->add_vlines(current_row, f->vline[format_index]); - format_index++; - current_row++; - } - entry_format *line_format = f->entry[format_index]; - int col = 0; - int row_comment = 0; - for (;;) { - if (c == tab_char || c == '\n') { - int ln = current_lineno; - if (c == '\n') - --ln; - if ((opt->flags & table::NOSPACES)) - input_entry.remove_spaces(); - while (col < ncolumns - && line_format[col].type == FORMAT_SPAN) { - tbl->add_entry(current_row, col, "", &line_format[col], - current_filename, ln); - col++; - } - if (c == '\n' && input_entry.length() == 2 - && input_entry[0] == 'T' && input_entry[1] == '{') { - input_entry = ""; - ln++; - enum { - START, MIDDLE, GOT_T, GOT_RIGHT_BRACE, GOT_DOT, - GOT_l, GOT_lf, END - } state = START; - while (state != END) { - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) - break; - switch (state) { - case START: - if (c == 'T') - state = GOT_T; - else if (c == '.') - state = GOT_DOT; - else { - input_entry += c; - if (c != '\n') - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case GOT_T: - if (c == '}') - state = GOT_RIGHT_BRACE; - else { - input_entry += 'T'; - input_entry += c; - state = c == '\n' ? START : MIDDLE; - } - break; - case GOT_DOT: - if (c == 'l') - state = GOT_l; - else { - input_entry += '.'; - input_entry += c; - state = c == '\n' ? START : MIDDLE; - } - break; - case GOT_l: - if (c == 'f') - state = GOT_lf; - else { - input_entry += ".l"; - input_entry += c; - state = c == '\n' ? START : MIDDLE; - } - break; - case GOT_lf: - if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || compatible_flag) { - string args; - input_entry += ".lf"; - while (c != EOF) { - args += c; - if (c == '\n') - break; - c = in.get(); - } - args += '\0'; - interpret_lf_args(args.contents()); - // remove the '\0' - args.set_length(args.length() - 1); - input_entry += args; - state = START; - } - else { - input_entry += ".lf"; - input_entry += c; - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case GOT_RIGHT_BRACE: - if ((opt->flags & table::NOSPACES)) { - while (c == ' ') - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) - break; - } - if (c == '\n' || c == tab_char) - state = END; - else { - input_entry += 'T'; - input_entry += '}'; - input_entry += c; - state = MIDDLE; - } - break; - case MIDDLE: - if (c == '\n') - state = START; - input_entry += c; - break; - case END: - default: - assert(0); - } - } - if (c == EOF) { - error("end of data in middle of text block"); - give_up = 1; - break; - } - } - if (col >= ncolumns) { - if (!input_entry.empty()) { - if (input_entry.length() >= 2 - && input_entry[0] == '\\' - && input_entry[1] == '"') - row_comment = 1; - else if (!row_comment) { - if (c == '\n') - in.unget(c); - input_entry += '\0'; - error("excess data entry `%1' discarded", - input_entry.contents()); - if (c == '\n') - (void)in.get(); - } - } - } - else - tbl->add_entry(current_row, col, input_entry, - &line_format[col], current_filename, ln); - col++; - if (c == '\n') - break; - input_entry = ""; - } - else - input_entry += c; - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) - break; - } - if (give_up) - break; - input_entry = ""; - for (; col < ncolumns; col++) - tbl->add_entry(current_row, col, input_entry, &line_format[col], - current_filename, current_lineno - 1); - tbl->add_vlines(current_row, f->vline[format_index]); - current_row++; - format_index++; - } - break; - case TROFF_INPUT_LINE: - { - string line; - int ln = current_lineno; - for (;;) { - line += c; - if (c == '\n') - break; - c = in.get(); - if (c == EOF) { - break; - } - } - tbl->add_text_line(current_row, line, current_filename, ln); - if (line.length() >= 4 - && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'T' && line[2] == '&') { - format *newf = process_format(in, opt, f); - if (newf == 0) - give_up = 1; - else - f = newf; - } - if (line.length() >= 3 - && line[0] == '.' && line[1] == 'l' && line[2] == 'f') { - line += '\0'; - interpret_lf_args(line.contents() + 3); - } - } - break; - case SINGLE_HLINE: - tbl->add_single_hline(current_row); - break; - case DOUBLE_HLINE: - tbl->add_double_hline(current_row); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (give_up) - break; - } - if (!give_up && current_row == 0) { - error("no real data"); - give_up = 1; - } - if (give_up) { - delete tbl; - return 0; - } - // Do this here rather than at the beginning in case continued formats - // change it. - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns - 1; i++) - if (f->separation[i] >= 0) - tbl->set_column_separation(i, f->separation[i]); - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (!f->width[i].empty()) - tbl->set_minimum_width(i, f->width[i]); - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (f->equal[i]) - tbl->set_equal_column(i); - return tbl; -} - -void process_table(table_input &in) -{ - options *opt = 0; - format *form = 0; - table *tbl = 0; - if ((opt = process_options(in)) != 0 - && (form = process_format(in, opt)) != 0 - && (tbl = process_data(in, form, opt)) != 0) { - tbl->print(); - delete tbl; - } - else { - error("giving up on this table"); - while (in.get() != EOF) - ; - } - delete opt; - delete form; - if (!in.ended()) - error("premature end of file"); -} - -static void usage(FILE *stream) -{ - fprintf(stream, "usage: %s [ -vC ] [ files... ]\n", program_name); -} - -int main(int argc, char **argv) -{ - program_name = argv[0]; - static char stderr_buf[BUFSIZ]; - setbuf(stderr, stderr_buf); - int opt; - static const struct option long_options[] = { - { "help", no_argument, 0, CHAR_MAX + 1 }, - { "version", no_argument, 0, 'v' }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0 } - }; - while ((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "vCT:", long_options, NULL)) != EOF) - switch (opt) { - case 'C': - compatible_flag = 1; - break; - case 'v': - { - printf("GNU tbl (groff) version %s\n", Version_string); - exit(0); - break; - } - case 'T': - // I'm sick of getting bug reports from IRIX users - break; - case CHAR_MAX + 1: // --help - usage(stdout); - exit(0); - break; - case '?': - usage(stderr); - exit(1); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - printf(".if !\\n(.g .ab GNU tbl requires GNU troff.\n" - ".if !dTS .ds TS\n" - ".if !dTE .ds TE\n"); - if (argc > optind) { - for (int i = optind; i < argc; i++) - if (argv[i][0] == '-' && argv[i][1] == '\0') { - current_filename = "-"; - current_lineno = 1; - printf(".lf 1 -\n"); - process_input_file(stdin); - } - else { - errno = 0; - FILE *fp = fopen(argv[i], "r"); - if (fp == 0) - fatal("can't open `%1': %2", argv[i], strerror(errno)); - else { - current_lineno = 1; - current_filename = argv[i]; - printf(".lf 1 %s\n", current_filename); - process_input_file(fp); - } - } - } - else { - current_filename = "-"; - current_lineno = 1; - printf(".lf 1 -\n"); - process_input_file(stdin); - } - if (ferror(stdout) || fflush(stdout) < 0) - fatal("output error"); - return 0; -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.cpp b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 8312386aafee..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2778 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2000, 2003, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "table.h" - -#define BAR_HEIGHT ".25m" -#define DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "2p" -#define HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "1p" -#define LINE_SEP "2p" -#define BODY_DEPTH ".25m" - -const int DEFAULT_COLUMN_SEPARATION = 3; - -#define DELIMITER_CHAR "\\[tbl]" -#define SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG PREFIX "sep" -#define BOTTOM_REG PREFIX "bot" -#define RESET_MACRO_NAME PREFIX "init" -#define LINESIZE_REG PREFIX "lps" -#define TOP_REG PREFIX "top" -#define CURRENT_ROW_REG PREFIX "crow" -#define LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG PREFIX "passed" -#define TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME PREFIX "trans" -#define QUOTE_STRING_NAME PREFIX "quote" -#define SECTION_DIVERSION_NAME PREFIX "section" -#define SECTION_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG PREFIX "sflag" -#define SAVED_VERTICAL_POS_REG PREFIX "vert" -#define NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG PREFIX "brule" -#define KEEP_MACRO_NAME PREFIX "keep" -#define RELEASE_MACRO_NAME PREFIX "release" -#define SAVED_FONT_REG PREFIX "fnt" -#define SAVED_SIZE_REG PREFIX "sz" -#define SAVED_FILL_REG PREFIX "fll" -#define SAVED_INDENT_REG PREFIX "ind" -#define SAVED_CENTER_REG PREFIX "cent" -#define TABLE_DIVERSION_NAME PREFIX "table" -#define TABLE_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG PREFIX "tflag" -#define TABLE_KEEP_MACRO_NAME PREFIX "tkeep" -#define TABLE_RELEASE_MACRO_NAME PREFIX "trelease" -#define NEEDED_REG PREFIX "needed" -#define REPEATED_MARK_MACRO PREFIX "rmk" -#define REPEATED_VPT_MACRO PREFIX "rvpt" -#define SUPPRESS_BOTTOM_REG PREFIX "supbot" -#define SAVED_DN_REG PREFIX "dn" - -// this must be one character -#define COMPATIBLE_REG PREFIX "c" - -#define LEADER_REG PREFIX LEADER - -#define BLOCK_WIDTH_PREFIX PREFIX "tbw" -#define BLOCK_DIVERSION_PREFIX PREFIX "tbd" -#define BLOCK_HEIGHT_PREFIX PREFIX "tbh" -#define SPAN_WIDTH_PREFIX PREFIX "w" -#define SPAN_LEFT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX PREFIX "lnw" -#define SPAN_RIGHT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX PREFIX "rnw" -#define SPAN_ALPHABETIC_WIDTH_PREFIX PREFIX "aw" -#define COLUMN_SEPARATION_PREFIX PREFIX "cs" -#define ROW_START_PREFIX PREFIX "rs" -#define COLUMN_START_PREFIX PREFIX "cl" -#define COLUMN_END_PREFIX PREFIX "ce" -#define COLUMN_DIVIDE_PREFIX PREFIX "cd" -#define ROW_TOP_PREFIX PREFIX "rt" - -string block_width_reg(int r, int c); -string block_diversion_name(int r, int c); -string block_height_reg(int r, int c); -string span_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col); -string span_left_numeric_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col); -string span_right_numeric_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col); -string span_alphabetic_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col); -string column_separation_reg(int col); -string row_start_reg(int r); -string column_start_reg(int c); -string column_end_reg(int c); -string column_divide_reg(int c); -string row_top_reg(int r); - -void set_inline_modifier(const entry_modifier *); -void restore_inline_modifier(const entry_modifier *m); -void set_modifier(const entry_modifier *); -int find_decimal_point(const char *s, char decimal_point_char, - const char *delim); - -string an_empty_string; -int location_force_filename = 0; - -void printfs(const char *, - const string &arg1 = an_empty_string, - const string &arg2 = an_empty_string, - const string &arg3 = an_empty_string, - const string &arg4 = an_empty_string, - const string &arg5 = an_empty_string); - -void prints(const string &); - -inline void prints(char c) -{ - putchar(c); -} - -inline void prints(const char *s) -{ - fputs(s, stdout); -} - -void prints(const string &s) -{ - if (!s.empty()) - fwrite(s.contents(), 1, s.length(), stdout); -} - -struct horizontal_span { - horizontal_span *next; - int start_col; - int end_col; - horizontal_span(int, int, horizontal_span *); -}; - -class single_line_entry; -class double_line_entry; -class simple_entry; - -class table_entry { -friend class table; - table_entry *next; - int input_lineno; - const char *input_filename; -protected: - int start_row; - int end_row; - int start_col; - int end_col; - const entry_modifier *mod; -public: - void set_location(); - table_entry(const entry_modifier *); - virtual ~table_entry(); - virtual int divert(int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep); - virtual void do_width(); - virtual void do_depth(); - virtual void print() = 0; - virtual void position_vertically() = 0; - virtual single_line_entry *to_single_line_entry(); - virtual double_line_entry *to_double_line_entry(); - virtual simple_entry *to_simple_entry(); - virtual int line_type(); - virtual void note_double_vrule_on_right(int); - virtual void note_double_vrule_on_left(int); -}; - -class simple_entry : public table_entry { -public: - simple_entry(const entry_modifier *); - void print(); - void position_vertically(); - simple_entry *to_simple_entry(); - virtual void add_tab(); - virtual void simple_print(int); -}; - -class empty_entry : public simple_entry { -public: - empty_entry(const entry_modifier *); - int line_type(); -}; - -class text_entry : public simple_entry { -protected: - char *contents; - void print_contents(); -public: - text_entry(char *, const entry_modifier *); - ~text_entry(); -}; - -void text_entry::print_contents() -{ - set_inline_modifier(mod); - prints(contents); - restore_inline_modifier(mod); -} - -class repeated_char_entry : public text_entry { -public: - repeated_char_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); -}; - -class simple_text_entry : public text_entry { -public: - simple_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void do_width(); -}; - -class left_text_entry : public simple_text_entry { -public: - left_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - void add_tab(); -}; - -class right_text_entry : public simple_text_entry { -public: - right_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - void add_tab(); -}; - -class center_text_entry : public simple_text_entry { -public: - center_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - void add_tab(); -}; - -class numeric_text_entry : public text_entry { - int dot_pos; -public: - numeric_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m, int pos); - void do_width(); - void simple_print(int); -}; - -class alphabetic_text_entry : public text_entry { -public: - alphabetic_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void do_width(); - void simple_print(int); - void add_tab(); -}; - -class line_entry : public simple_entry { -protected: - char double_vrule_on_right; - char double_vrule_on_left; -public: - line_entry(const entry_modifier *); - void note_double_vrule_on_right(int); - void note_double_vrule_on_left(int); - void simple_print(int) = 0; -}; - -class single_line_entry : public line_entry { -public: - single_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - single_line_entry *to_single_line_entry(); - int line_type(); -}; - -class double_line_entry : public line_entry { -public: - double_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - double_line_entry *to_double_line_entry(); - int line_type(); -}; - -class short_line_entry : public simple_entry { -public: - short_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - int line_type(); -}; - -class short_double_line_entry : public simple_entry { -public: - short_double_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m); - void simple_print(int); - int line_type(); -}; - -class block_entry : public table_entry { - char *contents; -protected: - void do_divert(int alphabetic, int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep); -public: - block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - ~block_entry(); - int divert(int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep); - void do_width(); - void do_depth(); - void position_vertically(); - void print() = 0; -}; - -class left_block_entry : public block_entry { -public: - left_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void print(); -}; - -class right_block_entry : public block_entry { -public: - right_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void print(); -}; - -class center_block_entry : public block_entry { -public: - center_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void print(); -}; - -class alphabetic_block_entry : public block_entry { -public: - alphabetic_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m); - void print(); - int divert(int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep); -}; - -table_entry::table_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: next(0), input_lineno(-1), input_filename(0), - start_row(-1), end_row(-1), start_col(-1), end_col(-1), mod(m) -{ -} - -table_entry::~table_entry() -{ -} - -int table_entry::divert(int, const string *, int *) -{ - return 0; -} - -void table_entry::do_width() -{ -} - -single_line_entry *table_entry::to_single_line_entry() -{ - return 0; -} - -double_line_entry *table_entry::to_double_line_entry() -{ - return 0; -} - -simple_entry *table_entry::to_simple_entry() -{ - return 0; -} - -void table_entry::do_depth() -{ -} - -void table_entry::set_location() -{ - set_troff_location(input_filename, input_lineno); -} - -int table_entry::line_type() -{ - return -1; -} - -void table_entry::note_double_vrule_on_right(int) -{ -} - -void table_entry::note_double_vrule_on_left(int) -{ -} - -simple_entry::simple_entry(const entry_modifier *m) : table_entry(m) -{ -} - -void simple_entry::add_tab() -{ - // do nothing -} - -void simple_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - // do nothing -} - -void simple_entry::position_vertically() -{ - if (start_row != end_row) - switch (mod->vertical_alignment) { - case entry_modifier::TOP: - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(start_row)); - break; - case entry_modifier::CENTER: - // Peform the motion in two stages so that the center is rounded - // vertically upwards even if net vertical motion is upwards. - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(start_row)); - printfs(".sp \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]u-\\n[%1]u-1v/2u\n", - row_start_reg(start_row)); - break; - case entry_modifier::BOTTOM: - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u+\\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]u-\\n[%1]u-1v\n", - row_start_reg(start_row)); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } -} - -void simple_entry::print() -{ - prints(".ta"); - add_tab(); - prints('\n'); - set_location(); - prints("\\&"); - simple_print(0); - prints('\n'); -} - -simple_entry *simple_entry::to_simple_entry() -{ - return this; -} - -empty_entry::empty_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_entry(m) -{ -} - -int empty_entry::line_type() -{ - return 0; -} - -text_entry::text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_entry(m), contents(s) -{ -} - -text_entry::~text_entry() -{ - a_delete contents; -} - -repeated_char_entry::repeated_char_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void repeated_char_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - set_inline_modifier(mod); - printfs("\\l" DELIMITER_CHAR "\\n[%1]u\\&", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - prints(contents); - prints(DELIMITER_CHAR); - restore_inline_modifier(mod); -} - -simple_text_entry::simple_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void simple_text_entry::do_width() -{ - set_location(); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - print_contents(); - prints(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); -} - -left_text_entry::left_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void left_text_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - print_contents(); -} - -// The only point of this is to make `\a' ``work'' as in Unix tbl. Grrr. - -void left_text_entry::add_tab() -{ - printfs(" \\n[%1]u", column_end_reg(end_col)); -} - -right_text_entry::right_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void right_text_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - prints("\002\003"); - print_contents(); - prints("\002"); -} - -void right_text_entry::add_tab() -{ - printfs(" \\n[%1]u", column_end_reg(end_col)); -} - -center_text_entry::center_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void center_text_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - prints("\002\003"); - print_contents(); - prints("\003\002"); -} - -void center_text_entry::add_tab() -{ - printfs(" \\n[%1]u", column_end_reg(end_col)); -} - -numeric_text_entry::numeric_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m, int pos) -: text_entry(s, m), dot_pos(pos) -{ -} - -void numeric_text_entry::do_width() -{ - if (dot_pos != 0) { - set_location(); - printfs(".nr %1 0\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, - block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - set_inline_modifier(mod); - for (int i = 0; i < dot_pos; i++) - prints(contents[i]); - restore_inline_modifier(mod); - prints(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\n[%2]\n", - span_left_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - } - else - printfs(".nr %1 0\n", block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - if (contents[dot_pos] != '\0') { - set_location(); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, - span_right_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - set_inline_modifier(mod); - prints(contents + dot_pos); - restore_inline_modifier(mod); - prints(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); - } -} - -void numeric_text_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|(\\n[%1]u-\\n[%2]u-\\n[%3]u/2u+\\n[%2]u+\\n[%4]u-\\n[%5]u)'", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_left_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_right_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - column_start_reg(start_col), - block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - print_contents(); -} - -alphabetic_text_entry::alphabetic_text_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: text_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void alphabetic_text_entry::do_width() -{ - set_location(); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\w" DELIMITER_CHAR, - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - print_contents(); - prints(DELIMITER_CHAR "\n"); -} - -void alphabetic_text_entry::simple_print(int) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - printfs("\\h'\\n[%1]u-\\n[%2]u/2u'", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - print_contents(); -} - -// The only point of this is to make `\a' ``work'' as in Unix tbl. Grrr. - -void alphabetic_text_entry::add_tab() -{ - printfs(" \\n[%1]u", column_end_reg(end_col)); -} - -block_entry::block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: table_entry(m), contents(s) -{ -} - -block_entry::~block_entry() -{ - a_delete contents; -} - -void block_entry::position_vertically() -{ - if (start_row != end_row) - switch(mod->vertical_alignment) { - case entry_modifier::TOP: - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(start_row)); - break; - case entry_modifier::CENTER: - // Peform the motion in two stages so that the center is rounded - // vertically upwards even if net vertical motion is upwards. - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(start_row)); - printfs(".sp \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]u-\\n[%1]u-\\n[%2]u/2u\n", - row_start_reg(start_row), - block_height_reg(start_row, start_col)); - break; - case entry_modifier::BOTTOM: - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u+\\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]u-\\n[%1]u-\\n[%2]u\n", - row_start_reg(start_row), - block_height_reg(start_row, start_col)); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (mod->stagger) - prints(".sp -.5v\n"); -} - -int block_entry::divert(int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep) -{ - do_divert(0, ncols, mw, sep); - return 1; -} - -void block_entry::do_divert(int alphabetic, int ncols, const string *mw, - int *sep) -{ - printfs(".di %1\n", block_diversion_name(start_row, start_col)); - prints(".if \\n[" SAVED_FILL_REG "] .fi\n" - ".in 0\n"); - prints(".ll "); - int i; - for (i = start_col; i <= end_col; i++) - if (mw[i].empty()) - break; - if (i > end_col) { - // Every column spanned by this entry has a minimum width. - for (int j = start_col; j <= end_col; j++) { - if (j > start_col) { - if (sep) - printfs("+%1n", as_string(sep[j - 1])); - prints('+'); - } - printfs("(n;%1)", mw[j]); - } - printfs(">?\\n[%1]u", span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - } - else - printfs("(u;\\n[%1]>?(\\n[.l]*%2/%3))", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - as_string(end_col - start_col + 1), - as_string(ncols + 1)); - if (alphabetic) - prints("-2n"); - prints("\n"); - prints(".cp \\n(" COMPATIBLE_REG "\n"); - set_modifier(mod); - set_location(); - prints(contents); - prints(".br\n.di\n.cp 0\n"); - if (!mod->zero_width) { - if (alphabetic) { - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?(\\n[dl]+2n)\n", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\n[dl]\n", - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - } - else - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?\\n[dl]\n", span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - } - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[dn]\n", block_height_reg(start_row, start_col)); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[dl]\n", block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - prints("." RESET_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".in \\n[" SAVED_INDENT_REG "]u\n" - ".nf\n"); - // the block might have contained .lf commands - location_force_filename = 1; -} - -void block_entry::do_width() -{ - // do nothing; the action happens in divert -} - -void block_entry::do_depth() -{ - printfs(".nr " BOTTOM_REG " \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]>?(\\n[%1]+\\n[%2])\n", - row_start_reg(start_row), - block_height_reg(start_row, start_col)); -} - -left_block_entry::left_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: block_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void left_block_entry::print() -{ - printfs(".in +\\n[%1]u\n", column_start_reg(start_col)); - printfs(".%1\n", block_diversion_name(start_row, start_col)); - prints(".in\n"); -} - -right_block_entry::right_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: block_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void right_block_entry::print() -{ - printfs(".in +\\n[%1]u+\\n[%2]u-\\n[%3]u\n", - column_start_reg(start_col), - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - printfs(".%1\n", block_diversion_name(start_row, start_col)); - prints(".in\n"); -} - -center_block_entry::center_block_entry(char *s, const entry_modifier *m) -: block_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -void center_block_entry::print() -{ - printfs(".in +\\n[%1]u+(\\n[%2]u-\\n[%3]u/2u)\n", - column_start_reg(start_col), - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - block_width_reg(start_row, start_col)); - printfs(".%1\n", block_diversion_name(start_row, start_col)); - prints(".in\n"); -} - -alphabetic_block_entry::alphabetic_block_entry(char *s, - const entry_modifier *m) -: block_entry(s, m) -{ -} - -int alphabetic_block_entry::divert(int ncols, const string *mw, int *sep) -{ - do_divert(1, ncols, mw, sep); - return 1; -} - -void alphabetic_block_entry::print() -{ - printfs(".in +\\n[%1]u+(\\n[%2]u-\\n[%3]u/2u)\n", - column_start_reg(start_col), - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - printfs(".%1\n", block_diversion_name(start_row, start_col)); - prints(".in\n"); -} - -line_entry::line_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_entry(m), double_vrule_on_right(0), double_vrule_on_left(0) -{ -} - -void line_entry::note_double_vrule_on_right(int is_corner) -{ - double_vrule_on_right = is_corner ? 1 : 2; -} - -void line_entry::note_double_vrule_on_left(int is_corner) -{ - double_vrule_on_left = is_corner ? 1 : 2; -} - -single_line_entry::single_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: line_entry(m) -{ -} - -int single_line_entry::line_type() -{ - return 1; -} - -void single_line_entry::simple_print(int dont_move) -{ - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if (double_vrule_on_left) { - prints(double_vrule_on_left == 1 ? "-" : "+"); - prints(HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - } - prints("'"); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'-" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - printfs("\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" "\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(end_col+1)); - if (double_vrule_on_right) { - prints(double_vrule_on_left == 1 ? "+" : "-"); - prints(HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - } - prints("0'\\s0"); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); -} - -single_line_entry *single_line_entry::to_single_line_entry() -{ - return this; -} - -double_line_entry::double_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: line_entry(m) -{ -} - -int double_line_entry::line_type() -{ - return 2; -} - -void double_line_entry::simple_print(int dont_move) -{ - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'-" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if (double_vrule_on_left) { - prints(double_vrule_on_left == 1 ? "-" : "+"); - prints(HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - } - prints("'"); - printfs("\\v'-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(end_col+1)); - if (double_vrule_on_right) - prints("-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - prints(" 0'"); - printfs("\\v'" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if (double_vrule_on_right) { - prints(double_vrule_on_left == 1 ? "+" : "-"); - prints(HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - } - prints(" 0'"); - prints("\\s0" - "\\v'-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'"); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); -} - -double_line_entry *double_line_entry::to_double_line_entry() -{ - return this; -} - -short_line_entry::short_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_entry(m) -{ -} - -int short_line_entry::line_type() -{ - return 1; -} - -void short_line_entry::simple_print(int dont_move) -{ - if (mod->stagger) - prints("\\v'-.5v'"); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'-" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u'", column_start_reg(start_col)); - printfs("\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l \\n[%1]u 0'" - "\\s0", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - if (mod->stagger) - prints("\\v'.5v'"); -} - -short_double_line_entry::short_double_line_entry(const entry_modifier *m) -: simple_entry(m) -{ -} - -int short_double_line_entry::line_type() -{ - return 2; -} - -void short_double_line_entry::simple_print(int dont_move) -{ - if (mod->stagger) - prints("\\v'-.5v'"); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'-" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%2]u'" - "\\v'-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l \\n[%1]u 0'" - "\\v'" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\D'l |\\n[%2]u 0'" - "\\s0" - "\\v'-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - column_start_reg(start_col)); - if (!dont_move) - prints("\\v'" BAR_HEIGHT "'"); - if (mod->stagger) - prints("\\v'.5v'"); -} - -void set_modifier(const entry_modifier *m) -{ - if (!m->font.empty()) - printfs(".ft %1\n", m->font); - if (m->point_size.val != 0) { - prints(".ps "); - if (m->point_size.inc > 0) - prints('+'); - else if (m->point_size.inc < 0) - prints('-'); - printfs("%1\n", as_string(m->point_size.val)); - } - if (m->vertical_spacing.val != 0) { - prints(".vs "); - if (m->vertical_spacing.inc > 0) - prints('+'); - else if (m->vertical_spacing.inc < 0) - prints('-'); - printfs("%1\n", as_string(m->vertical_spacing.val)); - } - if (!m->macro.empty()) - printfs(".%1\n", m->macro); -} - -void set_inline_modifier(const entry_modifier *m) -{ - if (!m->font.empty()) - printfs("\\f[%1]", m->font); - if (m->point_size.val != 0) { - prints("\\s["); - if (m->point_size.inc > 0) - prints('+'); - else if (m->point_size.inc < 0) - prints('-'); - printfs("%1]", as_string(m->point_size.val)); - } - if (m->stagger) - prints("\\v'-.5v'"); -} - -void restore_inline_modifier(const entry_modifier *m) -{ - if (!m->font.empty()) - prints("\\f[\\n[" SAVED_FONT_REG "]]"); - if (m->point_size.val != 0) - prints("\\s[\\n[" SAVED_SIZE_REG "]]"); - if (m->stagger) - prints("\\v'.5v'"); -} - -struct stuff { - stuff *next; - int row; // occurs before row `row' - char printed; // has it been printed? - - stuff(int); - virtual void print(table *) = 0; - virtual ~stuff(); - virtual int is_single_line() { return 0; }; - virtual int is_double_line() { return 0; }; -}; - -stuff::stuff(int r) : next(0), row(r), printed(0) -{ -} - -stuff::~stuff() -{ -} - -struct text_stuff : public stuff { - string contents; - const char *filename; - int lineno; - - text_stuff(const string &, int r, const char *fn, int ln); - ~text_stuff(); - void print(table *); -}; - -text_stuff::text_stuff(const string &s, int r, const char *fn, int ln) -: stuff(r), contents(s), filename(fn), lineno(ln) -{ -} - -text_stuff::~text_stuff() -{ -} - -void text_stuff::print(table *) -{ - printed = 1; - prints(".cp \\n(" COMPATIBLE_REG "\n"); - set_troff_location(filename, lineno); - prints(contents); - prints(".cp 0\n"); - location_force_filename = 1; // it might have been a .lf command -} - -struct single_hline_stuff : public stuff { - single_hline_stuff(int r); - void print(table *); - int is_single_line(); -}; - -single_hline_stuff::single_hline_stuff(int r) : stuff(r) -{ -} - -void single_hline_stuff::print(table *tbl) -{ - printed = 1; - tbl->print_single_hline(row); -} - -int single_hline_stuff::is_single_line() -{ - return 1; -} - -struct double_hline_stuff : stuff { - double_hline_stuff(int r); - void print(table *); - int is_double_line(); -}; - -double_hline_stuff::double_hline_stuff(int r) : stuff(r) -{ -} - -void double_hline_stuff::print(table *tbl) -{ - printed = 1; - tbl->print_double_hline(row); -} - -int double_hline_stuff::is_double_line() -{ - return 1; -} - -struct vertical_rule { - vertical_rule *next; - int start_row; - int end_row; - int col; - char is_double; - string top_adjust; - string bot_adjust; - - vertical_rule(int sr, int er, int c, int dbl, vertical_rule *); - ~vertical_rule(); - void contribute_to_bottom_macro(table *); - void print(); -}; - -vertical_rule::vertical_rule(int sr, int er, int c, int dbl, vertical_rule *p) -: next(p), start_row(sr), end_row(er), col(c), is_double(dbl) -{ -} - -vertical_rule::~vertical_rule() -{ -} - -void vertical_rule::contribute_to_bottom_macro(table *tbl) -{ - printfs(".if \\n[" CURRENT_ROW_REG "]>=%1", - as_string(start_row)); - if (end_row != tbl->get_nrows() - 1) - printfs("&(\\n[" CURRENT_ROW_REG "]<%1)", - as_string(end_row)); - prints(" \\{"); - printfs(".if %1<=\\n[" LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG "] .nr %2 \\n[#T]\n", - as_string(start_row), - row_top_reg(start_row)); - const char *offset_table[3]; - if (is_double) { - offset_table[0] = "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - offset_table[1] = "+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - offset_table[2] = 0; - } - else { - offset_table[0] = ""; - offset_table[1] = 0; - } - for (const char **offsetp = offset_table; *offsetp; offsetp++) { - prints(".sp -1\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH); - if (!bot_adjust.empty()) - printfs("+%1", bot_adjust); - prints("'"); - printfs("\\h'\\n[%1]u%3'\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]\\D'l 0 |\\n[%2]u-1v", - column_divide_reg(col), - row_top_reg(start_row), - *offsetp); - if (!bot_adjust.empty()) - printfs("-(%1)", bot_adjust); - // don't perform the top adjustment if the top is actually #T - if (!top_adjust.empty()) - printfs("+((%1)*(%2>\\n[" LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG "]))", - top_adjust, - as_string(start_row)); - prints("'\\s0\n"); - } - prints(".\\}\n"); -} - -void vertical_rule::print() -{ - printfs("\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "]" - ".if %1<=\\*[" QUOTE_STRING_NAME "]\\n[" LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG "] " - ".nr %2 \\*[" QUOTE_STRING_NAME "]\\n[#T]\n", - as_string(start_row), - row_top_reg(start_row)); - const char *offset_table[3]; - if (is_double) { - offset_table[0] = "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - offset_table[1] = "+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - offset_table[2] = 0; - } - else { - offset_table[0] = ""; - offset_table[1] = 0; - } - for (const char **offsetp = offset_table; *offsetp; offsetp++) { - prints("\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "].sp -1\n" - "\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "]\\v'" BODY_DEPTH); - if (!bot_adjust.empty()) - printfs("+%1", bot_adjust); - prints("'"); - printfs("\\h'\\n[%1]u%3'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l 0 |\\*[" QUOTE_STRING_NAME "]\\n[%2]u-1v", - column_divide_reg(col), - row_top_reg(start_row), - *offsetp); - if (!bot_adjust.empty()) - printfs("-(%1)", bot_adjust); - // don't perform the top adjustment if the top is actually #T - if (!top_adjust.empty()) - printfs("+((%1)*(%2>\\*[" QUOTE_STRING_NAME "]\\n[" - LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG "]))", - top_adjust, - as_string(start_row)); - prints("'" - "\\s0\n"); - } -} - -table::table(int nc, unsigned f, int ls, char dpc) -: flags(f), nrows(0), ncolumns(nc), linesize(ls), decimal_point_char(dpc), - vrule_list(0), stuff_list(0), span_list(0), - entry_list(0), entry_list_tailp(&entry_list), entry(0), - vline(0), row_is_all_lines(0), left_separation(0), right_separation(0), - allocated_rows(0) -{ - minimum_width = new string[ncolumns]; - column_separation = ncolumns > 1 ? new int[ncolumns - 1] : 0; - equal = new char[ncolumns]; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - equal[i] = 0; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns-1; i++) - column_separation[i] = DEFAULT_COLUMN_SEPARATION; - delim[0] = delim[1] = '\0'; -} - -table::~table() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < nrows; i++) { - a_delete entry[i]; - a_delete vline[i]; - } - a_delete entry; - a_delete vline; - while (entry_list) { - table_entry *tem = entry_list; - entry_list = entry_list->next; - delete tem; - } - ad_delete(ncolumns) minimum_width; - a_delete column_separation; - a_delete equal; - while (stuff_list) { - stuff *tem = stuff_list; - stuff_list = stuff_list->next; - delete tem; - } - while (vrule_list) { - vertical_rule *tem = vrule_list; - vrule_list = vrule_list->next; - delete tem; - } - a_delete row_is_all_lines; - while (span_list) { - horizontal_span *tem = span_list; - span_list = span_list->next; - delete tem; - } -} - -void table::set_delim(char c1, char c2) -{ - delim[0] = c1; - delim[1] = c2; -} - -void table::set_minimum_width(int c, const string &w) -{ - assert(c >= 0 && c < ncolumns); - minimum_width[c] = w; -} - -void table::set_column_separation(int c, int n) -{ - assert(c >= 0 && c < ncolumns - 1); - column_separation[c] = n; -} - -void table::set_equal_column(int c) -{ - assert(c >= 0 && c < ncolumns); - equal[c] = 1; -} - -void table::add_stuff(stuff *p) -{ - stuff **pp; - for (pp = &stuff_list; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->next) - ; - *pp = p; -} - -void table::add_text_line(int r, const string &s, const char *filename, int lineno) -{ - add_stuff(new text_stuff(s, r, filename, lineno)); -} - -void table::add_single_hline(int r) -{ - add_stuff(new single_hline_stuff(r)); -} - -void table::add_double_hline(int r) -{ - add_stuff(new double_hline_stuff(r)); -} - -void table::allocate(int r) -{ - if (r >= nrows) { - typedef table_entry **PPtable_entry; // work around g++ 1.36.1 bug - if (r >= allocated_rows) { - if (allocated_rows == 0) { - allocated_rows = 16; - if (allocated_rows <= r) - allocated_rows = r + 1; - entry = new PPtable_entry[allocated_rows]; - vline = new char*[allocated_rows]; - } - else { - table_entry ***old_entry = entry; - int old_allocated_rows = allocated_rows; - allocated_rows *= 2; - if (allocated_rows <= r) - allocated_rows = r + 1; - entry = new PPtable_entry[allocated_rows]; - memcpy(entry, old_entry, sizeof(table_entry**)*old_allocated_rows); - a_delete old_entry; - char **old_vline = vline; - vline = new char*[allocated_rows]; - memcpy(vline, old_vline, sizeof(char*)*old_allocated_rows); - a_delete old_vline; - } - } - assert(allocated_rows > r); - while (nrows <= r) { - entry[nrows] = new table_entry*[ncolumns]; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - entry[nrows][i] = 0; - vline[nrows] = new char[ncolumns+1]; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns+1; i++) - vline[nrows][i] = 0; - nrows++; - } - } -} - -void table::do_hspan(int r, int c) -{ - assert(r >= 0 && c >= 0 && r < nrows && c < ncolumns); - if (c == 0) { - error("first column cannot be horizontally spanned"); - return; - } - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - assert(e->start_row <= r && r <= e->end_row - && e->start_col <= c && c <= e->end_col - && e->end_row - e->start_row > 0 - && e->end_col - e->start_col > 0); - return; - } - e = entry[r][c-1]; - // e can be 0 if we had an empty entry or an error - if (e == 0) - return; - if (e->start_row != r) { - /* - l l - ^ s */ - error("impossible horizontal span at row %1, column %2", r + 1, c + 1); - } - else { - e->end_col = c; - entry[r][c] = e; - } -} - -void table::do_vspan(int r, int c) -{ - assert(r >= 0 && c >= 0 && r < nrows && c < ncolumns); - if (r == 0) { - error("first row cannot be vertically spanned"); - return; - } - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - assert(e->start_row <= r && r <= e->end_row - && e->start_col <= c && c <= e->end_col - && e->end_row - e->start_row > 0 - && e->end_col - e->start_col > 0); - return; - } - e = entry[r-1][c]; - // e can be 0 if we had an empty entry or an error - if (e == 0) - return; - if (e->start_col != c) { - /* l s - l ^ */ - error("impossible vertical span at row %1, column %2", r + 1, c + 1); - } - else { - for (int i = c; i <= e->end_col; i++) { - assert(entry[r][i] == 0); - entry[r][i] = e; - } - e->end_row = r; - } -} - -int find_decimal_point(const char *s, char decimal_point_char, - const char *delim) -{ - if (s == 0 || *s == '\0') - return -1; - const char *p; - int in_delim = 0; // is p within eqn delimiters? - // tbl recognises \& even within eqn delimiters; I don't - for (p = s; *p; p++) - if (in_delim) { - if (*p == delim[1]) - in_delim = 0; - } - else if (*p == delim[0]) - in_delim = 1; - else if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] == '&') - return p - s; - int possible_pos = -1; - in_delim = 0; - for (p = s; *p; p++) - if (in_delim) { - if (*p == delim[1]) - in_delim = 0; - } - else if (*p == delim[0]) - in_delim = 1; - else if (p[0] == decimal_point_char && csdigit(p[1])) - possible_pos = p - s; - if (possible_pos >= 0) - return possible_pos; - in_delim = 0; - for (p = s; *p; p++) - if (in_delim) { - if (*p == delim[1]) - in_delim = 0; - } - else if (*p == delim[0]) - in_delim = 1; - else if (csdigit(*p)) - possible_pos = p + 1 - s; - return possible_pos; -} - -void table::add_entry(int r, int c, const string &str, const entry_format *f, - const char *fn, int ln) -{ - allocate(r); - table_entry *e = 0; - if (str == "\\_") { - e = new short_line_entry(f); - } - else if (str == "\\=") { - e = new short_double_line_entry(f); - } - else if (str == "_") { - single_line_entry *lefte; - if (c > 0 && entry[r][c-1] != 0 && - (lefte = entry[r][c-1]->to_single_line_entry()) != 0 - && lefte->start_row == r - && lefte->mod->stagger == f->stagger) { - lefte->end_col = c; - entry[r][c] = lefte; - } - else - e = new single_line_entry(f); - } - else if (str == "=") { - double_line_entry *lefte; - if (c > 0 && entry[r][c-1] != 0 && - (lefte = entry[r][c-1]->to_double_line_entry()) != 0 - && lefte->start_row == r - && lefte->mod->stagger == f->stagger) { - lefte->end_col = c; - entry[r][c] = lefte; - } - else - e = new double_line_entry(f); - } - else if (str == "\\^") { - do_vspan(r, c); - } - else if (str.length() > 2 && str[0] == '\\' && str[1] == 'R') { - if (str.search('\n') >= 0) - error_with_file_and_line(fn, ln, "bad repeated character"); - else { - char *s = str.substring(2, str.length() - 2).extract(); - e = new repeated_char_entry(s, f); - } - } - else { - int is_block = str.search('\n') >= 0; - char *s; - switch (f->type) { - case FORMAT_SPAN: - assert(str.empty()); - do_hspan(r, c); - break; - case FORMAT_LEFT: - if (!str.empty()) { - s = str.extract(); - if (is_block) - e = new left_block_entry(s, f); - else - e = new left_text_entry(s, f); - } - else - e = new empty_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_CENTER: - if (!str.empty()) { - s = str.extract(); - if (is_block) - e = new center_block_entry(s, f); - else - e = new center_text_entry(s, f); - } - else - e = new empty_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_RIGHT: - if (!str.empty()) { - s = str.extract(); - if (is_block) - e = new right_block_entry(s, f); - else - e = new right_text_entry(s, f); - } - else - e = new empty_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_NUMERIC: - if (!str.empty()) { - s = str.extract(); - if (is_block) { - error_with_file_and_line(fn, ln, "can't have numeric text block"); - e = new left_block_entry(s, f); - } - else { - int pos = find_decimal_point(s, decimal_point_char, delim); - if (pos < 0) - e = new center_text_entry(s, f); - else - e = new numeric_text_entry(s, f, pos); - } - } - else - e = new empty_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_ALPHABETIC: - if (!str.empty()) { - s = str.extract(); - if (is_block) - e = new alphabetic_block_entry(s, f); - else - e = new alphabetic_text_entry(s, f); - } - else - e = new empty_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_VSPAN: - do_vspan(r, c); - break; - case FORMAT_HLINE: - if (str.length() != 0) - error_with_file_and_line(fn, ln, - "non-empty data entry for `_' format ignored"); - e = new single_line_entry(f); - break; - case FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE: - if (str.length() != 0) - error_with_file_and_line(fn, ln, - "non-empty data entry for `=' format ignored"); - e = new double_line_entry(f); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - if (e) { - table_entry *preve = entry[r][c]; - if (preve) { - /* c s - ^ l */ - error_with_file_and_line(fn, ln, "row %1, column %2 already spanned", - r + 1, c + 1); - delete e; - } - else { - e->input_lineno = ln; - e->input_filename = fn; - e->start_row = e->end_row = r; - e->start_col = e->end_col = c; - *entry_list_tailp = e; - entry_list_tailp = &e->next; - entry[r][c] = e; - } - } -} - -// add vertical lines for row r - -void table::add_vlines(int r, const char *v) -{ - allocate(r); - for (int i = 0; i < ncolumns+1; i++) - vline[r][i] = v[i]; -} - -void table::check() -{ - table_entry *p = entry_list; - int i, j; - while (p) { - for (i = p->start_row; i <= p->end_row; i++) - for (j = p->start_col; j <= p->end_col; j++) - assert(entry[i][j] == p); - p = p->next; - } -} - -void table::print() -{ - location_force_filename = 1; - check(); - init_output(); - determine_row_type(); - compute_widths(); - if (!(flags & CENTER)) - prints(".if \\n[" SAVED_CENTER_REG "] \\{"); - prints(".in +(u;\\n[.l]-\\n[.i]-\\n[TW]/2>?-\\n[.i])\n" - ".nr " SAVED_INDENT_REG " \\n[.i]\n"); - if (!(flags & CENTER)) - prints(".\\}\n"); - build_vrule_list(); - define_bottom_macro(); - do_top(); - for (int i = 0; i < nrows; i++) - do_row(i); - do_bottom(); -} - -void table::determine_row_type() -{ - row_is_all_lines = new char[nrows]; - for (int i = 0; i < nrows; i++) { - int had_single = 0; - int had_double = 0; - int had_non_line = 0; - for (int c = 0; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[i][c]; - if (e != 0) { - if (e->start_row == e->end_row) { - int t = e->line_type(); - switch (t) { - case -1: - had_non_line = 1; - break; - case 0: - // empty - break; - case 1: - had_single = 1; - break; - case 2: - had_double = 1; - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - if (had_non_line) - break; - } - c = e->end_col; - } - } - if (had_non_line) - row_is_all_lines[i] = 0; - else if (had_double) - row_is_all_lines[i] = 2; - else if (had_single) - row_is_all_lines[i] = 1; - else - row_is_all_lines[i] = 0; - } -} - -void table::init_output() -{ - prints(".nr " COMPATIBLE_REG " \\n(.C\n" - ".cp 0\n"); - if (linesize > 0) - printfs(".nr " LINESIZE_REG " %1\n", as_string(linesize)); - else - prints(".nr " LINESIZE_REG " \\n[.s]\n"); - if (!(flags & CENTER)) - prints(".nr " SAVED_CENTER_REG " \\n[.ce]\n"); - if (compatible_flag) - prints(".ds " LEADER_REG " \\a\n"); - prints(".de " RESET_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".ft \\n[.f]\n" - ".ps \\n[.s]\n" - ".vs \\n[.v]u\n" - ".in \\n[.i]u\n" - ".ll \\n[.l]u\n" - ".ls \\n[.L]\n" - ".ad \\n[.j]\n" - ".ie \\n[.u] .fi\n" - ".el .nf\n" - ".ce \\n[.ce]\n" - "..\n" - ".nr " SAVED_INDENT_REG " \\n[.i]\n" - ".nr " SAVED_FONT_REG " \\n[.f]\n" - ".nr " SAVED_SIZE_REG " \\n[.s]\n" - ".nr " SAVED_FILL_REG " \\n[.u]\n" - ".nr T. 0\n" - ".nr " CURRENT_ROW_REG " 0-1\n" - ".nr " LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG " 0-1\n" - ".nr " SECTION_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG " 0\n" - ".ds " TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "\n" - ".ds " QUOTE_STRING_NAME "\n" - ".nr " NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG " 1\n" - ".nr " SUPPRESS_BOTTOM_REG " 0\n" - ".eo\n" - ".de " REPEATED_MARK_MACRO "\n" - ".mk \\$1\n" - ".if !'\\n(.z'' \\!." REPEATED_MARK_MACRO " \"\\$1\"\n" - "..\n" - ".de " REPEATED_VPT_MACRO "\n" - ".vpt \\$1\n" - ".if !'\\n(.z'' \\!." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " \"\\$1\"\n" - "..\n"); - if (!(flags & NOKEEP)) - prints(".de " KEEP_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".if '\\n[.z]'' \\{.ds " QUOTE_STRING_NAME " \\\\\n" - ".ds " TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME " \\!\n" - ".di " SECTION_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".nr " SECTION_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG " 1\n" - ".in 0\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n" - ".de " RELEASE_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".if \\n[" SECTION_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG "] \\{" - ".di\n" - ".in \\n[" SAVED_INDENT_REG "]u\n" - ".nr " SAVED_DN_REG " \\n[dn]\n" - ".ds " QUOTE_STRING_NAME "\n" - ".ds " TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "\n" - ".nr " SECTION_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG " 0\n" - ".if \\n[.t]<=\\n[dn] \\{" - ".nr T. 1\n" - ".T#\n" - ".nr " SUPPRESS_BOTTOM_REG " 1\n" - ".sp \\n[.t]u\n" - ".nr " SUPPRESS_BOTTOM_REG " 0\n" - ".mk #T\n" - ".\\}\n" - ".if \\n[.t]<=\\n[" SAVED_DN_REG "] " - /* Since we turn off traps, it won't get into an infinite loop - when we try and print it; it will just go off the bottom of the - page. */ - ".tm warning: page \\n%: table text block will not fit on one page\n" - ".nf\n" - ".ls 1\n" - "." SECTION_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".ls\n" - ".rm " SECTION_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n" - ".nr " TABLE_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG " 0\n" - ".de " TABLE_KEEP_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".if '\\n[.z]'' \\{" - ".di " TABLE_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".nr " TABLE_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG " 1\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n" - ".de " TABLE_RELEASE_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".if \\n[" TABLE_DIVERSION_FLAG_REG "] \\{.br\n" - ".di\n" - ".nr " SAVED_DN_REG " \\n[dn]\n" - ".ne \\n[dn]u+\\n[.V]u\n" - ".ie \\n[.t]<=\\n[" SAVED_DN_REG "] " - ".tm error: page \\n%: table will not fit on one page; use .TS H/.TH with a supporting macro package\n" - ".el \\{" - ".in 0\n" - ".ls 1\n" - ".nf\n" - "." TABLE_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".\\}\n" - ".rm " TABLE_DIVERSION_NAME "\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n"); - prints(".ec\n" - ".ce 0\n" - ".nf\n"); -} - -string block_width_reg(int r, int c) -{ - static char name[sizeof(BLOCK_WIDTH_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, BLOCK_WIDTH_PREFIX "%d,%d", r, c); - return string(name); -} - -string block_diversion_name(int r, int c) -{ - static char name[sizeof(BLOCK_DIVERSION_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, BLOCK_DIVERSION_PREFIX "%d,%d", r, c); - return string(name); -} - -string block_height_reg(int r, int c) -{ - static char name[sizeof(BLOCK_HEIGHT_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, BLOCK_HEIGHT_PREFIX "%d,%d", r, c); - return string(name); -} - -string span_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(SPAN_WIDTH_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, SPAN_WIDTH_PREFIX "%d", start_col); - if (end_col != start_col) - sprintf(strchr(name, '\0'), ",%d", end_col); - return string(name); -} - -string span_left_numeric_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(SPAN_LEFT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, SPAN_LEFT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX "%d", start_col); - if (end_col != start_col) - sprintf(strchr(name, '\0'), ",%d", end_col); - return string(name); -} - -string span_right_numeric_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(SPAN_RIGHT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, SPAN_RIGHT_NUMERIC_WIDTH_PREFIX "%d", start_col); - if (end_col != start_col) - sprintf(strchr(name, '\0'), ",%d", end_col); - return string(name); -} - -string span_alphabetic_width_reg(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(SPAN_ALPHABETIC_WIDTH_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS+1+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, SPAN_ALPHABETIC_WIDTH_PREFIX "%d", start_col); - if (end_col != start_col) - sprintf(strchr(name, '\0'), ",%d", end_col); - return string(name); -} - -string column_separation_reg(int col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(COLUMN_SEPARATION_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, COLUMN_SEPARATION_PREFIX "%d", col); - return string(name); -} - -string row_start_reg(int row) -{ - static char name[sizeof(ROW_START_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, ROW_START_PREFIX "%d", row); - return string(name); -} - -string column_start_reg(int col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(COLUMN_START_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, COLUMN_START_PREFIX "%d", col); - return string(name); -} - -string column_end_reg(int col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(COLUMN_END_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, COLUMN_END_PREFIX "%d", col); - return string(name); -} - -string column_divide_reg(int col) -{ - static char name[sizeof(COLUMN_DIVIDE_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, COLUMN_DIVIDE_PREFIX "%d", col); - return string(name); -} - -string row_top_reg(int row) -{ - static char name[sizeof(ROW_TOP_PREFIX)+INT_DIGITS]; - sprintf(name, ROW_TOP_PREFIX "%d", row); - return string(name); -} - -void init_span_reg(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - printfs(".nr %1 \\n(.H\n.nr %2 0\n.nr %3 0\n.nr %4 0\n", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_left_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_right_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); -} - -void compute_span_width(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]>?(\\n[%2]+\\n[%3])\n" - ".if \\n[%4] .nr %1 \\n[%1]>?(\\n[%4]+2n)\n", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_left_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_right_numeric_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_alphabetic_width_reg(start_col, end_col)); -} - -// Increase the widths of columns so that the width of any spanning entry -// is not greater than the sum of the widths of the columns that it spans. -// Ensure that the widths of columns remain equal. - -void table::divide_span(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - assert(end_col > start_col); - printfs(".nr " NEEDED_REG " \\n[%1]-(\\n[%2]", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_width_reg(start_col, start_col)); - int i; - for (i = start_col + 1; i <= end_col; i++) { - // The column separation may shrink with the expand option. - if (!(flags & EXPAND)) - printfs("+%1n", as_string(column_separation[i - 1])); - printfs("+\\n[%1]", span_width_reg(i, i)); - } - prints(")\n"); - printfs(".nr " NEEDED_REG " \\n[" NEEDED_REG "]/%1\n", - as_string(end_col - start_col + 1)); - prints(".if \\n[" NEEDED_REG "] \\{"); - for (i = start_col; i <= end_col; i++) - printfs(".nr %1 +\\n[" NEEDED_REG "]\n", - span_width_reg(i, i)); - int equal_flag = 0; - for (i = start_col; i <= end_col && !equal_flag; i++) - if (equal[i]) - equal_flag = 1; - if (equal_flag) { - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (i < start_col || i > end_col) - printfs(".nr %1 +\\n[" NEEDED_REG "]\n", - span_width_reg(i, i)); - } - prints(".\\}\n"); -} - -void table::sum_columns(int start_col, int end_col) -{ - assert(end_col > start_col); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]", - span_width_reg(start_col, end_col), - span_width_reg(start_col, start_col)); - for (int i = start_col + 1; i <= end_col; i++) - printfs("+(%1*\\n[" SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG "])+\\n[%2]", - as_string(column_separation[i - 1]), - span_width_reg(i, i)); - prints('\n'); -} - -horizontal_span::horizontal_span(int sc, int ec, horizontal_span *p) -: next(p), start_col(sc), end_col(ec) -{ -} - -void table::build_span_list() -{ - span_list = 0; - table_entry *p = entry_list; - while (p) { - if (p->end_col != p->start_col) { - horizontal_span *q; - for (q = span_list; q; q = q->next) - if (q->start_col == p->start_col - && q->end_col == p->end_col) - break; - if (!q) - span_list = new horizontal_span(p->start_col, p->end_col, span_list); - } - p = p->next; - } - // Now sort span_list primarily by order of end_row, and secondarily - // by reverse order of start_row. This ensures that if we divide - // spans using the order in span_list, we will get reasonable results. - horizontal_span *unsorted = span_list; - span_list = 0; - while (unsorted) { - horizontal_span **pp; - for (pp = &span_list; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->next) - if (unsorted->end_col < (*pp)->end_col - || (unsorted->end_col == (*pp)->end_col - && (unsorted->start_col > (*pp)->start_col))) - break; - horizontal_span *tem = unsorted->next; - unsorted->next = *pp; - *pp = unsorted; - unsorted = tem; - } -} - -void table::compute_separation_factor() -{ - if (flags & (ALLBOX|BOX|DOUBLEBOX)) - left_separation = right_separation = 1; - else { - for (int i = 0; i < nrows; i++) { - if (vline[i][0] > 0) - left_separation = 1; - if (vline[i][ncolumns] > 0) - right_separation = 1; - } - } - if (flags & EXPAND) { - int total_sep = left_separation + right_separation; - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns - 1; i++) - total_sep += column_separation[i]; - if (total_sep != 0) { - // Don't let the separation factor be negative. - prints(".nr " SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG " \\n[.l]-\\n[.i]"); - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - printfs("-\\n[%1]", span_width_reg(i, i)); - printfs("/%1>?0\n", as_string(total_sep)); - } - } -} - -void table::compute_column_positions() -{ - printfs(".nr %1 0\n", column_divide_reg(0)); - printfs(".nr %1 %2*\\n[" SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG "]\n", - column_start_reg(0), - as_string(left_separation)); - int i; - for (i = 1;; i++) { - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]+\\n[%3]\n", - column_end_reg(i-1), - column_start_reg(i-1), - span_width_reg(i-1, i-1)); - if (i >= ncolumns) - break; - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]+(%3*\\n[" SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG "])\n", - column_start_reg(i), - column_end_reg(i-1), - as_string(column_separation[i-1])); - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]+\\n[%3]/2\n", - column_divide_reg(i), - column_end_reg(i-1), - column_start_reg(i)); - } - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]+(%3*\\n[" SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG "])\n", - column_divide_reg(ncolumns), - column_end_reg(i-1), - as_string(right_separation)); - printfs(".nr TW \\n[%1]\n", - column_divide_reg(ncolumns)); - if (flags & DOUBLEBOX) { - printfs(".nr %1 +" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "\n", column_divide_reg(0)); - printfs(".nr %1 -" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "\n", column_divide_reg(ncolumns)); - } -} - -void table::make_columns_equal() -{ - int first = -1; // index of first equal column - int i; - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (equal[i]) { - if (first < 0) { - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%1]", span_width_reg(i, i)); - first = i; - } - else - printfs(">?\\n[%1]", span_width_reg(i, i)); - } - if (first >= 0) { - prints('\n'); - for (i = first + 1; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (equal[i]) - printfs(".nr %1 \\n[%2]\n", - span_width_reg(i, i), - span_width_reg(first, first)); - } -} - -void table::compute_widths() -{ - build_span_list(); - int i; - horizontal_span *p; - prints(".nr " SEPARATION_FACTOR_REG " 1n\n"); - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) { - init_span_reg(i, i); - if (!minimum_width[i].empty()) - printfs(".nr %1 %2\n", span_width_reg(i, i), minimum_width[i]); - } - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - init_span_reg(p->start_col, p->end_col); - table_entry *q; - for (q = entry_list; q; q = q->next) - if (!q->mod->zero_width) - q->do_width(); - for (i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - compute_span_width(i, i); - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - compute_span_width(p->start_col, p->end_col); - make_columns_equal(); - // Note that divide_span keeps equal width columns equal. - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - divide_span(p->start_col, p->end_col); - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - sum_columns(p->start_col, p->end_col); - int had_spanning_block = 0; - int had_equal_block = 0; - for (q = entry_list; q; q = q->next) - if (q->divert(ncolumns, minimum_width, - (flags & EXPAND) ? column_separation : 0)) { - if (q->end_col > q->start_col) - had_spanning_block = 1; - for (i = q->start_col; i <= q->end_col && !had_equal_block; i++) - if (equal[i]) - had_equal_block = 1; - } - if (had_equal_block) - make_columns_equal(); - if (had_spanning_block) - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - divide_span(p->start_col, p->end_col); - compute_separation_factor(); - for (p = span_list; p; p = p->next) - sum_columns(p->start_col, p->end_col); - compute_column_positions(); -} - -void table::print_single_hline(int r) -{ - prints(".vs " LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u\n" - ".ls 1\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]"); - if (r > nrows - 1) - prints("\\D'l |\\n[TW]u 0'"); - else { - int start_col = 0; - for (;;) { - while (start_col < ncolumns - && entry[r][start_col] != 0 - && entry[r][start_col]->start_row != r) - start_col++; - int end_col; - for (end_col = start_col; - end_col < ncolumns - && (entry[r][end_col] == 0 - || entry[r][end_col]->start_row == r); - end_col++) - ; - if (end_col <= start_col) - break; - printfs("\\h'|\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if ((r > 0 && vline[r-1][start_col] == 2) - || (r < nrows && vline[r][start_col] == 2)) - prints("-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - prints("'"); - printfs("\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(end_col)); - if ((r > 0 && vline[r-1][end_col] == 2) - || (r < nrows && vline[r][end_col] == 2)) - prints("+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - prints(" 0'"); - start_col = end_col; - } - } - prints("\\s0\n"); - prints(".ls\n" - ".vs\n"); -} - -void table::print_double_hline(int r) -{ - prints(".vs " LINE_SEP "+" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP - ">?\\n[.V]u\n" - ".ls 1\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]"); - if (r > nrows - 1) - prints("\\v'-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\D'l |\\n[TW]u 0'" - "\\v'" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\h'|0'" - "\\D'l |\\n[TW]u 0'"); - else { - int start_col = 0; - for (;;) { - while (start_col < ncolumns - && entry[r][start_col] != 0 - && entry[r][start_col]->start_row != r) - start_col++; - int end_col; - for (end_col = start_col; - end_col < ncolumns - && (entry[r][end_col] == 0 - || entry[r][end_col]->start_row == r); - end_col++) - ; - if (end_col <= start_col) - break; - const char *left_adjust = 0; - if ((r > 0 && vline[r-1][start_col] == 2) - || (r < nrows && vline[r][start_col] == 2)) - left_adjust = "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - const char *right_adjust = 0; - if ((r > 0 && vline[r-1][end_col] == 2) - || (r < nrows && vline[r][end_col] == 2)) - right_adjust = "+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - printfs("\\v'-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\h'|\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if (left_adjust) - prints(left_adjust); - prints("'"); - printfs("\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(end_col)); - if (right_adjust) - prints(right_adjust); - prints(" 0'"); - printfs("\\v'" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "'" - "\\h'|\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(start_col)); - if (left_adjust) - prints(left_adjust); - prints("'"); - printfs("\\D'l |\\n[%1]u", - column_divide_reg(end_col)); - if (right_adjust) - prints(right_adjust); - prints(" 0'"); - start_col = end_col; - } - } - prints("\\s0\n" - ".ls\n" - ".vs\n"); -} - -void table::compute_vrule_top_adjust(int start_row, int col, string &result) -{ - if (row_is_all_lines[start_row] && start_row < nrows - 1) { - if (row_is_all_lines[start_row] == 2) - result = LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u" "+" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else - result = LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u"; - start_row++; - } - else { - result = ""; - if (start_row == 0) - return; - for (stuff *p = stuff_list; p && p->row <= start_row; p = p->next) - if (p->row == start_row - && (p->is_single_line() || p->is_double_line())) - return; - } - int left = 0; - if (col > 0) { - table_entry *e = entry[start_row-1][col-1]; - if (e && e->start_row == e->end_row) { - if (e->to_double_line_entry() != 0) - left = 2; - else if (e->to_single_line_entry() != 0) - left = 1; - } - } - int right = 0; - if (col < ncolumns) { - table_entry *e = entry[start_row-1][col]; - if (e && e->start_row == e->end_row) { - if (e->to_double_line_entry() != 0) - right = 2; - else if (e->to_single_line_entry() != 0) - right = 1; - } - } - if (row_is_all_lines[start_row-1] == 0) { - if (left > 0 || right > 0) { - result += "-" BODY_DEPTH "-" BAR_HEIGHT; - if ((left == 2 && right != 2) || (right == 2 && left != 2)) - result += "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else if (left == 2 && right == 2) - result += "+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - } - } - else if (row_is_all_lines[start_row-1] == 2) { - if ((left == 2 && right != 2) || (right == 2 && left != 2)) - result += "-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else if (left == 1 || right == 1) - result += "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - } -} - -void table::compute_vrule_bot_adjust(int end_row, int col, string &result) -{ - if (row_is_all_lines[end_row] && end_row > 0) { - end_row--; - result = ""; - } - else { - stuff *p; - for (p = stuff_list; p && p->row < end_row + 1; p = p->next) - ; - if (p && p->row == end_row + 1 && p->is_double_line()) { - result = "-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - return; - } - if ((p != 0 && p->row == end_row + 1) - || end_row == nrows - 1) { - result = ""; - return; - } - if (row_is_all_lines[end_row+1] == 1) - result = LINE_SEP; - else if (row_is_all_lines[end_row+1] == 2) - result = LINE_SEP "+" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else - result = ""; - } - int left = 0; - if (col > 0) { - table_entry *e = entry[end_row+1][col-1]; - if (e && e->start_row == e->end_row) { - if (e->to_double_line_entry() != 0) - left = 2; - else if (e->to_single_line_entry() != 0) - left = 1; - } - } - int right = 0; - if (col < ncolumns) { - table_entry *e = entry[end_row+1][col]; - if (e && e->start_row == e->end_row) { - if (e->to_double_line_entry() != 0) - right = 2; - else if (e->to_single_line_entry() != 0) - right = 1; - } - } - if (row_is_all_lines[end_row+1] == 0) { - if (left > 0 || right > 0) { - result = "1v-" BODY_DEPTH "-" BAR_HEIGHT; - if ((left == 2 && right != 2) || (right == 2 && left != 2)) - result += "+" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else if (left == 2 && right == 2) - result += "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - } - } - else if (row_is_all_lines[end_row+1] == 2) { - if (left == 2 && right == 2) - result += "-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - else if (left != 2 && right != 2 && (left == 1 || right == 1)) - result += "-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP; - } -} - -void table::add_vertical_rule(int start_row, int end_row, int col, int is_double) -{ - vrule_list = new vertical_rule(start_row, end_row, col, is_double, - vrule_list); - compute_vrule_top_adjust(start_row, col, vrule_list->top_adjust); - compute_vrule_bot_adjust(end_row, col, vrule_list->bot_adjust); -} - -void table::build_vrule_list() -{ - int col; - if (flags & ALLBOX) { - for (col = 1; col < ncolumns; col++) { - int start_row = 0; - for (;;) { - while (start_row < nrows && vline_spanned(start_row, col)) - start_row++; - if (start_row >= nrows) - break; - int end_row = start_row; - while (end_row < nrows && !vline_spanned(end_row, col)) - end_row++; - end_row--; - add_vertical_rule(start_row, end_row, col, 0); - start_row = end_row + 1; - } - } - } - if (flags & (BOX|ALLBOX|DOUBLEBOX)) { - add_vertical_rule(0, nrows - 1, 0, 0); - add_vertical_rule(0, nrows - 1, ncolumns, 0); - } - for (int end_row = 0; end_row < nrows; end_row++) - for (col = 0; col < ncolumns+1; col++) - if (vline[end_row][col] > 0 - && !vline_spanned(end_row, col) - && (end_row == nrows - 1 - || vline[end_row+1][col] != vline[end_row][col] - || vline_spanned(end_row+1, col))) { - int start_row; - for (start_row = end_row - 1; - start_row >= 0 - && vline[start_row][col] == vline[end_row][col] - && !vline_spanned(start_row, col); - start_row--) - ; - start_row++; - add_vertical_rule(start_row, end_row, col, vline[end_row][col] > 1); - } - for (vertical_rule *p = vrule_list; p; p = p->next) - if (p->is_double) - for (int r = p->start_row; r <= p->end_row; r++) { - if (p->col > 0 && entry[r][p->col-1] != 0 - && entry[r][p->col-1]->end_col == p->col-1) { - int is_corner = r == p->start_row || r == p->end_row; - entry[r][p->col-1]->note_double_vrule_on_right(is_corner); - } - if (p->col < ncolumns && entry[r][p->col] != 0 - && entry[r][p->col]->start_col == p->col) { - int is_corner = r == p->start_row || r == p->end_row; - entry[r][p->col]->note_double_vrule_on_left(is_corner); - } - } -} - -void table::define_bottom_macro() -{ - prints(".eo\n" - ".de T#\n" - ".if !\\n[" SUPPRESS_BOTTOM_REG "] \\{" - "." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 0\n" - ".mk " SAVED_VERTICAL_POS_REG "\n"); - if (flags & (BOX|ALLBOX|DOUBLEBOX)) { - prints(".if \\n[T.]&\\n[" NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG "] \\{"); - print_single_hline(0); - prints(".\\}\n"); - } - prints(".ls 1\n"); - for (vertical_rule *p = vrule_list; p; p = p->next) - p->contribute_to_bottom_macro(this); - if (flags & DOUBLEBOX) - prints(".if \\n[T.] \\{.vs " DOUBLE_LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l \\n[TW]u 0'\\s0\n" - ".vs\n" - ".\\}\n" - ".if \\n[" LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG "]>=0 " - ".nr " TOP_REG " \\n[#T]-" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "\n" - ".sp -1\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l 0 |\\n[" TOP_REG "]u-1v'\\s0\n" - ".sp -1\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'\\h'|\\n[TW]u'\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\D'l 0 |\\n[" TOP_REG "]u-1v'\\s0\n"); - prints(".ls\n"); - prints(".nr " LAST_PASSED_ROW_REG " \\n[" CURRENT_ROW_REG "]\n" - ".sp |\\n[" SAVED_VERTICAL_POS_REG "]u\n" - "." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 1\n" - ".\\}\n" - "..\n" - ".ec\n"); -} - -// is the vertical line before column c in row r horizontally spanned? - -int table::vline_spanned(int r, int c) -{ - assert(r >= 0 && r < nrows && c >= 0 && c < ncolumns + 1); - return (c != 0 && c != ncolumns && entry[r][c] != 0 - && entry[r][c]->start_col != c - // horizontally spanning lines don't count - && entry[r][c]->to_double_line_entry() == 0 - && entry[r][c]->to_single_line_entry() == 0); -} - -int table::row_begins_section(int r) -{ - assert(r >= 0 && r < nrows); - for (int i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (entry[r][i] && entry[r][i]->start_row != r) - return 0; - return 1; -} - -int table::row_ends_section(int r) -{ - assert(r >= 0 && r < nrows); - for (int i = 0; i < ncolumns; i++) - if (entry[r][i] && entry[r][i]->end_row != r) - return 0; - return 1; -} - -void table::do_row(int r) -{ - if (!(flags & NOKEEP) && row_begins_section(r)) - prints("." KEEP_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - int had_line = 0; - stuff *p; - for (p = stuff_list; p && p->row < r; p = p->next) - ; - for (stuff *p1 = p; p1 && p1->row == r; p1 = p1->next) - if (!p1->printed && (p1->is_single_line() || p1->is_double_line())) { - had_line = 1; - break; - } - if (!had_line && !row_is_all_lines[r]) - printfs("." REPEATED_MARK_MACRO " %1\n", row_top_reg(r)); - had_line = 0; - for (; p && p->row == r; p = p->next) - if (!p->printed) { - p->print(this); - if (!had_line && (p->is_single_line() || p->is_double_line())) { - printfs("." REPEATED_MARK_MACRO " %1\n", row_top_reg(r)); - had_line = 1; - } - } - // Change the row *after* printing the stuff list (which might contain .TH). - printfs("\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "].nr " CURRENT_ROW_REG " %1\n", - as_string(r)); - if (!had_line && row_is_all_lines[r]) - printfs("." REPEATED_MARK_MACRO " %1\n", row_top_reg(r)); - // we might have had a .TH, for example, since we last tried - if (!(flags & NOKEEP) && row_begins_section(r)) - prints("." KEEP_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - printfs(".mk %1\n", row_start_reg(r)); - prints(".mk " BOTTOM_REG "\n" - "." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 0\n"); - int c; - int row_is_blank = 1; - int first_start_row = r; - for (c = 0; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - if (e->end_row == r) { - e->do_depth(); - if (e->start_row < first_start_row) - first_start_row = e->start_row; - row_is_blank = 0; - } - c = e->end_col; - } - } - if (row_is_blank) - prints(".nr " BOTTOM_REG " +1v\n"); - if (row_is_all_lines[r]) { - prints(".vs " LINE_SEP); - if (row_is_all_lines[r] == 2) - prints("+" DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - prints(">?\\n[.V]u\n.ls 1\n"); - prints("\\&"); - prints("\\v'" BODY_DEPTH); - if (row_is_all_lines[r] == 2) - prints("-" HALF_DOUBLE_LINE_SEP); - prints("'"); - for (c = 0; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - if (e->end_row == e->start_row) - e->to_simple_entry()->simple_print(1); - c = e->end_col; - } - } - prints("\n"); - prints(".ls\n" - ".vs\n"); - prints(".nr " BOTTOM_REG " \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]>?\\n[.d]\n"); - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(r)); - } - for (int i = row_is_all_lines[r] ? r - 1 : r; - i >= first_start_row; - i--) { - simple_entry *first = 0; - for (c = 0; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - if (e->end_row == r && e->start_row == i) { - simple_entry *simple = e->to_simple_entry(); - if (simple) { - if (!first) { - prints(".ta"); - first = simple; - } - simple->add_tab(); - } - } - c = e->end_col; - } - } - if (first) { - prints('\n'); - first->position_vertically(); - first->set_location(); - prints("\\&"); - first->simple_print(0); - for (c = first->end_col + 1; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - if (e->end_row == r && e->start_row == i) { - simple_entry *simple = e->to_simple_entry(); - if (simple) { - if (e->end_row != e->start_row) { - prints('\n'); - simple->position_vertically(); - prints("\\&"); - } - simple->simple_print(0); - } - } - c = e->end_col; - } - } - prints('\n'); - prints(".nr " BOTTOM_REG " \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]>?\\n[.d]\n"); - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(r)); - } - } - for (c = 0; c < ncolumns; c++) { - table_entry *e = entry[r][c]; - if (e) { - if (e->end_row == r && e->to_simple_entry() == 0) { - e->position_vertically(); - e->print(); - prints(".nr " BOTTOM_REG " \\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]>?\\n[.d]\n"); - printfs(".sp |\\n[%1]u\n", row_start_reg(r)); - } - c = e->end_col; - } - } - prints("." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 1\n" - ".sp |\\n[" BOTTOM_REG "]u\n" - "\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "].nr " NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG " 1\n"); - if (r != nrows - 1 && (flags & ALLBOX)) { - print_single_hline(r + 1); - prints("\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "].nr " NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG " 0\n"); - } - if (r != nrows - 1) { - if (p && p->row == r + 1 - && (p->is_single_line() || p->is_double_line())) { - p->print(this); - prints("\\*[" TRANSPARENT_STRING_NAME "].nr " NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG - " 0\n"); - } - int printed_one = 0; - for (vertical_rule *vr = vrule_list; vr; vr = vr->next) - if (vr->end_row == r) { - if (!printed_one) { - prints("." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 0\n"); - printed_one = 1; - } - vr->print(); - } - if (printed_one) - prints("." REPEATED_VPT_MACRO " 1\n"); - if (!(flags & NOKEEP) && row_ends_section(r)) - prints("." RELEASE_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - } -} - -void table::do_top() -{ - prints(".fc \002\003\n"); - if (!(flags & NOKEEP) && (flags & (BOX|DOUBLEBOX|ALLBOX))) - prints("." TABLE_KEEP_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - if (flags & DOUBLEBOX) { - prints(".ls 1\n" - ".vs " LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u\n" - "\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]\\D'l \\n[TW]u 0'\\s0\n" - ".vs\n" - "." REPEATED_MARK_MACRO " " TOP_REG "\n" - ".vs " DOUBLE_LINE_SEP ">?\\n[.V]u\n"); - printfs("\\v'" BODY_DEPTH "'" - "\\s[\\n[" LINESIZE_REG "]]" - "\\h'\\n[%1]u'" - "\\D'l |\\n[%2]u 0'" - "\\s0" - "\n", - column_divide_reg(0), - column_divide_reg(ncolumns)); - prints(".ls\n" - ".vs\n"); - } - else if (flags & (ALLBOX|BOX)) { - print_single_hline(0); - } - //printfs(".mk %1\n", row_top_reg(0)); -} - -void table::do_bottom() -{ - // print stuff after last row - for (stuff *p = stuff_list; p; p = p->next) - if (p->row > nrows - 1) - p->print(this); - if (!(flags & NOKEEP)) - prints("." RELEASE_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - printfs(".mk %1\n", row_top_reg(nrows)); - prints(".nr " NEED_BOTTOM_RULE_REG " 1\n" - ".nr T. 1\n" - ".T#\n"); - if (!(flags & NOKEEP) && (flags & (BOX|DOUBLEBOX|ALLBOX))) - prints("." TABLE_RELEASE_MACRO_NAME "\n"); - if (flags & DOUBLEBOX) - prints(".sp " DOUBLE_LINE_SEP "\n"); - prints("." RESET_MACRO_NAME "\n" - ".fc\n" - ".cp \\n(" COMPATIBLE_REG "\n"); -} - -int table::get_nrows() -{ - return nrows; -} - -const char *last_filename = 0; - -void set_troff_location(const char *fn, int ln) -{ - if (!location_force_filename && last_filename != 0 - && strcmp(fn, last_filename) == 0) - printfs(".lf %1\n", as_string(ln)); - else { - printfs(".lf %1 %2\n", as_string(ln), fn); - last_filename = fn; - location_force_filename = 0; - } -} - -void printfs(const char *s, const string &arg1, const string &arg2, - const string &arg3, const string &arg4, const string &arg5) -{ - if (s) { - char c; - while ((c = *s++) != '\0') { - if (c == '%') { - switch (*s++) { - case '1': - prints(arg1); - break; - case '2': - prints(arg2); - break; - case '3': - prints(arg3); - break; - case '4': - prints(arg4); - break; - case '5': - prints(arg5); - break; - case '6': - case '7': - case '8': - case '9': - break; - case '%': - prints('%'); - break; - default: - assert(0); - } - } - else - prints(c); - } - } -} - diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.h b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4b2497e2158e..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/table.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,165 +0,0 @@ -// -*- C++ -*- -/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.com) - -This file is part of groff. - -groff is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later -version. - -groff is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY -WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License -for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with groff; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -#include "lib.h" - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <ctype.h> -#include <errno.h> - -#include "cset.h" -#include "cmap.h" -#include "stringclass.h" -#include "errarg.h" -#include "error.h" - -// PREFIX and PREFIX_CHAR must be the same. -#define PREFIX "3" -#define PREFIX_CHAR '3' - -// LEADER and LEADER_CHAR must be the same. -#define LEADER "a" -#define LEADER_CHAR 'a' - -struct inc_number { - short inc; - short val; -}; - -struct entry_modifier { - inc_number point_size; - inc_number vertical_spacing; - string font; - string macro; - enum { CENTER, TOP, BOTTOM } vertical_alignment; - char zero_width; - char stagger; - - entry_modifier(); - ~entry_modifier(); -}; - -enum format_type { - FORMAT_LEFT, - FORMAT_CENTER, - FORMAT_RIGHT, - FORMAT_NUMERIC, - FORMAT_ALPHABETIC, - FORMAT_SPAN, - FORMAT_VSPAN, - FORMAT_HLINE, - FORMAT_DOUBLE_HLINE -}; - -struct entry_format : public entry_modifier { - format_type type; - - entry_format(format_type); - entry_format(); - void debug_print() const; -}; - -class table_entry; -struct horizontal_span; -struct stuff; -struct vertical_rule; - -class table { - unsigned flags; - int nrows; - int ncolumns; - int linesize; - char delim[2]; - char decimal_point_char; - vertical_rule *vrule_list; - stuff *stuff_list; - horizontal_span *span_list; - table_entry *entry_list; - table_entry **entry_list_tailp; - table_entry ***entry; - char **vline; - char *row_is_all_lines; - string *minimum_width; - int *column_separation; - char *equal; - int left_separation; - int right_separation; - int allocated_rows; - void build_span_list(); - void do_hspan(int r, int c); - void do_vspan(int r, int c); - void allocate(int r); - void compute_widths(); - void divide_span(int, int); - void sum_columns(int, int); - void compute_separation_factor(); - void compute_column_positions(); - void do_row(int); - void init_output(); - void add_stuff(stuff *); - void do_top(); - void do_bottom(); - void do_vertical_rules(); - void build_vrule_list(); - void add_vertical_rule(int, int, int, int); - void define_bottom_macro(); - int vline_spanned(int r, int c); - int row_begins_section(int); - int row_ends_section(int); - void make_columns_equal(); - void compute_vrule_top_adjust(int, int, string &); - void compute_vrule_bot_adjust(int, int, string &); - void determine_row_type(); -public: - /* used by flags */ - enum { - CENTER = 01, - EXPAND = 02, - BOX = 04, - ALLBOX = 010, - DOUBLEBOX = 020, - NOKEEP = 040, - NOSPACES = 0100 - }; - table(int nc, unsigned flags, int linesize, char decimal_point_char); - ~table(); - - void add_text_line(int r, const string &, const char *, int); - void add_single_hline(int r); - void add_double_hline(int r); - void add_entry(int r, int c, const string &, const entry_format *, - const char *, int lineno); - void add_vlines(int r, const char *); - void check(); - void print(); - void set_minimum_width(int c, const string &w); - void set_column_separation(int c, int n); - void set_equal_column(int c); - void set_delim(char c1, char c2); - void print_single_hline(int r); - void print_double_hline(int r); - int get_nrows(); -}; - -void set_troff_location(const char *, int); - -extern int compatible_flag; diff --git a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man b/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man deleted file mode 100644 index 00dfe4f83009..000000000000 --- a/contrib/groff/src/preproc/tbl/tbl.man +++ /dev/null @@ -1,493 +0,0 @@ -.ig -Copyright (C) 1989-1995, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 - Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. - -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. -.. -.TH @G@TBL @MAN1EXT@ "@MDATE@" "Groff Version @VERSION@" -.SH NAME -@g@tbl \- format tables for troff -. -. -.SH SYNOPSIS -.B @g@tbl -[ -.B \-Cv -] -[ -.IR files \|.\|.\|.\& -] -. -. -.SH DESCRIPTION -This manual page describes the GNU version of -.BR tbl , -which is part of the groff document formatting system. -.B tbl -compiles descriptions of tables embedded within -.B troff -input files into commands that are understood by -.BR troff . -Normally, it should be invoked using the -.B \-t -option of -.B groff. -It is highly compatible with Unix -.BR tbl . -The output generated by GNU -.B tbl -cannot be processed with Unix -.BR troff ; -it must be processed with GNU -.BR troff . -If no files are given on the command line, the standard input -will be read. -A filename of -.B \- -will cause the standard input to be read. -. -. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-C -Enable compatibility mode to -recognize -.B .TS -and -.B .TE -even when followed by a character other than space or newline. -Leader characters (\[rs]a) are handled as interpreted. -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number. -. -. -.SH USAGE -.B tbl -expects to find table descriptions wrapped in the -.B .TS -(table start) and -.B .TE -(table end) macros. -The line immediately following the -.B .TS -macro may contain any of the following global options (ignoring the case -of characters -- Unix tbl only accepts options with all characters lowercase -or all characters uppercase): -. -.TP -.B center -Centers the table (default is left-justified). -The alternative keyword name -.B centre -is also recognized (this is a GNU tbl extension). -. -.TP -.BI delim( xy ) -Use -.I x -and -.I y -as start and end delimiters for -.BR @g@eqn (@MAN1EXT@). -. -.TP -.B expand -Makes the table as wide as the current line length. -. -.TP -.B box -Encloses the table in a box. -. -.TP -.B doublebox -Encloses the table in a double box. -. -.TP -.B allbox -Encloses each item of the table in a box. -. -.TP -.B frame -Same as box (GNU tbl only). -. -.TP -.B doubleframe -Same as doublebox (GNU tbl only). -. -.TP -.BI tab( x ) -Uses the character -.I x -instead of a tab to separate items in a line of input data. -. -.TP -.BI linesize( n ) -Sets lines or rules (e.g. from -.BR box ) -in -.IR n -point -type. -. -.TP -.B nokeep -Don't use diversions to prevent page breaks (GNU tbl only). -Normally -.B tbl -attempts to prevent undesirable breaks in the table by using diversions. -This can sometimes interact badly with macro packages' own use of -diversions, when footnotes, for example, are used. -. -.TP -.BI decimalpoint( c ) -Set the character to be recognized as the decimal point in numeric -columns (GNU tbl only). -. -.TP -.B nospaces -Ignore leading and trailing spaces in data items (GNU tbl only). -. -.LP -The global options must end with a semicolon. -There might be whitespace after an option and its argument in parentheses. -.LP -After global options come lines describing the format of each line of -the table. -Each such format line describes one line of the table itself, except that -the last format line (which you must end with a period) describes all -remaining lines of the table. -A single key character describes each column of each line of the table. -You may run format specs for multiple lines together on the same line by -separating them with commas. -.LP -You may follow each key character with specifiers that determine the font -and point size of the corresponding item, that determine column width, -inter-column spacing, etc. -.LP -The longest format line defines the number of columns in the table; missing -format descriptors at the end of format lines are assumed to be `L'. -Extra columns in the data (which have no corresponding format entry) are -ignored. -.LP -The available key characters are: -. -.TP -c,C -Centers item within the column. -. -.TP -r,R -Right-justifies item within the column. -. -.TP -l,L -Left-justifies item within the column. -. -.TP -n,N -Numerically justifies item in the column: Units positions of numbers are -aligned vertically. -. -.TP -s,S -Spans previous item on the left into this column. -. -.TP -a,A -Centers longest line in this column and then left-justifies all other lines -in this column with respect to that centered line. -. -.TP -^ -Spans down entry from previous row in this column. -. -.TP -_,- -Replaces this entry with a horizontal line. -. -.TP -= -. -Replaces this entry with a double horizontal line. -. -.TP -| -The corresponding column becomes a vertical rule (if two of these are -adjacent, a double vertical rule). -. -.LP -A vertical bar to the left of the first key-letter or to the right of the -last one produces a line at the edge of the table. -.LP -Here are the specifiers that can appear in suffixes to column key letters: -. -.TP -b,B -Short form of fB (make affected entries bold). -. -.TP -i,I -Short form of fI (make affected entries italic). -. -.TP -t,T -Start an item vertically spanning rows at the top of its range rather than -vertically centering it. -. -.TP -d,D -Start an item vertically spanning rows at the bottom of its range rather -than vertically centering it (GNU tbl only). -. -.TP -v,V -Followed by a number, this indicates the vertical line spacing to be used in -a multi-line table entry. -If signed, the current vertical line spacing is incremented or decremented -(using a signed number instead of a signed digit is a GNU tbl extension). -A vertical line spacing specifier followed by a column separation number -must be separated by one or more blanks. -No effect if the corresponding table entry isn't a text block. -. -.TP -f,F -Either of these specifiers may be followed by a font name (either one or two -characters long), font number (a single digit), or long name in parentheses -(the last form is a GNU tbl extension). -A one-letter font name must be separated by one or more blanks from whatever -follows. -. -.TP -p,P -Followed by a number, this does a point size change for the affected fields. -If signed, the current point size is incremented or decremented (using a -signed number instead of a signed digit is a GNU tbl extension). -A point size specifier followed by a column separation number must be -separated by one or more blanks. -. -.TP -w,W -Minimal column width value. -Must be followed either by a -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@) -width expression in parentheses or a unitless integer. -If no unit is given, en units are used. -Also used as the default line length for included text blocks. -If used multiple times to specify the width for a particular column, -the last entry takes effect. -. -.TP -x,X -This is a GNU tbl extension. -Either of these specifiers may be followed by a macro name -(either one or two characters long), -or long name in parentheses. -A one-letter macro name must be separated by one or more blanks -from whatever follows. -The macro which name can be specified here -must be defined before creating the table. -It is called just before the table's cell text is output. -As implemented currently, this macro is only called if block input is used, -that is, text between `T{' and `T}'. -The macro should contain only simple -.B troff -requests to change the text block formatting, like text adjustment, -hyphenation, size, or font. -The macro is called -.I after -other cell modifications like -.BR b , -.B f -or -.B v -are output. -Thus the macro can overwrite other modification specifiers. -. -.TP -e,E -Make equally-spaced columns. -. -.TP -u,U -Move the corresponding column up one half-line. -. -.TP -z,Z -Ignore the corresponding column for width-calculation purposes. -. -.LP -A number suffix on a key character is interpreted as a column -separation in ens (multiplied in proportion if the -.B expand -option is on). -Default separation is 3n. -.LP -The format lines are followed by lines containing the actual data for the -table, followed finally by -.BR .TE . -Within such data lines, items are normally separated by tab characters (or -the character specified with the -.B tab -option). -Long input lines can be broken across multiple lines if the last character -on the line is `\e' (which vanishes after concatenation). -.LP -A dot starting a line, followed by anything but a digit is handled as a -troff command, passed through without changes. -The table position is unchanged in this case. -.LP -If a data line consists of only `_' or `=', a single or double line, -respectively, is drawn across the table at that point; if a single item in a -data line consists of only `_' or `=', then that item is replaced by a -single or double line, joining its neighbours. -If a data item consists only of `\e_' or `\e=', a single or double line, -respectively, is drawn across the field at that point which does not join -its neighbours. -.LP -A data item consisting only of `\eRx' (`x' any character) is replaced by -repetitions of character `x' as wide as the column (not joining its -neighbours). -.LP -A data item consisting only of `\e^' indicates that the field immediately -above spans downward over this row. -.LP -A text block can be used to enter data as a single entry which would be -too long as a simple string between tabs. -It is started with `T{' and closed with `T}'. -The former must end a line, and the latter must start a line, probably -followed by other data columns (separated with tabs). -By default, the text block is formatted with the settings which were -active before entering the table, possibly overridden by the -.B v -and -.B w -tbl specifiers. -For example, to make all text blocks ragged-right, insert -.B .na -right before the starting -.B .TS -(and -.B .ad -after the table). -.LP -To change the data format within a table, use the -.B .T& -command (at the start of a line). -It is followed by format and data lines (but no global options) similar to -the -.B .TS -request. -. -. -.SH "INTERACTION WITH @G@EQN" -.BR @g@tbl (@MAN1EXT@) -should always be called before -.BR @g@eqn (@MAN1EXT@) -.RB ( groff (@MAN1EXT@) -automatically takes care of the correct order of preprocessors). -. -. -.SH "GNU TBL ENHANCEMENTS" -There is no limit on the number of columns in a table, nor any limit on the -number of text blocks. -All the lines of a table are considered in deciding column widths, not just -the first 200. -Table continuation -.RB ( .T& ) -lines are not restricted to the first 200 lines. -.LP -Numeric and alphabetic items may appear in the same column. -.LP -Numeric and alphabetic items may span horizontally. -.LP -.B @g@tbl -uses register, string, macro and diversion names beginning with the digit\~\c -.BR 3 . -When using -.B @g@tbl -you should avoid using any names beginning with a\~\c -.BR 3 . -. -. -.SH BUGS -You should use -.BR .TS\ H / .TH -in conjunction with a supporting macro package for -.I all -multi-page boxed tables. -If there is no header that you wish to appear at the top of each page -of the table, place the -.B .TH -line immediately after the format section. -Do not enclose a multi-page table within keep/release macros, -or divert it in any other way. -.LP -A text block within a table must be able to fit on one page. -.LP -The -.B bp -request cannot be used to force a page-break in a multi-page table. -Instead, define -.B BP -as follows -.IP -.B .de BP -.br -.B .ie '\e\en(.z'' .bp \e\e$1 -.br -.B .el \e!.BP \e\e$1 -.br -.B .. -.br -.LP -and use -.B BP -instead of -.BR bp . -.LP -Using \ea directly in a table to get leaders will not work (except in -compatibility mode). -This is correct behaviour: \ea is an -.B uninterpreted -leader. -To get leaders use a real leader, either by using a control A or like -this: -.IP -.nf -.ft B -\&.ds a \ea -\&.TS -tab(;); -lw(1i) l. -A\e*a;B -\&.TE -.ft -.fi -. -. -.SH REFERENCE -Lesk, M.E.: "TBL -- A Program to Format Tables". -For copyright reasons it cannot be included in the groff distribution, -but copies can be found with a title search on the World Wide Web. -. -. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR groff (@MAN1EXT@), -.BR @g@troff (@MAN1EXT@) -. -.\" Local Variables: -.\" mode: nroff -.\" End: |